Document:

EXHIBIT
      10.48

     

     

    Confidential
      treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed
      herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions
      are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed
      separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

     

     

     

    Private
      Label

     

    PCS
      Services Agreement

     

     

    between

     

     

    Sprint
      Spectrum L.P.

     

     

    and

     

     

    Oblio
      Telecom L.L.P.

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    PRIVATE
      LABEL PCS SERVICES AGREEMENT

     

    TABLE
      OF
      CONTENTS

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              DEFINITIONS

            	
              4

            
	 	 	 
	
              2.

            	
              PURCHASER
                RELATIONSHIP

            	
              7

            
	
              2.1.

            	
              GENERAL

            	
              7

            
	
              2.2.

            	
              PRICING
                SEVERABILITY

            	
              8

            
	 	 	 
	
              3.

            	
              SPRINT
                TERM

            	
              8

            
	
              3.1.

            	
              GENERAL

            	
              8

            
	
              3.2.

            	
              PHASE-OUT
                PERIOD

            	
              8

            
	 	 	 
	
              4.

            	
              CONDITIONS
                PRECEDENT

            	
              8

            
	 	 	 
	
              5.

            	
              REPRESENTATIONS
                AND WARRANTIES

            	
              9

            
	
              5.1.

            	
              DUE
                INCORPORATION OR FORMATION; AUTHORIZATION OF AGREEMENTS

            	
              9

            
	
              5.2.

            	
              NO
                CONFLICT; NO DEFAULT

            	
              9

            
	
              5.3.

            	
              LITIGATION

            	
              9

            
	 	 	 
	
              6.

            	
              SCOPE
                OF PCS SERVICE

            	
              9

            
	
              6.1.

            	
              PCS
                SERVICE

            	
              9

            
	
              6.2.

            	
              LIMITATION
                ON SCOPE OF PCS SERVICE

            	
              9

            
	
              6.3.

            	
              SPRINT
                HANDSET HANDLING SERVICES

            	
              11

            
	
              6.4.

            	
              COVERAGE
                MAPS

            	
              12

            
	
              6.5.

            	
              MDN
                POOLING

            	
              12

            
	
              6.6.

            	
              BILLING
                RECORDS

            	
              12

            
	
              6.7.

            	
              PRIVATE
                LABEL OPERATIONS MANUAL

            	
              13

            
	
              6.8.

            	
              CUSTOMIZED
                SERVICES

            	
              13

            
	 	 	 
	
              7.

            	
              PRICES
                AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

            	
              13

            
	
              7.1.

            	
              PAYMENT
                OF CHARGES

            	
              13

            
	
              7.2.

            	
              INVOICES

            	
              13

            
	
              7.3.

            	
              LATE
                PAYMENTS

            	
              14

            
	
              7.4.

            	
              DISPUTED
                CHARGES

            	
              14

            
	
              7.5.

            	
              TAXES
                AND OTHER LEVIES BY GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES

            	
              15

            
	
              7.6.

            	
              SECURITY
                AND SECURITY INTEREST IN PURCHASER’S RECEIVABLES

            	
              15

            
	 	 	 
	
              8.

            	
              PURCHASER
                RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

            	
              16

            
	
              8.1.

            	
              HANDSETS

            	
              16

            
	
              8.2.

            	
              PURCHASER
                STAFF

            	
              17

            
	
              8.3.

            	
              ETHICAL
                RESPONSIBILITY

            	
              18

            
	
              8.4.

            	
              PURCHASER’S
                RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY

            	
              18

            
	
              8.5.

            	
              PURCHASER’S
                RESPONSIBILITY FOR FRAUD

            	
              18

            
	
              8.6.

            	
              INTERFERENCE

            	
              18

            
	
              8.7.

            	
              PURCHASER’S
                REPORTS TO SPRINT

            	
              19

            
	
              8.8.

            	
              SUBPOENA
                COMPLIANCE

            	
              19

            
	
              8.9.

            	
              ELECTRONIC
                SURVEILLANCE

            	
              19

            
	 	 	 
	
              9.

            	
              SPRINT’S
                RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

            	
              19

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        1

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              9.1.

            	
              MODIFICATIONS

            	
              19

            
	
              9.2.

            	
              ROAMING
                SERVICES

            	
              20

            
	
              9.3.

            	
              SPRINT
                NETWORK FRAUD DETECTION AND RESPONSIBILITY

            	
              20

            
	
              9.4.

            	
              SPRINT’S
                REPORTS TO PURCHASER

            	
              21

            
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	
              10.

            	
              LIMITATIONS
                OF WARRANTIES AND LIABILITIES

            	
              22

            
	
              10.1.

            	
              NO
                WARRANTIES

            	
              22

            
	
              10.2.

            	
              LIMITATIONS
                ON LIABILITY

            	
              22

            
	 	 	 
	
              11.

            	
              TRADE
                NAME, TRADE MARKS AND SERVICE MARKS

            	
              22

            
	
              11.1.

            	
              SPRINT’S
                RIGHTS

            	
              22

            
	
              11.2.

            	
              PURCHASER’S
                RIGHTS

            	
              23

            
	
              11.3.

            	
              REMEDIES
                FOR VIOLATIONS

            	
              23

            
	 	 	 
	
              12.

            	
              INSURANCE

            	
              23

            
	 	 	 
	
              13.

            	
              INDEMNIFICATION

            	
              23

            
	
              13.1.

            	
              PURCHASER’S
                GENERAL THIRD PARTY INDEMNITY

            	
              23

            
	
              13.2.

            	
              SPRINT’S
                GENERAL THIRD PARTY INDEMNITY

            	
              24

            
	
              13.3.

            	
              INDEMNIFICATION
                PROCEDURES

            	
              24

            
	 	 	 
	
              14.

            	
              BREACH,
                REMEDIES AND EARLY TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

            	
              25

            
	
              14.1.

            	
              BREACH

            	
              25

            
	
              14.2.

            	
              EARLY
                TERMINATION BY SPRINT DUE TO LOSS OF LICENSES

            	
              27

            
	
              14.3.

            	
              LENGTH
                OF AND DUTIES DURING THE PHASE-OUT PERIOD

            	
              27

            
	
              14.4.

            	
              EFFECT
                OF TERMINATION

            	
              27

            
	 	 	 
	
              15.

            	
              RESTRICTIONS
                ON TRANSFER

            	
              28

            
	
              15.1.

            	 	 
	
              15.2.

            	
              TERMINATION
                OPTION BY SPRINT UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN EVENTS

            	 
	
              15.3.

            	
              RIGHTS
                TO END USER ACCOUNTS IN CONNECTION WITH LIQUIDATION OR
                DISSOLUTION

            	
              29

            
	
              15.4.

            	
              NON-SOLICITATION/NON-DISCLOSURE
                OBLIGATIONS

            	
              29

            
	
              15.5.

            	
              REMEDIES

            	
              29

            
	
            	 	 
	
              16.

            	
              CONFIDENTIALITY

            	
              29

            
	
              16.1.

            	
              RESTRICTION

            	
              29

            
	
              16.2.

            	
              CARE

            	
              29

            
	
              16.3.

            	
              RETURN

            	
              29

            
	
              16.4.

            	
              LIMITATION

            	
              30

            
	
              16.5.

            	
              RELIEF

            	
              30

            
	
              16.6.

            	
              INFORMATION
                SECURITY

            	
              30

            
	 	 	 
	
              17.

            	
              ASSIGNMENT

            	
              31

            
	 	 	 
	
              18.

            	
              GENERAL
                PROVISIONS

            	
              31

            
	
              18.1.

            	
              NOTICES
                AND INQUIRIES

            	
              31

            
	
              18.2.

            	
              CONSTRUCTION

            	
              32

            
	
              18.3.

            	
              INDEPENDENT
                CONTRACTORS

            	
              33

            
	
              18.4.

            	
              SURVIVAL

            	
              33

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        2

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              18.5.

            	
              HEADINGS

            	
              33

            
	
              18.6.

            	
              SEVERABILITY

            	
              33

            
	
              18.7.

            	
              GOVERNING
                LAW; EXCLUSIVE VENUE

            	
              33

            
	
              18.8.

            	
              WAIVER
                OF JURY TRIAL

            	
              33

            
	
              18.9.

            	
              COUNTERPART
                EXECUTION

            	
              33

            
	
              18.10.

            	
              ENTIRE
                AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS

            	
              34

            
	
              18.11.

            	
              PARTIES
                IN INTEREST; LIMITATION ON RIGHTS OF OTHERS

            	
              34

            
	
              18.12.

            	
              WAIVERS;
                REMEDIES

            	
              34

            
	
              18.13.

            	
              FORCE
                MAJEURE

            	
              34

            
	
              18.14.

            	
              DISCLOSURE

            	
              34

            
	
              18.15.

            	
              COMPLIANCE
                WITH LAWS

            	
              35

            

    

     

    SCHEDULE
      1.0 PCS
      SERVICES ATTACHMENT
      NO. 1 TO SCHEDULE 1.0

     

    SCHEDULE
      2.0 MARKETS

     

    SCHEDULE
      3.0 APPRAISAL
      PROCESS AND PROCEDURES

     

    EXHIBIT
      A FORM
      OF LETTER OF CREDIT

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        3

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Private
      Label PCS Services Agreement

     

    This
      Private Label PCS Services Agreement is dated as of April 22, 2005 (“Effective
      Date”) by and between Sprint Spectrum L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,
      d/b/a/ Sprint (“Sprint”) and Oblio Telecom L.L.P., a Texas limited liability
      partnership (“Purchaser”).

     

    BACKGROUND

     

    A. Sprint
      owns PCS licenses and is affiliated with other PCS license owners or PCS service
      providers. Sprint and its Sprint Service Provider Affiliates own and operate
      the
      Sprint Network and provide PCS services in the United States.

     

    B. Subject
      to this Agreement, Purchaser desires to purchase PCS Service from Sprint and
      market and sell the service to End Users in the Target Market as Private Label
      Service. Sprint desires to sell to Purchaser PCS Service for resale to End
      Users.

     

    NOW,
      THEREFORE, and in consideration of the mutual promises set forth in this
      Agreement, Sprint and Purchaser agree:

     

    OPERATIVE
      TERMS

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Definitions

            

    

     

    “African
      Countries” means Egypt, Ethiopia, Eritrea, Kenya, Morocco, Nigeria and
      Sudan.

     

    “Affiliate”
      means a person that, directly or indirectly, (i) wholly-owns a party or
      (ii) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a party, or (iii) is under common control
      with a party.

     

    “Agreement”
      means the Private Label PCS Services Agreement between Sprint and Purchaser
      and
      all of its Schedules, Exhibits, Attachments and Addenda, as amended from time
      to
      time.

     

    “Asian
      Countries” means Bangladesh, China, India, Israel, Jordan, Lebanon, Pakistan,
      Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Syria, U.A.E. and Vietnam. 

     

    “Customer”
      means any person, other than Purchaser, purchasing from Sprint (i) PCS
      service, including any prepaid service, or (ii) any other services offered
      for sale by Sprint.

     

    "Confidential
      Information" means (i) this Agreement and the discussions, negotiations and
      proposals related to this Agreement and (ii) any information exchanged in
      connection with this Agreement concerning the other party's business including,
      tangible, intangible, visual, electronic, written, or oral information, such
      as:
      (a) Sprint Data and trade secrets, (b) financial information and pricing, (c)
      technical information, such as research, development, procedures, algorithms,
      data, designs, and know-how, and (d) business information, such as operations,
      planning, marketing interests, and products, whether, under each of the clauses
      (i) and (ii) of this definition, received directly or indirectly from the other
      party, or in the case of Sprint, from Sprint Customers.

     

    "Contract
      Year" means each 12 month-period starting on the In Service Date and every
      anniversary date thereafter.

     

    “European
      Countries” means Czech Republic, Poland and Romania.

     

    “Effective
      Date” has the meaning assigned to the term in the Preamble.

    
      
        
        

      

      
        4

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    “End
      User” means any person purchasing Private Label Service from
      Purchaser.

     

    “ESN”
      means the electronic equipment number for each handset in a form satisfactory
      to
      Sprint.

     

    “Facilities”
      means the telecommunications switching equipment, cell site transceiver
      equipment, connecting circuits, software and other equipment installed,
      maintained, expanded, modified or replaced by Sprint to render PCS Service
      within a Market.

     

    “FCC”
      means the Federal Communication Commission or any successor agency.

     

    “Governmental
      Authority” means any nation or government, or any state or other political
      subdivision thereof, or any entity exercising executive, legislative judicial,
      regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including
      the FCC.

     

    “Handset
      Proprietary Information” means (i) Sprint’s preferred roaming list, as
      changed by Sprint, in its sole discretion, from time to time, (ii) software
      implementing Sprint’s handset user interface design features and structure,
      developed and installed in handsets with or for Sprint by manufacturers under
      agreements preserving Sprint’s proprietary rights therein, including changes,
      updates, modifications and enhancements to the software which may be effected
      from time to time during the term of this Agreement by Sprint, its agents or
      vendors; and (iii) software effecting compatibility between handsets and the
      Facilities and any ancillary systems, developed and installed in handsets with
      or for Sprint by manufacturers under agreements preserving Sprint’s proprietary
      rights therein, including changes, updates, modifications and enhancements
      to
      the software which may be effected from time to time during the term of this
      Agreement by Sprint, its agents or vendors, which software is embodied in
      firmware or read-only memory (programmable or otherwise) or both associated
      with
      handsets which may be delivered to Purchaser by or on behalf of a manufacturer
      authorized under the Private Label Operations Manual.

     

    “In
      Service Date” means the date that Purchaser first has End Users activated in any
      Market under this Agreement.

     

    "IRs"
      means Purchaser's Independent Representatives, who are independent contractors
      of Purchaser authorized to sell Purchaser's products and services on behalf
      of
      Purchaser as specified by Purchaser from time to time.

     

    “Latin
      American Countries” means Brazil, Columbia, Cuba, Dominican Republic, El
      Salvador, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica and Mexico. 

     

    “License”
      means the PCS license issued by the FCC to Sprint or a Sprint Service Provider
      Affiliate.

     

    “MDN”
      means a mobile dialing telephone number assigned to a handset by Sprint under
      Section 6.5.

     

    “Net
      End
      Users" means the number of End Users that activate Private Label Service through
      a particular point in time or during a specified period in the Markets minus
      the
      total number of End Users that deactivate Private Label Service during the
      same
      period in the Markets. For purposes of this definition, each MDN activated
      by an
      End User shall count as a separate End User.

    
      
        
        

      

      
        5

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    “PCS”
      means all radio communications that encompass mobile and ancillary fixed
      communication as set forth in 47 C.F.R. Part 24.5, which as of the
      Effective Date utilizes frequency bands approaching 1.9 gigahertz in
      broadband.

     

    “PCS
      Service” means the circuit-switched/2G and 3G service provided to Purchaser by
      Sprint including the Sprint Data Transport Service, Sprint Data Service and
      Short Messaging Service as more particularly described in Schedule
      1.0
      (PCS
      Service and Pricing). PCS Service does not include Roaming. 

     

    “Prepaid”
      means a voice and data service that (i) is paid for prior to its availability
      for use; (ii) that once used (and not replenished) is discontinued; (iii) for
      which the charges to the End User’s account are per minute or other appropriate
      unitized measure of usage; and (iv) for which no invoice is delivered to the
      End
      User.

     

    “Private
      Label Operations Manual” means Sprint’s standard operations manual concerning
      the sale of PCS Service to private label Customers. The manual may be amended
      by
      Sprint, in its sole discretion, from time to time.

     

    “Private
      Label Service” means the PCS Service provided by Purchaser to its End Users
      under Purchaser’s label, brand and marks, utilizing the PCS Service provided to
      Purchaser by Sprint under this Agreement.

     

    “Roaming”
      means any wireless telecommunication service that does not use the Sprint
      Network.

     

    “Security”
      has the meaning assigned to the term in Section 7.6.

     

    “Security
      Standards” means commercially reasonable security features in all material
      hardware and software systems and platforms that Purchaser uses to access
      Sprint’s Confidential Information 

     

    “SMS”
or
      “Short Messaging Service” means to receive 2G circuit-switched short
      alphanumeric messages on an End User’s handset, as further described in Schedule
      1.0.

     

    “Sprint
      Data”
      means
      all information collected or developed by (i) Sprint or a Sprint Affiliate
      regarding Sprint Customers or (ii) by Purchaser regarding Sprint Customers
      (but
      only in their capacity as Sprint Customers), including, under each of the
      clauses (i) and (ii) of this definition, location-based information, all phone
      or other identification numbers issued to Sprint Customers, all electronic
      serial numbers, all Sprint Customers personalization information and all
      automatic number identification information and all information described in
      the
      Federal Communications Commission's definition of "Customer Proprietary Network
      Information" as set forth in 47 USC Section 222(h)(1) (as amended and
      interpreted from time to time).

     

    “Sprint
      Data Services” means those 3G services listed as Sprint Data Services in
      Schedule 1.0, as described in more detail in this Agreement, Schedule 1.0 and
      the Private Label Operations Manual. 

     

    “Sprint
      Data Transport Service” means the transmission of 3G data packets using CDMA
      technology, specifically 1xRTT packet switched systems. 

     

    “Sprint
      Handset” is a Sprint-branded or other wireless phone that was designed for use
      of the Sprint retail service.

    
      
        
        

      

      
        6

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    “Sprint
      Market” or “Market” means the area or areas set forth in Schedule 2.0
      (Sprint Markets) in which PCS Service is made available to Purchaser directly
      by
      Sprint. From time to time during the term of the Agreement, Sprint may add
      new
      Markets to Schedule 2.0 by providing written notice to Purchaser of such new
      Markets.

     

    “Sprint
      Network” means the CDMA network owned and operated by Sprint and the Sprint
      Service Provider Affiliates. 

     

    “Sprint
      Service Provider Affiliate” means an entity that provides mobile wireless
      telecommunications products and services under the “Sprint” or “Sprint Spectrum”
service marks or any other service marks subsequently used by Sprint pursuant
      to
      an arrangement with Sprint under which the Sprint Service Provider Affiliate
      constructs wireless network coverage and performs operational functions in
      defined geographic areas.

     

    “Target
      Market” means first and second generation immigrants to the United States from
      African Countries, Asian Countries, European Countries and Latin American
      Countries.

     

    “Taxes”
      means all taxes, including federal, state or local sales, use, excise, gross
      receipts or other taxes or tax-like fees imposed on or with respect to PCS
      Service, excepting only taxes on the net income of Sprint, unless expressly
      provided otherwise in this Agreement.

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Purchaser
                Relationship

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              2.1.

            	
              General

            

    

     

    Under
      this Agreement, Sprint will provide and sell PCS Service to Purchaser. Purchaser
      will purchase the PCS Service from Sprint and pay Sprint for the PCS Service
      as
      more specifically described in Schedule 1.0.
      Sprint
      authorizes Purchaser to market and sell the PCS Service as Private Label Service
      in the Markets only to End Users in the Target Market, and as more fully
      described in this Agreement. 

     

    
      	 	
              2.2.

            	
              Limited
                Purpose 

            

    

     

    The
      parties acknowledge and agree that Purchaser is a limited purpose reseller
      that
      will offer Private Label Service only as a Prepaid product offering to the
      Target Market. All marketing-related and distribution activities by Purchaser
      for Private Label Service will be directed to the Target Market only. While
      all
      of Purchaser’s marketing and distribution efforts related to the Private Label
      Service will be directed at the Target Market only, sales by Purchaser of
      Private Label Service to End Users not within the Target Market will not be
      a
      breach of this Agreement.

     

    
      	 	
              2.3.

            	
              Control
                of Facilities 

            

    

     

    No
      provision of this Agreement will be construed as vesting in Purchaser any
      control whatsoever in any facilities and operations of Sprint, including the
      Facilities, or the operations of any Sprint Service Provider Affiliate or
      contractual third party of Sprint. 

     

    
      	 	
              2.4.

            	
              No
                Sale to Other Resellers of
                Services

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      will not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, entertain or accept any offer
      of
      any reseller or (ii) enter into any agreement or other arrangement, to sell
      or
      otherwise offer a reseller Private Label Service, unless otherwise required
      by
      applicable law. PCS Service purchased by a reseller

    
      
        
        

      

      
        7

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    does
      not
      contribute to Purchaser’s Minimum Performance Standards under Schedule
      1.0 or
      any of
      Purchaser’s other service volume or financial requirements.

     

    
      	 	
              2.5.

            	
              No
                Bait and Switch 

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      may not offer, advertise or market Private Label Service in any Market with
      the
      intent to attract potential customers and planning to sell such potential
      customers another telecommunications service in place of the Private Label
      Service provided under this Agreement. If Purchaser discovers or is informed
      that any of its employees, agents or representatives are engaging in such
      activities, Purchaser will immediately take all steps necessary to eliminate
      such activity. Nothing in this Section 2.5 prohibits Purchaser from offering
      other telecommunications services in each Market. 

     

    
      	 	
              2.6.

            	
              Sales
                through Independent Representatives
                

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      may sell Private Label Service to the Target Market through its IRs, but
      Purchaser will be responsible for all aspects of the calculation and payment
      of
      any commissions or other payments of any kind to its IRs. Purchaser will be
      solely responsible for ensuring that its IRs comply with all the terms and
      conditions of this Agreement.

     

    
      	 	
              2.7.

            	
              Pricing
                Severability

            

    

     

    The
      provisions of this Section 2
      and the
      pricing provisions contained elsewhere in this Agreement are not severable,
      as
      the price was premised upon the Minimum Performance Standards negotiated by
      the
      parties.

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              Sprint
                Term

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              3.1.

            	
              General

            

    

     

    Subject
      to the breach and early termination provisions set forth in
      Section 14,
      the
      term of this Agreement and all Markets in Schedule 2.0 will be for a period
      of 5
      years commencing on the In Service Date (the “Term”). After the 5-year term
      expires, the Agreement will renew for successive 1-year terms until a party
      gives the other party 120 days advance notice of its intent not to renew the
      Agreement. 

     

    
      	 	
              3.2.

            	
              Phase-Out
                Period

            

    

     

    Upon
      expiration of the Agreement or upon early termination of this Agreement, the
      applicable phase-out period set forth in Section 14.3
      applies.
      During the phase-out period, all provisions of this Agreement continue to apply,
      current or future minimum performance, service or volume levels. Sprint may
      reduce its support requirements to levels commensurate with declining subscriber
      volume and reduced new End User additions, if any.

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              Conditions
                Precedent

            

    

     

    As
      conditions precedent to Sprint’s obligation to provide and sell PCS Service to
      Purchaser under this Agreement:

     

    
      	 	
              (i)
                

            	
              Sprint’s
                executive management must have approved Sprint’s execution of and
                performance under this Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        8

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

       

    

    
      	 	
              (ii)
                

            	
              Purchaser
                must have delivered to Sprint a duly executed copy of this Agreement;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (iii)
                

            	
              Purchaser
                must have provided to Sprint the
                Security.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.

            	
              Representations
                and Warranties

            

    

     

    Each
      party makes the following representations and warranties, as applicable, as
      of
      the Effective Date:

     

    
      	 	
              5.1.

            	
              Due
                Incorporation or Formation; Authorization of
                Agreements 

            

    

     

    The
      party
      is a partnership duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
      the
      laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. The party has the full power
      and
      authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations
      under this Agreement.

     

    
      	 	
              5.2.

            	
              No
                Conflict; No Default

            

    

     

    Neither
      the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement nor the consummation
      by the party of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement will conflict
      with, violate or result in a breach of (a) any applicable law, regulation,
      order, writ, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental
      Authority, (b) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the
      certificate of organization, bylaws or other governing documents of the party,
      or (c) any material agreement or instrument to which the party is or may be
      bound or to which any of its material properties, assets or businesses is
      subject. Neither party has received any currently effective notice of default
      under any agreement that is required for it to perform under this
      Agreement.

     

    
      	 	
              5.3.

            	
              Litigation

            

    

     

    There
      are
      no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge
      of
      the party, threatened against or affecting the party or any of its properties,
      assets or businesses in, before or by any Governmental Authority which could,
      if
      adversely determined, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect
      on the party’s ability to perform its obligations under this
      Agreement.

     

    
      	
              6.

            	
              Scope
                of PCS Service

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              6.1.

            	
              PCS
                Service

            

    

     

    Sprint
      will provide to Purchaser the PCS Service more specifically described in
Schedule 1.0
      in the
      Markets set forth in Schedule
      2.0.

     

    
      	 	
              6.2.

            	
              Limitation
                on Scope of PCS
                Service

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              6.2.1.

            	
              General

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      acknowledges and agrees as follows:

     

    
      	 	
              (i)
                

            	
              PCS
                Service is available to compatible Sprint-certified handsets (see
                Section 8.1.1)
                only within the operating range of the Sprint
                Network;

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (ii)
                

            	
              PCS
                Service may be temporarily refused, interrupted, curtailed or otherwise
                limited because of transmission limitations caused by any factor,
                including atmospheric, environmental or topographical conditions,
                Facilities limitations or constraints,
                or

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        9

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Facilities
      changes, modifications, updates, relocations, repairs, maintenance or other
      similar activities necessary for the proper or improved operation of the
      Facilities; and

     

    
      	 	
              (iii)
                

            	
              PCS
                Service will be of a quality or clarity comparable to PCS services
                provided by Sprint to similarly situated
                Customers.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              6.2.2.

            	
              Availability
                of Facilities and Licenses

            

    

     

    Sprint’s
      obligation to provide PCS Service to Purchaser is conditioned on Sprint’s
      ability to obtain, retain and maintain, without unreasonable expenses, suitable
      Facilities and licenses, including the License for each Market.

     

    
      	 	
              6.2.3.

            	
              Highly
                Concentrated Usage

            

    

     

    If
      Purchaser or End Users create situations that cause highly concentrated usage
      in
      limited areas on the Sprint Network, Purchaser and End Users may encounter
      temporary capacity constraint related symptoms, such as excessive call blocking
      or call dropping. Sprint is not liable to Purchaser or End Users with respect
      to
      any claim or damage related to or arising out of or in connection with (i)
      any
      such temporary capacity constraint, (ii) any coverage gap or (iii) any temporary
      PCS Service refusal, interruption, curtailment or other limitation described
      in
      Section 6.2.1(ii)
      

     

    Purchaser
      may notify Sprint of anticipated highly concentrated usage by End Users in
      a
      particular area on the Sprint Network, including any anticipated temporary
      capacity constraint related symptoms. Upon receipt of Purchaser's notice, Sprint
      may decide to address the constraint, and if so, the action that Sprint deems
      appropriate under the circumstances, in its sole discretion. 

     

    
      	 	
              6.2.4.

            	
              Sprint
                Data Services 

            

    

     

    In
      accordance with the Agreement, Schedule 1.0 and the Private Label Operations
      Manual, Purchaser’s End Users may access the Sprint Data Services. With respect
      to Sprint Data Services, Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that: 

     

     

    
      	 	
              (i)

            	
              Purchaser
                will be charged the fees set forth in Schedule 1.0 for Sprint Data
                Services.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (ii)

            	
              For
                the Sprint-managed Sprint Data Services solution, Sprint
                will control the user interface, including the menu screen default
                settings and functionality that will be available to the End User
                on the
                End User’s handset. Purchaser will not directly or indirectly alter or
                modify the handset browser content or data settings available to
                the End
                User, nor will it enable its End Users to do so. Purchaser will not
                supply
                any handset data content or services to the End User except to the
                extent
                specifically authorized by Sprint in writing. If Purchaser directly
                or
                indirectly violates any portion of this subsection, Sprint will have
                the
                right, to be exercised in its sole discretion, to terminate Purchaser’s
                ability to resell all or any part of Sprint Data Service and terminate
                Purchaser’s End User’s ability to access all or any part of the wireless
                data services. 

            

    

     

    Sprint
      is
      not a publisher of third party content that can be accessed through Sprint
      Data
      Services. Sprint is not responsible to Purchaser or its End Users for any
      content, including information,

    
      
        
        

      

      
        10

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    opinions,
      advice, statements or services that are provided by third parties and accessible
      through Sprint Data Services or any damages resulting there from. Sprint does
      not guarantee the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of information that
      is
      obtained through the Sprint Data Services. Sprint makes no representations
      or
      warranties regarding the provider, scope or nature of the content or services
      that will be available by default to the End User. The inclusion of any content
      in the default settings on the End User’s handset is not an endorsement or an
      acceptance of any liability with respect to the content.

     

    
      	 	
              6.2.5.

            	
              Electronic
                Text Messaging 

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      will comply and will ensure that its billing agent, IRs and End Users comply
      with all applicable laws and/or regulations of a governmental agency regarding
      electronic text messaging. If Sprint reasonably determines that Purchaser,
      any
      of its End Users, IRs or billing agent is not complying with any applicable
      laws
      and/or regulations, Sprint will have the right to immediately discontinue the
      provision of Short Messaging Service to the non-complying party until such
      time
      as the noncompliance is remedied in Sprint’s reasonable opinion.

     

    
      	 	
              6.2.6.

            	
              Purchaser
                Short Messaging Service

            

    

     

    All
      Purchaser SMS must be sent through a dedicated connection to the Bulk Messaging
      Gateway (“BMG”) pre-approved in writing by Sprint. Purchaser SMS must be sent
      using short message peer-to-peer (SMPP) protocol. If Sprint reasonably
      determines that Purchaser is in breach of any of the terms of this Section
      6.2.6,
      in
      addition to any other remedies Sprint may in its sole discretion, and in
      addition to any other rights and remedies it may have under this Agreement,
      immediately discontinue the provision of Purchaser SMS.

     

    
      	 	
              6.2.7.

            	
              End
                User Short Messaging Service
                Security

            

    

     

    Currently,
      Sprint’s End User SMS system is run through a dedicated IP address on its BMG.
      Due to this transmission method, an End User’s MDN or other information may be
      transmitted over the Internet when using End User SMS. Purchaser is responsible
      for informing its End Users of the risks associated with such End User SMS
      use.
      Specifically, Purchaser’s web site home page or other End User collateral will
      display a link or reference to Purchaser’s disclaimers, including a statement on
      the transmission of personal data and an Internet privacy statement, in which
      Purchaser clearly warns its End Users about the data privacy risks of using
      the
      Internet. Further, Purchaser agrees to work with Sprint regarding future
      security improvements which may increase the security of such messaging,
      including but not limited to, use of frame relay connections or virtual private
      network lines.

     

    
      	 	
              6.2.8.

            	
              SMS
                Queuing

            

    

     

    If
      an
      individual handset is unable to receive a SMS message because the handset is:
      (a) turned off; (b) Roaming; or (c) traveling in a Market that does not have
      text messaging capabilities, SMS messages will remain in a queue for up to
      72
      hours. After 72 hours, any SMS message that has not been sent will be deleted.
      Currently, the maximum number of SMS messages that can be queued for a single
      handset is 30.

     

    
      	 	
              6.3.

            	
              Sprint
                Handset Handling
                Services

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        11

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Purchaser
      will be responsible for making its own arrangements to purchase compatible,
      Sprint-certified and approved handsets from authorized manufacturers or handset
      fulfillment vendors as specified in the Private Label Operations Manual. Sprint
      may, from time to time, offer to Purchaser the handset handling and logistics
      services set forth in the Private Label Operations Manual and Purchaser, if
      Purchaser uses those services, will pay for those services as set forth in
      Schedule
      1.0.
      Purchaser will be responsible for making its own arrangements to purchase
      accessories from manufacturers selected by Purchaser and arrange for delivery
      of
      those accessories directly to Purchaser. Sprint will not provide any handling
      or
      logistics services with respect to accessories. Sprint may, in its sole
      discretion, increase, decrease or discontinue the handset handling services
      that
      it provides to Purchaser, upon reasonable prior notice to Purchaser. Purchaser
      will procure and maintain throughout the term of this Agreement, adequate and
      appropriate insurance to insure the handsets while they are in transit to or
      from Sprint or in Sprint’s possession. Sprint will not be responsible for the
      handsets except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

     

    
      	 	
              6.4.

            	
              Coverage
                Maps

            

    

     

    Sprint
      will make coverage maps available to Purchaser for its use as more particularly
      described in the Private Label Operations Manual. The maps will not be
      materially different from the maps produced by Sprint in connection with
      Sprint’s branded services. The map information may depict some future coverage
      that may or may not be identified as such. Any Sprint logo or identification
      must be removed from map information prior to publication or distribution by
      Purchaser. However, the maps will not imply that the network or the facilities
      are owned or operated by Purchaser. Purchaser must verify or validate the
      coverage shown on the maps and ensure that the coverage depicted on the maps
      represents the coverage that Purchaser desires to present to actual and
      potential End Users as Purchaser's coverage.

     

    PCS
      Service may not be available in all areas shown on the coverage maps due to
      a
      variety of factors, including relocation or modification of Facilities,
      environmental or topographical conditions, such as building configuration,
      or
      unexpected capacity demands. The maps will not reflect temporary coverage
      changes or coverage gaps.

     

    Sprint
      is
      not liable to Purchaser or End Users for any claim or damage related to or
      arising out of or in connection with any map information, including the accuracy
      thereof.

     

    
      	 	
              6.5.

            	
              MDN
                Pooling

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      will utilize the “MDN Pooling” process as described in the Private Label
      Operations Manual to assign MDNs under this Agreement. “MDN Pooling” means that
      all Sprint MDNs

    
      
        
        

      

      
        12

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    will
      be
      held in a single repository without systematic sequential numbering
      restrictions. Sprint may change its policy of MDN administration with 30 days’
prior written notice to Purchaser.

     

    
      	 	
              6.6.

            	
              Billing
                Records

            

    

     

    Sprint
      will regularly provide billing data or other billing records to Purchaser in
      accordance with the Private Label Operations Manual. These records will be
      free
      of material defects. Payment for (i) defective billing records or
      (ii) stale billing records, which are records that Sprint did not forward
      to Purchaser within the period described in the Private Label Operations Manual,
      may be disputed under the procedures set forth in Section 7.4.
      Sprint’s billing practices and policies are described in the Private Label
      Operations Manual. Sprint may bill certain charges in advance, which currently
      include all monthly recurring charges as listed in Schedule 1.0. Billed charges
      (per call or event) that result in fractional cents may be rounded up to the
      next whole cent. Charges for most PCS services are incurred in one minute
      increments with partial minutes of use rounded up to the next highest
      minute.

     

    
      	 	
              6.7.

            	
              Private
                Label Operations
                Manual

            

    

     

    Purchaser,
      on its behalf on and behalf of Purchaser Affiliates, acknowledges receipt of
      a
      copy of the Private Label Operations Manual, which Sprint may update at its
      discretion from time to time. When Sprint issues an updated Private Label
      Operations Manual and makes it generally available to its resellers, Sprint
      will
      provide such updated Private Label Operations Manual to Purchaser.

     

    
      	 	
              6.8.

            	
              Customized
                Services

            

    

     

    If
      Purchaser and Sprint mutually agree in writing that Sprint and Purchaser should
      investigate the feasibility of providing implementation, customization,
      interface development or other specialized services that are not included under
      this Agreement (“Customized Services”) the parties will formalize such agreement
      through the Work Order Policy & Process contained in the Private Label
      Operations Manual. The parties will work under the Work Order Policy &
Process only if they initially agree to investigate the feasibility of providing
      Customized Services and nothing in this Section 6.8
      will be
      construed as an obligation to provide Customized Services. 

     

    
      	
              7.

            	
              Prices
                and Terms of Payment 

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              7.1.

            	
              Payment
                of Charges

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      is liable and will pay Sprint for all charges associated with the use of the
      PCS
      Service by Purchaser. Purchaser will pay to Sprint the charges listed in and
      computed as set forth in Schedule 1.0.
      Disputed charges are governed by the procedures set forth in Section
7.4.
      All
      charges under this Agreement are stated in US dollars.

     

    
      	 	
              7.2.

            	
              Invoices

            

    

     

    Sprint
      will provide to Purchaser regular monthly invoices of the charges incurred
      by
      Purchaser. Purchaser expressly acknowledges that some charges incurred in a
      billing cycle may not appear on the invoice or the billing data (or the other
      billing record) for that billing cycle and that those charges may appear on
      subsequent invoices or billing data or the other billing records; provided,
      however, Purchaser shall not be required to pay any charges not invoiced 90
      days
      from the date incurred. Purchaser will be liable to Sprint for those charges
      and
      will pay them in accordance

    
      
        
        

      

      
        13

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    with
      this
      Section 7.2.
      Payment
      for each invoice is due by wire transfer within 10 days of the date of
      Purchaser’s receipt of the invoice and the billing data or other billing record
      (“Due Date”). In its reasonable discretion, Sprint may, modify, change or update
      the invoice content and format or the billing cycle with 30 days’ prior notice
      to Purchaser provided however, there will be no material change in the invoice
      content.

     

    
      	 	
              7.3.

            	
              Late
                Payments

            

    

     

    For
      amounts not disputed in good faith and not paid by the Due Date, Purchaser
      will
      pay a late payment charge of 1.5% per month (or the maximum amount allowable
      under applicable law, whichever is less). 

     

    The
      applicable late payment interest rate will be applied from the first day the
      payment was due for the entire amount that is past due until paid in full.
      

     

    
      	 	
              7.4.

            	
              Disputed
                Charges

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              7.4.1.

            	
              General

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      may not dispute amounts aggregating less than [* 
      CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
      THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED
      WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED PORTIONS**]
      on any
      invoice(s) during a single billing cycle. Purchaser may withhold payment of
      the
      disputed portion of any invoice until the dispute is resolved under this
      Section 7.4.
      Purchaser must timely pay the undisputed amount of any invoice as provided
      in
      Section 7.2.
      Upon
      resolution of any dispute, payment of any disputed and withheld amount that
      is
      determined to be due and owing is due and payable within 10 days following
      resolution of the dispute as provided in Section 7.2.
      Nothing
      in this section prohibits Purchaser from informing Sprint of any suspected
      billing errors on any invoice.

     

    
      	 	
              7.4.2.

            	
              Standard
                Dispute Periods

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      will provide to Sprint written notice of any disputed charges on or before
      the
      Due Date along with a detailed explanation of the nature of the dispute.
      Purchaser’s explanation must detail disputed airtime, toll, Roaming, if
      applicable, taxes and other charges specifically, with an explanation for each.
      Sprint will provide Purchaser with its determination regarding disputed charges
      within 60 days after receipt of Purchaser’s dispute notice and explanation, and
      will credit Purchaser’s account, if appropriate, within the 60 day period. If
      Purchaser fails to dispute charges within 30 days after the original Due Date,
      Purchaser will waive its right to dispute the charges and it must pay the entire
      invoice amount. Purchaser may not withhold any amounts from current period
      payments for disputes from any subsequent payment under this
      Agreement.

    
      
        
        

      

      
        14

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    

    
      	
            	7.4.3.	
              Bad
                Faith Dispute

            

    

     

    If
      Purchaser withholds payment improperly or without adequate explanation, or
      disputes charges without a reasonable good faith basis, then Purchaser will
      pay
      late charges as set forth in Section 7.3
      on all
      withheld amounts. Further, if Purchaser disputes charges in bad faith more
      than
      one time, Purchaser will be in material breach of this Agreement.

     

    
      	 	
              7.4.4.

            	
              Increase
                the Amount of Security for Certain Amounts in
                Dispute

            

    

     

    If
      the
      amount in dispute exceeds, in the aggregate, 10% of the average monthly billing,
      Sprint may, in its sole discretion, require Purchaser to increase the Security
      (see Section 7.6)
      by an
      amount equal to 75% of the amount in dispute. Sprint will notify Purchaser
      of
      any increased Security requirement in writing. Purchaser must post the
      additional Security, in the manner described in Section 7.6,
      within
      10 days of receipt of Sprint’s notice. Sprint will not request an increase in
      Security for disputed amounts that Sprint believes are likely to be credited
      to
      Purchaser’s account.

     

    
      	 	
              7.5.

            	
              Taxes
                and Other Levies by Governmental Authorities 

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              7.5.1.

            	
              Taxes

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      will provide to Sprint valid and complete resale exemption certificates for
      PCS
      Service purchased from Sprint and resold to End Users. Purchaser is solely
      responsible for the computation, billing, and collection of all applicable
      Taxes
      to End Users on PCS Service purchased from Sprint and resold as Private Label
      Service to End Users. Purchaser is solely responsible for the timely and
      accurate remittance of those Taxes to the appropriate tax jurisdictions. If
      Sprint is required to remit Taxes for PCS Services resold to End Users directly
      to a tax jurisdiction, Sprint will invoice Purchaser for those Taxes and
      Purchaser will pay them to Sprint under Section 7.2.

     

    
      	 	
              7.5.2.

            	
              Other
                Levies by Governmental
                Authorities

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      is solely responsible for the timely and accurate remittance of other levies
      by
      Governmental Authorities or under Governmental Authorities’ orders (i) on PCS
      Service, (ii) mandated to be paid in proportion to receipts from Private Label
      Service, or (iii) mandated to be paid in connection with the provision of
      Private Label Service, including Universal Service Fund (“USF”) fees. If
      Purchaser claims an exemption, Purchaser will provide to Sprint a valid and
      complete exemption certificate. If Sprint is required to remit those levies
      directly to the Governmental Authority, Sprint will invoice Purchaser for them
      and Purchaser will pay them to Sprint under Section 7.2.

     

    
      	 	
              7.6.

            	
              Security
                and Security Interest in Purchaser’s
                Receivables

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              7.6.1.

            	
              Security

            

    

     

    To
      secure
      Purchaser’s obligations under this Agreement, Purchaser will provide (at
      Purchaser’s sole expense) an irrevocable letter of credit in the form attached
      hereto as Exhibit
      A
      and in
      the amount of $750,000.00 from
      a
      financial institution reasonably acceptable to Sprint with Sprint named as
      the
      beneficiary (“Security”).

    
      
        
        

      

      
        15

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Purchaser
      will maintain the Security and arrange for any necessary renewals and
      replacements, for a reasonable term determined by Sprint. Unless Sprint notifies
      Purchaser otherwise in writing, the term will continue until 120 days after
      the
      expiration of all applicable phase-out periods under this Agreement. Sprint
      will
      be entitled to payment of amounts due Sprint by means of a draw against the
      Security if Purchaser does not pay by the Due Date or is otherwise in breach.
      If
      Sprint is required to draw on the Security, Purchaser will replenish the
      Security within 10 days of Sprint’s draw. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sprint
      may, in its sole discretion, with 30 days advance written notice change the
      appropriate type and increase or decrease the amount of the Security. Sprint
      will not set any commercially unreasonable Security requirements, taking into
      consideration Purchaser’s reported creditworthiness, payment history with
      Sprint, monthly charges and any other indicia of Purchaser’s creditworthiness.
      Sprint’s obligation to continue to provide PCS Service under this Agreement,
      including permitting Purchaser to add new End User accounts, is conditioned
      upon
      Purchaser maintaining (i) the Security required by Sprint from time to time
      and
      (ii) good credit standing with Sprint. 

     

    Unless
      otherwise agreed by Sprint in writing, 120 days after expiration of all
      applicable phase-out periods,  Sprint will be entitled to payment of its
      final bill and any other outstanding bills or other amounts due Sprint by means
      of a draw against the Security if Purchaser does not pay each of those bills
      or
      any other amounts when due. 

     

    
      	
              8.

            	
              Purchaser
                Rights and Obligations

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              8.1.

            	
              Handsets

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              8.1.1.

            	
              Compatibility

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      will use, and will require its End Users to use, only handsets
      that:

     

    
      	 	
              (i)
                

            	
              are
                compatible with the PCS Service, the Sprint Network, and the Facilities;
                

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (ii)
                

            	
              comply
                with Sprint’s requirements for compatibility of handsets with the PCS
                Service and the Facilities, including the successful completion of
                Sprint’s handset certification process and the use of the Handset
                Proprietary Information licensed to Sprint under Section 8.1.3,
                and 

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (iii)
                

            	
              comply
                with all applicable FCC or state legal requirements for compatibility
                of
                handsets with the PCS Service and the Facilities.
                

            

    

     

    If
      any
      handset used by an End User does not comply with the standards set forth in
      this
      Section 8.1.1, Purchaser will ensure that the handset is not used and, if
      necessary, terminate the use, or terminate the Private Label Service to the
      offending End User.

     

    
      	 	
              8.1.2.

            	
              Conversion
                of Sprint Phones

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (i)

            	
              If
                Purchaser acquires Sprint Handsets from Sprint handset distributors
                (e.g.,
                RadioShack; BestBuy), Sprint agents or retail stores and activates
                them on
                service

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        16

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    under
      this Agreement, Sprint will charge Purchaser a fee of [*  CERTAIN
      INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED
      WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED PORTIONS**]
      per
      handset plus applicable taxes. 

     

    
      	 	
              (ii)

            	
              If
                Purchaser targets Sprint retail customers and activates them on service
                under this Agreement using their Sprint Handset that has not been
                deactivated for at least 60 days, Sprint will charge Purchaser a
                fee of
                [* **]per
                handset plus applicable taxes. 

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (iii)

            	
              Purchaser
                will not be liable for a fee of [*  CERTAIN
                INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
                THE
                SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN
                REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED PORTIONS**]
                (plus applicable taxes) under this section if Sprint directs its
                retail
                subscribers to sign up for service directly from
                Purchaser.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              8.1.3.

            	
              Sprint
                License
                to Use Certain Handset Proprietary Information in Handsets Using
                the
                Private Label Service

            

    

     

    For
      the
      term of and subject to this Agreement, Sprint grants to Purchaser a
      non-transferable, royalty-free, non-exclusive license to use and sell at retail
      the Handset Proprietary Information, in object code form, solely to permit
      Purchaser and End User’s to use the Private Label Service. Except as provided in
      this Section 8.1.3,
      Purchaser may not assign or sublicense any of its license rights or copy,
      change, alter or modify the Handset Proprietary Information.

     

    
      	 	
              8.1.4.

            	
              No
                Sprint Responsibility

            

    

     

    Sprint
      will not be responsible to Purchaser or any End User for the operation, testing
      or maintenance of any handsets. Sprint also will not be responsible for
      Purchaser’s handsets during transportation, handling, transfer, loading or
      unloading or any other time, except as otherwise provided in the Private Label
      Operations Manual. Sprint will not be required to make any changes,
      modifications or additions to its equipment, operations or Facilities to
      accommodate Purchaser or the handsets provided by Purchaser.

     

    
      	 	
              8.1.5.

            	
              Provision
                of ESN

            

    

     

    Before
      Purchaser makes handsets available for sale to End Users or retailers in
      connection with providing Private Label Service, Purchaser will provide to
      Sprint the ESN for each End User handset in accordance with the Private Label
      Operations Manual.

     

    
      	 	
              8.2.

            	
              Purchaser
                Staff

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              8.2.1.

            	
              General

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      will provide, at its sole expense, an adequate and properly trained staff
      (including, but not limited to, Purchaser’s IRs and other
      contractors):

    
      
        
        

      

      
        17

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    (i)
       to
      market
      Private Label Service and to support and train End Users with respect to the
      Private Label Service; and

     

    (ii)
       to
      receive, investigate, and verify all complaints from End Users relating to
      PCS
      Service or Private Label Service.

     

    Purchaser
      will report any trouble with respect to the Private Label Service to Sprint
      only
      upon reasonable verification that the trouble is due to reasons other than
      misuse or malfunctioning of End User handsets, the failure of those handsets
      to
      meet standards for compatibility with PCS Service or other elements or
      conditions within the reasonable control of Purchaser.

     

    
      	 	
              8.2.2.

            	
              No
                Sprint Responsibility or Liability for Purchaser
                Staff

            

    

     

    The
      staff
      employed or contracted for by Purchaser to perform services for Purchaser are
      not employees or agents of Sprint and Purchaser assumes full responsibility
      and
      liability for their acts and omissions, including compliance by its staff
      (including its IRs and other contractors) with this Agreement, applicable
      federal, state and local laws, regulations, and judicial or regulatory orders,
      and relevant industry standards. All staff will be employed or contracted for
      at
      Purchaser’s sole expense and Purchaser will be solely responsible for all
      employment benefits and withholding issues, including, workers’ compensation,
      disability benefits, unemployment insurance or withholding income taxes and
      social security.

     

    
      	 	
              8.3.

            	
              Ethical
                Responsibility

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      will refrain from doing anything that could or could tend to discredit,
      dishonor, reflect adversely upon, or in any manner injure the reputation of
      Sprint or its Customers. Purchaser will be governed in all of its dealing with
      the public and with respect to this Agreement by the highest standards of
      honesty, integrity and fair dealing.

     

    
      	 	
              8.4.

            	
              Purchaser’s
                Responsibility and
                Liability

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      will be responsible and liable for all services provided to End Users, such
      as
      End User credit verification, billing, collection, customer service, and all
      support necessary to provide Private Label Service and all risks and expenses
      in
      connection with, related to or arising out of the provision of Private Label
      Service. Purchaser
      will not make any representation, warranty or covenant to any End User that
      would misrepresent or conflict with this Agreement. Purchaser
      may provide written terms and conditions of service to End Users. Upon Sprint’s
      reasonable request, Purchaser will provide to Sprint all materials that
      Purchaser makes available to any End User for Sprint’s review to determine
      compliance with this Agreement. Purchaser may delete non-public price
      information prior to submitting those materials for Sprint’s review. Sprint will
      notify Purchaser if any sections need to be modified or deleted in order to
      ensure compliance with this Agreement and Purchaser will comply with Sprint’s
      reasonable request. Purchaser will not use any information about its End User’s
      data usage for any improper or unlawful purpose and it will protect the
      information in accordance with its own privacy policies. All
      information

    
      
        
        

      

      
        18

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    provided
      to Sprint pursuant to this Section shall be considered Purchaser Confidential
      Information.

     

    
      	 	
              8.5.

            	
              Purchaser’s
                Responsibility for Fraud 

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      will not, and will not permit its agents, employees, IRs or representatives
      to,
      and will take commercially reasonable actions to ensure that its End Users
      do
      not, engage in fraudulent activities, including adopting policies and procedures
      designed to limit or prevent fraudulent activities and using commercially
      reasonable means to enforce such policies and procedures. Purchaser is
      responsible for all costs and procedures associated with End User fraud, such
      as
      subscription fraud, usage on lost or stolen handsets that Purchaser fails to
      deactivate, or fraud occurring in connection with Purchaser’s agents, employees
      or representatives, such as employee-related theft. The provisions governing
      “Cloning Fraud” are set forth in Section 9.3
      and the
      provisions governing fraud on a Roaming provider’s network are set forth in
      Section 9.2.3.

     

    
      	 	
              8.6.

            	
              Interference

            

    

     

    Purchaser’s
      agents, employees, IRs, representatives and End Users may not interfere with
      the
      Facilities, the Sprint Network or the PCS Service in a way as to impair the
      quality of service provided by Sprint to its Customers. Notwithstanding this
      prohibition, upon discovery of the interference by either Sprint or Purchaser,
      the party discovering the interference will promptly notify the other party
      and
      Purchaser will promptly order the agent, employee, IR, representative or End
      User to cease the act(s) constituting the interference. Sprint, concurrent
      with
      notice to Purchaser, may terminate the PCS Service to the End User and require
      Purchaser to take appropriate action to eliminate the use or interference by
      the
      agent, employee, IR, representative or End User.

     

    
      	 	
              8.7.

            	
              Purchaser’s
                Reports to Sprint

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      will provide to Sprint, quarterly, no later than 15 days following the end
      of
      the quarter, on a per Market basis a rolling 12 month forecast of increases
      and
      decreases of End Users, call volumes and any other information or report
      required under the Private Label Operations Manual.

     

    
      	 	
              8.8.

            	
              Subpoena
                Compliance

            

    

     

    If
      a law
      enforcement agency contacts Purchaser with a subpoena relating to End User
      MDN
      billing records or End User information, including but not limited to, End
      User
      name, address and credit information, Purchaser must honor the subpoena by
      providing the requested information to such law enforcement agency within the
      timeframe specified in the subpoena. If the subpoena requests information not
      provided by Sprint to Purchaser in its normal billing practice, Purchaser must
      promptly contact the Sprint representative designated in the Private Label
      Operations Manual for assistance in compliance so that the timeframe specified
      in the subpoena can be met. If Purchaser either: (a) fails to provide the End
      User phone records requested in the subpoena; (b) fails to provide the End
      User
      phone records requested in the subpoena within the timeframe specified in the
      subpoena; or (c) fails to promptly contact the designated Sprint representative
      for assistance when the subpoena requests information not provided by Sprint
      to
      Purchaser in its normal billing practice, and if Sprint is fined by a court
      of

    
      
        
        

      

      
        19

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    law
      as a
      direct result of Purchaser’s failure described in (a), (b) or (c) above,
      Purchaser will reimburse Sprint for the amount of such fine. 

     

    
      	 	
              8.9.

            	
              Electronic
                Surveillance

            

    

     

    If
      a law
      enforcement agency issues a court order to Purchaser relating to electronic
      surveillance of an End User MDN, Purchaser shall confirm all End User
      information contained in the court order to such law enforcement agency and
      will
      promptly contact the Sprint representative designated in the Private Label
      Operations Manual for technical assistance in performing the electronic
      surveillance. If Purchaser either: (a) fails to confirm the End User information
      as requested in the court order; or (b) fails to promptly contact the Sprint
      representative designated below for technical assistance in performing the
      electronic surveillance, and if Sprint is fined by a court of law as a direct
      result of Purchaser’s failure described in (a) or (b) above, Purchaser will
      reimburse Sprint for the amount of such fine. 

     

    
      	
              9.

            	
              Sprint’s
                Rights and Obligations

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              9.1.

            	
              Modifications

            

    

     

    Sprint
      may, in its sole discretion, change or update the Facilities or Sprint’s
      operations, equipment, software, procedures or services. Sprint will not be
      liable to Purchaser or to End Users if those modifications, changes or updates
      require changes to, updates of or modifications of Purchaser’s or End Users’
handsets or other products, accessories, systems or procedures, provided that
      such changes or updates do not have an adverse effect on End Users that is
      disproportionate in comparison to the effect on Customers. Sprint will give
      Purchaser commercially reasonable advance notice of any material modifications,
      changes or updates. Sprint may, in its sole discretion, offer service products
      that are not part of the PCS Service. Sprint will use the same efforts to avoid
      any material adverse impact on End Users that it uses to avoid material adverse
      impacts on its Customers. 

     

    
      	 	
              9.2.

            	
              Roaming
                Services

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              9.2.1.

            	
              General

            

    

     

    Sprint
      will make Roaming available to Purchaser in any portion of any area in which
      Sprint has a Roaming agreement on the terms and conditions contained in that
      agreement and the prices set forth in Schedule
      1.0.
      Purchaser hereby acknowledges and agrees that Sprint is not responsible for
      the
      billing practices, service charges or availability of Roaming provided by
      Roaming providers, and that Sprint is not obligated to provide Roaming in areas
      in which Sprint has not entered into Roaming agreements or loses its Roaming
      agreements. Manual Roaming may be available dependent on the arrangements
      established and the level of service provided by each Roaming
      provider.

     

    
      	 	
              9.2.2.

            	
              Blocking
                Roaming 

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      may request that Sprint block Roaming for all its End Users. If Purchaser
      requests this, Sprint will remove all Roaming switches from the list of switches
      permitted to complete calls for Purchaser’s End Users. Due to transmission
      limitations described in Section 6.2.1(ii) of the Agreement, if a Roaming switch
      does not receive a ‘deny access’ response from the Sprint Network and such
      Roaming switch is programmed so that no response from the Sprint
      Network

    
      
        
        

      

      
        20

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    means
      that it will allow the call to proceed on the Roaming switch, a Roaming switch
      may complete a Roaming call for an End User(s). In such case, Purchaser will
      be
      liable for Roaming charges at the rate set forth in Schedule 1.0.

     

    
      	 	
              9.2.3.

            	
              Disputes
                Concerning Roaming 

            

    

     

    If
      a
      material dispute concerning charges for Roaming minutes occurs, Sprint will
      process the dispute with the Roaming provider in accordance with Sprint’s
      Roaming agreement. A dispute is considered material if the amount in dispute
      exceeds [*  CERTAIN
      INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED
      WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED PORTIONS**]
      in
      the
      aggregate during any single billing cycle. If the Roaming provider provides
      an
      adjustment to Sprint for the disputed charges, Sprint will credit that
      adjustment to Purchaser. In no event will the credit exceed the Roaming charges
      that Sprint billed to Purchaser. Roaming fraud is Purchaser’s responsibility and
      Sprint does not accept any responsibility for End Users being billed for
      fraudulent calls placed on a Roaming provider’s network.

     

    
      	 	
              9.3.

            	
              Sprint
                Network Fraud Detection
                and Responsibility

            

    

     

    Sprint
      will monitor, using its customary and ordinary procedures available from time
      to
      time with the fraud detection services provided to Customers to detect
      fraudulent calls on the Sprint Network made using Purchaser’s MDNs. The terms
“fraudulent calls made using Purchaser’s MDNs” means calls associated with the
      loading by an unrelated and independent third party of a MDN/ESN combination
      onto a wireless device to use the PCS Service, as more specifically defined
      in
      the Private Label Operations Manual (“Cloning Fraud”). Sprint makes no guarantee
      that any or all Cloning Fraud will be detected. Sprint will notify Purchaser
      (electronically, orally or in writing, as Sprint deems appropriate) of the
      detection by Sprint of “suspected” and “definitive” Cloning Fraud, as those
      terms are defined in the Private Label Operations Manual. Sprint will determine,
      in its sole discretion, whether an incident of Cloning Fraud is suspected or
      definitive, without any liability to Purchaser. Sprint and Purchaser will both
      designate a single point of contact to expedite the notices required under
      this
      Section 9.3,
      which
      contacts may be changed at any time with reasonable prior written notice to
      the
      other party. Sprint will track and process any credits requested by Purchaser
      and associated with suspected and definitive Cloning Fraud, only if the Cloning
      Fraud exceeds a minimum threshold of [* **]
      in
      the
      aggregate during any single billing cycle. Sprint’s customary and ordinary
      procedures, as available from time to time, to detect fraudulent calls made
      using Purchaser’s MDNs on the Sprint Network will not be inferior to the fraud
      detection provided by Sprint to Customers. 

     

    
      	 	
              9.3.1.

            	
              Suspected
                Cloning Fraud on the Sprint Network

            

    

     

    In
      case
      of suspected Cloning Fraud, Sprint will not terminate PCS Service to that MDN,
      unless Purchaser directs Sprint to terminate PCS Service. If Purchaser directs
      Sprint to terminate service to the affected MDN, Sprint will absorb the costs
      associated with that Cloning Fraud on

    
      
        
        

      

      
        21

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    the
      Sprint Network for up to [* **]
      from
      the
      time Sprint provided notice of detection to Purchaser, and Purchaser will be
      responsible for all charges after expiration of the [* **]
      period.
      If Purchaser does not request termination of service to the affected MDN,
      Purchaser will be responsible for all charges.

     

    
      	 	
              9.3.2.

            	
              Definitive
                Cloning Fraud on the Sprint
                Network

            

    

     

    In
      case
      of definitive Cloning Fraud, Sprint will terminate service to the affected
      MDN
      concurrently with notice of detection to Purchaser. Failure of authentication
      may be considered definitive Cloning Fraud. Sprint will absorb the costs
      associated with that Cloning Fraud on the Sprint Network. If Purchaser
      reactivates the End User or overrides Sprint’s deactivation of PCS Service, then
      Purchaser is responsible for all Cloning Fraud and any other fraud or similar
      activity on the End User account, but only if Sprint has informed Purchaser
      in
      writing that the End User was deactivated because of Cloning Fraud.

     

    
      	 	
              9.4.

            	
              Sprint’s
                Reports to Purchaser

            

    

     

    Sprint
      will provide to Purchaser the reports specified in the Private Label Operations
      Manual.

     

    
      	
              10.

            	
              Limitations
                of Warranties and
                Liabilities

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              10.1.

            	
              No
                Warranties

            

    

     

    Sprint
      makes no warranties, express or implied, regarding the PCS Service or, if
      applicable, any equipment, product or other good provided by Sprint.
      Specifically, all implied warranties are disclaimed, including any warranties
      of
      merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, use, or non-infringement.
      No
      one is authorized to make any warranty on Sprint’s behalf, and Purchaser can not
      rely on any statement of warranty. Purchaser acknowledges that Sprint is not
      the
      manufacturer of any equipment.

     

    
      	 	
              10.2.

            	
              Limitations
                on Liability

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              10.2.1.

            	
              Sole
                and Exclusive Remedies

            

    

     

    The
      sole and exclusive remedies of the parties are those expressly set forth in
      this
      Agreement.

     

    
      	 	
              10.2.2.

            	
              No
                Liability for Certain Damages

            

    

     

    Except
      as otherwise provided in this Agreement, including sections
11,
      13,
      15,
      and 16,
      neither party is liable to the other for special, indirect, incidental,
      exemplary, punitive or consequential damages, including loss of profits, related
      to or arising out of a party’s performance under this
      Agreement.

     

    
      	
              11.

            	
              Trade
                Name, Trade Marks and Service
                Marks

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              11.1.

            	
              Sprint’s
                Rights

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      recognizes the right, title and interest of Sprint and Sprint Affiliates in
      and
      to all service marks, trademarks, and trade names used in connection with the
      service and products sold by Sprint and Sprint Affiliates, including “Sprint”
and the diamond logo or any other Sprint trademark (“Sprint Marks”). Purchaser
      will not engage in any activities or commit any acts, directly or indirectly,
      that contest, dispute, or otherwise impair, or that may contest, dispute or
      otherwise impair the right, title or interest of Sprint and Sprint Affiliates
      therein. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that nothing in this Agreement grants
      to Purchaser the right to use and Purchaser agrees that it will not use any
      Sprint Mark or any service mark, trademark, or trade name that is confusingly
      similar to or a colorable imitation of any of the Sprint Marks, including in
      any
      of Purchaser’s advertisements, and will not incorporate the Sprint Marks into
      any service mark, trademark or trade name used or developed by Purchaser.
      Purchaser does not acquire or claim any right, title or interest in or to the
      Sprint Marks through purchase of PCS Service or Products, the provision of
      Private Label Service or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to clarify
      its relationship with Sprint, Purchaser may use the Sprint Marks (i) as
      provided in the relevant section in the Private Label Operations Manual or
      (ii) with Sprint’s prior written approval. Upon Sprint’s request, Purchaser
      will provide to Sprint any materials using the Sprint Marks for Sprint’s review
      to determine compliance with this Agreement. Purchaser may delete non-public
      price information prior to submitting those materials for Sprint’s review.
      Sprint will use commercially reasonable efforts to notify Purchaser within
      10
      business days of receipt of any requested materials, if any sections need to
      be
      modified or deleted in order to ensure compliance with this Agreement. Purchaser
      must comply with any adjustments or requests from Sprint on any requested
      materials and may not use a Sprint Mark without Sprint’s express written
      consent. 

     

    
      	 	
              11.2.

            	
              Purchaser’s
                Rights

            

    

     

    Sprint
      recognizes the right, title and interest of Purchaser and Purchaser’s Affiliates
      in and to all service marks, trademarks, and trade names used in connection
      with
      the service and products sold by Purchaser and Purchaser’s Affiliates
      (“Purchaser Marks”). Sprint will not engage in any activities or commit any
      acts, directly or indirectly, that contest, dispute, or otherwise impair, or
      that may contest, dispute or otherwise impair the right, title or interest
      of
      Purchaser and Purchaser’s Affiliates therein. Sprint acknowledges and agrees
      that nothing in this Agreement grants to Sprint the right to use and Sprint
      agrees that it will not use any Purchaser Mark or any

    
      
        
        

      

      
        22

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    service
      mark, trademark, or trade name that is confusingly similar to or a colorable
      imitation of any of the Purchaser Marks and will not incorporate the Purchaser
      Marks into service mark, trademark or trade name used or developed by Sprint.
      Sprint does not acquire or claim any right, title or interest in or to the
      Purchaser Marks through sale of PCS Service or products or
      otherwise.

     

    
      	 	
              11.3.

            	
              Remedies
                for Violations

            

    

     

    The
      limitations in Section 10.2
      do not
      apply to either party’s violations of Section 11.
      If
      either party violates or threatens to violate Section 11,
      the
      other party may exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement and any other
      right or remedy that it may have (now or hereafter existing) at law, in equity
      or under statute. The parties agree that damages for violations of
      Section 11
      may be
      difficult to ascertain or inadequate and that if either party violates or
      threatens to violate Section 11,
      the
      other party may suffer irreparable harm and therefore may seek injunctive relief
      in addition to any other right or remedy under this Agreement and any other
      right or remedy that it may have (now or hereafter existing) at law, in equity
      or under statute. The party that violates or threatens to violate
      Section 11
      will not
      raise the defense of an adequate remedy at law.

     

    
      	
              12.

            	
              Insurance

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      must, during the term of this Agreement and at its sole expense, obtain and
      keep
      in force, the following insurance: (a) Commercial General Liability Coverage,
      including personal injury, bodily injury, property damage, operations hazard,
      independent contractor coverage, contractual liability, and products and
      completed operations liability, in limits not less than $3,000,000 for each
      occurrence (combined single limit), with Purchaser named as insured in the
      policy and Sprint named as additional insured in the policy; and (b) Worker’s
      Compensation and Employer’s Liability insurance. All required insurance policies
      must be taken out with reputable national insurers that are licensed to do
      business in the jurisdictions where Purchaser is doing business. Purchaser
      agrees that certificates of insurance will be delivered to Sprint within 15
      days
      of the Effective Date. All policies must contain an undertaking by the insurers
      to notify Sprint in writing not less than 30 days before any material change,
      reduction in coverage, cancellation, or termination of the insurance. The
      provision of insurance required in this Agreement will not be construed to
      limit
      or otherwise affect the liability of Purchaser to Sprint.

     

    
      	
              13.

            	
              Indemnification

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              13.1.

            	
              Purchaser’s
                General Third Party
                Indemnity

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      will indemnify and defend Sprint, the Sprint Affiliates, and their respective
      directors, officers, agents, employees and Customers (each, a “Sprint
      Indemnitee”) from and against all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs,
      expenses and reasonable attorney’s fees (collectively "Damages") arising out of
      a claim by a third party against a Sprint Indemnitee resulting from or alleged
      to have resulted from any act or omission of Purchaser under or related to
      this
      Agreement. 

     

    
      	 	
              13.2.

            	
              Sprint’s
                General Third Party
                Indemnity

            

    

     

    Sprint
      will indemnify and defend Purchaser, its Affiliates, and their respective
      directors, officers, agents and employees (each, a “Purchaser Indemnitee”) from
      and against all Damages arising out

    
      
        
        

      

      
        23

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    of
      a
      claim by a third party against a Purchaser Indemnitee to the extent resulting
      from or alleged to have resulted from any act or omission of Sprint under or
      related to this Agreement.

     

    
      	 	
              13.3.

            	
              Indemnification
                Procedures

            

    

     

     

    
      	 	
              (i)

            	
              Promptly,
                upon becoming aware of any matter which is subject to the provisions
                of
                Section 13.1
                and 13.2
                (a
                "Claim"), the party seeking indemnification (the "Indemnified Party")
                must
                give notice of the Claim to the other party (the "Indemnifying Party"),
                accompanied by a copy of any written documentation regarding the
                Claim
                received by the Indemnified Party.

            

    

     

     

    
      	 	
              (ii)

            	
              The
                Indemnifying Party will, at its option, settle or defend, at its
                own
                expense and with its own counsel, the Claim. The Indemnified Party
                will
                have the right, at its option, to participate in the settlement or
                defense
                of the Claim, with its own counsel and at its own expense; but the
                Indemnifying Party will have the right to control the settlement
                or
                defense. The Indemnifying Party will not enter into any settlement
                that
                imposes any liability or obligation on the Indemnified Party without
                the
                Indemnified Party's prior written consent. The parties will cooperate
                in
                the settlement or defense and give each other full access to all
                relevant
                information. 

            

    

     

     

    (iii)If
      the
      Indemnifying Party (i) fails to notify the Indemnified Party of the Indemnifying
      Party's intent to take any action within 30 days after receipt of a notice
      of a
      Claim or (ii) fails to proceed in good faith with the prompt resolution of
      the
      Claim, the Indemnified Party, with prior written notice to the Indemnifying
      Party and without waiving any rights to indemnification, including reimbursement
      of reasonable attorney’s fees and legal costs, may defend or settle the Claim
      without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying
      Party will reimburse the Indemnified Party on demand for all Damages incurred
      by
      the Indemnified Party in defending or settling the Claim. 

     

     

    
      	 	
              (iv)

            	
              Neither
                party is obligated to indemnify and defend the other with respect
                to a
                Claim (or portions of a Claim):

            

    

     

     

    
      	 	
              (a)

            	
              if
                the Indemnified Party fails to promptly notify the Indemnifying Party
                of
                the Claim and fails to provide reasonable cooperation and information
                to
                defend or settle the Claim; and

            

    

     

     

    
      	 	
              (b)

            	
              if
                and only to the extent that, that failure materially prejudices the
                Indemnifying Party’s ability to satisfactorily defend or settle the
                Claim.

            

    

     

    
      	
              14.

            	
              Breach,
                Remedies and Early Termination of the
                Agreement

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              14.1.

            	
              Breach

            

    

     

    In
      addition to other events of breach set forth in this Agreement, each of the
      following constitutes an event of breach under this Agreement:

     

    
      	 	
              (i)
                

            	
              Sprint
                or Purchaser fails to make a payment of money or, in the case of
                Purchaser, to replenish, amend, replace or renew the Security, which
                failure continues for more than 5 days after notice from the other
                party;

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        24

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

       

    

    
      	 	
              (ii)
                

            	
              Sprint
                or Purchaser fails to comply with any material representation, warranty,
                obligation or covenant set forth in this Agreement, which failure
                continues for a period of more than 30 consecutive days after receipt
                of
                notice from the nonbreaching party specifying the
                breach;

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (iii)
                

            	
              Purchaser’s
                actual number of Net End Users at the end of the sixth full billing
                month
                following the In-Service Date is less than [*  CERTAIN
                INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
                THE
                SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN
                REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED PORTIONS**];

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (iv)
                

            	
              Purchaser’s
                actual number of Net End Users at the end of Contract Year 1 is less
                than
                [* **];

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (v)
                

            	
              Purchaser’s
                actual number of Net End Users at the end of Contract Year 2 is less
                than
                [* **];

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (vi)
                

            	
              Sprint
                or Purchaser fails to comply with Section 11,
                if that failure is not cured immediately upon receipt of notice from
                the
                party owning or enforcing that mark or in case of the repeated violations
                after receipt of the notice on one occasion; 

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (vii)
                

            	
              Sprint
                or Purchaser ceases to do business as a going
                concern;

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (viii)
                

            	
              Sprint
                or Purchaser is unable or admits its inability to pay its debts as
                they
                become due;

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (ix)
                

            	
              Purchaser
                transfers more than ten percent (10%) of its End Users in a transaction
                or
                series of transactions to another service provider or carrier during
                any
                one 12-month period of this Agreement;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (x)
                

            	
              Purchaser
                fails to comply with the Target Market restrictions set forth in
                Section 2.2.

            

    

     

    Upon
      the
      occurrence of any of the events of breach specified above, the nonbreaching
      party may, upon notice to the breaching party, terminate this Agreement in
      its
      entirety or with respect to a specific Market, depending on the nature of the
      breach, trigger the applicable phase-out period, and pursue any other right
      or
      remedy under this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided, the termination
      will
      be effective on the day following the end of the applicable phase-out period.
      Sprint’s sole remedy for Purchaser’s breach of Sections 14.1(iii), (iv) and (v)
      will be the right to terminate this Agreement. 

     

     

    If
      Sprint
      elects to terminate this Agreement as the result of any breach by Purchaser
      under Section 14.1(ix)
      Sprint will charge Purchaser and Purchaser will pay to Sprint (in addition
      to
      all other applicable charges under this Agreement), as liquidated damages,
      an
      amount set forth in the table below. 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        25

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              Contract
                Year Termination Occurs

            	
              Liquidated
                Damages Payable to Sprint

            
	
              1

            	
              [*  CERTAIN
                INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH
                THE
                SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN
                REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED PORTIONS**]
                (with
                a maximum of $1,250,000) immediately prior to the month termination
                occurs

            
	
              2

            	
              [* **]
                (with
                a maximum of $1,250,000) immediately prior to the month termination
                occurs

            
	
              3

            	
              [* **]
                (with a maximum of $1,250,000) immediately prior to the month termination
                occurs

            
	
              4

            	
              Purchaser
                shall not be obligated to pay any liquidated damages.

            
	
              5

            	
              Purchaser
                shall not be obligated to pay any liquidated
                damages.

            

    

     

    The
      pricing for each Market in effect immediately before the date of the termination
      notice will remain in effect during the phase-out period. Sprint will invoice
      Purchaser for the amounts due under this Section and Purchaser will pay those
      amounts within 20 days after the date of Sprint’s invoice. If
      not
      paid by that date, Sprint may, without any additional notice to Purchaser,
      deduct those amounts from the Security and require Purchaser to increase the
      amount of the Security for the remainder of the applicable phase-out period.
      Without
      limiting the generality of the foregoing and irrespective of whether Sprint
      exercises its termination rights under this Agreement, if Purchaser breaches
      under clause (i) of Section 14.1,
      Sprint
      may, without any additional notice to Purchaser, deduct any amounts due Sprint
      from the Security and require Purchaser to increase the amount of the
      Security.

     

    
      	 	
              14.2.

            	
              Early
                Termination by Sprint
                Due to Loss of
                Licenses

            

    

     

    If
      Sprint
      ceases to be licensed by a Governmental Authority to provide PCS Service in
      all
      or a substantial part of the Markets, Sprint may terminate this Agreement in
      its
      entirety without any liability by giving Purchaser at least 30 days prior
      written notice. Sprint may delete a Market from Schedule
      2.0
      at any
      time without any liability by giving Purchaser at least 30 days prior
      written notice, if Sprint ceases to be licensed by a Governmental Authority
      to
      provide PCS Service in that Market. If within a one-year period Sprint deletes
      one or more Markets, which in

    
      
        
        

      

      
        26

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    the
      aggregate represents more than 15% of Purchaser’s total End Users as of the day
      the first Market was eliminated, Sprint will adjust the minimum number of End
      Users in Sections 14.1(iii), (iv), and (v) by a proportional amount.

     

    
      	 	
              14.3.

            	
              Length
                of and Duties During the Phase-out
                Period

            

    

     

    Upon
      giving of notice of termination of this Agreement in its entirety or with
      respect to a specific Market or Markets, Sprint, at Purchaser’s (or its
      successor in interest) request, will continue to provide PCS Service to
      Purchaser (or its successor in interest) in the terminated Market(s) for a
      phase-out period as described below. Under phase-out services governed by
14.3(i)
      only,
      Purchaser (or its successor in interest) may continue to add new End Users
      or
      MDNs during the initial 30 days of the phase-out period. The rights and
      obligations with respect to the treatment of the Security are set forth in
      Section 7.6.
      At the
      end of the phase-out period, Sprint may terminate PCS Service to Purchaser
      (or
      its successor in interest) and the End Users on the Sprint Network without
      incurring any liability. The pricing for each Market in effect immediately
      before the date of the termination notice will remain in effect during the
      phase-out period.

     

    
      	 	
              (i)
                

            	
              The
                phase-out period for termination under Sections 14.2
                is
                365 days after the date of the notice of termination and applies
                to those
                End Users on the Sprint Network as of the 30th day after the date
                of the
                notice of termination. 

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (ii)
                

            	
              The
                phase-out period for termination under Section 14.1 (ii)
                and
                (vi)
                through
                (ix)
                is
                30 days after the date of the notice of termination and applies to
                those
                End Users on the Sprint Network as of the date of the notice of
                termination. 

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (iii)
                

            	
              The
                phase-out period for termination under Section 14.1 (i)
                is
                10 days after the date of the notice of termination and applies to
                those
                End Users on the Sprint Network as of the date of the notice of
                termination. 

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (iv)
                

            	
              The
                phase-out period for termination under Sections 14.1
                (iii) through (v) and 14.1 (x) is 60 days after the date of the notice
                of
                termination and applies to those End Users on the Sprint Network
                as of the
                date of the notice of termination.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (v)
                

            	
              Upon
                expiration of the term set forth in Section 3.1 of the Agreement,
                the
                phase-out period will be 180 days after the expiration date and applies
                to
                those End Users on the Sprint Network as of the expiration
                date.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              14.4.

            	
              Effect
                of Termination

            

    

     

    Termination
      of this Agreement is without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the
      parties under this Agreement. Termination of this Agreement for any cause does
      not release either party from any liability which, at the time of termination,
      has already accrued to the other party, or which may accrue in respect of any
      act or omission prior to termination or from any obligation which is expressly
      stated to survive the termination. Purchaser will remain responsible for its
      obligations to its agents and End Users.

    
      
        
        

      

      
        27

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    15. Restrictions
      [*  CERTAIN
      INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED
      WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED PORTIONS**]

     

    
      	 	
              15.1.

            	
              [* **]

            

    

     

     

    During
      the term of this Agreement, including any applicable phase-out period, Purchaser
      may not, [* **]. 

     

    
      	 	
              15.2.

            	
              [* **]Upon
                the Occurrence of Certain
                Events

            

    

     

     

    During
      the term of this Agreement, including any applicable transition period, upon
      the
      occurrence of any Change of Control Event (as defined below), Purchaser will
      provide notice to Sprint no less than 60 days prior to closing of the Change
      of
      Control Event, and Sprint may, at its option, terminate this Agreement with
      no
      liability by giving 30 days written notice to Purchaser. 

     

    Change
      of
      Control Event means: 

     

    
      	
            	(i)	
              Purchaser,
                directly or indirectly, enters into any transaction of merger,
                acquisition, reorganization or consolidation with any entity (other
                than a
                Purchaser Affiliate), in which Purchaser is not the surviving entity;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	
            	(ii)	
              Purchaser,
                directly or indirectly, sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases
                or
                otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets (including
                all of its End User accounts) to any entity (other than a Purchaser
                Affiliate); or

            

    

     

    
      	
            	(iii)	
              The
                acquisition of Purchaser by any entity, person, or group of beneficial
                ownership, as that term is defined in Rule 13d 3 under the Securities
                Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of more than 50% of the outstanding
                capital stock of Purchaser.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        28

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
            	15.3.	
              Rights
                to End User Accounts in Connection with Liquidation or
                Dissolution

            

    

     

    If
      Purchaser, directly or indirectly, approves any plan or proposal for liquidation
      or dissolution of Purchaser or winds up, liquidates, or dissolves and in
      connection with that action Purchaser ceases to provide Private Label Service
      to
      End Users, Purchaser will (i) permit Sprint to market to all of Purchaser’s
      End User accounts (whether or not those accounts are active) and
      (ii) remove any impediments to Sprint’s solicitation efforts and
      (iii) provide to Sprint all necessary End User information, as permitted by
      applicable law.

     

    
      	 	
              15.4.

            	
              Non-Solicitation/Non-Disclosure
                Obligations

            

    

     

    Purchaser
      agrees not to market to the End User accounts purchased by Sprint for a period
      of 3 years from the date of closing of any sale or other transfer under Section
      15.
      Purchaser further agrees that all information regarding the End User accounts
      is
      Confidential Information.

     

    
      	 	
              15.5.

            	
              Remedies

            

    

     

    The
      limitations in Section 10.2
      do not
      apply to Purchaser’s violations of Section 15.
      If
      Purchaser violates or threatens to violate Section 15,
      Sprint
      may exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement and any other right or
      remedy that it may have (now or hereafter existing) at law, in equity or under
      statute. The parties agree that damages for violations of
      Section 15
      may be
      difficult to ascertain or inadequate and that if Purchaser violates or threatens
      to violate Section 15,
      Sprint
      may suffer irreparable harm and therefore may seek injunctive relief in addition
      to any other right or remedy under this Agreement and any other right or remedy
      that it may have (now or hereafter existing) at law, in equity or under statute.
      Purchaser will not raise the defense of an adequate remedy at law.

     

    
      	
              16.

            	
              Confidentiality

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              16.1.

            	
              Restriction

            

    

     

    Neither
      party will disclose any Confidential Information received from the other party,
      except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Each party will use the
      Confidential Information received from the other party only for the purpose
      of
      this Agreement. 

     

    
      	 	
              16.2.

            	
              Care

            

    

     

    The
      receiving party must provide the same care to avoid disclosure or unauthorized
      use of the Confidential Information as it provides to protect its own similar
      proprietary information. All Confidential Information must be retained by the
      receiving party in a secure place with access limited to only those of the
      receiving party’s employees, lenders or purchasers who need to know that
      information for purposes of this Agreement and to third parties as the
      disclosing party has consented to by prior written approval. Confidential
      Information supplied is not to be reproduced in any form except as required
      to
      accomplish the intent of this Agreement. Sprint Spectrum L.P. may disclose
      Confidential Information, subject to the terms of this Agreement, to any entity
      (i) for which it is building a wireless network, or (ii) for which it has an
      obligation to associate the wireless network of the entity to the Sprint
      Spectrum L.P. network.

     

    
      	 	
              16.3.

            	
              Return

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        29

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    All
      Confidential Information, unless otherwise specified in writing, must be
      returned to the disclosing party or destroyed after the receiving party’s need
      for it has expired or upon request of the disclosing party, and, in any event,
      within 10 days of termination of this Agreement. At the request of the
      disclosing party, the receiving party will furnish a certificate of an officer
      of the receiving party certifying that Confidential Information not returned
      to
      disclosing party has been destroyed.

     

    
      	 	
              16.4.

            	
              Limitation

            

    

     

    The
      parties agree that the term “Confidential Information” does not include
      information which:

     

    
      	 	
              (i)
                

            	
              has
                been published or is otherwise in the public domain through no fault
                of
                the receiving party;

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (ii)
                

            	
              prior
                to disclosure under this Agreement is properly within the legitimate
                possession of the receiving party;

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (iii)
                

            	
              subsequent
                to disclosure under this Agreement is lawfully received from a third
                party
                having rights in the information without restriction of the third
                party’s
                right to disseminate the information and without notice of any restriction
                against its further disclosure;

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (iv)
                

            	
              is
                independently developed by the receiving party through parties who
                have
                not had, either directly or indirectly, access to or knowledge of
                Confidential Information;

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (v)
                

            	
              is
                obligated to be produced under order of a court of competent jurisdiction
                or other similar requirement of a Governmental Authority, so long
                as the
                party required to disclose the information provides the other party
                with
                prior notice of the order or requirement.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              16.5.

            	
              Relief

            

    

     

    The
      limitations of liability in this Agreement do not apply to either party’s
      violations of this Section. If either party violates or threatens to violate
      this Section, the other party may exercise any right or remedy under this
      Agreement and any other right or remedy that it may have (now or hereafter
      existing) at law, in equity or under statute. The parties agree that damages
      for
      violations of this Section may be difficult to ascertain or inadequate and
      that
      if either party violates or threatens to violate this Section, the other party
      may suffer irreparable harm and therefore may seek injunctive relief in addition
      to any other right or remedy under this Agreement and any other right or remedy
      that it may have (now or hereafter existing) at law, in equity or under statute.
      

     

    
      	 	
              16.6.

            	
              Information
                Security

            

    

     

    
      	
            	(i)	
              To
                protect Sprint’s Confidential Information from unauthorized use, including
                disclosure, loss or alteration, Purchaser will meet the Security
                Standards
                and (ii) inventory and test Security Standards before accepting Sprint’s
                Confidential Information.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        30

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
            	(ii)	
              Upon
                Sprint’s reasonable request, Purchaser will provide information to Sprint
                to enable Sprint to determine compliance with this Section 16.6.
                

            

    

     

    
      	
            	(iii)	
              Purchaser
                will promptly inform Sprint of any known or suspected compromises
                of
                Sprint’s Confidential Information as a result of Purchaser’s failure to
                comply with the Security Standards.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	(iv)	
              On
                a periodic basis, but in no event more than twice in any 12-month
                period,
                Sprint may, upon 10 days notice, perform a vulnerability assessment
                to
                determine Purchaser’s compliance with the Security Standards. If Sprint
                has a reasonable basis to believe that Purchaser has breached or
                is likely
                to breach the Security Standards, Sprint may, upon 5 days notice,
                perform
                a vulnerability assessment, which assessment will be in addition
                to any
                assessment in the ordinary course. 

            

    

     

    
      	
            	(v)	
              At
                Sprint’s reasonable request, Purchaser will promptly cooperate with Sprint
                to develop a plan to protect Sprint’s Confidential Information from
                failures or attacks on the Security Standards, which plan will include
                prioritization of recovery efforts, identification of and implementation
                plans for alternative data centers or other storage sites and backup
                capabilities. 

            

    

     

    If
      Purchaser fails to meet the obligations in this Section 16.6,
      Sprint
      will notify Purchaser of this failure as provided in this Agreement. Purchaser
      will have 30 days from receiving that notice to correct the cause for such
      failure. If Purchaser has failed to remedy the failure within this 30-day
      period, Sprint has the right to terminate this Agreement as provided in Section
      14.1
      (Termination for Cause).

     

    
      	
              17.

            	
              Assignment

            

    

     

    Subject
      to Section 15, Purchaser may not assign this Agreement without Sprint’s prior
      written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld. Any assignment
      in violation of this provision is null and void. If this Agreement is assumed
      by
      the assignee, permitted assignment of this Agreement shall release the Purchaser
      from all of its obligations under this Agreement, except for any then accrued
      but unpaid amounts due to Sprint.

     

    Sprint
      will consent to the assignment of this Agreement in connection with the sale
      or
      other transfer of the End User accounts under Section 15.1 if all Section 15.1
      procedures are followed, provided that Sprint is not obligated to consent to
      any
      assignment to a strategic competitor of Sprint, Sprint Corporation or an
      Affiliate of each, as determined by Sprint in its reasonable
      discretion.

     

    
      	
              18.

            	
              General
                Provisions

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              18.1.

            	
              Notices
                and Inquiries

            

    

     

    Except
      as
      otherwise provided, all notices and inquiries must be in writing and mailed
      (certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or
      sent by hand or overnight courier, (with acknowledgment received by the
      courier), or by facsimile (with facsimile acknowledgment) addressed as follows:
      

    
      
        
        

      

      
        31

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    If
      to
      Purchaser: 

     

    Oblio
      Telecom L.L.P.

    407
      International Parkway, Suite 403

    Richardson,
      Texas 75081

    Attention:
      Radu Achiriloaie

    

    With
      a
      copy to:

     

    Robert
      L.
      Villaseñor

    Hunton
      & Williams LLP

    Energy
      Plaza, 30th
      Floor

    1601
      Bryan Street

    Dallas,
      Texas 75201

    

    If
      to
      Sprint:

     

    Sprint
      Spectrum, L.P. (d/b/a Sprint)

    [*  CERTAIN
      INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED
      WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED PORTIONS**]

    

    With
      a
      copy to:

     

    Sprint
      Spectrum, L.P. (d/b/a Sprint)

    [* **]

    

    Any
      party
      may from time to time specify a different address by notice to the other party.
      Any notice is considered given as of the date delivered.

     

    
      	 	
              18.2.

            	
              Construction

            

    

     

    The
      definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural
      forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context requires, any pronoun includes
      the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”,
“includes” and “including” are deemed to be followed by the phrase “without
      limitation”. Unless the context otherwise requires, any references to any
      agreement, schedule or exhibit or to any other instrument or statute or
      regulation are to it as amended and supplemented from time to time (and, in
      the
      case of a statute or regulation, to any corresponding provisions of successor
      statutes or regulations). Any reference in this Agreement to a “day” or number
      of “days” is a reference to a calendar day or number of calendar days. If any
      action or notice is to be taken or given on or by a particular calendar day,
      and
      that calendar day is not a business day for Sprint or Purchaser then the action
      or notice will be deferred until, or may be taken or given on, the next business
      day. This

    
      
        
        

      

      
        32

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Agreement
      will be construed simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for
      or
      against any party. No rule of construction requiring interpretation against
      the
      draftsperson will apply in the interpretation of this Agreement. Except as
      otherwise provided, if there are any inconsistencies between any Schedule or
      Exhibit, and the body of this Agreement, the body of this Agreement controls.
      If
      there are any inconsistencies between the Private Label Operations Manual and
      this Agreement, this Agreement controls.

     

    
      	 	
              18.3.

            	
              Independent
                Contractors

            

    

     

    The
      parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture or other
      profit-sharing arrangement, landlord-tenant, or lessor-lessee relationship,
      or
      any relationship other than seller-buyer. Purchaser will not represent itself
      (i) as an agent or representative of Sprint or (ii) as a purchaser of
      PCS Service in any way not specifically provided for herein. Each party will
      be
      solely responsible for the payment of compensation, workers’ compensation,
      unemployment insurance and for withholding or paying employment related taxes
      to
      or with respect to its own employees. Sprint will be solely responsible for or
      entitled to the payment or receipt of any fees paid to or received from third
      party service providers with respect to data, content or services, if
      any.

     

    
      	 	
              18.4.

            	
              Survival

            

    

     

    The
      provisions of this Agreement that by its content survive the termination of
      this
      Agreement will survive the termination.

     

    
      	 	
              18.5.

            	
              Headings

            

    

     

    The
      article and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference
      purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit
      the
      scope, extent, or intent of this Agreement or any provision of this
      Agreement.

     

    
      	 	
              18.6.

            	
              Severability

            

    

     

    Every
      provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable unless expressly
      indicated otherwise (e.g.
      see
      Section 2).
      If any
      term or provision of this Agreement is illegal, invalid or unenforceable for
      any
      reason whatsoever, that term or provision will be enforced to the maximum extent
      permissible so as to effect the intent of the parties, and the illegality,
      invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the validity or legality of
      the
      remainder of this Agreement. If necessary to effect the intent of the parties,
      the parties will negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement to replace
      the
      unenforceable language with enforceable language which as closely as possible
      reflects the intent.

     

    
      	 	
              18.7.

            	
              Governing
                Law;
                Exclusive Venue

            

    

     

    This
      Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the procedural
      and substantive laws of the State of Kansas without giving effect to its choice
      of law rules. Any cause of action or suit based upon or arising in connection
      with this Agreement must be filed in Johnson County, Kansas (State court) or
      Kansas City, Kansas (Federal Court).

    
      
        
        

      

      
        33

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
            	18.8.	
              Waiver
                of Jury Trial

            

    

     

    Each
      party waives its respective rights to a trial by jury of all claims or causes
      of
      action (including counterclaims) related to or arising out of this Agreement
      or
      the transactions contemplated by this Agreement brought by any party against
      any
      other party. This waiver applies to all subsequent amendments of this
      agreement.

     

    
      	 	
              18.9.

            	
              Counterpart
                Execution

            

    

     

    This
      Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect
      as
      if each party had signed the same document. All counterparts will be construed
      together and will constitute one agreement.

     

    
      	 	
              18.10.

            	
              Entire
                Agreement;
                Amendments

            

    

     

    This
      Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties
      as to the subject matters covered therein and supersede all prior agreements,
      oral or written, and other communications between the parties relating to the
      subject matter of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in this
      Agreement, no amendment or modification of this Agreement will be valid or
      binding upon the parties unless made in writing and signed by the duly
      authorized representatives of both parties.

     

    
      	 	
              18.11.

            	
              Parties
                in Interest; Limitation on Rights of
                Others

            

    

     

    Except
      as
      otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inure
      to the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted successors and assigns.
      Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, will be construed to
      give
      any person other than the parties any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
      under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions
      contained in this Agreement.

     

    
      	 	
              18.12.

            	
              Waivers;
                Remedies

            

    

     

    The
      observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or
      in a
      particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) by the party
      entitled to enforce the term, but any waiver is effective only if in a writing
      signed by the party against which the waiver is to be asserted. Except as
      otherwise provided in this Agreement, no failure or delay of any party in
      exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver thereof,
      nor
      will any single or partial exercise of any right, or any abandonment or
      discontinuance of steps to enforce the right, preclude any other or further
      exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

     

    
      	 	
              18.13.

            	
              Force
                Majeure

            

    

     

    If
      the
      performance of this Agreement is interfered with by any circumstance beyond
      the
      reasonable control of the party affected, the party affected by the force
      majeure is excused on a day-by-day basis to the extent of the interference,
      if
      the party notifies the other party as soon as practicable of the nature and
      expected duration of the claimed force majeure, uses all commercially reasonable
      efforts to avoid or remove the causes of nonperformance and resumes performance
      promptly after the causes have been removed. A “force majeure” under this
      Section 18.13
      includes
      (i) acts of God, such as fire, flood, earthquake or other natural cause; (ii)
      terrorist events, riots, insurrections, war or national emergency; (iii)
      strikes, boycotts, lockouts or other labor difficulties, (iv) the lack of or
      inability to obtain permits or approvals, necessary labor,

    
      
        
        

      

      
        34

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    materials,
      energy, components or machinery, telecommunication line facilities or MDNs,
      and
      (v) judicial, legal or other action of any Governmental Authority.

     

    
      	 	
              18.14.

            	
              Disclosure

            

    

     

    All
      media
      releases and public announcements or disclosures by either party relating to
      this Agreement, its subject matter or the purpose of this Agreement are to
      be
      coordinated with and consented to by the other party in writing prior to the
      release thereof.

     

    
      	 	
              18.15.

            	
              Compliance
                with Laws 

            

    

     

    Either
      party will comply with all applicable material federal, state, county and local
      laws, rules, regulations and orders that apply to it, its operations and
      facilities.

     

    This
      Agreement made as of the date first written above.

     

    

     

    
      	
              SPRINT
                SPECTRUM L.P.

            	 	
              OBLIO
                TELECOM L.L.P.

            
	 	 	 
	
              By:
                _______________________________________

            	 	
              By:
                __________________________________________

            
	
              Name:
                   [***]

            	 	
               

              Name:
                ________________________________________

            
	
              Title:
                  [***]

              Date:
                ______________________________________

            	 	
              Title:
                _________________________________________

              Date:
                _________________________________________

            
	 	 	 

    

    
      

    

    
      
        	***	
                CERTAIN
                  INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                  WITH THE
                  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                  BEEN
                  REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                  PORTIONS

              

      

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        35

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Schedule
      1.0

     

     

    PCS
      Services

     

    

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Description
                of Services

            

    

     

    The
      Sprint Network is a digital wireless communications network that uses Code
      Division Multiple Access (“CDMA”) technology. Itemized below are the services on
      the Sprint Network (with the associated rates and charges) that comprise the
      PCS
      Service. 

     

    

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Rates
                and Charges

            

    

    

    2.1 Market
      Implementation Fee

     

    Sprint
      will charge Purchaser a Market Implementation Fee of [***],
      which
      will be invoiced by Sprint in the first bill cycle following the In Service
      Date.

     

    If
      within
      twelve (12) months of the In Service Date Purchaser has achieved [***]Net
      End
      Users, Sprint will offer a one time credit of [***]on
      the
      next applicable bill cycle.

    

    2.2 Voice
      Services

     

    2.2.1 Forward Pricing

     

    Except
      as
      otherwise provided in this Agreement, Purchaser’s voice PCS Service will be
      priced at the [***]tier
      in
      the pricing table set forth in Section 2.2.2 below, for the first [* **]billing
      months following the In Service Date (“Forward Pricing Period”). Except as
      otherwise provided in this Section 2.2.1, if, during the Forward Pricing Period,
      Purchaser achieves a higher [***]tier
      in
      the pricing table than the tier at which it is priced, Purchaser’s voice PCS
      Service will be priced commensurate with its total [***]as
      set
      forth in Section 2.2.2 below. If

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        36

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    during
      the first [* **]billing
      months following the In Service Date, Purchaser has not generated a sustained
      [***]
      growth
      trend and achieved at least [***],
      Purchaser’s voice PCS Services will be priced at the [***]tier
      in
      the pricing table set forth in Section 2.2.2, for the remaining six (6) months
      of the Forward Pricing Period. 

     

    After
      the
      Forward Pricing Period, Purchaser’s voice PCS Services will be priced
      commensurate with their total [***]as
      set
      forth in Section 2.2.2.

    

    2.2.2 Airtime
      Rates [***]

     

    Subject
      to Section 2.2.1, Sprint will charge Purchaser (i) [***],
      detailed below, for each MDN activated on the Network for [***]voice
      PCS
      Service, and (ii) [***]rates
      set
      forth below for each MDN’s [***]use
      of
      voice PCS Service. The rates include [***].
      Sprint
      may modify the peak and off-peak time periods from time to time. Per call
      charges [***]

     

     

    [***]  [***] [***]

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        37

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

     

    
      	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            

    

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        38

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            

    

     

    Peak
      Time
      Period: Monday - Friday, 7 am - 9 pm

    Off-Peak
      Time Period: Monday - Thursday, 9 pm - 7 am and Friday 9 pm - Monday 7
      am

     

    Alternate
      Airtime Rates [***]As
      an
      alternative to the Voice Service [***]contained
      in this Section 2.2.2, Purchaser may activate End Users under the Alternate
      Price Table outlined below. Sprint will charge Purchaser (i) [* **]detailed
      below for each MDN activated on the Network , and (ii) [***]rates
      set
      forth below for each MDN’s [***]of
      voice
      PCS Service. The [***]rates
      in
      the Alternate Price Table include [***].
      The
      rates DO NOT include [***].
      Purchaser will be charged the rates set forth in Schedule 1.0 for [***].  

     

    ALTERNATE
      PRICE TABLE:

     

    [***]  [***]

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        39

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

     

    
      	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            

    

    

     

    2.2.3 [***]

    

    
      	 	
              A.

            	
              [***]

            

    

     

    For
      purposes of this Section 2.2.3, “6-Month Period #1” means January through June,
“6-Month Period #2” means July through December, jointly referred to as “6-Month
      Period”. 

     

    (i) [***]Calculation

     

    At
      the
      beginning of each 6-Month Period after the In Service Date, [***].

     

    II. Limitation
      on [***] 

     

    [***].

     

    

    
      	 	
              B.

            	
              [***]

            

    

     

    I. [***]Eligibility
      Criteria

     

    To
      receive the [***],
      Purchaser must meet the following criteria [***]:

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        40

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    (a) [***],
      and

     

    (b) Purchaser
      has complied and is complying with all material terms of the Agreement,
      including the payment terms.

     

    II. Implementation
      of [***]

     

    The
      [* **]will
      be
      implemented the later of: (a) the March bill cycle if the prior 6-Month Period
      was 6-Month Period #2 or the September bill cycle if the prior 6-Month Period
      was 6-Month Period #1, or (b) the next available bill cycle following the
      billing month in which Purchaser meets the [***]Eligibility
      Criteria. 

     

    III. Limitation
      [***]

    If
      Purchaser meets the [***]Eligibility
      Criteria during the same 6-Month Period as the Effective Date, the [***],
      in
      which case Purchaser will be deemed to have received [***].

    

    
      	 	
              C.

            	
              Subsequent
                [***]

            

    

     

    I. Subsequent
      [***]Eligibility
      Criteria

     

    To
      receive subsequent [***],
      Purchaser must meet the following criteria [***]: 

     

    (a) Purchaser
      previously received an [***],
      and

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        41

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    (b) Purchaser
      has complied and is complying with all material terms of the Agreement,
      including the payment terms.

     

    II. Implementation
      of Subsequent [***]

     

    [***]calculated
      at the beginning of the then-current 6-Month Period will be implemented the
      later of: (a) the March bill cycle if the prior 6-Month Period was 6-Month
      Period #2 or the September bill cycle if the prior 6-Month Period was 6-Month
      Period #1, or (b) the next available bill cycle following the billing month
      in
      which Purchaser meets the Subsequent [***]Eligibility
      Criteria. 

    

    
      	 	
              D.

            	
              [***]

            

    

     

    I. [***]

     

    [***]. 

     

    II. [***]Certification

    When
      Purchaser has received [***],
      Sprint
      will provide documentation to substantiate the [***].

    

    2.2.4 Included
      Features

     

    
      	 	
              2.2.4.1

            	
              Call
                Waiting

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              2.2.4.2

            	
              Three
                Way Calling

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              2.2.4.3

            	
              Caller
                ID

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              2.2.4.4

            	
              Caller
                ID Blocking (Purchaser must elect)

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              2.2.4.5

            	
              Basic
                Network Fraud Monitoring

            

    

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        42

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	 	
              2.2.4.6

            	
              Voicemail
                (Purchaser must elect)

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              2.2.4.7

            	
              Toll
                Blocking (Purchaser must elect)

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              2.2.4.8

            	
              Standard
                reports (see Private Label Operations
                Manual)

            

    

    

    2.3 Service
      Fees

     

    Sprint
      will charge [***].

     

    All
      account services will be performed as set forth in this Agreement and the
      Private Label Operations Manual.

     

    2.4 Automatic
      Roaming Charges

     

    2.4.1 Standard
      Automatic Roaming Charges

     

    If
      Sprint
      provides automatic Roaming to Purchaser, Sprint will charge Purchaser a domestic
      Roaming rate of [***].
      

     

    International
      roaming rates will be quoted and billed on a country or region specific basis.
      International roaming rates [***].

     

    2.4.2 Automatic
      Roaming Charges If Sprint Blocks Roaming

     

    If
      Sprint
      blocks Roaming pursuant to Section 9.2.2 of the Agreement, Sprint will
[***]
      for
      Roaming calls completed on a Roaming switch. 

     

    International
      roaming rates will be quoted and billed on a country or region specific basis.
      [***].

    

    2.5 Manual
      Roaming Charges

     

    Manual
      Roaming charges are billed directly to the End User credit or calling card
      by
      the serving carrier at carrier defined rates.

    

    2.6 International
      Toll Charges

     

    2.6.1 Except
      as
      provided below, Sprint will provide international toll services to Purchaser
      and
      charge Purchaser [***]
      rates
      set forth in Attachment No. 1 to Schedule 1.0. [***].

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        43

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    2.6.2 During
      the first six (6) billing months following the In Service Date, in lieu of
      the
[***]rates
      as
      described in Section 2.6.1 above, Sprint will charge [***]
      rate for
      the following countries: 

     

    Bangladesh:
       [***]

    Brazil: [***]

    China: [***]

    Columbia: [***]

    Cuba: [***]

    Czech
      Republic: [***]

    Dominican
      Republic: [***]

    Egypt: [***]

    El
      Salvador: [***]

    Eritrea: [***]

    Ethiopia: [***]

    Guatemala: [***]

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        44

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

       

    

    Haiti: [***]

    Honduras: [***]

    India: [***]

    Israel: [***]

    Jamaica: [***]

    Jordan: [***]

    Kenya: [***]

    Lebanon: [***]

    Mexico: [***]

    Morocco: [***]

    Nigeria: [***]

    Pakistan: [***]

    Philippines: [***]

    Poland: [***]

    Romania: [***]

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        45

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

       

    

    Saudi
      Arabia: [***]

    Sudan: [***]

    Syria: [***]

    United
      Arab Emirates: [***]

    Vietnam: [***]

    

    Sprint
      may [***].

    

    After
      such 6-month period, Purchaser must generate at least [***]in
      international toll usage each billing month to continue receiving the pricing
      under this Section 2.6.2. If Purchaser fails to generate at least [***]
      in
      international toll usage in any billing month, Sprint may charge Purchaser
      the
      rates set forth in Section 2.6.1 and the rates in this Section 2.6.2 will no
      longer be available to Purchaser

    

    2.7 Short
      Message Service (SMS)

     

    2.7.1  Mobile
      Terminated SMS Messages

     

    Each
      End
      User mobile terminated SMS message can include up to 160 characters. Individual
      handsets may not be able to receive an End User SMS message if the handset
      is:
      (a) turned off; (b) Roaming; or (c) traveling in a Market that does not have
      text messaging capabilities. Purchaser must pay for each End User SMS message
      regardless of whether or not it is actually delivered to a handset.

     

     

    2.7.2 Mobile
      Originated SMS Messages

     

    Each
      Purchaser or End User mobile originated SMS message can include up to 160
      characters. Individual handsets must have mobile originations capabilities
      in
      the handset client. Individual handsets may not be able to terminate the
      origination of a message if the handset is (a) not provisioned; (b) turned
      off;
      (c)

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        46

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    traveling
      in a Sprint Service Provider Affiliate Market that does not have text messaging
      capabilities; or (d) roaming needs to be included after migration. Purchaser
      will pay for the origination of a message regardless of whether or not it is
      actually terminated to a handset.

     

    2.7.3 SMS
      Charges 

     

    The
      volume schedule and rates below apply to MTSMS and MOSMS, including End User
      and
      Purchaser generated. Sprint will charge Purchaser the [***]rates
      set
      forth in the table below based on Purchaser’s [***]
      messages
      [***]. 

     

     

     [***]SMS
      [***]  
      Rate [***]

     

    
      	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            

    

    

    2.8 Sprint
      Data Transport Service Rates

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        47

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Sprint
      will charge Purchaser the [***]rates
      set
      forth in the table below based on Purchaser’s [***]usage
      during the monthly billing cycle. The rates include [***].
      The
[***]rates
      below are for data transport only and do not include access to individual Sprint
      Data Services (e.g., Sprint-managed Sprint Data Services solution, web-browsing,
      picture messaging, video messaging). When individual Sprint Data Services are
      available, the parties will amend this Agreement to include applicable
      implementation costs, rates and other fees. 

     

    Rate
      [***]

     

     

     [***]
      Rate 

    
      	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            
	
              [***]

            	
              [***]

            

    

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        48

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
2.9 Intentionally
      left blank

    

    2.10 Other
      Charges:

     

    2.10.1 Call
      Forwarding: [***]

     

    2.10.2 Operator
      Services: [***]

     

    2.10.3 Directory
      Assistance: [***]

     

    2.10.4 911
      and
      E911: [***]

     

    2.10.5 Wireless
      Local Number Portability:
      Sprint
      will charge Purchaser [***].
      For
      clarification purposes, this charge will apply to all End Users that are either
      in “active” or “suspend” status at any time during the monthly bill
      cycle.

     

    2.10.6 611
      -
      Direct Routing to Purchaser’s Customer Care:

     

     

    Implementation: [***]

     

    [***]

     

    This
      service allows Purchaser’s End Users to be directly routed to Purchaser’s
      customer care when dialing 611. Sprint does not guarantee that the direct
      routing service will function properly 100% of the time.

     

    2.10.7 Call
      Tracing: [***]

     

     

    2.10.8 Voicemail
      Password Reset: [***]

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        49

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    2.10.9 Custom
      Routing Code: [***]-
      custom
      routing code that allows Purchaser to provide a unique code for End User
      customer care calls, subject to availability and approval by
      Sprint.

     

    2.10.10 Non-standard
      reports: As quoted

     

    2.10.11 Handset
      Certification: As quoted

     

    2.11 Message
      Acquisition & Formatting (MAF)

     

    Implementation
      Fee:  [***]

     

    MAF
      will
      allow Purchaser to receive unrated Call Detail Records (“CDRs”) on a near
      real-time basis. In order to receive MAF, Purchaser must obtain a license to
      use
      CIBER formatted records from CIBERNET at Purchaser’s sole expense. In addition,
      in order to receive access to the MAF data, Purchaser, at its sole expense,
      will
      need to establish a direct connection to Sprint through a dedicated circuit,
      complete a MAF questionnaire, and comply with the requirements set out in the
      Private Label Operations Manual and other applicable documentation provided
      by
      Sprint. Sprint will not provide access to MAF until all such requirements are
      met. Purchaser may utilize the same direct connection to Sprint for MAF, API
      and
      AMS. However, Purchaser is responsible for monitoring and ensuring adequate
      capacity on its circuit(s). MAF will be provided as set forth in the Agreement
      and the Private Label Operations Manual.

    

    2.12 Machine
      to Machine Interface (API)

     

    Implementation
      Fee:  [***]

     

    API
      will
      allow Purchaser to provision End Users through Purchaser’s billing/activation
      system which will interface with and update Sprint’s billing system
      automatically. API will be able to perform End User subscription activities
      that
      would otherwise be performed on the Sprint maintained Private Label Services
      web
      site (e.g., activations, deactivations, suspends, feature changes). In order
      to
      receive API, Purchaser must obtain T-1 connection into the Sprint data center
      at
      Purchaser’s expense. Purchaser may utilize the same direct connection to Sprint
      for MAF, API and AMS. However, Purchaser is responsible for monitoring and
      ensuring adequate capacity on its circuit(s). API will be provided as set forth
      in the Agreement and the Functional Requirements Specification document provided
      to Purchaser by Sprint.

    

    2.13 Application
      Mediation System (AMS)

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        50

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Implementation
      Fee:  [***]

     

    AMS
      will
      provide Purchaser with unrated 3G packet data usage records (IPDRs) and, where
      applicable, transactional data records (TDRs), which will allow Purchaser to
      rate Sprint Data Transport Service on a per kilobyte basis. In order to receive
      access to AMS data records, Purchaser, at its sole expense, will need to
      establish a direct connection to Sprint through a dedicated circuit, and comply
      with the requirements set out in the Private Label Operations Manual and other
      applicable documentation provided by Sprint. Purchaser may utilize the same
      direct connection to Sprint for MAF, API and AMS. However, Purchaser is
      responsible for monitoring and ensuring adequate capacity on its circuit(s).
      Sprint will not provide access to AMS until all such requirements are met.
      AMS
      will be provided as set forth in the Agreement and the Private Label Operations
      Manual.

    

    
      	
              3.

            	
              Procedures
                and Guidelines

            

    

     

    Sprint,
      in its sole discretion, will determine rounding with respect to pricing.
      Rounding policies are further described in the Private Label Operations Manual.
      All other applicable procedures and guidelines are set forth in the Private
      Label Operations Manual.

     

     

    Sprint
      may, at its discretion, add new services and features or modify, replace or
      enhance any of the services or features listed on this Schedule 1.0. Sprint
      will
      provide Purchaser notice of any such changes. The price for a new, modified,
      replaced or enhanced service or feature will be set forth in the notice. If
      Purchaser purchases any new, modified, replaced or enhanced service or features
      after the date of the notice, this Schedule 1.0 will be deemed amended by that
      notice and Purchaser will be obligated to pay for that service and feature
      as
      set forth in the notice, unless the parties otherwise agree in
      writing

     

     

    The
      charges set forth in this Schedule 1.0 are conditioned upon Purchaser’s ability
      and willingness to secure and exclusively use Sprint’s remote provisioning
      interface to perform transactions.

     

    
      
        

      

      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        51

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Attachment
      No. 1 to Schedule 1.0

     

     

    
      
        
          	***	
                  CERTAIN
                    INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                    WITH THE
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
                    BEEN
                    REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OMITTED
                    PORTIONS

                

        

      

       

    

     

    International
      Toll Charges

    

      
        	 	
                [* **]

              
	 	
                [* **]

              
	
                Country

              	
                [* **]
                  Rates

              
	
                Afghanistan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Albania

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Algeria

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                American
                  Samoa

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Andorra

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Angola

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Anguilla

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Antigua

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Argentina

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Armenia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Aruba

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Ascension
                  Island

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Australia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Australian
                  External Territories

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Austria

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Azerbijan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Bahamas

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Bahrain

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Bangladesh

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Barbados

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Belarus

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Belgium

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Belize

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Benin

              	
                [* **]

              

      

       

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          52

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

       

      
        	
                Bermuda

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Bhutan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Bolivia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Bosnia-Herzegovina

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Botswana

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Brazil

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                British
                  Virgin Islands

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Brunei

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Bulgaria

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Burkina
                  Faso

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Burundi

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Cambodia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Cameroon

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Canada

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Cape
                  Verde Island

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Cayman
                  Islands

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Central
                  African Republic

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Chad
                  Republic

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Chile

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                China

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Colombia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Comoros

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Congo

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Cook
                  Islands

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Costa
                  Rica

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Croatia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Cuba

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Cyprus

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Czech
                  Republic

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Denmark

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Diego
                  Garcia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Djibouti

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Domican
                  Republic

              	
                [* **]

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          53

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                Dominica

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Ecuador

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Egypt

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                El
                  Salvador

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Equatorial
                  Guinea

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Eritrea

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Estonia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Ethiopia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Faeroe
                  Islands

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Falkland
                  Islands

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Fiji
                  Islands

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Finland

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                France

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                French
                  Antilles

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                French
                  Guiana

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                French
                  Polynesia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Gabon

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Gambia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Georgia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Germany

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Ghana

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Gibraltar

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Greece

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Greenland

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Grenada

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Guadelope

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Guam

              
	
                Guantanmo
                  Bay

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Guatemala

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Guinea

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Guinea-Bisau

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Guyana

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Haiti

              	
                [* **]

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          54

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                Honduras

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Hong
                  Kong

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Hungary

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Iceland

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                India

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Indonesia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Iran
                  

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Iraq

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Ireland

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Israel

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Italy

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Ivory
                  Coast

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Jamaica

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Japan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Jordan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Kazakhstan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Kenya

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Kiribati

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Korea,
                  Republic of (South)

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Kuwait

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Kyrgyzstan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Laos

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Lativa

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Lebanon

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Lesotho

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Liberia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Libya

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Liechtenstein

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Lithuania

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Luxembourg

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Macao

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Macedonia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Madagascar

              	
                [* **]

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          55

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                Malawi

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Malaysia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Maldives

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Mali
                  Republic

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Malta

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Marshall
                  Islands

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Martinique

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Mauritania

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Mauritius

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Mayotte
                  Island

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Micronesia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Moldova

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Monaco

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Mongolian
                  People's Republic

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Montserrat

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Morocco

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Mozambique

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Myanmar

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Namibia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Nauru
                  Island

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Nepal

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Netherlands

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Netherlands
                  Antilles

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Nevis

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                New
                  Caledonia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                New
                  Zealand

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Nicaragua

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Niger

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Nigeria

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Niue
                  Island

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                North
                  Korea

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Norway

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Oman

              	
                [* **]

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          56

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                Pakistan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Palau

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Palestine

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Panama

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Paraguay

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Paupua
                  New Guinea

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Peru

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Philippines

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Poland

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Portugal

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Qatar

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Reunion
                  Islands

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Romania

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Russia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Rwanda

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Saipan

              
	
                San
                  Marino

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Sano
                  Tome and Principe

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Saudi
                  Arabia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Senegal

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Seycheles

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Sierra
                  Leone

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Singapore

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Slovakia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Slovenia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Solomon
                  Island

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Somalia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                South
                  Africa

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Spain

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Sri
                  Lanka

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                St.
                  Helena

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                St.
                  Kitts

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                St.
                  Lucia

              	
                [* **]

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          57

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                St.
                  Pierre and Miquelon

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                St.
                  Vincent and The Grenadine

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Sudan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Suriname

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Swaziland

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Sweden

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Switzerland

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Syria

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Taiwan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Tajikistan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Tanzania

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Thailand

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Togo

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Tokelau

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Tonga
                  Islands

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Trinidad
                  & Tobago

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Tunisia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Turkey

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Turkmenistan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Turks
                  & Caicos Islands

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Tuvalu

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Uganda

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Ukraine

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                United
                  Arab Emirates

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                United
                  Kingdom

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Uruguay

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Uzbekistan

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Vanuatu

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Vatican
                  City

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Venezuela

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Vietnam

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Wallis
                  and Futuna

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Western
                  Samoa

              	
                [* **]

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          58

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                Yemen
                  Republic Of

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Yugoslav
                  Republics

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Zaire

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Zambia

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Zimbabwe

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Mexico
                  

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                ([* **]

              
	
                1

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                2

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                3

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                4

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                5

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                6

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                Mexico
                  City - 7

              	
                [* **]

              
	
                8

              	
                [* **]

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          59

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

     

    Schedule
      2.0

     

     

    Sprint
      Markets

     

    
      	
              Sprint
                Market Description

            
	
              Atlanta,
                GA

            
	
              Birmingham,
                AL

            
	
              Boston,
                MA

            
	
              Buffalo,
                NY

            
	
              Charlotte,
                NC

            
	
              Chicago,
                IL

            
	
              Cincinnati,
                OH

            
	
              Cleveland,
                OH

            
	
              Columbus,
                OH

            

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        60

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

    
      	
              Dallas,
                TX

            
	
              Denver,
                CO

            
	
              Des
                Moines, IA

            
	
              Detroit,
                MI

            
	
              Hartford,
                CT

            
	
              Honolulu,
                HI

            
	
              Houston,
                TX

            
	
              Indianapolis,
                IN

            
	
              Jacksonville,
                FL

            
	
              Kansas
                City

            
	
              Knoxville,
                TN

            
	
              Las
                Vegas, NV

            
	
              Little
                Rock, AR

            
	
              Los
                Angeles, CA

            
	
              Louisville,
                KY

            
	
              Memphis,
                TN

            

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        61

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Schedule
      2.0 (continued)

     

     

    Sprint
      Markets

     

    
      	
              Sprint
                Market Description

            
	
              Miami,
                FL

            
	
              Milwaukee,
                WI

            
	
              Minneapolis
                / St. Paul, MN

            
	
              Nashville,
                TN

            
	
              New
                Orleans, LA

            
	
              New
                York, NY

            
	
              Oklahoma
                City, OK

            
	
              Omaha,
                NE

            
	
              Orlando,
                FL

            
	
              Philadelphia,
                PA

            
	
              Phoenix,
                AZ

            
	
              Pittsburgh,
                PA

            
	
              Portland,
                OR

            
	
              Puerto
                Rico, PR

            
	
              Richmond,
                VA

            
	
              Salt
                Lake City, UT

            
	
              San
                Antonio, TX

            
	
              San
                Diego, CA

            
	
              San
                Francisco, CA

            
	
              Seattle,
                WA

            
	
              St.
                Louis, MO

            
	
              Tallahassee,
                FL

            
	
              Tampa,
                FL

            
	
              Virgin
                Islands, VI

            
	
              Wichita,
                KS

            
	
              Washington
                DC

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        62

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Schedule
      2.0 (continued)

     

     

    Sprint
      Service Provider Affiliate Markets

     

    AirGate
      Markets

     

    
      	
              Market
                Description

            
	
              Augusta,
                GA

            
	
              Camden,
                SC

            
	
              Georgetown,
                SC

            
	
              Goldsboro,
                NC

            
	
              Hendersonville,
                NC

            
	
              Myrtle
                Beach, SC

            
	
              Savannah,
                GA

            
	
              Spartanburg,
                SC

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        63

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Schedule
      2.0 (continued)

     

     

    Sprint
      Service Provider Affiliate Markets

     

    Alamosa
      PCS

     

    
      	
              Market
                Description

            
	
              Amarillo/Abilene,
                TX

            
	
              Arkansas
                Northwest

              Bentonville,
                AR

              Clarksville,
                AR

              Fayetteville,
                AR

              Forth
                Smith, AR

              Greenwood,
                AR

              Russellville,
                AR

              Siloam
                Springs, AR

            
	
              Columbia
                / Jefferson City, MO

            
	
              El
                Paso, TX / Albuquerque, NM

            
	
              Flagstaff,
                AZ

            
	
              Green
                Bay, WI

            
	
              Kansas
                Central

              Marion,
                IL

              Quincy,
                IL

              Emporia,
                KS

              Junction
                City, KS 

              Manhattan,
                KS

              McPherson,
                KS

              Salina,
                KS

              Cape
                Girardeau, MO

              Hannibal,
                MO

              Kirksville,
                MO

              Poplar
                Bluff, MO

              Sikeston,
                MO

            
	
              Laredo,
                TX

            
	
              Medford,
                OR

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        64

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Schedule
      2.0 (continued)

     

     

    Sprint
      Service Provider Affiliate Markets

     

    Alamosa
      PCS (continued)

     

    
      	
              Market
                Description

            
	
              Missouri
                South

              Carbondale,
                IL

              Pittsburg,
                KS

              Aurora,
                MO

              Branson,
                MO

              Carbondale,
                MO

              Fort
                Leonard Wood, MO

              Joplin,
                MO

              Lebanon,
                MO

              Monett,
                MO

              Rolla,
                MO

              Springfield,
                MO

              West
                Plains, MO

            
	
              Oregon
                North / Washington South

              Bend,
                OR

              Hermiston,
                OR

              Hood
                River, OR

              Madras,
                OR

              Milton-Freewater,
                OR

              Pendleton,
                OR

              The
                Dalles, OR

              Cle
                Elum, WA

              Ellensburg,
                WA

              Ephrata,
                WA

              Kennewick,
                WA

              Moses
                Lake, WA

              Pasco,
                WA

              Prosser,
                WA

              Sunnyside,
                WA

              Walla
                Walla, WA

              Wenatchee,
                WA

              White
                Salmon, WA

              Yakima,
                WA

            
	
              Pueblo,
                CO

            
	
              Wichita
                Falls, TX / Stillwater, OK

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        65

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Schedule
      2.0 (continued)

     

     

    Sprint
      Service Provider Affiliate Markets

     

    Enterprise
      Markets

     

    
      	
              Market
                Description

            
	
              Alabama
                East / Georgia West

              Opelika,
                AL

              Albany,
                GA

              Columbus,
                GA

              La
                Grange, GA

              Tifton,
                GA

            
	
              Alabama
                South

              Daleville,
                AL

              Dothan,
                AL

              Langdale,
                AL

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        66

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Schedule
      2.0 (continued)

     

     

    Sprint
      Service Provider Affiliate Markets

     

    iPCS

     

    
      	
              Market
                Description

            
	
              Cedar
                Rapids, IA

            
	
              Grand
                Island, IA

            
	
              Grand
                Rapids, MI

            
	
              Illinois
                North

              Bloomington,
                IL

              Champaign,
                IL

              Charleston,
                IL

              Danville,
                IL

              Decatur,
                IL

              Effingham,
                IL

              Galesburg,
                IL

              Kankakee,
                IL

              La
                Salle, IL

              Lincoln,
                IL

              Litchfield,
                IL

              Macomb,
                IL

              Mattoon,
                IL

              Mendota,
                IL

              Pekin,
                IL

              Peoria,
                IL

            
	
              Illinois
                South

              Jacksonville,
                IL

              Mount
                Vernon, IL

              Springfield,
                IL

              Taylorville,
                IL

              Vandalia,
                IL

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        67

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Schedule
      2.0 (continued)

     

     

    Sprint
      Service Provider Affiliate Markets

     

     

    iPCS
      (continued)

     

    
      	
              Market
                Description

            
	
              Quad
                Cities

              Burlington,
                IA

              Clinton,
                IA

              Davenport,
                IA

              Dubuque,
                IA

              Fort
                Madison, IA

              Keokuk,
                IA

              Muscatine,
                IA

              Waterloo,
                IA

              Geneseo,
                IL

              Kewanee,
                IL

              Rock
                Island, IL

              Sterling,
                IL

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        68

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Schedule
      2.0 (continued) 

     

     

     Sprint
      Service Provider Affiliate Markets -Northern PCS

     

    
      	
              Market
                Description

            
	
              Minnesota
                Central

              Alexandria,
                MN

              Bemidji,
                MN

              Brainerd,
                MN

              Detroit
                Lakes, MN

              Duluth,
                MN

              E
                Grand Forks, MN

              Fergus
                Falls, MN

              Grand
                Rapids, MN

              Hibbing,
                MN

              Hinckley,
                MN

              Hutchinson,
                MN

              Little
                Falls, MN

              Marshalltown,
                MN

              Moorhead,
                MN

              St.
                Cloud, MN

              Virginia,
                MN

              Wadena,
                MN

              Wahpeton,
                MN

              Wilmar,
                MN

              Zimmerman,
                MN

              Fargo,
                ND

              Grand
                Forks, ND

              Jamestown,
                ND

            
	
              Minnesota
                South

              Albert
                Lea, MN

              Austin,
                MN

              Fairbault,
                MN

              Fairmont,
                MN

              Mankato,
                MN

              Marshalltown,
                MN

              New
                Ulm, MN

              Owatonna,
                MN

              Red
                Wing, MN

              Rochester,
                MN

              Waseca,
                MN

              Worthington,
                MN

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        69

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Schedule
      2.0 (continued)

     

     

    Sprint
      Service Provider Affiliate Markets

     

    Shentel

     

    
      	
              Market
                Description

            
	
              Hagerstown,
                MD

            
	
              York
                / Harrisburg, PA

            

    

    

     

    Swiftel
      Communications

     

    
      	
              Market
                Description

            
	
              Sioux
                City, IA

            
	
              Sioux
                Falls, SD

            

    

    

     

    Ubiquitel

     

    
      	
              Market
                Description

            
	
              Bowling
                Green, KY

            
	
              Evansville,
                IN

            
	
              Fresno,
                CA

            
	
              Jackson
                Hole, WY

            
	
              Logan,
                UT

            
	
              Reno,
                NV

            
	
              Spokane,
                WA

            
	
              Terra
                Haute, IN

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        70

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Exhibit
      A

     

     

    Form
      of Letter of Credit

     

    

     

    [Bank
      Letterhead]

     

    IRREVOCABLE
      STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

     

    _____________,
      2005

     

    Letter
      of
      Credit No. _____________

     

    Sprint
      Spectrum L.P.

    6180
      Sprint Parkway

    KSOPHH0316
      - 3A826

    Overland
      Park, KS 66251

    Attention: 
      Michael Gardner

    Manager,
      Strategic Partners

    

     

    Re:
      Irrevocable Letter of Credit No. _____________

     

    Ladies
      and Gentlemen:

     

    At
      the
      request of and for the account of our customer _______________________
[Insert
      name of customer]
      (“Account Party”), we (“Bank”) hereby establish in your favor this Irrevocable
      Standby Letter of Credit No. _____________ (“Letter of Credit”). This Letter of
      Credit is issued to you in connection with the Private Label PCS Services
      Agreement (“Agreement”) between you and the Account Party dated ________, 2005.
      This Letter of Credit authorizes you to draw on Bank an amount not exceeding
      in
      the aggregate of U.S. $ ________ (“Stated Amount”). Partial drawings are
      permitted under this Letter of Credit.

     

    This
      Letter of Credit automatically terminates on the earliest to occur (“Expiration
      Date”) of the following:

     

    
      	
            	(i)	
              _______________
                [insert
                a term that is two years after the Effective Date as defined in the
                Agreement],
                except that on each ________ [insert
                a date that is 30 days prior to the previously inserted day and month]
                (“Renewal
                Date”) that date is automatically extended to ________________
                [insert
                the same day and month of the first insertion]
                of
                the succeeding year, unless Bank has delivered to you at the address
                to
                which this Letter of Credit is addressed on or prior to the Renewal
                Date,
                a notice of non-renewal or non-replacement stating the expiration
                date of
                the Letter of Credit and Bank’s intention not to renew past that date
                (“Non-renewal Notice”);

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (ii)

            	
              120
                days after the expiration of the applicable phase-out period under
                the
                Agreement; or 

            

    

     

    
      	
            	(iii)	
              the
                day on which this Letter of Credit is surrendered by you to
                Bank.

            

    

     

    Subject
      to the other provisions of this Letter of Credit, you may obtain the funds
      available under this Letter of Credit by presentment to Bank of your sight
      draft
      drawn on Bank, marked “Drawn under Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.
      _________ dated _____________”, dated within ______ days of your presentment to
      Bank and accompanied by the following documentation: 

     

    (i)
      in
      case of non-payment, a signed certificate by Sprint Spectrum L.P. dated within
      __________ days of your presentment to Bank (“Non-payment Certificate”) stating
      the following and accompanied by a copy of the applicable invoices:

     

    
      	
            	·	
              a
                payment default has occurred under the Agreement;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	
            	·	
              the
                invoices for services provided in the ordinary course of business
                accompanying the Certificate have been presented to the Account Party
                and
                have not been paid by the Account Party in full when due;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	
            	·	
              a
                demand for payment of $_______ in immediately available funds is
                made,
                which amount does not exceed the unpaid portion of the invoices
                accompanying the Certificate

            

    

     

    (ii)
      in
      case of receipt by you from Bank of a Non-renewal Notice; a signed certificate
      by Sprint Spectrum L.P. dated within __________ days of your presentment to
      Bank
      (“Non-renewal Certificate”) stating the following and accompanied by a copy of
      the Non-Renewal Notice:

     

    
      	
            	·	
              that
                you received from Bank a Non-Renewal Notice;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	
            	·	
              a
                demand for payment of the Stated Amount minus any partial drawings
                that
                have not been replenished by Account
                Party.

            

    

     

    This
      Letter of Credit is governed by and construed in accordance with the Uniform
      Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International
      Chamber of Commerce Publication 500 (“UCP”), and, to the extent not inconsistent
      therewith, the laws of the State of Kansas. Notwithstanding anything to the
      contrary in Article 45 of the UCP, this Letter of Credit remains in full force
      and effect until it expires in accordance with its terms.

     

    Your
      sight draft accompanied by the Non-payment Certificate or the Non-renewal
      Certificate and a copy of the applicable documentation presented on or before
      the Expiration Date and in compliance with the terms and conditions of this
      Letter of Credit at Bank’s address at _________________ [Insert Bank address]
      will be honored by Banks’ payment to you in immediately available funds. If the
      required document is presented at Bank’s address before 1:00 p.m., ______ time,
      Bank’s payment will be made no later than 1:00 p.m., _____ time the next
      business day; otherwise payment will be made no later than 1:00 p.m. on the
      second following business day.

     

    Very
      Truly Yours

     

    ____________________

     

    a
      ________________

     

    

     

    By:
      _____________

    Name:
      ___________

    Its:
      ______________BELLSOUTH
                ®
                /
                CLEC Agreement

            	 
	 	 	
              Customer
                Name: WinSonic Digital Media Group, Ltd.

            	 

    

    

    
      	
              WinSonic
                Digital Media Group, Ltd.

            	
              2

            
	
              Table
                of Contents

            	
              3

            
	
              General
                Terms and Conditions

            	
              5

            
	
              Signature
                Page

            	
              25

            
	
              Att

            	
              1

            	
              -
                Resale

            	
              26

            
	
              Att

            	
              1

            	
              -
                Resale Discounts & Rates

            	
              45

            
	
              Att

            	
              2

            	
              -
                Network Elements & Other Services

            	
              46

            
	
              Att

            	
              2

            	
              -
                Exhibit 4, GA COL Language

            	
              91

            
	
              Att

            	
              2

            	
              -
                Exhibit 4 - GA COL 271 Rates

            	
              121

            
	
              Att

            	
              2

            	
              -
                Network Element Rates - Exh A

            	
              122

            
	
              Att

            	
              2

            	
              -
                Network Element Rates - Exh B

            	
              134

            
	
              Att

            	
              2

            	
              -
                Exhibit C

            	
              136

            
	
              Att

            	
              3

            	
              -
                Network Interconnection

            	
              140

            
	
              Att

            	
              3

            	
              -
                Network Element Rates

            	
              170

            
	
              Att

            	
              4

            	
              -
                Collocation

            	
              172

            
	
              Att

            	
              4

            	
              -
                Collocation Rates - Exhibit B

            	
              223

            
	
              Att

            	
              5

            	
              -
                Access to Numbers and Number Portability

            	
              229

            
	
              Att

            	
              6

            	
              -
                Ordering

            	
              235

            
	
              Att

            	
              7

            	
              -
                Billing

            	
              244

            
	
              Att

            	
              7

            	
              -
                CMDS Rates

            	
              257

            
	
              Att

            	
              8

            	
              -
                Rights of Way

            	
              258

            
	
              Att

            	
              9

            	
              -
                Perf Meas Intro

            	
              260

            
	
              Att

            	
              10
                - Disaster Recovery Plan

            	
              262

            
	
              Att

            	
              11
                - BFR and NBR Process

            	
              271

            

    

    

    Note:
      This page is not part of the actual signed contract/amendment, but is present
      for record keeping purposes only. 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Interconnection
      Agreement 

     

    Between
      

     

    BellSouth
      Telecommunications, Inc. 

     

    and
      WinSonic Digital Media Group, Ltd.

     

     

    CCCS
      2 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              TABLE
                OF CONTENTS

            

    

    

    
      	
              General
                Terms and Conditions

            	 
	 	
              Definitions

            
	
              1.

            	
              CLEC
                Certification

            
	
              2.

            	
              Term
                of the Agreement

            
	
              3.

            	
              Nondiscriminatory
                Access

            
	
              4.

            	
              Court
                Ordered Requests for Call Detail Records and Other
                Subscriber

            
	 	
              Information

            
	
              5.

            	
              Liability
                and Indemnification

            
	
              6.

            	
              Intellectual
                Property Rights and Indemnification

            
	
              7.

            	
              Proprietary
                and Confidential Information

            
	
              8.

            	
              Resolution
                of Disputes

            
	
              9.

            	
              Taxes

            
	
              10.

            	
              Force
                Majeure

            
	
              11.

            	
              Adoption
                of Agreements

            
	
              12.

            	
              Modification
                of Agreement

            
	
              13.

            	
              Legal
                Rights

            
	
              14.

            	
              Indivisibility

            
	
              15.

            	
              Severability

            
	
              16.

            	
              Non-Waivers

            
	
              17.

            	
              Governing
                Law

            
	
              18.

            	
              Assignments
                and Transfers

            
	
              19.

            	
              Notices

            
	
              20.

            	
              Rule
                of Construction

            
	
              21.

            	
              Headings
                of No Force or Effect

            
	
              22.

            	
              Multiple
                Counterparts

            
	
              23.

            	
              Filing
                of Agreement

            
	
              24.

            	
              Compliance
                with Law

            
	
              25.

            	
              Necessary
                Approvals

            
	
              26.

            	
              Good
                Faith Performance

            
	
              27.

            	
              Rates

            
	
              28.

            	
              Rate
                True-Up

            
	
              29.

            	
              Survival

            
	
              30.

            	
              Entire
                Agreement

            

    

    

    Version
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      3 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    TABLE
      OF CONTENTS (cont’d)

    Attachment
      1 - Resale 

    Attachment
      2 - Network Elements and Other Services Attachment 3 - Network Interconnection
      

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation 

    Attachment
      5 - Access to Numbers and Number Portability 

    Attachment
      6 - Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning and Maintenance and Repair Attachment
      7
      - Billing 

    Attachment
      8 - Rights-of-Way, Conduits and Pole Attachments 

    Attachment
      9 - Performance Measurements 

    Attachment
      10- BellSouth Disaster Recovery Plan 

    Attachment
      11-Bona Fide Request and New Business Request Process 

     

    Version
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      4 of 277 

      
        
          
          

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      1

    AGREEMENT
      

    GENERAL
      TERMS AND CONDITIONS 

     

    THIS
      AGREEMENT
      is made by and between BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc., (BellSouth), a
      Georgia corporation, and WinSonic Digital Media Group, Ltd. (WinSonic), a Nevada
      corporation, and shall be effective on the Effective Date, as defined herein.
      This Agreement may refer to either BellSouth or WinSonic or both as a “Party” or
“Parties.”

     

    W
      I T N E S S E T H

     

    WHEREAS,
      BellSouth is a local exchange telecommunications company authorized to provide
      Telecommunications Services (as defined below) in the states of Georgia; and
      

     

    WHEREAS,
      WinSonic is or seeks to become a CLEC authorized to provide telecommunications
      services in the states of Georgia; and

     

    WHEREAS,
      pursuant to Sections 251 and 252 of the Act; WinSonic wishes to purchase certain
      services from BellSouth; and 

     

    WHEREAS,
      Parties wish to interconnect their facilities, exchange traffic, and perform
      Local Number Portability (LNP) pursuant to Sections 251 and 252 of the Act
      as
      set forth herein; and

     

    NOW
      THEREFORE,
      in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, BellSouth and
      WinSonic agree as follows: 

     

    Definitions
      

     

    Affiliate
      is defined as a person that (directly or indirectly) owns or controls, is owned
      or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, another person.
      For purposes of this paragraph, the term “own” means to own an equity interest
      (or equivalent thereof) of more than ten percent (10%). 

     

    Commission
      is
      defined as the appropriate regulatory agency in each state of BellSouth’s
      nine-state region (Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi,
      North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee). 

     

    Competitive
      Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC)
      means a telephone company certificated by the Commission to provide local
      exchange service within BellSouth's franchised area. 

     

    Effective
      Date is
      defined as the date that the Agreement is effective for purposes of rates,
      terms
      and conditions and shall be thirty (30) days after the date of the last

     

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      5 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      2

    signature
      executing the Agreement. Future amendments for rate changes will also be
      effective thirty (30) days after the date of the last signature executing the
      amendment. 

     

    FCC
      means
      the Federal Communications Commission. 

     

    Telecommunications
      means
      the transmission, between or among points specified by the user, of information
      of the user’s choosing, without change in the form or content of the information
      as sent and received. 

     

    Telecommunications
      Service means
      the offering of telecommunications for a fee directly to the public, or to
      such
      classes of users as to be effectively available directly to the public,
      regardless of the facilities used. 

     

    Telecommunications
      Act of 1996 (Act)
      means Public Law 104-104 of the United States Congress effective February 8,
      1996. The Act amended the 

    Communications
      Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. Section 1 et. seq.). 

     

    

      
        	
                1. 

              	
                CLEC
                  Certification 

              

      

       

      
        	
                1.1 

              	
                WinSonic
                  agrees to provide BellSouth in writing WinSonic’s CLEC certification from
                  the Commission for all states covered by this Agreement except
                  Kentucky
                  prior to BellSouth filing this Agreement with the appropriate Commission
                  for approval. Additionally, WinSonic shall provide to BellSouth
                  an
                  effective certification to do business issued by the secretary
                  of state or
                  equivalent authority in each state covered by this Agreement.
                  

              

      

       

      
        	
                1.2 

              	
                To
                  the extent WinSonic is not certified as a CLEC in each state covered
                  by
                  this Agreement as of the execution hereof, WinSonic may not purchase
                  services hereunder in that state. WinSonic will notify BellSouth
                  in
                  writing and provide CLEC certification from the Commission when
                  it becomes
                  certified to operate in, as well as an effective certification
                  to do
                  business issued by the secretary of state or equivalent authority
                  for, any
                  other state covered by this Agreement. Upon receipt thereof, BellSouth
                  will file this Agreement in that state, and WinSonic may purchase
                  services
                  pursuant to this Agreement in that state, subject to establishing
                  appropriate accounts in the additional state as described in Attachment
                  7.
                  

              

      

       

      
        	
                1.3 

              	
                Should
                  WinSonic’s certification in any state be rescinded or otherwise
                  terminated, BellSouth may, at its election, suspend or terminate
                  this
                  Agreement immediately and all monies owed on all outstanding invoices
                  for
                  services provided in that state shall become due, or BellSouth
                  may refuse
                  to provide services hereunder in that state until certification
                  is
                  reinstated in that state, provided such notification is made prior
                  to
                  expiration of the term of this Agreement. WinSonic shall provide
                  an
                  effective certification to do business issued by the secretary
                  of state or
                  equivalent authority in each state covered by this Agreement.
                  

              

      

       

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      6 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      3

     

    
      	
              2. 

            	
              Term
                of the Agreement

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              The
                initial term of this Agreement shall be five (5) years, beginning
                on the
                Effective Date and shall apply to the BellSouth territory in the
                state of
                Georgia.

            

    

     

    

     

    
      	 	
              Notwithstanding
                any prior agreement of the Parties, the rates, terms and conditions
                of
                this Agreement shall not be applied retroactively prior to the Effective
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              The
                Parties agree that by no earlier than two hundred seventy (270) days
                and
                no later than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the expiration
                of
                the initial term of this Agreement, they shall commence negotiations
                for a
                new agreement to be effective beginning on the expiration date of
                this
                Agreement (Subsequent Agreement). If as of the expiration of the
                initial
                term of this Agreement, a Subsequent Agreement has not been executed
                by
                the Parties, then except as set forth in Sections 2.3.1 and 2.3.2
                below,
                this Agreement shall continue on a month- to-month basis while a
                Subsequent Agreement is being negotiated. The Parties’ rights and
                obligations with respect to this Agreement after expiration of the
                initial
                term shall be as set forth in Section 2.3
                below.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3

            	
              If,
                within one hundred and thirty-five (135) days of commencing the
                negotiation referred to in Section 2.2 above, the Parties are unable
                to
                negotiate new terms, conditions and prices for a Subsequent Agreement,
                either Party may petition the Commission to establish appropriate
                rates,
                terms and conditions for the Subsequent Agreement pursuant to 47
                U.S.C. §
                252.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.1

            	
              WinSonic
                may request termination of this Agreement only if it is no longer
                purchasing services pursuant to this Agreement. Except as set forth
                in
                Section 2.3.2 below, notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event
                that as
                of the date of expiration of the initial term of this Agreement and
                conversion of this Agreement to a month-to-month term, the Parties
                have
                not entered into a Subsequent Agreement and no arbitration proceeding
                has
                been filed in accordance with Section 2.3 above, then BellSouth may
                terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days notice to WinSonic.
                In the
                event that BellSouth terminates this Agreement as provided above,
                BellSouth shall continue to offer services to WinSonic pursuant to
                the
                rates, terms and conditions set forth in BellSouth’s then current standard
                interconnection agreement. In the event that BellSouth’s standard
                interconnection agreement becomes effective between the Parties,
                the
                Parties may continue to negotiate a Subsequent
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.2

            	
              Notwithstanding
                Section 2.2 above, in the event that as of the expiration of the
                initial
                term of this Agreement the Parties have not entered into a Subsequent
                Agreement and no arbitration proceeding has been filed in accordance
                with
                Section 2.3 above and BellSouth is not providing any services under
                this
                Agreement as of the date of expiration of the initial term of this
                Agreement, then this Agreement shall not continue on a month-to-month
                basis but shall be deemed terminated as of the expiration date
                hereof.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      7 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      4

     

    
      	
              2.4

            	
              If,
                at any time during the term of this Agreement, BellSouth is unable
                to
                contact WinSonic pursuant to the Notices provision hereof or any
                other
                contact information provided by WinSonic under this Agreement, and
                there
                are no active services being provisioned under this Agreement, then
                BellSouth may, at its discretion, terminate this Agreement, without
                any
                liability whatsoever, upon sending of notification to WinSonic pursuant
                to
                the Notices section hereof.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5

            	
              In
                addition to as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, BellSouth reserves
                the right to suspend access to ordering systems, refuse to process
                additional or pending applications for service, or terminate service
                in
                the event of prohibited, unlawful or improper use of BellSouth’s
                facilities or service, abuse of BellSouth’s facilities or any other
                material breach of this Agreement, and all monies owed on all outstanding
                invoices shall become due. In such event, WinSonic is solely responsible
                for notifying its customers of any discontinuance of
                service.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              Nondiscriminatory
                Access

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              When
                WinSonic purchases Telecommunications Services from BellSouth pursuant
                to
                Attachment 1 of this Agreement for the purposes of resale to customers,
                such services shall be equal in quality, subject to the same conditions,
                and provided within the same provisioning time intervals that BellSouth
                provides to others, including its customers. To the extent technically
                feasible, the quality of a Network Element, as well as the quality
                of the
                access to such Network Element provided by BellSouth to WinSonic
                shall be
                at least equal to that which BellSouth provides to itself and shall
                be the
                same for all Telecommunications carriers requesting access to that
                Network
                Element. The quality of the interconnection between the network of
                BellSouth and the network of WinSonic shall be at a level that is
                equal to
                that which BellSouth provides itself, a subsidiary, an Affiliate,
                or any
                other party. The interconnection facilities shall be designed to
                meet the
                same technical criteria and service standards that are used within
                BellSouth’s network and shall extend to a consideration of service quality
                as perceived by BellSouth’s customers and service quality as perceived by
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4

            	
              Court
                Ordered Requests for Call Detail Records and Other Subscriber
                Information

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1

            	
              Subpoenas
                Directed to BellSouth. Where
                BellSouth provides resold services for WinSonic, or, if applicable
                under
                this Agreement, switching, BellSouth shall respond to subpoenas and
                court
                ordered requests delivered directly to BellSouth for the purpose
                of
                providing call detail records when the targeted telephone numbers
                belong
                to WinSonic customers. Billing for such requests will be generated
                by
                BellSouth and directed to the law enforcement agency initiating the
                request. BellSouth shall maintain such information for WinSonic customers
                for the same length of time it maintains such information for its
                own
                customers.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.2

            	
              Subpoenas
                Directed to WinSonic. Where
                BellSouth is providing resold services to WinSonic, or, if applicable
                under this Agreement, switching, then WinSonic

            

    

     

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      8 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      5

     

    
      	 	
              agrees
                that in those cases where WinSonic receives subpoenas or court ordered
                requests regarding targeted telephone numbers belonging to WinSonic
                customers, and where WinSonic does not have the requested information,
                WinSonic will advise the law enforcement agency initiating the request
                to
                redirect the subpoena or court ordered request to BellSouth for handling
                in accordance with Section 4.1
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3

            	
              In
                all other instances, where either Party receives a request for information
                involving the other Party’s customer, the Party receiving the request will
                advise the law enforcement agency initiating the request to redirect
                such
                request to the other Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5

            	
              Liability
                and Indemnification

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.1

            	
              WinSonic
                Liability. In
                the event that WinSonic consists of two (2) or more separate entities
                as
                set forth in this Agreement and/or any Amendments hereto, or any
                third
                party places orders under this Agreement using WinSonic’s company codes or
                identifiers, all such entities shall be jointly and severally liable
                for
                the obligations of WinSonic under this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2

            	
              Liability
                for Acts or Omissions of Third Parties. BellSouth
                shall not be liable to WinSonic for any act or omission of another
                entity
                providing any services to WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.3

            	
              Except
                for any indemnification obligations of the Parties hereunder, each
                Party’s
                liability to the other for any loss, cost, claim, injury, liability
                or
                expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees relating to or arising out
                of any cause whatsoever, whether based in contract, negligence or
                other
                tort, strict liability or otherwise, relating to the performance
                of this
                Agreement, shall not exceed a credit for the actual cost of the services
                or functions not performed or improperly
                performed.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Any
                amounts paid to WinSonic pursuant to Attachment 9 hereof shall be
                credited
                against any damages otherwise payable to WinSonic pursuant to this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.3.1

            	
              Limitations
                in Tariffs. A
                Party may, in its sole discretion, provide in its tariffs and contracts
                with its customers and third parties that relate to any service,
                product
                or function provided or contemplated under this Agreement, that to
                the
                maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, such Party shall not
                be liable
                to the customer or third party for (i) any loss relating to or arising
                out
                of this Agreement, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, that exceeds
                the amount such Party would have charged that applicable person for
                the
                service, product or function that gave rise to such loss and (ii)
                consequential damages. To the extent that a Party elects not to place
                in
                its tariffs or contracts such limitations of liability, and the other
                Party incurs a loss as a result thereof, such Party shall, except
                to the
                extent caused by the other Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct,
                indemnify and reimburse the other Party for that portion of the loss
                that
                would have been limited had the
                first

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      9 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      6

     

    
      	 	
              Party
                included in its tariffs and contracts the limitations of liability
                that
                such other Party included in its own tariffs at the time of such
                loss.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.3.2

            	
              Neither
                BellSouth nor WinSonic shall be liable for damages to the other Party’s
                terminal location, equipment or customer premises resulting from
                the
                furnishing of a service, including, but not limited to, the installation
                and removal of equipment or associated wiring, except to the extent
                caused
                by a Party’s negligence or willful misconduct or by a Party’s failure to
                ground properly a local loop after
                disconnection.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.3.3

            	
              Under
                no circumstance shall a Party be responsible or liable for indirect,
                incidental, or consequential damages, including, but not limited
                to,
                economic loss or lost business or profits, damages arising from the
                use or
                performance of equipment or software, or the loss of use of software
                or
                equipment, or accessories attached thereto, delay, error, or loss
                of data.
                In connection with this limitation of liability, each Party recognizes
                that the other Party may, from time to time, provide advice, make
                recommendations, or supply other analyses related to the services
                or
                facilities described in this Agreement, and, while each Party shall
                use
                diligent efforts in this regard, the Parties acknowledge and agree
                that
                this limitation of liability shall apply to provision of such advice,
                recommendations, and analyses.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.3.4

            	
              To
                the extent any specific provision of this Agreement purports to impose
                liability, or limitation of liability, on either Party different
                from or
                in conflict with the liability or limitation of liability set forth
                in
                this Section, then with respect to any facts or circumstances covered
                by
                such specific provisions, the liability or limitation of liability
                contained in such specific provision shall
                apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.4

            	
              Indemnification
                for Certain Claims. Except
                to the extent caused by the indemnified Party’s gross negligence or
                willful misconduct, the Party providing services hereunder, its Affiliates
                and its parent company, shall be indemnified, defended and held harmless
                by the Party receiving services hereunder against any claim, loss
                or
                damage arising from the receiving Party’s use of the services provided
                under this Agreement pertaining to (1) claims for libel, slander
                or
                invasion of privacy arising from the content of the receiving Party’s own
                communications, or (2) any claim, loss or damage claimed by the customer
                of the Party receiving services arising from such company’s use or
                reliance on the providing Party’s services, actions, duties, or
                obligations arising out of this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.5

            	
              Disclaimer.
                EXCEPT
                AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER
                PARTY
                MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES TO THE OTHER PARTY CONCERNING
                THE
                SPECIFIC QUALITY OF ANY SERVICES, OR FACILITIES PROVIDED UNDER THIS
                AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES DISCLAIM, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY
                OR
                GUARANTEE OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
                

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      10 of 277

      
        
          
          

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      7

     

    ARISING
      FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING, OR FROM USAGES OF
      TRADE.

     

    
      	
              6 

            	
              Intellectual
                Property Rights and
                Indemnification

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1

            	
              No
                License. Except
                as expressly set forth in Section 6.2 below, no patent, copyright,
                trademark or other proprietary right is licensed, granted or otherwise
                transferred by this Agreement. The Parties are strictly prohibited
                from
                any use, including but not limited to, in the selling, marketing,
                promoting or advertising of telecommunications services, of any name,
                service mark, logo or trademark (collectively, the “Marks”) of the other
                Party. The Marks include those Marks owned directly by a Party or
                its
                Affiliate(s) and those Marks that a Party has a legal and valid license
                to
                use. The Parties acknowledge that they are separate and distinct
                and that
                each provides a separate and distinct service and agree that neither
                Party
                may, expressly or impliedly, state, advertise or market that it is
                or
                offers the same service as the other Party or engage in any other
                activity
                that may result in a likelihood of confusion between its own service
                and
                the service of the other Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2

            	
              Ownership
                of Intellectual Property. Any
                intellectual property that originates from or is developed by a Party
                shall remain the exclusive property of that
                Party.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Except
                for a limited, non-assignable, non-exclusive, non-transferable license
                to
                use patents or copyrights to the extent necessary for the Parties
                to use
                any facilities or equipment (including software) or to receive any
                service
                solely as provided under this Agreement, no license in patent, copyright,
                trademark or trade secret, or other proprietary or intellectual property
                right, now or hereafter owned, controlled or licensable by a Party,
                is
                granted to the other Party. Neither shall it be implied nor arise
                by
                estoppel. Any trademark, copyright or other proprietary notices appearing
                in association with the use of any facilities or equipment (including
                software) shall remain on the documentation, material, product, service,
                equipment or software. It is the responsibility of each Party to
                ensure at
                no additional cost to the other Party that it has obtained any necessary
                licenses in relation to intellectual property of third Parties used
                in its
                network that may be required to enable the other Party to use any
                facilities or equipment (including software), to receive any service,
                or
                to perform its respective obligations under this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3

            	
              Intellectual
                Property Remedies

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.1

            	
              Indemnification.
                The
                Party providing a service pursuant to this Agreement will defend
                the Party
                receiving such service or data provided as a result of such service
                against claims of infringement arising solely from the use by the
                receiving Party of such service in the manner contemplated under
                this
                Agreement and will indemnify the receiving Party for any damages
                awarded
                based solely on such claims in accordance with Section 5
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.2

            	
              Claim
                of Infringement

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      11 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      8

     

    
      	
              6.3.2.1

            	
              In
                the event that use of any facilities or equipment (including software),
                becomes, or in the reasonable judgment of the Party who owns the
                affected
                network is likely to become, the subject of a claim, action, suit,
                or
                proceeding based on intellectual property infringement, then said
                Party,
                promptly and at its sole expense and sole option, but subject to
                the
                limitations of liability set forth below,
                shall:

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.2.2

            	
              modify
                or replace the applicable facilities or equipment (including software)
                while maintaining form and function,
                or

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.2.3

            	
              obtain
                a license sufficient to allow such use to
                continue.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.2.4

            	
              In
                the event Sections 6.3.2.2 or 6.3.2.3 above are commercially unreasonable,
                then said Party may terminate, upon reasonable notice, this contract
                with
                respect to use of, or services provided through use of, the affected
                facilities or equipment (including software), but solely to the extent
                required to avoid the infringement
                claim.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.3

            	
              Exception
                to Obligations. Neither
                Party's obligations under this Section shall apply to the extent
                the
                infringement is caused by: (i) modification of the facilities or
                equipment
                (including software) by the indemnitee; (ii) use by the indemnitee
                of the
                facilities or equipment (including software) in combination with
                equipment
                or facilities (including software) not provided or authorized by
                the
                indemnitor, provided the facilities or equipment (including software)
                would not be infringing if used alone; (iii) conformance to specifications
                of the indemnitee which would necessarily result in infringement;
                or (iv)
                continued use by the indemnitee of the affected facilities or equipment
                (including software) after being placed on notice to discontinue
                use as
                set forth herein.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.4

            	
              Exclusive
                Remedy. The
                foregoing shall constitute the Parties' sole and exclusive remedies
                and
                obligations with respect to a third party claim of intellectual property
                infringement arising out of the conduct of business under this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.5

            	
              Dispute
                Resolution. Any
                claim arising under Sections 6.1 and 6.2 above shall be excluded
                from the
                dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 8 below and shall
                be
                brought in a court of competent
                jurisdiction.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7

            	
              Proprietary
                and Confidential
                Information

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1

            	
              Proprietary
                and Confidential Information. It
                may be necessary for BellSouth and WinSonic, each as the “Discloser,” to
                provide to the other Party, as “Recipient,” certain proprietary and
                confidential information (including trade secret information) including
                but not limited to technical, financial, marketing, staffing and
                business
                plans and information, strategic information, proposals, request
                for
                proposals, specifications, drawings, maps, prices, costs, costing
                methodologies, procedures, processes, business systems, software
                programs,
                techniques, customer account data, call detail records and like
                information (collectively the

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      12 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      9

     

    
      	 	
              “Information”).
                All such Information conveyed in writing or other tangible form shall
                be
                clearly marked with a confidential or proprietary legend. Information
                conveyed orally by the Discloser to Recipient shall be designated
                as
                proprietary and confidential at the time of such oral conveyance,
                shall be
                reduced to writing by the Discloser within forty-five (45) days
                thereafter, and shall be clearly marked with a confidential or proprietary
                legend.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.2

            	
              Use
                and Protection of Information. Recipient
                agrees to protect such Information of the Discloser provided to Recipient
                from whatever source from distribution, disclosure or dissemination
                to
                anyone except employees of Recipient with a need to know such Information
                solely in conjunction with Recipient’s analysis of the Information and for
                no other purpose except as authorized herein or as otherwise authorized
                in
                writing by the Discloser. Recipient will not make any copies of the
                Information inspected by it.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3

            	
              Exceptions

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3.1

            	
              Recipient
                will not have an obligation to protect any portion of the Information
                which:

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3.2

            	
              (a)
                is made publicly available by the Discloser or lawfully by a nonparty
                to
                this Agreement; (b) is lawfully obtained by Recipient from any source
                other than Discloser; (c) is previously known to Recipient without
                an
                obligation to keep it confidential; or (d) is released from the terms
                of
                this Agreement by Discloser upon written notice to
                Recipient.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.4

            	
              Recipient
                agrees to use the Information solely for the purposes of negotiations
                pursuant to 47 U.S.C. § 251 or in performing its obligations under this
                Agreement and for no other entity or purpose, except as may be otherwise
                agreed to in writing by the Parties. Nothing herein shall prohibit
                Recipient from providing information requested by the FCC or a state
                regulatory agency with jurisdiction over this matter, or to support
                a
                request for arbitration or an allegation of failure to negotiate
                in good
                faith.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.5

            	
              Recipient
                agrees not to publish or use the Information for any advertising,
                sales or
                marketing promotions, press releases, or publicity matters that refer
                either directly or indirectly to the Information or to the Discloser
                or
                any of its affiliated companies.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.6

            	
              The
                disclosure of Information neither grants nor implies any license
                to the
                Recipient under any trademark, patent, copyright, application or
                other
                intellectual property right that is now or may hereafter be owned
                by the
                Discloser.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.7

            	
              Survival
                of Confidentiality Obligations. The
                Parties’ rights and obligations under this Section 7 shall survive and
                continue in effect until two (2) years after the expiration or termination
                date of this Agreement with regard to all
                Information

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      13 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      10

     

    
      	 	
              exchanged
                during the term of this Agreement. Thereafter, the Parties’ rights and
                obligations hereunder survive and continue in effect with respect
                to any
                Information that is a trade secret under applicable
                law.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8

            	
              Resolution
                of Disputes

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Except
                as otherwise stated in this Agreement, if any dispute arises as to
                the
                interpretation of any provision of this Agreement or as to the proper
                implementation of this Agreement, the aggrieved Party, if it elects
                to
                pursue resolution of the dispute, shall petition the Commission for
                a
                resolution of the dispute. However, each Party reserves any rights
                it may
                have to seek judicial review of any ruling made by the Commission
                concerning this Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9

            	
              Taxes

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.1

            	
              Definition.
                For
                purposes of this Section, the terms “taxes” and “fees” shall include but
                not be limited to federal, state or local sales, use, excise, gross
                receipts or other taxes or tax-like fees of whatever nature and however
                designated (including tariff surcharges and any fees, charges or
                other
                payments, contractual or otherwise, for the use of public streets
                or
                rights of way, whether designated as franchise fees or otherwise)
                imposed,
                or sought to be imposed, on or with respect to the services furnished
                hereunder or measured by the charges or payments therefore, excluding
                any
                taxes levied on income.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.2

            	
              Taxes
                and Fees Imposed Directly On Either Providing Party or Purchasing
                Party

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.2.1

            	
              Taxes
                and fees imposed on the providing Party, which are not permitted
                or
                required to be passed on by the providing Party to its customer,
                shall be
                borne and paid by the providing
                Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.2.2

            	
              Taxes
                and fees imposed on the purchasing Party, which are not required
                to be
                collected and/or remitted by the providing Party, shall be borne
                and paid
                by the purchasing Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.3

            	
              Taxes
                and Fees Imposed on Purchasing Party But Collected And Remitted By
                Providing Party

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.3.1

            	
              Taxes
                and fees imposed on the purchasing Party shall be borne by the purchasing
                Party, even if the obligation to collect and/or remit such taxes
                or fees
                is placed on the providing Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.3.2

            	
              To
                the extent permitted by applicable law, any such taxes and/or fees
                shall
                be shown on applicable billing documents between the Parties.
                Notwithstanding the foregoing, the purchasing Party shall remain
                liable
                for any such taxes and fees regardless of whether they are actually
                billed
                by the providing Party at the time that the respective service is
                billed.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      14 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      11

     

    
      	
              9.3.3

            	
              If
                the purchasing Party determines that in its opinion any such taxes
                or fees
                are not applicable, the providing Party shall not bill such taxes
                or fees
                to the purchasing Party if the purchasing Party provides written
                certification, reasonably satisfactory to the providing Party, stating
                that it is exempt or otherwise not subject to the tax or fee, setting
                forth the basis therefor, and satisfying any other requirements under
                applicable law. If any authority seeks to collect any such tax or
                fee that
                the purchasing Party has determined and certified not to be applicable,
                or
                any such tax or fee that was not billed by the providing Party, the
                purchasing Party may contest the same in good faith, at its own expense.
                In any such contest, the purchasing Party shall promptly furnish
                the
                providing Party with copies of all filings in any proceeding, protest,
                or
                legal challenge, all rulings issued in connection therewith, and
                all
                correspondence between the purchasing Party and the taxing
                authority.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.3.4

            	
              In
                the event that all or any portion of an amount sought to be collected
                must
                be paid in order to contest the imposition of any such tax or fee,
                or to
                avoid the existence of a lien on the assets of the providing Party
                during
                the pendency of such contest, the purchasing Party shall be responsible
                for such payment and shall be entitled to the benefit of any refund
                or
                recovery. The purchasing Party shall have the right to contest, at
                its own
                expense, any such tax or fee that it believes is not applicable or
                was
                paid by it in error. If requested in writing by the purchasing Party,
                the
                providing Party shall facilitate such contest either by assigning
                to the
                purchasing Party its right to claim a refund of such tax or fee,
                if such
                an assignment is permitted under applicable law, or, if an assignment
                is
                not permitted, by filing and pursuing a claim for refund on behalf
                of the
                purchasing Party but at the purchasing Party’s
                expense.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.3.5

            	
              If
                it is ultimately determined that any additional amount of such a
                tax or
                fee is due to the imposing authority, the purchasing Party shall
                pay such
                additional amount, including any interest and penalties
                thereon.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.3.6

            	
              Notwithstanding
                any provision to the contrary, the purchasing Party shall protect,
                indemnify and hold harmless (and defend at the purchasing Party’s expense)
                the providing Party from and against any such tax or fee, interest
                or
                penalties thereon, or other charges or payable expenses (including
                reasonable attorney fees) with respect thereto, which are incurred
                by the
                providing Party in connection with any claim for or contest of any
                such
                tax or fee.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.3.7

            	
              Each
                Party shall notify the other Party in writing of any assessment,
                proposed
                assessment or other claim for any additional amount of such a tax
                or fee
                by a taxing authority; provided, however, that the failure of a Party
                to
                provide notice shall not relieve the other Party of any obligations
                hereunder.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.4

            	
              Taxes
                and Fees Imposed on Providing Party But Passed On To Purchasing
                Party

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      15 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      12

     

    
      	
              9.4.1

            	
              Taxes
                and fees imposed on the providing Party, which are permitted or required
                to be passed on by the providing Party to its customer, shall be
                borne by
                the purchasing Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.4.2

            	
              To
                the extent permitted by applicable law, any such taxes and/or fees
                shall
                be shown on applicable billing documents between the Parties.
                Notwithstanding the foregoing, the purchasing Party shall remain
                liable
                for any such taxes and fees regardless of whether they are actually
                billed
                by the providing Party at the time that the respective service is
                billed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.4.3

            	
              If
                the purchasing Party disagrees with the providing Party’s determination as
                to the application of or basis for any such tax or fee, the Parties
                shall
                consult with respect to the imposition and billing of such tax or
                fee.
                Notwithstanding the foregoing, the providing Party shall retain ultimate
                responsibility for determining whether and to what extent any such
                taxes
                or fees are applicable, and the purchasing Party shall abide by such
                determination and pay such taxes or fees to the providing
                Party.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              The
                providing Party shall further retain ultimate responsibility for
                determining whether and how to contest the imposition of such taxes
                and
                fees; provided, however, that any such contest undertaken at the
                request
                of the purchasing Party shall be at the purchasing Party’s
                expense.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.4.4

            	
              In
                the event that all or any portion of an amount sought to be collected
                must
                be paid in order to contest the imposition of any such tax or fee,
                or to
                avoid the existence of a lien on the assets of the providing Party
                during
                the pendency of such contest, the purchasing Party shall be responsible
                for such payment and shall be entitled to the benefit of any refund
                or
                recovery. The purchasing Party shall have the right to contest, at
                its own
                expense, any such tax or fee that it believes is not applicable or
                was
                paid by it in error. If requested in writing by the purchasing Party,
                the
                providing Party shall facilitate such contest either by assigning
                to the
                purchasing Party its right to claim a refund of such tax or fee,
                if such
                an assignment is permitted under applicable law, or, if an assignment
                is
                not permitted, by filing and pursuing a claim for refund on behalf
                of the
                purchasing Party but at the purchasing Party’s
                expense.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.4.5

            	
              If
                it is ultimately determined that any additional amount of such a
                tax or
                fee is due to the imposing authority, the purchasing Party shall
                pay such
                additional amount, including any interest and penalties
                thereon.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.4.6

            	
              Notwithstanding
                any provision to the contrary, the purchasing Party shall protect,
                indemnify and hold harmless (and defend at the purchasing Party’s expense)
                the providing Party from and against any such tax or fee, interest
                or
                penalties thereon, or other charges or payable expenses (including
                reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect thereto, which are incurred by
                the providing Party in connection with any claim for or contest of
                any
                such tax or fee.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      16 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      13

     

    
      	
              9.4.7

            	
              Each
                Party shall notify the other Party in writing of any assessment,
                proposed
                assessment or other claim for any additional amount of such a tax
                or fee
                by a taxing authority; provided, however, that the failure of a Party
                to
                provide notice shall not relieve the other Party of any obligations
                hereunder.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.5

            	
              Additional
                Provisions Applicable to All Taxes and
                Fees

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.5.1

            	
              In
                any contest of a tax or fee by one Party, the other Party shall cooperate
                fully by providing records, testimony and such additional information
                or
                assistance as may reasonably be necessary to pursue the contest.
                Further,
                the other Party shall be reimbursed for any reasonable and necessary
                out-of-pocket copying and travel expenses incurred in assisting in
                such
                contest.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.5.2

            	
              Notwithstanding
                any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any administrative,
                judicial, or other proceeding concerning the application or amount
                of a
                tax or fee shall be maintained in accordance with the provisions
                of this
                Section and any applicable federal, state or local law governing
                the
                resolution of such disputed tax or fee; and under no circumstances
                shall
                either Party have the right to bring a dispute related to the application
                or amount of tax or fee before a regulatory
                authority.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10

            	
              Force
                Majeure

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              In
                the event performance of this Agreement, or any obligation hereunder,
                is
                either directly or indirectly prevented, restricted, or interfered
                with by
                reason of fire, flood, earthquake or like acts of God, wars, revolution,
                civil commotion, explosion, acts of public enemy, embargo, acts of
                the
                government in its sovereign capacity, labor difficulties, including
                without limitation, strikes, slowdowns, picketing, or boycotts,
                unavailability of equipment from vendor, changes requested by WinSonic,
                or
                any other circumstances beyond the reasonable control and without
                the
                fault or negligence of the Party affected, the Party affected shall
                be
                excused from such performance on a day-to-day basis to the extent
                of such
                prevention, restriction, or interference (and the other Party shall
                likewise be excused from performance of its obligations on a day-to-day
                basis until the delay, restriction or interference has ceased); provided,
                however, that the Party so affected shall use diligent efforts to
                avoid or
                remove such causes of non-performance and both Parties shall proceed
                whenever such causes are removed or cease. The Party affected shall
                provide notice of the Force Majeure event within a reasonable period
                of
                time following such an event.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11

            	
              Adoption
                of Agreements

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Pursuant
                to 47 U.S.C. § 252(i) and 47 C.F.R. § 51.809, BellSouth shall make
                available to WinSonic any entire interconnection agreement filed
                and
                approved pursuant to 47 U.S.C. § 252. The adopted agreement shall apply to
                the same states as the agreement that was adopted, and the term of
                the
                adopted agreement shall expire on the same date as set forth in the
                agreement that was adopted.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      17 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      14

     

    
      	
              12

            	
              Modification
                of Agreement

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.1

            	
              If
                WinSonic changes its name or makes changes to its company structure
                or
                identity due to a merger, acquisition, transfer or any other reason,
                it is
                the responsibility of WinSonic to notify BellSouth of said change,
                request
                that an amendment to this Agreement, if necessary, be executed to
                reflect
                said change and notify the Commission of such modification of company
                structure in accordance with the state rules governing such modification
                in company structure if applicable.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Additionally,
                WinSonic shall provide BellSouth with any necessary supporting
                documentation, which may include, but is not limited to, a credit
                application, Application for Master Account, proof of authority to
                provide
                telecommunications services, the appropriate Operating Company Number
                (OCN) for each state as assigned by National Exchange Carrier Association
                (NECA), Carrier Identification Code (CIC), Access Customer Name and
                Abbreviation (ACNA), BellSouth’s blanket form letter of authority (LOA),
                Misdirected Number form and a tax exemption
                certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.2

            	
              No
                modification, amendment, supplement to, or waiver of the Agreement
                or any
                of its provisions shall be effective and binding upon the Parties
                unless
                it is made in writing and duly signed by the
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.3

            	
              In
                the event that any effective legislative, regulatory, judicial or
                other
                legal action materially affects any material terms of this Agreement,
                or
                the ability of WinSonic or BellSouth to perform any material terms
                of this
                Agreement, WinSonic or BellSouth may, on thirty (30) days’ written notice,
                require that such terms be renegotiated, and the Parties shall renegotiate
                in good faith such mutually acceptable new terms as may be required.
                In
                the event that such new terms are not renegotiated within forty-five
                (45)
                days after such notice, and either Party elects to pursue resolution
                of
                such amendment such Party shall pursue the dispute resolution process
                set
                forth in Section 8 above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              13

            	
              Legal
                Rights

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Execution
                of this Agreement by either Party does not confirm or imply that
                the
                executing Party agrees with any decision(s) issued pursuant to the
                Telecommunications Act of 1996 and the consequences of those decisions
                on
                specific language in this Agreement. Neither Party waives its rights
                to
                appeal or otherwise challenge any such decision(s) and each Party
                reserves
                all of its rights to pursue any and all legal and/or equitable remedies,
                including appeals of any such
                decision(s).

            

    

     

    
      	
              14

            	
              Indivisibility

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Subject
                to Section 15 below, the Parties intend that this Agreement be indivisible
                and nonseverable, and each of the Parties acknowledges that it has
                assented to all of the covenants and promises in this Agreement as
                a
                single whole and that all of such covenants and promises, taken as
                a
                whole, constitute the essence of the contract. Without limiting the
                generality of the foregoing, each of the
                Parties

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      18 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      15

     

    
      	 	
              acknowledges
                that any provision by BellSouth of collocation space under this Agreement
                is solely for the purpose of facilitating the provision of other
                services
                under this Agreement as set forth in Attachment 4. The Parties further
                acknowledge that this Agreement is intended to constitute a single
                transaction and that the obligations of the Parties under this Agreement
                are interdependent. 

            

    

     

    
      	
              15

            	
              Severability

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              If
                any provision of this Agreement, or part thereof, shall be held invalid
                or
                unenforceable in any respect, the remainder of the Agreement or provision
                shall not be affected thereby, provided that the Parties shall negotiate
                in good faith to reformulate such invalid provision, or part thereof,
                or
                related provision, to reflect as closely as possible the original
                intent
                of the parties, consistent with applicable law, and to effectuate
                such
                portions thereof as may be valid without defeating the intent of
                such
                provision. In the event the Parties are unable to mutually negotiate
                such
                replacement language, either Party may elect to pursue the dispute
                resolution process set forth in Section 8
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16

            	
              Non-Waivers

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              A
                failure or delay of either Party to enforce any of the provisions
                hereof,
                to exercise any option which is herein provided, or to require performance
                of any of the provisions hereof shall in no way be construed to be
                a
                waiver of such provisions or options, and each Party, notwithstanding
                such
                failure, shall have the right thereafter to insist upon the performance
                of
                any and all of the provisions of this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              17

            	
              Governing
                Law

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Where
                applicable, this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
                accordance with federal and state substantive telecommunications
                law,
                including rules and regulations of the FCC and appropriate Commission.
                In
                all other respects, this Agreement shall be governed by and construed
                and
                enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia without
                regard to its conflict of laws
                principles.

            

    

     

    
      	
              18

            	
              Assignments
                and Transfers

            

    

     

    
      	
              18.1

            	
              Any
                assignment by either Party to any entity of any right, obligation
                or duty,
                or of any other interest hereunder, in whole or in part, without
                the prior
                written consent of the other Party shall be void. The assignee must
                provide evidence of a Commission approved certification to provide
                Telecommunications Service in each state that WinSonic is entitled
                to
                provide Telecommunications Service. After BellSouth’s consent, the Parties
                shall amend this Agreement to reflect such assignments and shall
                work
                cooperatively to implement any changes required due to such assignment.
                All obligations and duties of any Party under this Agreement shall
                be
                binding on all successors in interest and assigns of such Party.
                No
                assignment or delegation hereof shall relieve the assignor of its
                obligations under this Agreement in the event that the assignee fails
                to
                perform such obligations.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      19 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      16

     

    
      	 	
              Notwithstanding
                anything to the contrary in this Section, WinSonic shall not be permitted
                to assign this Agreement in whole or in part to any entity unless
                either
                (1) WinSonic pays all bills, past due and current, under this Agreement,
                or (2) WinSonic’s assignee expressly assumes liability for payment of such
                bills. 

            

    

     

    
      	
              18.2 

            	
              In
                the event that WinSonic desires to transfer any services hereunder
                to
                another provider of Telecommunications Service, or WinSonic desires
                to
                assume hereunder any services provisioned by BellSouth to another
                provider
                of Telecommunications Service, such transfer of services shall be
                subject
                to separately negotiated rates, terms and conditions.
                

            

    

     

    
      	19	
              Notices
                

            

    

     

    
      	
              19.1 

            	
              Every
                notice, consent or approval of a legal nature, required or permitted
                by
                this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered either
                by hand,
                by overnight courier or by US mail postage prepaid, or email if an
                email
                address is listed below, addressed
                to:

            

    

     

    BellSouth
      Telecommunications, Inc.

    BellSouth
      Local Contract Manager

    600
      North 19th
      Street, 10th
      floor

    Birmingham,
      AL 35203

     

    and

     

    ICS
      Attorney Suite 4300

    675
      West Peachtree Street

    Atlanta,
      GA 30375

     

    WinSonic
      Digital Media Group, Ltd.

    Winston
      D. Johnson

    101
      Marietta Street NW, Suite 2600

    Atlanta,
      GA 30303 404-230-5705

    Winston@winsonic.net

    

     

    or
      at such other address as the intended recipient previously shall have designated
      by written notice to the other Party. 

     

    
      	
              19.2 

            	
              Unless
                otherwise provided in this Agreement, notice by mail shall be effective
                on
                the date it is officially recorded as delivered by return receipt
                or
                equivalent, and in the absence of such record of delivery, it shall
                be
                presumed to have been delivered 

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      20 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions 
Page 17 

     

     

    
      	 	
              the
                fifth day, or next business day after the fifth day, after it was
                deposited in the mails.

            

    

     

    
      	
              19.3

            	
              Notwithstanding
                the above, BellSouth will post to BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site
                changes to business processes and policies and shall post to BellSouth’s
                Interconnection Web site or submit through applicable electronic
                systems,
                other service and business related notices not requiring an amendment
                to
                this Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              20

            	
              Rule
                of Construction

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              No
                rule of construction requiring interpretation against the drafting
                Party
                hereof shall apply in the interpretation of this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              21

            	
              Headings
                of No Force or Effect

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              The
                headings of Articles and Sections of this Agreement are for convenience
                of
                reference only, and shall in no way define, modify or restrict the
                meaning
                or interpretation of the terms or provisions of this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              22

            	
              Multiple
                Counterparts

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              This
                Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which
                shall be
                deemed an original, but all of which shall together constitute but
                one and
                the same document.

            

    

     

    
      	
              23

            	
              Filing
                of Agreement

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              This
                Agreement, and any amendments hereto, shall be filed with the appropriate
                state regulatory agency pursuant to the requirements of Section 252
                of the
                Act, or as otherwise required by the state and the Parties shall
                share
                equally in any applicable fees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this
                Agreement shall not be submitted for approval by the appropriate
                state
                regulatory agency unless and until such time as WinSonic is duly
                certified
                as a local exchange carrier in such state, except as otherwise required
                by
                a Commission.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24

            	
              Compliance
                with Law

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              The
                Parties have negotiated their respective rights and obligations pursuant
                to substantive Federal and State Telecommunications law and this
                Agreement
                is intended to memorialize the Parties’ mutual agreement with respect to
                each Party’s rights and obligations under the Act and applicable FCC and
                Commission orders, rules and regulations. Nothing contained herein,
                nor
                any reference to applicable rules and orders, is intended to expand
                on the
                Parties’ rights and obligations as set forth herein. To the extent the
                provisions of this Agreement differ from the provisions of any Federal
                or
                State Telecommunications statute, rule or order in effect as of the
                execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall control. Each Party
                shall comply at its own expense with all other laws of general
                applicability.

            

    

     

    
      
        
          	25	
                  Necessary
                    Approvals

                

        

         

      

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      21 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      18

     

    
      	 	
              Each
                Party shall be responsible for obtaining and keeping in effect all
                approvals from, and rights granted by, governmental authorities,
                building
                and property owners, other carriers, and any other persons that may
                be
                required in connection with the performance of its obligations under
                this
                Agreement. Each Party shall reasonably cooperate with the other Party
                in
                obtaining and maintaining any required approvals and rights for which
                such
                Party is responsible.

            

    

     

    
      	
              26

            	
              Good
                Faith Performance

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Each
                Party shall act in good faith in its performance under this Agreement
                and,
                in each case in which a Party’s consent or agreement is required or
                requested hereunder, such Party shall not unreasonably withhold or
                delay
                such consent or agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              27.

            	
              Rates

            

    

     

    
      	
              27.1

            	
              WinSonic
                shall pay the charges set forth in this Agreement. In the event that
                BellSouth is unable to bill the applicable rate or no rate is established
                or included in this Agreement for any services provided pursuant
                to this
                Agreement, BellSouth reserves the right to back bill WinSonic for
                such
                rate or for the difference between the rate actually billed and the
                rate
                that should have been billed pursuant to this Agreement; provided,
                however, that subject to WinSonic’s agreement to the limitation regarding
                billing disputes as described in Section 2.2 of Attachment 7 hereof,
                BellSouth shall not back bill any amounts for services rendered more
                than
                twelve (12) months prior to the date that the charges or additional
                charges for such services are actually billed. Notwithstanding the
                foregoing, both Parties recognize that situations may exist which
                could
                necessitate back billing beyond twelve (12) months. These exceptions
                are:

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              •
                Charges
                connected with jointly provided services whereby meet point billing
                guidelines require either Party to rely on records provided by a
                third
                party and such records have not been provided in a timely
                manner;

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              •
                Charges
                incorrectly billed due to erroneous information supplied by the
                non-billing Party.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              •
                Charges
                for which a regulatory body has granted the billing Party the authority
                to
                back bill beyond twelve (12)
                months.

            

    

     

    
      	
              27.2

            	
              To
                the extent a rate element is omitted or no rate is established, BellSouth
                has the right not to provision such service until the Agreement is
                amended
                to include such rate.

            

    

     

    
      	
              27.3

            	
              To
                the extent WinSonic requests services not included in this Agreement,
                such
                services shall be provisioned pursuant to the rates, terms and conditions
                set forth in the applicable tariffs or a separately negotiated Agreement,
                unless the Parties agree to amend this Agreement to include such
                service
                prospectively.

            

    

     

    
      	
              28

            	
              Rate
                True-Up

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      22 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      19

     

    
      	
              28.1

            	
              This
                section applies to rates that are expressly subject to true-up.

            

    

     

    
      	
              28.2

            	
              The
                rates shall be trued-up, either up or down, based on final prices
                determined either by further agreement between the Parties, or by
                a final
                and effective order of the Commission. The Parties shall implement
                the
                true-up by comparing the actual volumes and demand for each item,
                together
                with the rates for each item, with the final prices determined for
                each
                item. Each Party shall keep its own records upon which the true-up
                can be
                based, and any final payment from one Party to the other shall be
                in an
                amount agreed upon by the Parties based on such records. In the event
                of
                any discrepancy between the records or disagreement between the Parties
                regarding the amount of such true-up, the dispute shall be subject
                to the
                dispute resolution process set forth in this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              28.3

            	
              A
                final and effective order of the Commission that forms the basis
                of a
                true-up shall be based upon cost studies submitted by either or both
                Parties to the Commission and shall be binding upon BellSouth and
                WinSonic
                specifically or upon all carriers generally, such as a generic cost
                proceeding.

            

    

     

    
      	
              29

            	
              Survival

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              The
                Parties’ obligations under this Agreement which by their nature are
                intended to continue beyond the termination or expiration of this
                Agreement shall survive the termination or expiration of this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              30

            	
              Entire
                Agreement

            

    

     

    
      	
              30.1

            	
              This
                Agreement means the General Terms and Conditions, the Attachments
                hereto
                and all documents identified therein, as such may be amended from
                time to
                time and which are incorporated herein by reference, all of which,
                when
                taken together, are intended to constitute one indivisible agreement.
                This
                Agreement sets forth the entire understanding and supersedes prior
                agreements between the Parties relating to the subject matter contained
                in
                this Agreement and merges all prior discussions between them. Any
                orders
                placed under prior agreements between the Parties shall be governed
                by the
                terms of this Agreement and WinSonic acknowledges and agrees that
                any and
                all amounts and obligations owed for services provisioned or orders
                placed
                under prior agreements between the Parties, related to the subject
                matter
                hereof, shall, as of the Effective Date, be due and owing under this
                Agreement and be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement
                as
                if such services or orders were provisioned or placed under this
                Agreement. Neither Party shall be bound by any definition, condition,
                provision, representation, warranty, covenant or promise other than
                as
                expressly stated in this Agreement or as is contemporaneously or
                subsequently set forth in writing and executed by a duly authorized
                officer or representative of the Party to be bound
                thereby.

            

    

     

    
      	
              30.2

            	
              Any
                reference throughout this Agreement to a tariff, industry guideline,
                BellSouth’s technical guideline or reference, BellSouth business rule,
                guide or other such document containing processes or specifications
                applicable to the

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      23 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions

    Page
      20

     

    
      	 	
              services
                provided pursuant to this Agreement, shall be construed to refer
                to only
                those provisions thereof that are applicable to these services, and
                shall
                include any successor or replacement versions thereof, all as they
                are
                amended from time to time and all of which are incorporated herein
                by
                reference, and may be found at BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site at:
                www.interconnection.bellsouth.com. References to state tariffs throughout
                this Agreement shall be to the tariff for the state in which the
                services
                were provisioned; provided, however, that in any state where certain
                BellSouth services or tariff provisions have been or become deregulated
                or
                detariffed, any reference in this Agreement to a detariffed or deregulated
                service or provision of such tariff shall be deemed to refer to the
                service description, price list or other agreement pursuant to which
                BellSouth provides such services as a result of detariffing or
                deregulation. 

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      24 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    General
      Terms and Conditions 
Signature Page 

     

    IN
      WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement the day and year
      written below. 

    

    
      	
              BellSouth
                Telecommunications, Inc.

            	 	
              WinSonic
                Digital Media Group, Ltd.

            
	
              By:
                /s/ Kirsten E. Shore

            	 	
              By:
                /s/ Winston D. Johnson

            
	
              Name:
                Kristen E. Shore

            	 	
              Name:
                Winston D. Johnson

            
	
              Title:
                Director

            	 	
              Title:
                Chairman/CEO

            
	
              Date:
                9/27/06

            	 	
              Date:
                9-22-06

            

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      25 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 1

    Attachment
      1

     

    Resale
      

     

     

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      26 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 2

    Table
      of Contents

    

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Discount
                Rates

            	
              3

            
	
              2.

            	
              Definition
                of Terms

            	
              3

            
	
              3.

            	
              General
                Provisions

            	
              3

            
	
              4

            	
              BellSouth’s
                Provision of Services to WinSonic

            	
              6

            
	
              5.

            	
              Maintenance
                of Services

            	
              7

            
	
              6.

            	
              Discontinuance
                of Service

            	
              7

            
	
              7.

            	
              White
                Pages Listings

            	
              8

            
	
              8.

            	
              Operator
                Services (Operator Call Processing and Directory
                Assistance)

            	
              9

            
	
              9.

            	
              Branding
                for Wholesale OCP and DA

            	
              11

            
	
              10.

            	
              LIDB

            	
              11

            
	
              11.

            	
              Revenue
                Accounting Office (RAO) Hosting

            	
              12

            
	
              12.

            	
              Optional
                Daily Usage File (ODUF)

            	
              12

            
	
              13.

            	
              Enhanced
                Optional Daily Usage File (EODUF)

            	
              12

            
	
              Resale
                Restrictions

            	
              Exhibit
                A

            
	
              Optional
                Daily Usage File (ODUF)

            	
              Exhibit
                B

            
	
              Enhanced
                Option Daily Usage File (EODUF)

            	
              Exhibit
                C

            
	
              Resale
                Discounts and Rates

            	
              Exhibit
                D

            

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      27 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 3

    RESALE

    
      	1.	
              Discount
                Rates

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              The
                discounts rates applied to WinSonic’s purchases of
                BellSouth

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Telecommunications
                Services for the purpose of resale shall be as set forth in Exhibit
                D.
                Such discounts have been determined by the applicable Commission
                to
                reflect the costs avoided by BellSouth when selling a service for
                wholesale purposes.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              The
                Telecommunications Services available for purchase by WinSonic for
                the
                purposes of resale to WinSonic’s customers shall be available at
                BellSouth’s tariffed rates less the discount reflected in Exhibit D and
                subject to the exclusions and limitations in Exhibit
                A.

            

    

     

    
      	2.	
              Definition
                of Terms

            

    

     

    For
      purposes of this Attachment only, the following terms shall have the definitions
      as set forth below: 

     

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              Customer
                of Record means the entity responsible for placing application for
                service; requesting additions, rearrangements, maintenance or
                discontinuance of service; payment in full of charges incurred such
                as
                nonrecurring, monthly recurring, toll, directory assistance,
                etc.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              End
                User Customer Location means the physical location of the premises
                where a
                customer makes use of the Telecommunications
                Services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3

            	
              New
                Services means functions, features or capabilities that are not currently
                offered by BellSouth. This includes packaging of existing services
                or
                combining a new function, feature or capability with an existing
                service.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4

            	
              Resale
                means an activity wherein a certificated CLEC, such as WinSonic,
                subscribes to the retail Telecommunications Services of BellSouth
                and then
                offers those retail Telecommunications Services to the
                public.

            

    

     

    
      	3.	
              General
                Provisions

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1

            	
              All
                of the negotiated rates, terms and conditions set forth in this Attachment
                pertain to the resale of BellSouth’s retail Telecommunications Services
                and other services specified in this Attachment. Subject to effective
                and
                applicable FCC and Commission rules and orders, BellSouth shall make
                available to WinSonic for resale those Telecommunications Services
                BellSouth makes available, pursuant to its General Subscriber Services
                Tariff (GSST) and Private Line Services Tariff, to customers who
                are not
                Telecommunications carriers.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1.1

            	
              When
                WinSonic provides Resale service in a cross boundary area (customer
                is
                physically located in a particular state and is served by a central
                office
                in an adjoining state) the rates, regulations and discounts for the
                state
                in which the serving central office is located will apply. Billing
                will be
                from the state in which the customer is
                located.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      28 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 4

     

    
      	
              3.2

            	
              WinSonic
                as a reseller of Lifeline and Link-Up Services hereby certifies that
                it
                has and will comply with the FCC requirements governing the Lifeline
                and
                Link- Up programs as set forth in 47 C.F.R. § 54.417(a) and (b). This
                includes the requirements set forth in BellSouth’s GSST, Sections A3.31
                and A4.7.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2.1

            	
              WinSonic
                shall maintain records to document FCC or applicable state eligibility
                and
                verification records to document compliance governing the Lifeline/Link-Up
                programs for the three (3) full preceding calendar years, and WinSonic
                shall provide such documentation to the FCC or it’s Administrator upon
                request.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2.2

            	
              In
                Tennessee, if WinSonic does not resell Lifeline service to any end
                users,
                and if WinSonic agrees to order an appropriate Operator Services/Directory
                Assistance block as set forth in BellSouth’s GSST, the discount shall be
                twenty-one point fifty-six percent
                (21.56%).

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2.2.1

            	
              In
                the event WinSonic resells Lifeline service to any end user in Tennessee,
                BellSouth will begin applying the sixteen percent (16%) discount
                rate to
                all services. Upon WinSonic and BellSouth’s implementation of a billing
                arrangement whereby a separate Master Account (Q-account) associated
                with
                a separate OCN is established for billing of Lifeline service end
                users,
                the discount shall be applied as set forth in Section 3.2.2 above
                for the
                non-Lifeline affected Master Account
                (Q-account).

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2.2.2

            	
              WinSonic
                must provide written notification to BellSouth within thirty (30)
                days
                prior to either providing its own operator services/directory services
                or
                ordering the appropriate operator services/directory assistance blocking,
                to qualify for the higher discount rate of twenty-one point fifty-six
                percent (21.56%).

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3

            	
              WinSonic
                may purchase resale services from BellSouth for its own use in operating
                its business. The resale discount will apply to those services under
                the
                following conditions:

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3.1

            	
              WinSonic
                must resell services to other end
                users.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3.2

            	
              WinSonic
                cannot be a CLEC for the single purpose of selling to
                itself.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3.3

            	
              WinSonic
                will be the Customer of Record for all services purchased from BellSouth.
                Except as specified herein, BellSouth will take orders from, bill
                and
                receive payment from WinSonic for said
                services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4

            	
              WinSonic
                will be BellSouth’s single point of contact for all services purchased
                pursuant to this Agreement. BellSouth shall have no contact with
                the
                customer except to the extent provided for
                herein.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.5

            	
              BellSouth
                will continue to bill the customer for any services that the customer
                specifies it wishes to receive directly from BellSouth. BellSouth
                maintains the right to serve directly any customer within the service
                area
                of WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                will continue to market directly its own Telecommunications products
                and
                services and in doing so may establish independent relationships
                with
                customers of WinSonic. Neither Party shall interfere with the right
                of any
                person or entity to obtain service directly from the other
                Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.5.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will accept a request from another CLEC for conversion of
                the

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      29 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 5

     

    
      	 	
              customer’s
                service from WinSonic to such other CLEC. Upon completion of the
                conversion BellSouth will notify WinSonic that such conversion has
                been
                completed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.5.2

            	
              When
                a customer of WinSonic or BellSouth elects to change his/her carrier
                to
                the other Party, both Parties agree to release the customer’s service to
                the other Party concurrent with the due date of the service order,
                which
                shall be established based on the standard interval for the customer’s
                requested service as set forth in the BellSouth Product and Services
                Interval Guide.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.5.3

            	
              BellSouth
                and WinSonic will refrain from contacting an customer who has placed
                or
                whose selected carrier has placed on the customer’s behalf an order to
                change the customer’s service provider from BellSouth or WinSonic to the
                other Party until such time that the order for service has been
                completed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.6

            	
              Current
                telephone numbers may normally be retained by the customer and are
                assigned to the service furnished. However, neither Party nor the
                customer
                has a property right to the telephone number or any other call number
                designation associated with services furnished by BellSouth, and
                no right
                to the continuance of service through any particular central office.
                BellSouth reserves the right to change such numbers, or the central
                office
                designation associated with such numbers, or both, whenever BellSouth
                deems it necessary to do so in the conduct of its business and in
                accordance with BellSouth practices and procedures on a nondiscriminatory
                basis.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.7

            	
              Service
                is furnished subject to the condition that it will not be used for
                any
                unlawful purpose.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.8

            	
              Service
                will be discontinued if any law enforcement agency advises that the
                service being used is in violation of the
                law.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.9

            	
              BellSouth
                can refuse service when it has grounds to believe that service will
                be
                used in violation of the law.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.10

            	
              If
                WinSonic or its customers utilize a BellSouth resold Telecommunications
                Service in a manner other than that for which the service was originally
                intended as described in BellSouth’s retail tariffs WinSonic has the
                responsibility to notify BellSouth. BellSouth will only provision
                and
                maintain said service consistent with the terms and conditions of
                the
                tariff describing said service.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.11

            	
              Facilities
                and/or equipment utilized by BellSouth to provide service to WinSonic
                remain the property of BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.12

            	
              Service
                Ordering and Operations Support Systems
                (OSS)

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.12.1

            	
              WinSonic
                must order services through resale interfaces, i.e., the Local Carrier
                Service Center (LCSC) and/or appropriate Complex Resale Support Group
                (CRSG) pursuant to this Agreement. WinSonic may submit a Local Service
                Request (LSR) electronically as set forth in Attachment 6. Service
                orders
                will be in a standard format designated by
                BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.12.2

            	
              BellSouth
                messaging services set forth in BellSouth’s Messaging Service Re-Seller
                Information Package shall be made available for resale without
                the

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      30 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 6

     

    
      	 	
              wholesale
                discount.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.13

            	
              BellSouth’s
                Inside Wire Maintenance Service Plan is available for resale at rates,
                terms and conditions as set forth by BellSouth and without the wholesale
                discount.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.14

            	
              In
                the event WinSonic acquires a customer whose service is provided
                pursuant
                to a BellSouth Special Assembly, BellSouth shall make available to
                WinSonic that Special Assembly at the wholesale discount at WinSonic’s
                option. WinSonic shall be responsible for all terms and conditions
                of such
                Special Assembly including but not limited to termination liability
                if
                applicable.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.15

            	
              BellSouth
                shall provide 911/E911 for WinSonic customers in the same manner
                that it
                is provided to BellSouth customers. BellSouth shall provide and validate
                WinSonic customer information to the Public Safety Answering Point
                (PSAP).

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                shall use its service order process to update and maintain, on the
                same
                schedule that it uses for its customers, the WinSonic customer information
                in the Automatic Location Identification/Data Management System (ALI/DMS)
                databases used to support 911/E911
                services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.16

            	
              Pursuant
                to 47 C.F.R. § 51.617, BellSouth shall bill to WinSonic, and WinSonic
                shall pay, the End User Common Line (EUCL) charges identical to the
                EUCL
                charges BellSouth bills its
                customers.

            

    

     

    
      	4	
              BellSouth’s
                Provision of Services to
                WinSonic

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1

            	
              Resale
                of BellSouth services shall be as
                follows:

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1.1

            	
              The
                resale of Telecommunications Services shall be limited to users and
                uses
                conforming to the class of service
                restrictions.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1.2

            	
              Hotel
                and Hospital PBX services are the only Telecommunications Services
                available for resale to Hotel/Motel and Hospital customers,
                respectively.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Similarly,
                Access Line Service for Customer Provided Coin Telephones is the
                only
                local service available for resale to Payphone Service Provider (PSP)
                customers. Shared Tenant Service customers can only be sold those
                local
                exchange access services available in BellSouth’s GSST Section A23, Shared
                Tenant Service Section in the states of Florida, Georgia, North Carolina
                and South Carolina, and in A27 in the states of Alabama, Kentucky,
                Louisiana, Mississippi and
                Tennessee.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1.3

            	
              BellSouth
                reserves the right to periodically audit services purchased by WinSonic
                to
                establish authenticity of use. Such audit shall not occur more than
                once
                in a calendar year. WinSonic shall make any and all records and data
                available to BellSouth or BellSouth’s auditors on a reasonable basis.
                BellSouth shall bear the cost of said audit. Any information provided
                by
                WinSonic for purposes of such audit shall be deemed Confidential
                Information pursuant to the General Terms and
                Conditions.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.2

            	
              Subject
                to Exhibit A hereto, resold services can only be used in the same
                manner
                as specified in BellSouth’s Tariffs. Resold services are subject to the
                same terms and conditions as are specified for such services when
                furnished to an individual

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      31 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 7

     

    
      	 	
              customer
                of BellSouth in the appropriate section of BellSouth’s Tariffs. Specific
                tariff features (e.g., a usage allowance per month) shall not be
                aggregated across multiple resold services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3

            	
              If
                WinSonic cancels an order for resold services, any costs incurred
                by
                BellSouth in conjunction with provisioning of such order will be
                recovered
                in accordance with BellSouth’s GSST and Private Line Services
                Tariffs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.4

            	
              Service
                Jointly Provisioned with an Independent Company or
                CLEC

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.4.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will in some instances provision resold services in accordance with
                BellSouth’s GSST and Private Line Tariffs jointly with an Independent
                Company (ICO) or other CLEC.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.4.2

            	
              When
                WinSonic assumes responsibility for such service, all terms and conditions
                defined in the Tariff will apply for services provided within the
                BellSouth service area only.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.4.3

            	
              Service
                terminating in an ICO or other CLEC area will be provisioned and
                billed by
                the ICO or other CLEC directly to
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.4.4

            	
              WinSonic
                must establish a billing arrangement with the ICO or other CLEC prior
                to
                assuming a customer account where such circumstances
                apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.4.5

            	
              Specific
                guidelines regarding such services are available on the BellSouth
                Interconnection Web site.

            

    

     

    
      	5.	
              Maintenance
                of Services

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.1

            	
              Services
                resold pursuant to this Attachment and BellSouth’s GSST and Private Line
                Service Tariff and facilities and equipment provided by BellSouth
                shall be
                maintained by BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2

            	
              WinSonic
                or its customers may not rearrange, move, disconnect, remove or attempt
                to
                repair any facilities owned by BellSouth except with the written
                consent
                of BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.3

            	
              WinSonic
                accepts responsibility to notify BellSouth of situations that arise
                that
                may result in a service problem.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.4

            	
              WinSonic
                will contact the appropriate repair centers in accordance with procedures
                established by BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.5

            	
              For
                all repair requests, WinSonic shall adhere to BellSouth’s prescreening
                guidelines prior to referring the trouble to
                BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6

            	
              BellSouth
                reserves the right to contact WinSonic’s customers, if deemed necessary,
                for maintenance purposes.

            

    

     

    
      	6.	
              Discontinuance
                of Service

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1

            	
              The
                procedures for discontinuing service to a customer are as
                follows:

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will deny service to WinSonic’s customer on behalf of, and at the request
                of, WinSonic. Upon restoration of the customer’s service, restoral charges
                will apply and will be the responsibility of
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      32 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 8

     

    
      	
              6.1.2

            	
              At
                the request of WinSonic, BellSouth will disconnect a WinSonic
                customer.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.3

            	
              All
                requests by WinSonic for denial or disconnection of a customer for
                nonpayment must be in writing.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.4

            	
              WinSonic
                will be made solely responsible for notifying the customer of the
                proposed
                disconnection of the service.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.5

            	
              BellSouth
                will continue to process calls made to the Annoyance Call Center
                and will
                advise WinSonic when it is determined that annoyance calls are originated
                from one of its customer’s locations. BellSouth shall be indemnified,
                defended and held harmless by WinSonic and/or the customer against
                any
                claim, loss or damage arising from providing this information to
                WinSonic.
                It is the responsibility of WinSonic to take the corrective action
                necessary with its customer who make annoying calls. (Failure to
                do so
                will result in BellSouth’s disconnecting the customer’s
                service.)

            

    

     

    
      	7.	
              White
                Pages Listings

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall provide WinSonic and its end users access to white pages directory
                listings under the following terms:

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1

            	
              Listings.
                WinSonic
                shall provide all new, changed and deleted listings on a timely basis
                and
                BellSouth or its agent will include WinSonic residential and business
                customer listings in the appropriate White Pages (residential and
                business) or alphabetical directories in the geographic areas covered
                by
                this Agreement. Directory listings will make no distinction between
                WinSonic and BellSouth customers. WinSonic shall provide listing
                information in accordance with the procedures set forth in The BellSouth
                Business Rules for Local Ordering found at BellSouth’s Interconnection
                Services Web site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.2

            	
              Unlisted/Non-Published
                Customers. WinSonic
                will be required to provide to BellSouth the names, addresses and
                telephone numbers of all WinSonic customers who wish to be omitted
                from
                directories. Unlisted/Non-Published listings will be subject to the
                rates
                as set forth in BellSouth’s GSST and shall not be subject to the wholesale
                discount.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.3

            	
              Inclusion
                of WinSonic Customers in Directory Assistance Database. BellSouth
                will include and maintain WinSonic customer listings in BellSouth’s
                Directory Assistance databases. WinSonic shall provide such Directory
                Assistance listings to BellSouth at no
                charge.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.4

            	
              Listing
                Information Confidentiality. BellSouth
                will afford WinSonic’s directory listing information the same level of
                confidentiality that BellSouth affords its own directory listing
                information.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.5

            	
              Additional
                and Designer Listings. Additional
                and designer listings will be offered by BellSouth at tariffed rates
                as
                set forth in BellSouth’s GSST and shall not be subject to the wholesale
                discount.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.6

            	
              Rates.
                So
                long as WinSonic provides listing information to BellSouth as set
                forth in
                Section 7.1.2 above, BellSouth shall provide to WinSonic one (1)
                basic
                White Pages directory listing per WinSonic customer at no charge
                other
                than the manual

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      33 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 9

     

    
      	 	
              service
                order charge or the electronic service order charge, as appropriate,
                as
                described in Attachment 6.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.2

            	
              Directories.
                BellSouth
                or its agent shall make available White Pages directories to WinSonic
                customer at no charge or as specified in a separate agreement between
                WinSonic and BellSouth’s agent.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3

            	
              Procedures
                for submitting WinSonic Subscriber Listing Information (SLI) are
                found in
                The BellSouth Business Rules for Local Ordering found at BellSouth’s
                Interconnection Services Web site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3.1

            	
              WinSonic
                authorizes BellSouth to release all WinSonic SLI provided to BellSouth
                by
                WinSonic to qualifying third parties pursuant to either a license
                agreement or BellSouth’s Directory Publishers Database Service (DPDS) in
                BellSouth’s GSST.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Such
                WinSonic SLI shall be intermingled with BellSouth’s own customer listings
                and listings of any other CLEC that has authorized a similar release
                of
                SLI.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3.2

            	
              No
                compensation shall be paid to WinSonic for BellSouth’s receipt of
                WinSonic’s SLI, or for the subsequent release to third parties of such
                SLI. In addition, to the extent BellSouth incurs costs to modify
                its
                systems to enable the release of WinSonic’s SLI, or costs on an ongoing
                basis to administer the release of WinSonic’s SLI, WinSonic shall pay to
                BellSouth its proportionate share of the reasonable costs associated
                therewith. At any time that costs may be incurred to administer the
                release of WinSonic’s SLI, WinSonic will be notified. If WinSonic does not
                wish to pay its proportionate share of these reasonable costs, WinSonic
                may instruct BellSouth that it does not wish to release its SLI to
                independent publishers, and WinSonic shall amend this Agreement
                accordingly.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic
                will be liable for all costs incurred until the effective date of
                the
                amendment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3.3

            	
              Neither
                BellSouth nor any agent shall be liable for the content or accuracy
                of any
                SLI provided by WinSonic under this Agreement. WinSonic shall indemnify,
                except to the extent caused by BellSouth’s gross negligence or willful
                misconduct, hold harmless and defend BellSouth and its agents from
                and
                against any damages, losses, liabilities, demands, claims, suits,
                judgments, costs and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable
                attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising from BellSouth’s Tariff obligations
                or otherwise and resulting from or arising out of any third party’s claim
                of inaccurate WinSonic listings or use of the SLI provided pursuant
                to
                this Agreement. BellSouth may forward to WinSonic any complaints
                received
                by BellSouth relating to the accuracy or quality of WinSonic
                listings.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3.4

            	
              Listings
                and subsequent updates will be released consistent with BellSouth
                system
                changes and/or update scheduling
                requirements.

            

    

     

    
      	8.	
              Operator
                Services (Operator Call Processing and Directory
                Assistance)

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1

            	
              Operator
                Call Processing (OCP) provides: (1) operator handling for call completion
                (for example, collect, third number billing, and manual calling-card
                calls); (2) operator or automated assistance for billing after the
                customer has dialed the called number (for example, calling card
                calls);
                and (3) special services

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      34 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 10

     

    
      	 	
              including
                but not limited to Busy Line Verification and Emergency Line Interrupt
                (ELI), Emergency Agency Call and operator-assisted Directory Assistance
                (DA). 

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2

            	
              Upon
                request for BellSouth OCP, BellSouth
                shall:

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.1

            	
              Process
                0+ and 0- dialed local calls.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.2

            	
              Process
                0+ and 0- intraLATA toll calls.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.3

            	
              Process
                calls that are billed to WinSonic customer’s calling card that can be
                validated by BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.4

            	
              Process
                person-to-person calls.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.5

            	
              Process
                collect calls.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.6

            	
              Provide
                the capability for callers to bill a third party and shall also process
                such calls.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.7

            	
              Process
                station-to-station calls.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.8

            	
              Process
                Busy Line Verify and ELI requests.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.9

            	
              Process
                emergency call trace originated by
                PSAP.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.10

            	
              Process
                operator-assisted DA calls.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.11

            	
              Adhere
                to equal access requirements, providing WinSonic local customer the
                same
                IXC access that BellSouth provides its own operator service
                (OS).

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.12

            	
              Exercise
                at least the same level of fraud control in providing OS to WinSonic
                that
                BellSouth provides for its own OS.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.13

            	
              Perform
                Billed Number Screening when handling Collect, Person-to-Person,
                and
                Billed-To-Third-Party calls.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2.14

            	
              Direct
                customer account and other similar inquiries to the customer service
                center designated by WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.3

            	
              Upon
                WinSonic’s request BellSouth shall provide call records to WinSonic in
                accordance with Optional Daily Usage File (ODUF)
                standards.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.4

            	
              The
                interface requirements shall conform to the interface specifications
                for
                the platform used to provide OS as long as the interface conforms
                to
                industry standards.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.5

            	
              DA
                Service

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.5.1

            	
              DA
                Service provides local and non-local customer telephone number listings
                with the option to complete the call at the caller’s direction separate
                and distinct from local switching.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.5.2

            	
              DA
                Service shall provide up to two (2) listing requests per call, if
                available and if requested by WinSonic’s customer. BellSouth shall provide
                caller-optional DA call completion service at rates set forth in
                BellSouth’s GSST to one of the provided
                listings.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.6

            	
              DA
                Service Updates. BellSouth
                shall update customer listings changes
                daily.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      35 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 11

    These
      changes include:

     

    
      	
              8.6.1

            	
              New
                customer connections;

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.6.2

            	
              Customer
                disconnections;

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.6.3

            	
              Customer
                address changes; and

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.6.4

            	
              Non-listed
                and non-published numbers for use in
                emergencies.

            

    

     

    
      	9.	
              Branding
                for Wholesale OCP and DA

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.1

            	
              BellSouth's
                branding feature provides a definable announcement to WinSonic’s customers
                using BellSouth’s DA/OCP prior to placing such customers in queue or
                connecting them to an available operator or automated operator system.
                This feature allows WinSonic to have its calls custom branded with
                WinSonic’s name on whose behalf BellSouth is providing DA and/or OCP.
                Rates for the branding features are set forth in Exhibit
                D.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.2

            	
              BellSouth
                offers three (3) branding options to WinSonic when ordering BellSouth’s DA
                and OCP: BellSouth Branding, Unbranding and Custom
                Branding.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.3

            	
              WinSonic’s
                order for Custom Branding is considered firm ten (10) business days
                after
                BellSouth’s receipt of the order. WinSonic may cancel its order more than
                ten (10) business days after BellSouth’s receipt of the order. WinSonic
                shall notify BellSouth in writing and shall pay all charges per the
                order.
                For branding and unbranding via Originating Line Number Screening
                (OLNS),
                WinSonic must contact its Local Contract Manager to initiate the
                order via
                the OLNS Branding Order form.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.4

            	
              Branding
                via OLNS

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.4.1

            	
              BellSouth
                Branding, Unbranding and Custom Branding are also available for DA,
                OCP or
                both via OLNS software. When utilizing this method of Unbranding
                or Custom
                Branding, WinSonic shall not be required to purchase dedicated
                trunking.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.4.2

            	
              BellSouth
                Branding is the default branding
                offering.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.4.3

            	
              For
                BellSouth to provide Unbranding or Custom Branding via OLNS software
                for
                OCP or for DA, WinSonic must have its OCN(s) and telephone numbers
                reside
                in BellSouth’s Line Information Database (LIDB). To implement Unbranding
                and Custom Branding via OLNS software, WinSonic must submit a manual
                order
                form which requires, among other things, WinSonic’s OCN and a forecast,
                pursuant to the appropriate BellSouth form provided, for the traffic
                volume anticipated for each BellSouth Traffic Operator Position System
                (TOPS) during the peak busy hour. WinSonic shall provide updates
                to such
                forecast on a quarterly basis and at any time such forecasted traffic
                volumes are expected to change significantly. Upon WinSonic’s purchase of
                Unbranding or Custom Branding using OLNS software for any particular
                TOPS,
                all WinSonic customers served by that TOPS will receive the Unbranded
“no
                announcement” or the Custom Branded
                announcement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.

            	
              LIDB

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      36 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 12

     

    
      	
              10.1

            	
              BellSouth
                LIDB stores current information on working telephone numbers and
                billing
                account numbers.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.2

            	
              Where
                WinSonic is purchasing Resale services BellSouth shall utilize BellSouth’s
                service order generated from WinSonic LSR’s to populate LIDB with
                WinSonic’s customer information. BellSouth provides access to information
                in its LIDB, including WinSonic customer information, to its LIDB
                customers via queries to LIDB.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.2.1

            	
              When
                necessary for fraud control measures, BellSouth may perform additions,
                updates and deletions of WinSonic data to the LIDB (e.g., calling
                card
                deactivation).

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.2.2

            	
              WinSonic
                will not be charged a fee for LIDB storage services provided by BellSouth
                to WinSonic pursuant to this
                Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.3

            	
              Responsibilities
                of the Parties

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.3.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will administer the data provided by WinSonic pursuant to this Agreement
                in the same manner as BellSouth administers its own
                data.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.3.2

            	
              WinSonic
                is responsible for completeness and accuracy of the data being provided
                to
                BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.3.3

            	
              BellSouth
                shall not be responsible to WinSonic for any lost revenue which may
                result
                from BellSouth’s administration of the LIDB pursuant to its established
                practices and procedures as they exist and as they may be changed
                by
                BellSouth in its sole discretion from time to
                time.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.

            	
              Revenue
                Accounting Office (RAO)
                Hosting

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.2

            	
              RAO
                Hosting is not required for resale in the BellSouth
                region.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.

            	
              Optional
                Daily Usage File (ODUF)

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.1

            	
              The
                ODUF Agreement with terms and conditions is included in this Attachment
                as
                Exhibit B. Rates for ODUF are as set forth in Exhibit
                D.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.2

            	
              BellSouth
                will provide ODUF service upon written
                request.

            

    

     

    
      	
              13.

            	
              Enhanced
                Optional Daily Usage File (EODUF)

            

    

     

    
      	
              13.1

            	
              The
                EODUF service Agreement with terms and conditions is included in
                this
                Attachment as Exhibit C. Rates for EODUF are as set forth in Exhibit
                D.

            

    

     

    
      	
              13.2

            	
              BellSouth
                will provide EODUF service upon written
                request.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      37 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 13

    Exhibit
      A

    EXCLUSIONS
      AND LIMITATIONS ON SERVICES AVAILABLE FOR RESALE (Note 4)

    

    
      	
              Type
                of Service 

            	
              AL

            	
              FL
                

            	
              GA
                

            	
              KY
                

            	
              LA
                

            	
              MS
                

            	
              NC
                

            	
              SC
                

            	
              TN
                

            
	
              Resale
                

            	
              Discount
                

            	
              Resale
                

            	
              Discount
                

            	
              Resale
                

            	
              Discount
                

            	
              Resale
                

            	
              Discount
                

            	
              Resale
                

            	
              Discount
                

            	
              Resale
                

            	
              Discount
                

            	
              Resale
                

            	
              Discount
                

            	
              Resale
                

            	
              Discount
                

            	
              Resale
                

            	
              Discount
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              1
                

            	
              Grandfathered
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            
	 	
              Services
                (Note 1) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              2
                

            	
              Promotions
                - > 90 

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            
	 	
              Days(Note
                2 &3) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              3
                

            	
              Promotions
                - < 90 

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No
                

            
	 	
              Days
                (Note 2 & 3) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              4
                

            	
              Lifeline/Link
                Up Services 

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            
	
              5
                

            	
              911/E911
                Services 

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No
                

            	
              No
                

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes
                

            
	
              6

            	
              N11
                Services 

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No
                

            	
              No
                

            	
              No
                

            	
              No
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No
                

            	
              No
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            
	 	
              (Note
                1) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              7
                

            	
              MemoryCall®Service
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            
	
              8
                

            	
              Mobile
                Services 

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No
                

            
	
              9
                

            	
              Federal
                Subscriber 

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No
                

            
	 	
              Line
                Charges 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              10
                

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Charges 

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No
                

            
	
              11
                

            	
              EUCL
                Charge 

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No
                

            
	
              12
                

            	
              Public
                Telephone Access Svc(PTAS) 

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No
                

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              Yes
                

            
	
              13
                

            	
              Inside
                Wire Maint 

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No

            	
              Yes
                

            	
              No
                

            
	 	
              Service
                Plan 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Grandfathered
                services can
                be resold only to existing subscribers of the grandfathered
                service.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Where
                available for resale, promotions
                will
                be made available only to customers who would have qualified for
                the
                promotion had it been provided by BellSouth directly. Promotions
                shall be
                available only for the term set forth in the applicable
                tariff.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              Promotions
                shall be available only for the term set forth in the applicable
                tariff.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              Some
                of BellSouth's local exchange and toll Telecommunications Services
                are not
                available in certain central offices and
                areas.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      38 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1 

    Page 14
      

    Exhibit
      B 

     

    
      	 	
              Optional
                Daily Usage File

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Upon
                written request from WinSonic, BellSouth will provide the ODUF service
                to
                WinSonic pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this
                section.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              WinSonic
                shall furnish all relevant information required by BellSouth for
                the
                provision of the ODUF.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              The
                ODUF feed provides WinSonic messages that were carried over the BellSouth
                network and processed by BellSouth for
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              Charges
                for ODUF will appear on WinSonic’s monthly bills for the previous month’s
                usage in arrears. The charges are as set forth in Exhibit
                D.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.

            	
              The
                ODUF feed will contain both rated and unrated messages. All messages
                will
                be in the standard Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions
                (ATIS) Exchange Message Interface (EMI) record
                format.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.

            	
              ODUF
                Specifications

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1

            	
              ODUF
                Message to be Transmitted

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1

            	
              The
                following messages recorded by BellSouth will be transmitted to
                WinSonic:

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1.1

            	
              Message
                recording for per use/per activation type services (examples: Three
                Way
                Calling, Verify, Interrupt, Call Return,
                etc.);

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1.2

            	
              Measured
                local calls;

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1.3

            	
              Directory
                Assistance messages;

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1.4

            	
              IntraLATA
                Toll;

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1.5

            	
              WATS
                and 800 Service;

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1.6

            	
              N11;

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1.7

            	
              Information
                Service Provider Messages;

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1.8

            	
              OS
                Messages;

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1.9

            	
              OS
                Message Attempted Calls;

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1.10

            	
              Credit/Cancel
                Records; and

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1.11

            	
              Usage
                for Voice Mail Message Service.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.2

            	
              Rated
                Incollects (messages BellSouth receives from other revenue accounting
                offices) appear on ODUF. Rated Incollects will be intermingled with
                BellSouth recorded rated and unrated usage. Rated Incollects will
                not be
                packed separately.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.3

            	
              BellSouth
                will perform duplicate record checks on records processed to ODUF.
                Any
                duplicate messages detected will be deleted and not sent to
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.4

            	
              In
                the event that WinSonic detects a duplicate on ODUF they receive
                from
                BellSouth, WinSonic will drop the duplicate message and will not
                return
                the duplicate to BellSouth.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      39 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 15

    Exhibit
      B

     

    
      	
              6.2

            	
              ODUF
                Physical File Characteristics

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2.1

            	
              ODUF
                will be distributed to WinSonic via Secure File Transfer Protocol
                (FTP).
                The ODUF feed will be a variable block format. The data on the ODUF
                feed
                will be in a non-compacted EMI format (one hundred seventy-five (175)
                byte
                format plus modules). It will be created on a daily basis Monday
                through
                Friday except holidays. Details such as dataset name and delivery
                schedule
                will be addressed during negotiations of the distribution medium.
                There
                will be a maximum of one (1) dataset per workday per OCN. If BellSouth
                determines the Secure FTP

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Mailbox
                is nearing capacity levels, BellSouth may move the customer to
                CONNECT:Direct file delivery.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2.2

            	
              If
                the customer is moved, CONNECT:Direct data circuits (private line
                or
                dial-up) will be required between BellSouth and WinSonic for the
                purpose
                of data transmission. Where a dedicated line is required, WinSonic
                will be
                responsible for ordering the circuit, overseeing its installation
                and
                coordinating the installation with BellSouth. WinSonic will also
                be
                responsible for any charges associated with this line. Equipment
                required
                on the BellSouth end to attach the line to the mainframe computer
                and to
                transmit messages successfully on an ongoing basis will be negotiated
                on
                an individual case basis. Any costs incurred for such equipment will
                be
                WinSonic’s responsibility. Where a dial-up facility is required, dial
                circuits will be installed in the BellSouth data center by BellSouth
                and
                the associated charges assessed to WinSonic. Additionally, all message
                toll charges associated with the use of the dial circuit by WinSonic
                will
                be the responsibility of WinSonic. Associated equipment on the BellSouth
                end, including a modem, will be negotiated on an individual case
                basis
                between the Parties. All equipment, including modems and software,
                that is
                required on WinSonic’s end for the purpose of data transmission will be
                the responsibility of WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2.3

            	
              If
                WinSonic utilizes FTP for data file transmission, purchase of the
                FTP
                software will be the responsibility of
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3

            	
              ODUF
                Packing Specifications

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.1

            	
              The
                data will be packed using ATIS EMI records. A pack will contain a
                minimum
                of one (1) message record or a maximum of ninety-nine thousand nine
                hundred and ninety-nine (99,999) message records plus a pack header
                record
                and a pack trailer record. One transmission can contain a maximum
                of
                ninety-nine (99) packs and a minimum of one (1)
                pack.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.2

            	
              The
                OCN, From RAO, and Invoice Number will control the invoice sequencing.
                The
                From RAO will be used to identify to WinSonic which BellSouth RAO
                is
                sending the message. BellSouth and WinSonic will use the invoice
                sequencing to control data exchange. BellSouth will be notified of
                sequence failures identified by WinSonic and resend the data as
                appropriate.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4

            	
              ODUF
                Pack Rejection

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4.1

            	
              WinSonic
                will notify BellSouth within one (1) business day of rejected packs
                (via
                the mutually agreed medium). Packs could be rejected because of pack
                sequencing discrepancies or a critical edit failure on the Pack Header
                or
                Pack

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      40 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 16

    Exhibit
      B

     

    
      	 	
              Trailer
                records (e.g., out-of-balance condition on grand totals, invalid
                data
                populated). Standard ATIS EMI error codes will be used. WinSonic
                will not
                be required to return the actual rejected data to BellSouth. Rejected
                packs will be corrected and retransmitted to WinSonic by
                BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.5

            	
              ODUF
                Control Data

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.5.1

            	
              WinSonic
                will send one confirmation record per pack that is received from
                BellSouth. This confirmation record will indicate WinSonic’s receipt of
                the pack and the acceptance or rejection of the pack. Pack Status
                Code(s)
                will be populated using standard ATIS EMI error codes for packs that
                were
                rejected by WinSonic for reasons stated in the above
                section.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.6

            	
              ODUF
                Testing

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.6.1

            	
              Upon
                request from WinSonic, BellSouth shall send ODUF test files to WinSonic.
                The Parties agree to review and discuss the ODUF file content and/or
                format. For testing of usage results, BellSouth shall request that
                WinSonic set up a production (live) file. The live test may consist
                of
                WinSonic’s employees making test calls for the types of services WinSonic
                requests on ODUF. These test calls are logged by WinSonic, and the
                logs
                are provided to BellSouth. These logs will be used to verify the
                files.
                Testing will be completed within thirty (30) days from the date on
                which
                the initial test file was sent.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      41 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1 

    Page 17
      

    Exhibit
      C

     

    Enhanced
      Optional Daily Usage File 

     

    
      	
              1. 

            	
              Upon
                written request from WinSonic, BellSouth will provide the EODUF service
                to
                WinSonic pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this section.
                EODUF will only be sent to existing ODUF subscribers who request
                the EODUF
                option. 

            

    

     

    
      	
              2. 

            	
              WinSonic
                shall furnish all relevant information required by BellSouth for
                the
                provision of the EODUF. 

            

    

     

    
      	
              3. 

            	
              The
                EODUF will provide usage data for local calls originating from resold
                Flat
                Rate
                Business and Residential Lines. 

            

    

     

    
      	
              4. 

            	
              Charges
                for EODUF will appear on WinSonic’s monthly bills for the previous month’s
                usage in arrears. The charges are as set forth in Exhibit D.
                

            

    

     

    
      	
              5. 

            	
              All
                messages will be in the standard ATIS EMI record format.
                

            

    

     

    
      	
              6. 

            	
              Messages
                that error in the billing system of WinSonic will be the responsibility
                of
                WinSonic. If, however, WinSonic should encounter significant volumes
                of
                errored messages that prevent processing by WinSonic within its systems,
                BellSouth will work with WinSonic to determine the source of the
                errors
                and the appropriate resolution. 

            

    

     

    
      	
              7. 

            	
              EODUF
                Specifications 

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1

            	
              EODUF
                Usage To Be Transmitted

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1

            	
              The
                following messages recorded by BellSouth will be transmitted to
                WinSonic:

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1.1

            	
              Customer
                usage data for flat rated local calls originating from WinSonic’s customer
                lines (1FB or 1FR). The EODUF record for flat rate messages will
                include:

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1.1.1

            	
              Date
                of Call

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1.1.2

            	
              From
                Number

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1.1.3

            	
              To
                Number

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1.1.4

            	
              Connect
                Time

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1.1.5

            	
              Conversation
                Time

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1.1.6

            	
              Method
                of Recording

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1.1.7

            	
              From
                RAO

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1.1.8

            	
              Rate
                Class

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1.1.9

            	
              Message
                Type

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1.1.10

            	
              Billing
                Indicators

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1.1.11

            	
              Bill
                to Number

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      42 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 18

    Exhibit
      C

     

    
      	
              7.1.2

            	
              BellSouth
                will perform duplicate record checks on EODUF records processed to
                ODUF.
                Any duplicate messages detected will be deleted and not sent to
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.3

            	
              In
                the event that WinSonic detects a duplicate on EODUF they receive
                from
                BellSouth, WinSonic will drop the duplicate message and will not
                return
                the duplicate to BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.2

            	
              EODUF
                Physical File Characteristics

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.2.1

            	
              EODUF
                feed will be distributed to WinSonic via FTP. The EODUF messages
                will be
                intermingled among WinSonic’s ODUF messages. The EODUF will be a variable
                block format. The data on the EODUF will be in a non-compacted EMI
                format
                (one hundred seventy-five (175) byte format plus modules). It will
                be
                created on a daily basis Monday through Friday except holiday. If
                BellSouth determines the Secure FTP mailbox is nearing capacity levels,
                BellSouth may move the customer to CONNECT:Direct file
                delivery.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.2.2

            	
              Data
                circuits (private line or dial-up) may be required between BellSouth
                and
                WinSonic for the purpose of data transmission. Where a dedicated
                line is
                required, WinSonic will be responsible for ordering the circuit,
                overseeing its installation and coordinating the installation with
                BellSouth. WinSonic will also be responsible for any charges associated
                with this line. Equipment required on the BellSouth end to attach
                the line
                to the mainframe computer and to transmit successfully ongoing will
                be
                negotiated on an individual case basis. Where a dial- up facility
                is
                required, dial circuits will be installed in the BellSouth data center
                by
                BellSouth and the associated charges assessed to WinSonic. Additionally,
                all message toll charges associated with the use of the dial circuit
                by
                WinSonic will be the responsibility of WinSonic. Associated equipment
                on
                the BellSouth end, including a modem, will be negotiated on an individual
                case basis between the Parties. All equipment, including modems and
                software, that is required on WinSonic’s end for the purpose of data
                transmission will be the responsibility of
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.2.3

            	
              If
                WinSonic utilizes FTP for data file transmission, purchase of the
                FTP
                software will be the responsibility of
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3

            	
              EODUF
                Packing Specifications

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3.1

            	
              The
                data will be packed using ATIS EMI records. A pack will contain a
                minimum
                of one (1) message record or a maximum of ninety-nine thousand nine
                hundred and ninety-nine (99,999) message records plus a pack header
                record
                and a pack trailer record. One transmission can contain a maximum
                of
                ninety-nine (99) packs and a minimum of one (1)
                pack.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3.2

            	
              The
                OCN, From RAO, and Invoice Number will control the invoice sequencing.
                The
                From RAO will be used to identify to WinSonic which BellSouth RAO
                is
                sending the message. BellSouth and WinSonic will use the invoice
                sequencing to control data exchange. BellSouth will be notified of
                sequence failures identified by WinSonic and resend the data as
                appropriate.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      43 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      1

    Page 19

    Exhibit
      C

     

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      44 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              RESALE
                DISCOUNTS & RATES - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment:
                1 Exh D 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	 	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              APPLICABLE
                DISCOUNTS 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Residence
                % 

            	 	 	 	 	
              20.30
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Business
                % 

            	 	 	 	 	
              17.30
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CSAs
                % 

            	 	 	 	 	
              17.30
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              OPERATIONS
                SUPPORT SYSTEMS (OSS) - "REGIONAL RATES" 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              NOTE:
                (1) CLEC should contact its contract negotiator if it prefers the
                "state
                specific" OSS charges as ordered by the State Commissions. The OSS
                charges
                currently contained in this rate exhibit are the BellSouth "regional"
                service ordering charges. CLEC may 

            
	 	
              elect
                either the state specific Commission ordered rates for the service
                ordering charges, or CLEC may elect the regional service ordering
                charge,
                however, CLEC can not obtain a mixture of the two regardless if CLEC
                has a
                interconnection contract established in 

            
	 	 	
              OSS
                - Electronic Service Order Charge, Per Local Service 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Request
                (LSR) - Resale Only 

            	 	 	 	
              SOMEC
                

            	 	
              3.50
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              3.50
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              OSS
                - Manual Service Order Charge, Per Local Service Request 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              (LSR)
                - Resale Only 

            	 	 	 	
              SOMAN
                

            	 	
              19.99
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              19.99
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              ODUF/EODUF
                SERVICES 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              OPTIONAL
                DAILY USAGE FILE

            	
              (ODUF)
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              ODUF:
                Recording, per message 

            	 	 	 	 	
              0.000007
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              ODUF:
                Message Processing, per message 

            	 	 	 	 	
              0.002165
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              ODUF:
                Message Processing, per Magnetic Tape provisioned 

            	 	 	 	 	
              36.02
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              ODUF:
                Data Transmission (CONNECT:DIRECT), per message 

            	 	 	 	 	
              0.00010888
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              ENHANCED
                OPTIONAL DAILY USAGE FILE

            	
              (EODUF)
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              EODUF:
                Message Processing, per message 

            	 	 	 	 	
              0.229077
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              SELECTIVE
                CALL ROUTING USING LINE CLASS CODES

            	
              (SCR-LCC)
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Selective
                Routing Per Unique Line Class Code Per Request Per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              102.19
                

            	
              61.15
                

            	
              12.68
                

            	
              6.34
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              DIRECTORY
                ASSISTANCE CUSTOM BRANDING ANNOUNCEMENT via OLNS SOFTWARE 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Recording
                of DA Custom Branded Announcement 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              3,000.00
                

            	
              3,000.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loading
                of DA Custom Branded Anouncement per Switch per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              OCN
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              1,170.00
                

            	
              1,170.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              DIRECTORY
                ASSISTANCE UNBRANDING via OLNS SOFTWARE 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loading
                of DA per OCN (1 OCN per Order) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              420.00
                

            	
              420.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loading
                of DA per Switch per OCN 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              16.00
                

            	
              16.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              OPERATOR
                ASSISTANCE CUSTOM BRANDING ANNOUNCEMENT via OLNS SOFTWARE 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Recording
                of Custom Branded OA Announcement 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              7,000.00
                

            	
              7,000.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loading
                of Custom Branded OA Announcement per shelf/NAV 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                OCN 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              500.00
                

            	
              500.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loading
                of OA Custom Branded Announcement per Switch per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              OCN
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              1,170.00
                

            	
              1,170.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              OPERATOR
                ASSISTANCE UNBRANDING via OLNS SOFTWARE 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loading
                of OA per OCN (Regional) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              1,200.00
                

            	
              1,200.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    Page
      1 of 1

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      45 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      1

    Attachment
      2

     

    Network
      Elements and Other Services

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      46 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      2

    TABLE
      OF CONTENTS

    

    
      	
              1

            	
              Introduction

            	
              3

            
	
              2

            	
              Loops

            	
              8

            
	
              3

            	
              Line
                Splitting

            	
              28

            
	
              4

            	
              Unbundled
                Network Element Combinations

            	
              30

            
	
              5

            	
              Dedicated
                Transport and Dark Fiber Transport

            	
              32

            
	
              6

            	
              Automatic
                Location Identification/Data Management System
                (ALI/DMS)

            	
              39

            
	
              7

            	
              White
                Pages Listings

            	
              43

            
	
              Rates

            	
              Exhibit
                A

            
	
              Rates

            	
              Exhibit
                B

            

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      47 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      3

    ACCESS
      TO NETWORK ELEMENTS AND OTHER SERVICES

     

    
      	
              1

            	
              Introduction

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              This
                Attachment sets forth rates, terms and conditions for unbundled network
                elements (Network Elements) and combinations of Network Elements
                (Combinations) that BellSouth offers to WinSonic for WinSonic’s provision
                of Telecommunications Services in accordance with its obligations
                under
                Section 251(c)(3) of the Act. Additionally, this Attachment sets
                forth the
                rates, terms and conditions for other facilities and services BellSouth
                makes available to WinSonic (Other Services). Additionally, the provision
                of a particular Network Element or Other Service may require WinSonic
                to
                purchase other Network Elements or services. In the event of a conflict
                between this Attachment and any other section or provision of this
                Agreement, the provisions of this Attachment shall
                control.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1.1

            	
              The
                state specific provisions set forth in Exhibits 1 through 3, attached
                hereto, shall apply to services provided in each respective state.
                To the
                extent that any provision set forth in Exhibits 1 through 3 conflicts
                with
                any other provision set forth in this Agreement, the provision contained
                in the Exhibit shall control in the applicable
                state.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              The
                rates for each Network Element, Combinations and Other Services are
                set
                forth in Exhibits A and B. If no rate is identified in this Agreement,
                the
                rate will be as set forth in the applicable BellSouth tariff or as
                negotiated by the Parties upon request by either Party. If WinSonic
                purchases service(s) from a tariff, all terms and conditions and
                rates as
                set forth in such tariff shall apply. A one-month minimum billing
                period
                shall apply to all Network Elements, Combinations and Other
                Services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.3

            	
              WinSonic
                may purchase and use Network Elements and Other Services from BellSouth
                in
                accordance with 47 C.F.R § 51.309.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4

            	
              The
                Parties shall comply with the requirements as set forth in the technical
                references within this Attachment
                2.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.5

            	
              WinSonic
                shall not obtain a Network Element for the exclusive provision of
                mobile
                wireless services or interexchange
                services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.6

            	
              Conversion
                of Wholesale Services to Network Elements or Network Elements
                to Wholesale
                Services. Upon
                request, BellSouth shall convert a wholesale service, or group of
                wholesale services, to the equivalent Network Element or Combination
                that
                is available to WinSonic pursuant to Section 251 of the Act and under
                this
                Agreement or convert a Network Element or Combination that is available
                to
                WinSonic pursuant to Section 251 of the Act and under this Agreement
                to an
                equivalent wholesale service or group of wholesale services offered
                by
                BellSouth

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      48 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      4

     

    
      	 	
              (collectively
                “Conversion”). BellSouth shall charge the applicable nonrecurring
                switch-as-is rates for Conversions to specific Network Elements or
                Combinations found in Exhibit A. BellSouth shall also charge the
                same
                nonrecurring switch-as-is rates when converting from Network Elements
                or
                Combinations. Any rate change resulting from the Conversion will
                be
                effective as of the next billing cycle following BellSouth’s receipt of a
                complete and accurate Conversion request from WinSonic. A Conversion
                shall
                be considered termination for purposes of any volume and/or term
                commitments and/or grandfathered status between WinSonic and BellSouth.
                Any change from a wholesale service/group of wholesale services to
                a
                Network Element/Combination, or from a Network Element/Combination
                to a
                wholesale service/group of wholesale services, that requires a physical
                rearrangement will not be considered to be a Conversion for purposes
                of
                this Agreement. BellSouth will not require physical rearrangements
                if the
                Conversion can be completed through record changes only. Orders for
                Conversions will be handled in accordance with the guidelines set
                forth in
                the Ordering Guidelines and Processes and CLEC Information Packages
                as
                referenced in Sections 1.13.1 and 1.13.2
                below.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.7

            	
              Except
                to the extent expressly provided otherwise in this Attachment, WinSonic
                may not maintain unbundled network elements or combinations of unbundled
                network elements, that are no longer offered pursuant to this Agreement
                (collectively “Arrangements”). In the event BellSouth determines that
                WinSonic has in place any Arrangements after the Effective Date of
                this
                Agreement, BellSouth will provide WinSonic with thirty (30) days
                written
                notice to disconnect or convert such Arrangements. If WinSonic fails
                to
                submit orders to disconnect or convert such Arrangements within such
                thirty (30) day period, BellSouth will transition such circuits to
                the
                equivalent tariffed BellSouth service(s). Those circuits identified
                and
                transitioned by BellSouth pursuant to this Section 1.7 shall be subject
                to
                all applicable disconnect charges as set forth in this Agreement
                and the
                full nonrecurring charges for installation of the equivalent tariffed
                BellSouth service as set forth in BellSouth’s tariffs. The applicable
                recurring tariff charge shall apply to each circuit as of the Effective
                Date of this Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.8

            	
              The
                Parties agree that for purposes of this Agreement, the list attached
                hereto as Exhibit C designates those wire centers that, as of March
                10,
                2005, meet the FCC’s established criteria for non-impairment and
                constitutes BellSouth’s list of non-impaired wire centers where certain
                high capacity (DS1 and above) Loops and high capacity Dedicated Transport
                are no longer available as Network
                Elements.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              This
                list of non-impaired wire centers shall be subject to modification
                and/or
                the addition of wire centers without amendment provided the changes
                are
                compliant with the FCC’s non-impairment criteria. Notification of such
                modification and/or addition of wire centers shall be via BellSouth’s Web
                site. Upon the Effective Date of this Agreement, WinSonic will not
                place
                any new orders for high capacity Dedicated Transport or high capacity
                Loops in those wire centers listed in
                Exhibit

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      49 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      5

     

    
      	 	
              C
                as modified from time to time as provided for above. In all other
                wire
                centers, prior to submitting an order pursuant to this Agreement
                for high
                capacity Dedicated Transport or high capacity Loops, WinSonic shall
                undertake a reasonably diligent inquiry to determine whether WinSonic
                is
                entitled to unbundled access to such Network Elements in accordance
                with
                the terms of this Agreement. By submitting any such order, WinSonic
                self-certifies that to the best of WinSonic’s knowledge, the high capacity
                Dedicated Transport or high capacity Loop requested is available
                as a
                Network Element pursuant to this Agreement. Upon receiving such order,
                BellSouth shall process the request in reliance upon WinSonic’s
                self-certification. To the extent BellSouth believes that such request
                does not comply with the terms of this Agreement, BellSouth shall
                seek
                dispute resolution in accordance with the General Terms and Conditions
                of
                this Agreement. In the event such dispute is resolved in BellSouth’s
                favor, BellSouth shall bill WinSonic the difference between the rates
                for
                such circuits pursuant to this Agreement and the applicable nonrecurring
                and recurring charges for the equivalent tariffed service from the
                date of
                installation to the date the circuit is transitioned to the equivalent
                tariffed service. Within thirty (30) days following a decision finding
                in
                BellSouth’s favor, WinSonic shall submit a spreadsheet identifying those
                non-compliant circuits to be transitioned to tariffed services or
                disconnected.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.8.1

            	
              In
                the event that (1) BellSouth designated a wire center as non-impaired
                as
                set forth in Exhibit C or as set forth in a subsequent notification
                via
                BellSouth’s Web site, (2) as a result of such designation, WinSonic
                converted high capacity Dedicated Transport or high capacity Loops
                to
                other services or ordered new services as services other than high
                capacity Dedicated Transport or high capacity Loop UNEs subsequent
                to
                March 10, 2005, (3) WinSonic otherwise would have been entitled to
                high
                capacity Dedicated Transport or high capacity Loops in such wire
                center at
                the time such alternative services were provisioned, and (4) BellSouth
                acknowledges, or a state or federal regulatory body with authority
                determines, that, at the time BellSouth designated such wire center
                as
                non- impaired, such wire center did not meet the FCC’s non-impairment
                criteria, then upon request of WinSonic consistent with the applicable
                ordering processes as reflected in the Guides located on BellSouth’s Web
                site no later than sixty (60) days after BellSouth acknowledges or
                the
                state or federal regulatory body issues an order making such a finding,
                BellSouth shall transition to high capacity Dedicated Transport or
                high
                capacity Loops, as appropriate, any alternative services in such
                wire
                center that were established after such wire center was designated
                as
                non-impaired. In such instances, BellSouth shall refund to WinSonic
                the
                difference between the rate paid by WinSonic for such services and
                the
                applicable rates set forth herein for high capacity Dedicated Transport
                or
                high capacity Loops, including but not limited to any charges associated
                with the Conversion (as defined in Section 1.6 above ) from high
                capacity
                Dedicated Transport or high capacity Loops to other wholesale services,
                if
                applicable, for the

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      50 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      6

     

    
      	 	
              period
                from the later of June 1, 2005, or the date the circuit became a
                wholesale
                service to the date the circuit is transitioned to high capacity
                Dedicated
                Transport or high capacity Loop as described in this Section. Similarly,
                in the event that WinSonic has placed orders for high capacity Dedicated
                Transport or high capacity Loops on or after March 11, 2005, and
                WinSonic
                acknowledges, or a state or federal regulatory body with authority
                determines, that the wire center(s) in or between which such high
                capacity
                Dedicated Transport or high capacity Loops were ordered are non-impaired
                with respect to such high capacity Dedicated Transport or high capacity
                Loops, then no later than sixty (60) days after such acknowledgement
                or
                finding, WinSonic shall transition such high capacity Dedicated Transport
                or high capacity Loops to alternative wholesale services. In such
                instances, CLEC-1 shall compensate Bellsouth for the difference between
                the recurring and non-recurring rates paid by WinSonic for the high
                capacity Dedicated Transport or high capacity Loops and the applicable
                BellSouth tariff rate to which WinSonic would have been entitled
                if
                WinSonic had purchased such circuits from BellSouth’s tariffs, including
                but not limited to any charges associated with converting such high
                capacity Dedicated Transport or high capacity Loops to wholesale
                services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.9

            	
              WinSonic
                may utilize Network Elements and Other Services to provide services
                in
                accordance with this Agreement, as long as such services are consistent
                with industry standards and applicable BellSouth Technical
                References.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.10

            	
              BellSouth
                will perform Routine Network Modifications (RNM) in accordance with
                FCC 47
                C.F.R. § 51.319 (a)(7) and (e)(4) for Loops and Dedicated Transport
                provided under this Attachment. If BellSouth has anticipated such
                RNM and
                performs them during normal operations and has recovered the costs
                for
                performing such modifications through the rates set forth in Exhibit
                A,
                then BellSouth shall perform such RNM at no additional charge. RNM
                shall
                be performed within the intervals established for the Network Element
                and
                subject to the performance measurements and associated remedies set
                forth
                in Attachment 9 to the extent such RNM were anticipated in the setting
                of
                such intervals. If BellSouth has not anticipated a requested network
                modification as being a RNM and has not recovered the costs of such
                RNM in
                the rates set forth in Exhibit A, then such request will be handled
                as a
                project on an individual case
                basis.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                will provide a price quote for the request and, upon receipt of payment
                from WinSonic, BellSouth shall perform the
                RNM.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.11

            	
              Commingling
                of Services

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.11.1

            	
              Commingling
                means the connecting, attaching, or otherwise linking of a Network
                Element, or a Combination, to one or more Telecommunications Services
                or
                facilities that WinSonic has obtained at wholesale from BellSouth,
                or the
                combining of a Network Element or Combination with one or more
                such

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      51 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      7

     

    
      	 	
              wholesale
                Telecommunications Services or facilities. WinSonic must comply with
                all
                rates, terms or conditions applicable to such wholesale Telecommunications
                Services or facilities.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.11.2

            	
              Subject
                to the limitations set forth elsewhere in this Attachment, BellSouth
                shall
                not deny access to a Network Element or a Combination on the grounds
                that
                one or more of the elements: (1) is connected to, attached to, linked
                to,
                or combined with such a facility or service obtained from BellSouth;
                or
                (2) shares part of BellSouth’s network with access services or inputs for
                mobile wireless services and/or interexchange
                services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.11.3

            	
              Unless
                otherwise agreed to by the Parties, the Network Element portion of
                a
                commingled circuit will be billed at the rates set forth in this
                Agreement
                and the remainder of the circuit or service will be billed in accordance
                with BellSouth’s tariffed rates or rates set forth in a separate agreement
                between the Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.11.4

            	
              When
                multiplexing equipment is attached to a commingled circuit, the
                multiplexing equipment will be billed from the same agreement or
                tariff as
                the higher bandwidth circuit. Central Office Channel Interfaces (COCI)
                will be billed from the same agreement or tariff as the lower bandwidth
                circuit.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.11.5

            	
              Notwithstanding
                any other provision of this Agreement, BellSouth shall not be obligated
                to
                commingle or combine Network Elements or Combinations with any service,
                network element or other offering that it is obligated to make available
                only pursuant to Section 271 of the
                Act.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.12

            	
              Terms
                and conditions for order cancellation charges and Service Date Advancement
                Charges will apply in accordance with Attachment 6 and are incorporated
                herein by this reference. The charges shall be as set forth in Exhibit
                A.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.13

            	
              Ordering
                Guidelines and Processes

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.13.1

            	
              For
                information regarding Ordering Guidelines and Processes for various
                Network Elements, Combinations and Other Services, WinSonic should
                refer
                to the “Guides” section of the BellSouth Interconnection Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.13.2

            	
              Additional
                information may also be found in the individual CLEC Information
                Packages,
                located at the “CLEC UNE Products” on BellSouth’s Interconnection Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.13.3

            	
              The
                provisioning of Network Elements, Combinations and Other Services
                to
                WinSonic’s Collocation Space will require cross-connections within the
                central office to connect the Network Element, Combinations or Other
                Services to the demarcation point associated with WinSonic’s Collocation
                Space. These cross-

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      52 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      8

     

    
      	 	
              connects
                are separate components that are not considered a part of the Network
                Element, Combinations or Other Services and, thus, have a separate
                charge
                pursuant to Attachment 4.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.13.4

            	
              Testing/Trouble
                Reporting

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.13.4.1

            	
              WinSonic
                will be responsible for testing and isolating troubles on Network
                Elements. WinSonic must test and isolate trouble to the BellSouth
                network
                before reporting the trouble to the UNE Customer Wholesale Interconnection
                Network Services (CWINS) Center. Upon request from BellSouth at the
                time
                of the trouble report, WinSonic will be required to provide the results
                of
                the WinSonic test which indicate a problem on the BellSouth
                network.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.13.4.2

            	
              Once
                WinSonic has isolated a trouble to the BellSouth network, and has
                issued a
                trouble report to BellSouth, BellSouth will take the actions necessary
                to
                repair the Network Element when trouble is found. BellSouth will
                repair
                its network facilities to its wholesale customers in the same time
                frames
                that BellSouth repairs similar services to its retail
                customers.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.13.4.3

            	
              If
                WinSonic reports a trouble on a BellSouth Network Element and no
                trouble
                is found in BellSouth’s network, BellSouth will charge WinSonic a
                Maintenance of Service Charge for any dispatching and testing (both
                inside
                and outside the CO) required by BellSouth in order to confirm the
                Network
                Element’s working status.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                will assess the applicable Maintenance of Service rates from BellSouth’s
                FCC No.1 Tariff, Section 13.3.1.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.13.4.4

            	
              In
                the event BellSouth must dispatch to the customer’s location more than
                once due to incorrect or incomplete information provided by WinSonic
                (e.g., incomplete address, incorrect contact name/number, etc.),
                BellSouth
                will bill WinSonic for each additional dispatch required to repair
                the
                Network Element due to the incorrect/incomplete information provided.
                BellSouth will assess the applicable Maintenance of Service rates
                from
                BellSouth’s FCC No.1 Tariff, Section
                13.3.1.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2

            	
              Loops

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              General.
                The
                local loop Network Element is defined as a transmission facility
                that
                BellSouth provides pursuant to this Attachment between a distribution
                frame (or its equivalent) in BellSouth’s central office and the loop
                demarcation point at an customer premises (Loop). Facilities that
                do not
                terminate at a demarcation point at a customer premises, including,
                by way
                of example, but not limited to, facilities that terminate to another
                carrier’s switch or premises, a cell site, Mobile Switching Center or base
                station, do not constitute local Loops. The Loop Network Element
                includes
                all features, functions, and capabilities of the transmission facilities,
                including the network interface device, and attached electronics
                (except
                those used for the provision of advanced services, such as Digital
                Subscriber Line Access

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      53 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      9

     

    
      	 	
              Multiplexers
                (DSLAMs)), optronics and intermediate devices (including repeaters
                and
                load coils) used to establish the transmission path to the customer’s
                premises, including inside wire owned or controlled by BellSouth.
                WinSonic
                shall purchase the entire bandwidth of the Loop and, except as required
                herein or as otherwise agreed to by the Parties, BellSouth shall
                not
                subdivide the frequency of the
                Loop.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.1

            	
              The
                Loop does not include any packet switched features, functions or
                capabilities.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.2

            	
              Fiber
                to the Home (FTTH) loops are local loops consisting entirely of fiber
                optic cable, whether dark or lit, serving a customer’s premises or, in the
                case of predominantly residential multiple dwelling units (MDUs),
                a fiber
                optic cable, whether dark or lit, that extends to the MDU minimum
                point of
                entry (MPOE).

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Fiber
                to the Curb (FTTC) loops are local loops consisting of fiber optic
                cable
                connecting to a copper distribution plant that is not more than five
                hundred (500) feet from the customer’s premises or, in the case of
                predominantly residential MDUs, not more than five hundred (500)
                feet from
                the MDU’s MPOE. The fiber optic cable in a FTTC loop must connect to a
                copper distribution plant at a serving area interface from which
                every
                other copper distribution subloop also is not more than five hundred
                (500)
                feet from the respective customer’s
                premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.2.1

            	
              In
                new build (Greenfield) areas, where BellSouth has only deployed FTTH/FTTC
                facilities, BellSouth is under no obligation to provide Loops. FTTH
                facilities include fiber loops deployed to the MPOE of a MDU that
                is
                predominantly residential regardless of the ownership of the inside
                wiring
                from the MPOE to each customer in the
                MDU.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.2.2

            	
              In
                FTTH/FTTC overbuild situations where BellSouth also has copper Loops,
                BellSouth will make those copper Loops available to WinSonic on an
                unbundled basis, until such time as BellSouth chooses to retire those
                copper Loops using the FCC’s network disclosure requirements. In these
                cases, BellSouth will offer a sixty-four (64) kilobits per second (kbps)
                second voice grade channel over its FTTH/FTTC
                facilities.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.2.3

            	
              Furthermore,
                in FTTH/FTTC overbuild areas where BellSouth has not yet retired
                copper
                facilities, BellSouth is not obligated to ensure that such copper
                Loops in
                that area are capable of transmitting signals prior to receiving
                a request
                for access to such Loops by WinSonic. If a request is received by
                BellSouth for a copper Loop, and the copper facilities have not yet
                been
                retired, BellSouth will restore the copper Loop to serviceable condition
                if technically feasible. In these instances of Loop orders in an
                FTTH/FTTC
                overbuild area, BellSouth’s standard Loop provisioning interval will not
                apply, and the order will be handled on a project basis by which
                the
                Parties will negotiate the applicable provisioning
                interval

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.3

            	
              A
                hybrid Loop is a local Loop, composed of both fiber optic cable,
                usually
                in the feeder plant, and copper twisted wire or cable, usually in
                the
                distribution plant.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                shall provide WinSonic with nondiscriminatory access to the
                time

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      54 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      10

     

    
      	 	
              division
                multiplexing features, functions and capabilities of such hybrid
                Loop, on
                an unbundled basis to establish a complete transmission path between
                BellSouth’s central office and a customer’s
                premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4

            	
              DS1
                and DS3 Loop Requirements

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.1

            	
              For
                purposes of this Section 2, a Business Line is defined in 47 C.F.R.
§
                51.5.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.2

            	
              Notwithstanding
                anything to the contrary in this Agreement, and except as set forth
                in
                Section 2.1.4.12 below, BellSouth shall make available DS1 and DS3
                Loops
                as described in this Section 2.1.4 except as described
                below:

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.2.1

            	
              DS1
                Loops at any location within the service area of a wire center containing
                sixty thousand (60,000) or more Business Lines and four (4) or more
                fiber-based collocators.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.2.2

            	
              DS3
                Loops at any location within the service area of a wire center containing
                thirty-eight thousand (38,000) or more Business Lines and four (4)
                or more
                fiber- based collocators.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.3

            	
              A
                list of wire centers meeting the criteria set forth in Sections 2.1.4.2.1
                and 2.1.4.2.2 above as of March 10, 2005 (Initial Wire Center List),
                is as
                set forth in Exhibit C or as set forth in a subsequent notification
                via
                BellSouth’s Web site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.4

            	
              Once
                a wire center exceeds both of the thresholds set forth in Section
                2.1.4.2.1 above, no future DS1 Loop unbundling will be required in
                that
                wire center.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.5

            	
              Once
                a wire center exceeds both of the thresholds set forth in Section
                2.1.4.2.2 above, no future DS3 Loop unbundling will be required in
                that
                wire center.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.6

            	
              Modifications
                and Updates to the Wire Center List and Subsequent Transition
                Periods

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.6.1

            	
              In
                the event BellSouth identifies additional wire centers that meet
                the
                criteria set forth in Section 2.1.4.2 above but that were not included
                in
                the Initial Wire Center List, BellSouth shall include such additional
                wire
                centers in a carrier notification letter (CNL). Each such list of
                additional wire centers shall be considered a “Subsequent Wire Center
                List”.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.6.2

            	
              Effective
                ten (10) business days after the date of a BellSouth CNL providing
                a
                Subsequent Wire Center List, BellSouth shall not be required to unbundle
                DS1 and/or DS3 Loops, as applicable, in such additional wire
                center(s).

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.6.3

            	
              For
                purposes of Section 2.1.4.6 above, BellSouth shall make available
                DS1 and
                DS3 Loops that were in service for WinSonic in a wire center on the
                Subsequent Wire Center List as of the tenth (10th
                )
                business day after the date of
                BellSouth’s

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      55 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      11

     

    
      	 	
              CNL
                identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List (Subsequent Embedded
                Base)
                until ninety (90) days after the tenth (10th) business day from the
                date
                of BellSouth's CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List (Subsequent
                Transition Period).

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.6.4

            	
              Subsequent
                disconnects or loss of customers shall be removed from the Subsequent
                Embedded Base.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.6.5

            	
              The
                rates set forth in Exhibit B shall apply to the Subsequent Embedded
                Base
                during the Subsequent Transition
                Period.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.4.6.6

            	
              No
                later than forty (40) days from BellSouth's CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List, WinSonic shall submit a spreadsheet(s) identifying
                the
                Subsequent Embedded Base of circuits to be disconnected or converted
                to
                other BellSouth services. The Parties shall negotiate a project schedule
                for the Conversion of the Subsequent Embedded
                Base.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              If
                WinSonic fails to submit the spreadsheet(s) specified in Section
                2.1.4.6.6
                above for all of its Subsequent Embedded Base within forty (40) days
                after
                the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List,
                BellSouth will identify WinSonic's remaining Subsequent Embedded
                Base, if
                any, and will transition such circuits to the equivalent tariffed
                BellSouth service(s). Those circuits identified and transitioned
                by
                BellSouth shall be subject to the applicable disconnect charges as
                set
                forth in this Agreement and the full nonrecurring charges for installation
                of the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service as set forth in BellSouth's
                tariffs.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              For
                Subsequent Embedded Base circuits converted pursuant to Section 2.1.4.6.6
                above or transitioned pursuant to Section 2.1.4.6.6.1 above, the
                applicable recurring tariff charges shall apply as of the earlier
                of the
                date each circuit is converted or transitioned, as applicable, or
                the
                first day after the end of the Subsequent Transition
                Period.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.5

            	
              Where
                facilities are available, BellSouth will install Loops in compliance
                with
                BellSouth’s Products and Services Interval Guide available at BellSouth’s
                Interconnection Web site. For orders of fifteen (15) or more Loops,
                the
                installation and any applicable Order Coordination (OC) as described
                below
                will be handled on a project basis, and the intervals will be set
                by the
                BellSouth project manager for that order. When Loops require a Service
                Inquiry (SI) prior to issuing the order to determine if facilities
                are
                available, the interval for the SI process is separate from the
                installation interval.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.6

            	
              The
                Loop shall be provided to WinSonic in accordance with BellSouth’s TR73600
                Unbundled Local Loop Technical Specification and applicable industry
                standard technical references.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      56 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      12

     

    
      	
              2.1.7

            	
              BellSouth
                will only provision, maintain and repair the Loops to the standards
                that
                are consistent with the type of Loop
                ordered.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.7.1

            	
              When
                a BellSouth technician is required to be dispatched to provision
                the Loop,
                BellSouth will tag the Loop with the Circuit ID number and the name
                of the
                ordering CLEC. When a dispatch is not required to provision the Loop,
                BellSouth will tag the Loop on the next required visit to the customer’s
                location. If WinSonic wants to ensure the Loop is tagged during the
                provisioning process for Loops that may not require a dispatch (e.g.,
                UVL-SL1, UVL-SL2, and UCL-ND), WinSonic may order Loop Tagging. Rates
                for
                Loop Tagging are as set forth in Exhibit
                A.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.7.2

            	
              For
                voice grade Loop orders (or orders for Loops intended to provide
                voice
                grade services), WinSonic shall have dial-tone available for that
                Loop
                forty-eight (48) hours prior to the Loop order completion due
                date.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.8

            	
              OC
                and Order Coordination-Time Specific
                (OC-TS)

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.8.1

            	
              OC
                allows BellSouth and WinSonic to coordinate the installation of the
                SL2
                Loops, Unbundled Digital Loops (UDL) and other Loops where OC may
                be
                purchased as an option, to WinSonic’s facilities to limit customer service
                outage.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              OC
                is available when the Loop is provisioned over an existing circuit
                that is
                currently providing service to the customer. OC for physical conversions
                will be scheduled at BellSouth’s discretion during normal working hours on
                the committed due date. OC shall be provided in accordance with the
                chart
                set forth below.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.8.2

            	
              OC-TS
                allows WinSonic to order a specific time for OC to take place. BellSouth
                will make commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate WinSonic’s
                specific conversion time request. However, BellSouth reserves the
                right to
                negotiate with WinSonic a conversion time based on load and appointment
                control when necessary. This OC-TS is a chargeable option for all
                Loops
                except Unbundled Copper Loops (UCL) and is billed in addition to
                the OC
                charge. WinSonic may specify a time between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m.
                (location time) Monday through Friday (excluding holidays). If WinSonic
                specifies a time outside this window, or selects a time or quantity
                of
                Loops that requires BellSouth technicians to work outside normal
                work
                hours, overtime charges will apply in addition to the OC and OC-TS
                charges. Overtime charges will be applied based on the amount of
                overtime
                worked and in accordance with the rates established in BellSouth’s
                intrastate Access Services Tariff, Section E13.2, for each state.
                The
                OC-TS charges for an order due on the same day at the same location
                will
                be applied on a per LSR basis.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      57 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    
      	 	
              Attachment
                2

            
	 	
              Page
                13

            

    

    

    

    
      	 	
              Order

            	
              Order
                Coordination

            	
              Test
                Points

            	
              DLR

            	
              Charge
                for Dispatch

            
	 	
              Coordination

            	
              -
                Time Specific

            	 	 	
              and
                Testing if No

            
	 	
              (OC)

            	
              (OC-TS)

            	 	 	
              Trouble
                Found

            
	
              SL-1

            	
              Chargeable

            	
              Chargeable
                Option

            	
              Not

            	
              Chargeable

            	
              Charged
                for Dispatch

            
	 	
              Option

            	 	
              available

            	
              Option
                -

            	
              inside
                and outside

            
	
              (Non-

            	 	 	 	
              ordered
                as

            	
              Central
                Office

            
	
              Designed)

            	 	 	 	
              Engineering

            	 
	 	 	 	 	
              Information

            	 
	 	 	 	 	
              Document

            	 
	
              UCL-ND

            	
              Chargeable

            	
              Not
                Available

            	
              Not

            	
              Chargeable

            	
              Charged
                for Dispatch

            
	 	
              Option

            	 	
              Available

            	
              Option
                -

            	
              inside
                and outside

            
	
              (Non-

            	 	 	 	
              ordered
                as

            	
              Central
                Office

            
	
              Designed)

            	 	 	 	
              Engineering

            	 
	 	 	 	 	
              Information

            	 
	 	 	 	 	
              Document

            	 
	
              Unbundled

            	
              Included

            	
              Chargeable
                Option

            	
              Included

            	
              Included

            	
              Charged
                for Dispatch

            
	
              Voice
                Loops

            	 	 	 	 	
              outside
                Central Office

            
	
              -
                SL-2

            	 	 	 	 	 
	
              (including
                2-

            	 	 	 	 	 
	
              and
                4-wire

            	 	 	 	 	 
	
              UVL)

            	 	 	 	 	 
	
              (Designed)

            	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Unbundled

            	
              Included

            	
              Chargeable
                Option

            	
              Included

            	
              Included

            	
              Charged
                for Dispatch

            
	
              Digital
                Loop

            	 	 	
              (where

            	 	
              outside
                Central Office

            
	
              (Designed)

            	 	 	
              appropriate)

            	 	 
	
              Unbundled

            	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Chargeable
                in

            	
              Not
                available

            	
              Included

            	
              Included

            	
              Charged
                for Dispatch

            
	
              Copper
                Loop

            	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              accordance

            	 	 	 	
              outside
                Central Office

            
	
              (Designed)

            	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              with
                Section 2

            	 	 	 	 

    

    

    For
      UVL-SL1 and UCLs, WinSonic must order and will be billed for both OC and OC-TS
      if requesting OC-TS. 

    
      	
              2.1.10

            	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversions for Unbundled
                Loops

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.10.1

            	
              The
                CLEC to CLEC conversion process for Loops may be used by WinSonic
                when
                converting an existing Loop from another CLEC for the same
                customer.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              The
                Loop type being converted must be included in WinSonic’s Agreement before
                requesting a conversion.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      58 of 277 

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      14

     

    
      	
              2.1.10.2

            	
              To
                utilize the CLEC to CLEC conversion process, the Loop being converted
                must
                be the same Loop type with no requested changes to the Loop, must
                serve
                the same customer location from the same serving wire center, and
                must not
                require an outside dispatch to
                provision.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.10.3

            	
              The
                Loops converted to WinSonic pursuant to the CLEC to CLEC conversion
                process shall be provisioned in the same manner and with the same
                functionality and options as described in this Agreement for the
                specific
                Loop type.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.11

            	
              Bulk
                Migration

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.11.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will make available to WinSonic a Bulk Migration process pursuant
                to which
                WinSonic may request to migrate port/loop combinations, provisioned
                pursuant to a separate agreement between the parties, to Loops (UNE-L).
                The Bulk Migration process may be used if such loop/port combinations
                are
                (1) associated with two (2) or more Existing Account Telephone Numbers
                (EATNs); and (2) located in the same Central Office. The terms and
                conditions for use of the Bulk Migration process are described in
                the
                BellSouth CLEC Information Package. The CLEC Information Package
                is
                located on BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site. The rates for the Bulk
                Migration process shall be the nonrecurring rates associated with
                the Loop
                type being requested on the Bulk Migration, as set forth in Exhibit
                A.
                Additionally, OSS charges will also
                apply.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Loops
                connected to Integrated Digital Loop Carrier (IDLC) systems will
                be
                migrated pursuant to Section 2.6
                below.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.11.2

            	
              Should
                WinSonic request migration for two (2) or more EATNs containing fifteen
                (15) or more circuits, WinSonic must use the Bulk Migration process
                referenced in 2.1.11.1 above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              Unbundled
                Voice Loops (UVLs)

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall make available the following
                UVLs:

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.1.1

            	
              2-wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - SL1
                (Non-Designed);

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.1.2

            	
              2-wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - SL2 (Designed);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.1.3

            	
              4-wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop (Designed).

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.2

            	
              UVL
                may be provisioned using any type of facility that will support voice
                grade services. This may include loaded copper, non-loaded copper,
                digital
                loop carrier systems, fiber/copper combination (hybrid loop) or a
                combination of any of these facilities. BellSouth, in the normal
                course of
                maintaining, repairing, and configuring its network, may also change
                the
                facilities that are used to provide any given voice grade circuit.
                This
                change may occur at any time. In these
                situations,

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      59 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      15

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                will only ensure that the newly provided facility will support voice
                grade
                services. BellSouth will not guarantee that WinSonic will be able
                to
                continue to provide any advanced services over the new facility.
                BellSouth
                will offer UVL in two different service levels - Service Level One
                (SL1)
                and Service Level Two (SL2).

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.3

            	
              Unbundled
                Voice Loop - SL1 (UVL-SL1). Loops
                are 2-wire loop start circuits, will be non-designed, and will not
                have
                remote access test points. OC will be offered as a chargeable option
                on
                SL1 Loops when reuse of existing facilities has been requested by
                WinSonic, however, OC is always required on UCLs that involve the
                reuse of
                facilities that are currently providing service. WinSonic may also
                order
                OC-TS when a specified conversion time is requested. OC-TS is a chargeable
                option for any coordinated order and is billed in addition to the
                OC
                charge. An Engineering Information (EI) document can be ordered as
                a
                chargeable option. The EI document provides Loop Make-Up information
                which
                is similar to the information normally provided in a Design Layout
                Record
                (DLR).

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Upon
                issuance of a non-coordinated order in the service order system,
                SL1 Loops
                will be activated on the due date in the same manner and time frames
                that
                BellSouth normally activates POTS-type Loops for its
                customers.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.4

            	
              For
                an additional charge BellSouth will make available Loop Testing so
                that
                WinSonic may request further testing on new UVL-SL1 Loops. Rates
                for Loop
                Testing are as set forth in Exhibit
                A.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.5

            	
              Unbundled
                Voice Loop - SL2 (UVL-SL2). Loops
                may be 2-wire or 4-wire circuits, shall have remote access test points,
                and will be designed with a DLR provided to WinSonic. SL2 circuits
                can be
                provisioned with loop start, ground start or reverse battery signaling.
                OC
                is provided as a standard feature on SL2 Loops. The OC feature will
                allow
                WinSonic to coordinate the installation of the Loop with the disconnect
                of
                an existing customer’s service and/or number portability service. In these
                cases, BellSouth will perform the order conversion with standard
                order
                coordination at its discretion during normal work
                hours.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3

            	
              Unbundled
                Digital Loops

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will offer UDLs. UDLs are service specific, will be designed, will
                be
                provisioned with test points (where appropriate), and will come standard
                with OC and a DLR. The various UDLs are intended to support a specific
                digital transmission scheme or
                service.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.2

            	
              BellSouth
                shall make available the following UDLs, subject to restrictions
                set forth
                herein:

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.2.1

            	
              2-wire
                Unbundled ISDN Digital Loop;

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      60 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      16

     

    
      	
              2.3.2.2

            	
              2-wire
                Unbundled ADSL Compatible Loop;

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.2.3

            	
              2-wire
                Unbundled HDSL Compatible Loop;

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.2.4

            	
              4-wire
                Unbundled HDSL Compatible Loop;

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.2.5

            	
              4-wire
                Unbundled DS1 Digital Loop;

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.2.6

            	
              4-wire
                Unbundled Digital Loop/DS0 - 64 kbps, 56 kbps and
                below;

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.2.7

            	
              DS3
                Loop; or

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.2.8

            	
              STS-1
                Loop.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.3

            	
              2-wire
                Unbundled ISDN Digital Loops. These
                will be provisioned according to industry standards for 2-Wire Basic
                Rate
                ISDN services and will come standard with a test point, OC, and a
                DLR.
                WinSonic will be responsible for providing BellSouth with a Service
                Profile Identifier (SPID) associated with a particular ISDN-capable
                Loop
                and customer. With the SPID, BellSouth will be able to adequately
                test the
                circuit and ensure that it properly supports ISDN
                service.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.4

            	
              2-wire
                ADSL-Compatible Loop. This
                is a designed Loop that is provisioned according to Revised Resistance
                Design (RRD) criteria and may be up to eighteen thousand (18,000)
                feet
                long and may have up to six thousand (6,000) feet of bridged tap
                (inclusive of Loop length). The Loop is a 2-wire circuit and will
                come
                standard with a test point, OC, and a
                DLR.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.5

            	
              2-wire
                or 4-wire HDSL-Compatible Loop. This
                is a designed Loop that meets Carrier Serving Area (CSA) specifications,
                may be up to twelve thousand (12,000) feet long and may have up to
                twenty-five hundred (2,500) feet of bridged tap (inclusive of Loop
                length). It may be a 2-wire or 4-wire circuit and will come standard
                with
                a test point, OC, and a DLR.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.6

            	
              4-wire
                Unbundled DS1 Digital Loop.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.6.1

            	
              This
                is a designed 4-wire Loop that is provisioned according to industry
                standards for DS1 or Primary Rate ISDN services and will come standard
                with a test point, OC, and a DLR. A DS1 Loop may be provisioned over
                a
                variety of loop transmission technologies including copper, HDSL-based
                technology or fiber optic transport systems. It will include a 4-wire
                DS1
                Network Interface at the customer’s location. For purposes of this
                Agreement, DS1 Loops include 2-wire and 4-Wire copper Loops capable
                of
                providing high-bit rate digital subscriber line services, such as
                2-wire
                and 4-wire HDSL Compatible Loops.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.6.2

            	
              BellSouth
                shall not provide more than ten (10) unbundled DS1 Loops to WinSonic
                at
                any single building in which DS1 Loops are available as unbundled
                Loops.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      61 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      17

     

    
      	
              2.3.7

            	
              4-wire
                Unbundled Digital/DS0 Loop. These
                are designed 4-wire Loops that may be configured as sixty-four (64)kbps,
                fifty-six (56)kbps, nineteen (19)kbps, and other sub-rate speeds
                associated with digital data services and will come standard with
                a test
                point, OC, and a DLR.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.8

            	
              DS3
                Loop. DS3
                Loop is a two-point digital transmission path which provides for
                simultaneous two-way transmission of serial, bipolar, return-to-zero
                isochronous digital electrical signals at a transmission rate of
                forty-four point seven thirty-six (44.736) megabits per second (Mbps)
                that
                is dedicated to the use of the ordering CLEC. It may provide transport
                for
                twenty-eight (28) DS1 channels, each of which provides the digital
                equivalent of twenty-four (24) analog voice grade channels. The interface
                to unbundled dedicated DS3 transport is a metallic-based electrical
                interface.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.9

            	
              STS-1
                Loop. STS-1
                Loop is a high-capacity digital transmission path with SONET VT1.5
                mapping
                that is dedicated for the use of the ordering customer. It is a two-point
                digital transmission path which provides for simultaneous two-way
                transmission of serial bipolar return-to-zero synchronous digital
                electrical signals at a transmission rate of fifty-one point eighty-four
                (51.84) Mbps. It may provide transport for twenty-eight (28) DS1
                channels,
                each of which provides the digital equivalent of twenty-four (24)
                analog
                voice grade channels. The interface to unbundled dedicated STS-1
                transport
                is a metallic-based electrical
                interface.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.10

            	
              Both
                DS3 Loop and STS-1 Loop require a SI in order to ascertain
                availability.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.11

            	
              DS3
                services come with a test point and a DLR. Mileage is airline miles,
                rounded up and a minimum of one (1) mile applies. BellSouth’s TR73501
                LightGate Service Interface and Performance Specifications, Issue
                D, June
                1995 applies to DS3 services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3.12

            	
              WinSonic
                may obtain a maximum of a single Unbundled DS3 Loop to any single
                building
                in which DS3 Loops are available as Unbundled
                Loops.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4

            	
              Unbundled
                Copper Loops (UCL).

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall make available UCLs. The UCL is a copper twisted pair Loop
                that is
                unencumbered by any intervening equipment (e.g., filters, load coils,
                range extenders, digital loop carrier, or repeaters) and is not intended
                to support any particular telecommunications service. The UCL will
                be
                offered in two (2) types - Designed and
                Non-Designed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.2

            	
              Unbundled
                Copper Loop - Designed (UCL-D)

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      62 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      18

     

    
      	
              2.4.2.1

            	
              The
                UCL-D will be provisioned as a dry copper twisted pair (2-wire or
                4-wire)
                Loop that is unencumbered by any intervening equipment (e.g., filters,
                load coils, range extenders, digital loop carrier, or
                repeaters).

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.2.2

            	
              A
                UCL-D will be eighteen thousand (18,000) feet or less in length and
                is
                provisioned according to Resistance Design parameters, may have up
                to six
                thousand (6,000) feet of bridged tap and will have up to thirteen
                hundred
                (1300) Ohms of resistance.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.2.3

            	
              The
                UCL-D is a designed circuit, is provisioned with a test point, and
                comes
                standard with a DLR. OC is a chargeable option for a UCL-D; however,
                OC is
                always required on UCLs where a reuse of existing facilities has
                been
                requested by WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.2.4

            	
              These
                Loops are not intended to support any particular services and may
                be
                utilized by WinSonic to provide a wide-range of telecommunications
                services as long as those services do not adversely affect BellSouth’s
                network. This facility will include a Network Interface Device (NID)
                at
                the customer’s location for the purpose of connecting the Loop to the
                customer’s inside wire.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.3

            	
              Unbundled
                Copper Loop - Non-Designed
                (UCL-ND)

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.3.1

            	
              The
                UCL-ND is provisioned as a dedicated 2-wire metallic transmission
                facility
                from BellSouth’s Main Distribution Frame (MDF) to a customer’s premises
                (including the NID). The UCL-ND will be a “dry copper” facility in that it
                will not have any intervening equipment such as load coils, repeaters,
                or
                digital access main lines (DAMLs), and may have up to six thousand
                (6,000)
                feet of bridged tap between the customer’s premises and the serving wire
                center. The UCL-ND typically will be thirteen hundred (1300) Ohms
                resistance and in most cases will not exceed eighteen thousand (18,000)
                feet in length, although the UCL-ND will not have a specific length
                limitation. For Loops less than eighteen thousand (18,000) feet and
                with
                less than thirteen hundred (1300) Ohms resistance, the Loop will
                provide a
                voice grade transmission channel suitable for loop start signaling
                and the
                transport of analog voice grade signals. The UCL-ND will not be designed
                and will not be provisioned with either a DLR or a test
                point.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.3.2

            	
              The
                UCL-ND facilities may be mechanically assigned using BellSouth’s
                assignment systems. Therefore, the Loop Makeup (LMU) process is not
                required to order and provision the UCL-ND. However, WinSonic can
                request
                LMU for which additional charges would
                apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.3.3

            	
              For
                an additional charge, BellSouth also will make available Loop Testing
                so
                that WinSonic may request further testing on the UCL-ND. Rates for
                Loop
                Testing are as set forth in Exhibit
                A.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      63 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      19

     

    
      	
              2.4.3.4

            	
              UCL-ND
                Loops are not intended to support any particular service and may
                be
                utilized by WinSonic to provide a wide-range of telecommunications
                services as long as those services do not adversely affect BellSouth’s
                network. The UCL-ND will include a NID at the customer’s location for the
                purpose of connecting the Loop to the customer’s inside
                wire.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.3.5

            	
              OC
                will be provided as a chargeable option and may be utilized when
                the
                UCL-ND provisioning is associated with the reuse of BellSouth facilities.
                OC-TS does not apply to this
                product.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4.3.6

            	
              WinSonic
                may use BellSouth’s Unbundled Loop Modification (ULM) offering to remove
                excessive bridged taps and/or load coils from any copper Loop within
                the
                BellSouth network. Therefore, some Loops that would not qualify as
                UCL-ND
                could be transformed into Loops that do qualify, using the ULM
                process.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5

            	
              Unbundled
                Loop Modifications (Line
                Conditioning)

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5.1

            	
              Line
                Conditioning is defined as routine network modification that BellSouth
                regularly undertakes to provide xDSL services to its own customers.
                This
                may include the removal of any device, from a copper Loop or copper
                Subloop that may diminish the capability of the Loop or Subloop to
                deliver
                high-speed switched wireline telecommunications capability, including
                xDSL
                service. Such devices include, load coils, excessive bridged taps,
                low
                pass filters, and range extenders.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Excessive
                bridged taps are bridged taps that serves no network design purpose
                and
                that are beyond the limits set according to industry standards and/or
                the
                BellSouth’s TR 73600 Unbundled Local Loop Technical
                Specification.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5.2

            	
              BellSouth
                will remove load coils only on copper Loops and Subloops that are
                less
                than eighteen thousand (18,000) feet in
                length.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5.3

            	
              For
                any copper loop being ordered by WinSonic which has over six thousand
                (6,000) feet of combined bridged tap will be modified, upon request
                from
                WinSonic, so that the loop will have a maximum of six thousand (6,000)
                feet of bridged tap. This modification will be performed at no additional
                charge to WinSonic. Loop conditioning orders that require the removal
                of
                bridged tap that serves no network design purpose on a copper Loop
                that
                will result in a combined total of bridged tap between two thousand
                five
                hundred (2,500) and six thousand (6,000) feet will be performed at
                the
                rates set forth in Exhibit A.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5.4

            	
              WinSonic
                may request removal of any unnecessary and non-excessive bridged
                tap
                (bridged tap between zero (0) and two thousand five hundred (2,500)
                feet
                which serves no network design purpose), at rates pursuant to BellSouth’s
                SC Process as mutually agreed to by the
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5.5

            	
              Rates
                for ULM are as set forth in Exhibit
                A.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      64 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      20

     

    
      	
              2.5.6

            	
              BellSouth
                will not modify a Loop in such a way that it no longer meets the
                technical
                parameters of the original Loop type (e.g., voice grade, ADSL, etc.)
                being
                ordered.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5.7

            	
              If
                WinSonic requests ULM on a reserved facility for a new Loop order,
                BellSouth may perform a pair change and provision a different Loop
                facility in lieu of the reserved facility with ULM if feasible. The
                Loop
                provisioned will meet or exceed specifications of the requested Loop
                facility as modified. WinSonic will not be charged for ULM if a different
                Loop is provisioned. For Loops that require a DLR or its equivalent,
                BellSouth will provide LMU detail of the Loop
                provisioned.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5.8

            	
              WinSonic
                shall request Loop make up information pursuant to this Attachment
                prior
                to submitting a service inquiry and/or a LSR for the Loop type that
                WinSonic desires BellSouth to
                condition.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5.9

            	
              When
                requesting ULM for a Loop that BellSouth has previously provisioned
                for
                WinSonic, WinSonic will submit a SI to BellSouth. If a spare Loop
                facility
                that meets the Loop modification specifications requested by WinSonic
                is
                available at the location for which the ULM was requested, WinSonic
                will
                have the option to change the Loop facility to the qualifying spare
                facility rather than to provide ULM. In the event that BellSouth
                changes
                the Loop facility in lieu of providing ULM, WinSonic will not be
                charged
                for ULM but will only be charged the service order charges for submitting
                an order.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.6

            	
              Loop
                Provisioning Involving IDLC

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.6.1

            	
              Where
                WinSonic has requested an Unbundled Loop and BellSouth uses IDLC
                systems
                to provide the local service to the customer and BellSouth has a
                suitable
                alternate facility available, BellSouth will make such alternative
                facilities available to WinSonic. If a suitable alternative facility
                is
                not available, then to the extent it is technically feasible, BellSouth
                will implement one of the following alternative arrangements for
                WinSonic
                (e.g., hairpinning): 1. Roll the circuit(s) from the IDLC to any
                spare
                copper that exists to the customer
                premises.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              2.

            	
              Roll
                the circuit(s) from the IDLC to an existing DLC that is not
                integrated.

            

    

    
      	 	
              3.

            	
              If
                capacity exists, provide "side-door" porting through the
                switch.

            

    

    
      	 	
              4.

            	
              If
                capacity exists, provide "Digital Access Cross-Connect System (DACS)-door"
                porting (if the IDLC routes through a DACS prior to integration into
                the
                switch).

            

    

    
      	
              2.6.2

            	
              Arrangements
                3 and 4 above require the use of a designed circuit. Therefore,
                non-designed Loops such as the SL1 voice grade and UCL-ND may not
                be
                ordered in these cases.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      65 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      21

     

    
      	
              2.6.3

            	
              If
                no alternate facility is available, and upon request from WinSonic,
                and if
                agreed to by both Parties, BellSouth may utilize its SC process to
                determine the additional costs required to provision facilities.
                WinSonic
                will then have the option of paying the one-time SC rates to place
                the
                Loop.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7

            	
              Network
                Interface Device

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7.1

            	
              The
                NID is defined as any means of interconnection of the customer’s customer
                premises wiring to BellSouth’s distribution plant, such as a cross-connect
                device used for that purpose. The NID is a single line termination
                device
                or that portion of a multiple line termination device required to
                terminate a single line or circuit at the premises. The NID features
                two
                (2) independent chambers or divisions that separate the service provider’s
                network from the customer’s premises
                wiring.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Each
                chamber or division contains the appropriate connection points or
                posts to
                which the service provider and the customer each make their connections.
                The NID provides a protective ground connection and is capable of
                terminating cables such as twisted pair
                cable.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7.2

            	
              BellSouth
                shall permit WinSonic to connect WinSonic’s Loop facilities to the
                customer’s customer premises wiring through the BellSouth NID or at any
                other technically feasible point.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7.3

            	
              Access
                to NID

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7.3.1

            	
              WinSonic
                may access the customer’s premises wiring by any of the following means
                and WinSonic shall not disturb the existing form of electrical protection
                and shall maintain the physical integrity of the
                NID:

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7.3.1.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall allow WinSonic to connect its Loops directly to BellSouth’s multi-
                line residential NID enclosures that have additional space and are
                not
                used by BellSouth or any other telecommunications carriers to provide
                service to the premises;

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7.3.1.2

            	
              Where
                an adequate length of the customer’s customer premises wiring is present
                and environmental conditions permit, either Party may remove the
                customer
                premises wiring from the other Party’s NID and connect such wiring to that
                Party’s own NID;

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7.3.1.3

            	
              Either
                Party may enter the subscriber access chamber or dual chamber NID
                enclosures for the purpose of extending a cross-connect or spliced
                jumper
                wire from the customer premises wiring through a suitable “punch-out” hole
                of such NID enclosures; or

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      66 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      22

     

    
      	
              2.7.3.1.4

            	
              WinSonic
                may request BellSouth to make other rearrangements to the customer
                premises wiring terminations or terminal enclosure on a time and
                materials
                cost basis.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.2

            	
              In
                no case shall either Party remove or disconnect the other Party’s loop
                facilities from either Party’s NIDs, enclosures, or protectors unless the
                applicable Commission has expressly permitted the same and the
                disconnecting Party provides prior notice to the other Party. In
                such
                cases, it shall be the responsibility of the Party disconnecting
                loop
                facilities to leave undisturbed the existing form of electrical protection
                and to maintain the physical integrity of the NID. It will be WinSonic’s
                responsibility to ensure there is no safety hazard, and WinSonic
                will hold
                BellSouth harmless for any liability associated with the removal
                of the
                BellSouth Loop from the BellSouth NID. Furthermore, it shall be the
                responsibility of the disconnecting Party, once the other Party’s loop has
                been disconnected from the NID, to reconnect the disconnected loop
                to a
                nationally recognized testing laboratory listed station protector,
                which
                has been grounded as per Article 800 of the National Electrical Code.
                If
                no spare station protector exists in the NID, the disconnected loop
                must
                be appropriately cleared, capped and
                stored.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.3

            	
              WinSonic
                shall not remove or disconnect ground wires from BellSouth’s NIDs,
                enclosures, or protectors.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.4

            	
              WinSonic
                shall not remove or disconnect NID modules, protectors, or terminals
                from
                BellSouth’s NID enclosures.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.5

            	
              Due
                to the wide variety of NID enclosures and outside plant environments,
                BellSouth will work with WinSonic to develop specific procedures
                to
                establish the most effective means of implementing this section if
                the
                procedures set forth herein do not apply to the NID in
                question.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7.4

            	
              Technical
                Requirements

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7.4.1

            	
              The
                NID shall provide an accessible point of interconnection and shall
                maintain a connection to ground.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7.4.2

            	
              If
                an existing NID is accessed, it shall be capable of transferring
                electrical analog or digital signals between the customer’s customer
                premises and the distribution media and/or cross-connect to WinSonic’s
                NID.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7.4.3

            	
              Existing
                BellSouth NIDs will be operational and provided in “as is” condition.
                WinSonic may request BellSouth to do additional work to the NID on
                a time
                and material basis. When WinSonic deploys its own local loops in
                a
                multiple-line termination device, WinSonic shall specify the quantity
                of
                NID connections that it requires within such
                device.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      67 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      23

     

    
      	
              2.8

            	
              Subloop
                Elements.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.1

            	
              Where
                facilities permit, BellSouth shall offer access to its Unbundled
                Subloop
                (USL) elements as specified herein.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.2

            	
              Unbundled
                Subloop Distribution (USLD)

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.2.1

            	
              The
                USLD facility is a dedicated transmission facility that BellSouth
                provides
                from a customer’s point of demarcation to a BellSouth cross-connect
                device. The BellSouth cross-connect device may be located within
                a remote
                terminal (RT) or a stand-alone cross-box in the field or in the equipment
                room of a building. The USLD media is a copper twisted pair that
                can be
                provisioned as a 2-wire or 4-wire facility. BellSouth will make available
                the following subloop distribution offerings where facilities exist:
                USLD
                - Voice Grade (USLD-VG) Unbundled Copper Subloop (UCSL) USLD -
                Intrabuilding Network Cable (USLD-INC (aka riser
                cable))

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.2.2

            	
              USLD-VG
                is a copper subloop facility from the cross-box in the field up to
                and
                including the point of demarcation at the customer’s premises and may have
                load coils.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.2.3

            	
              UCSL
                is a copper facility eighteen thousand (18,000) feet or less in length
                provided from the cross-box in the field up to and including the
                customer’s point of demarcation. If available, this facility will not have
                any intervening equipment such as load coils between the customer
                and the
                cross-box.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.2.3.1

            	
              If
                WinSonic requests a UCSL and it is not available, WinSonic may request
                the
                copper Subloop facility be modified pursuant to the ULM process to
                remove
                load coils and/or excessive bridged taps. If load coils and/or excessive
                bridged taps are removed, the facility will be classified as a
                UCSL.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.2.4

            	
              USLD-INC
                is the distribution facility owned or controlled by BellSouth inside
                a
                building or between buildings on the same property that is not separated
                by a public street or road. USLD-INC includes the facility from the
                cross-connect device in the building equipment room up to and including
                the point of demarcation at the customer’s
                premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.2.4.1

            	
              Upon
                request for USLD-INC from WinSonic, BellSouth will install a cross-
                connect panel in the building equipment room for the purpose of accessing
                USLD- INC pairs from a building equipment room. The cross-connect
                panel
                will function as a single point of interconnection (SPOI) for USLD-INC
                and
                will be accessible by multiple carriers as space permits. BellSouth
                will
                place cross-connect blocks in twenty five (25) pair increments for
                WinSonic’s use on this cross-connect
                panel.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      68 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      24

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic
                will be responsible for connecting its facilities to the twenty five
                (25)
                pair cross-connect block(s).

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.2.5

            	
              For
                access to Voice Grade USLD and UCSL, WinSonic shall install a cable
                to the
                BellSouth cross-box pursuant to the terms and conditions for physical
                collocation for remote sites set forth in Attachment 4. This cable
                would
                be connected by a BellSouth technician within the BellSouth cross-box
                during the set-up process.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic’s
                cable pairs can then be connected to BellSouth’s USL within the BellSouth
                cross-box by the BellSouth
                technician.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.2.6

            	
              Through
                the SI process, BellSouth will determine whether access to USLs at
                the
                location requested by WinSonic is technically feasible and whether
                sufficient capacity exists in the cross-box. If existing capacity
                is
                sufficient to meet WinSonic’s request, then BellSouth will perform the
                site set-up as described in the CLEC Information Package, located
                at
                BellSouth’s Interconnection Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.2.7

            	
              The
                site set-up must be completed before WinSonic can order Subloop pairs.
                For
                the site set-up in a BellSouth cross-connect box in the field, BellSouth
                will perform the necessary work to splice WinSonic’s cable into the
                cross-connect box. For the site set-up inside a building equipment
                room,
                BellSouth will perform the necessary work to install the cross-connect
                panel and the connecting block(s) that will be used to provide access
                to
                the requested USLs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.2.8

            	
              Once
                the site set-up is complete, WinSonic will request Subloop pairs
                through
                submission of a LSR form to the LCSC. OC is required with USL pair
                provisioning when WinSonic requests reuse of an existing facility,
                and the
                OC charge shall be billed in addition to the USL pair rate. For expedite
                requests by WinSonic for Subloop pairs, expedite charges will apply
                for
                intervals less than five (5) days.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.2.9

            	
              USLs
                will be provided in accordance with BellSouth’s TR 73600 Unbundled Local
                Loop Technical Specifications.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3

            	
              Unbundled
                Network Terminating Wire (UNTW)

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.1

            	
              UNTW
                is unshielded twisted copper wiring that is used to extend circuits
                from
                an intra-building network cable terminal or from a building entrance
                terminal to an individual customer’s point of demarcation. It is the final
                portion of the Loop that in multi-subscriber configurations represents
                the
                point at which the network branches out to serve individual
                subscribers.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.2

            	
              This
                element will be provided in MDUs and/or Multi-Tenants Units (MTUs)
                where
                either Party owns wiring all the way to the customer’s premises. Neither
                Party will provide this element in locations where the property owner
                provides its own wiring

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      69 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      25

     

    
      	 	
              to
                the customer’s premises, where a third party owns the wiring to the
                customer’s premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.3

            	
              Requirements

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.3.1

            	
              On
                a multi-unit premises, upon request of the other Party (Requesting
                Party),
                the Party owning the network terminating wire (Provisioning Party)
                will
                provide access to UNTW pairs on an Access Terminal that is suitable
                for
                use by multiple carriers at each Garden Terminal or Wiring
                Closet.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.3.2

            	
              The
                Provisioning Party shall not be required to install new or additional
                NTW
                beyond existing NTW to provision the services of the Requesting
                Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.3.3

            	
              In
                existing MDUs and/or MTUs in which BellSouth does not own or control
                wiring (INC/NTW) to the customers premises, and WinSonic does own
                or
                control such wiring, WinSonic will install UNTW Access Terminals
                for
                BellSouth under the same terms and conditions as BellSouth provides
                UNTW
                Access Terminals to WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.3.4

            	
              In
                situations in which BellSouth activates a UNTW pair, BellSouth will
                compensate WinSonic for each pair activated commensurate to the price
                specified in WinSonic’s Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.3.5

            	
              Upon
                receipt of the UNTW SI requesting access to the Provisioning Party’s UNTW
                pairs at a multi-unit premises, representatives of both Parties will
                participate in a meeting at the site of the requested access. The
                purpose
                of the site visit will include discussion of the procedures for
                installation and location of the Access Terminals. By request of
                the
                Requesting Party, an Access Terminal will be installed either adjacent
                to
                each of the Provisioning Party’s Garden Terminal or inside each Wiring
                Closet. The Requesting Party will deliver and connect its central
                office
                facilities to the UNTW pairs within the Access Terminal. The Requesting
                Party may access any available pair on an Access Terminal. A pair
                is
                available when a pair is not being utilized to provide service or
                where
                the customer has requested a change in its local service provider
                to the
                Requesting Party. Prior to connecting the Requesting Party’s service on a
                pair previously used by the Provisioning Party, the Requesting Party
                is
                responsible for ensuring the customer is no longer using the Provisioning
                Party’s service or another CLEC’s service before accessing UNTW
                pairs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.3.6

            	
              Access
                Terminal installation intervals will be established on an individual
                case
                basis.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.3.7

            	
              The
                Requesting Party is responsible for obtaining the property owner’s
                permission for the Provisioning Party to install an Access Terminal(s)
                on
                behalf of the Requesting Party. The submission of the SI by the Requesting
                Party will serve as

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      70 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      26

     

    
      	 	
              certification
                by the Requesting Party that such permission has been obtained. If
                the
                property owner objects to Access Terminal installations that are
                in
                progress or within thirty (30) days after completion and demands
                removal
                of Access Terminals, the Requesting Party will be responsible for
                costs
                associated with removing Access Terminals and restoring the property
                to
                its original state prior to Access Terminals being
                installed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.3.8

            	
              The
                Requesting Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Provisioning
                Party
                against any claims of any kind that may arise out of the Requesting
                Party’s failure to obtain the property owner’s permission. The Requesting
                Party will be billed for nonrecurring and recurring charges for accessing
                UNTW pairs at the time the Requesting Party activates the pair(s).
                The
                Requesting Party will notify the Provisioning Party within five (5)
                business days of activating UNTW pairs using the LSR
                form.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.3.9

            	
              If
                a trouble exists on a UNTW pair, the Requesting Party may use an
                alternate
                spare pair that serves that customer if a spare pair is available.
                In such
                cases, the Requesting Party will re-terminate its existing jumper
                from the
                defective pair to the spare pair. Alternatively, the Requesting Party
                will
                isolate and report troubles in the manner specified by the Provisioning
                Party. The Requesting Party must tag the UNTW pair that requires
                repair.
                If the Provisioning Party dispatches a technician on a reported trouble
                call and no UNTW trouble is found, the Provisioning Party will charge
                Requesting Party for time spent on the dispatch and testing the UNTW
                pair(s).

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.3.10

            	
              If
                the Requesting Party initiates the Access Terminal installation and
                the

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Requesting
                Party has not activated at least ten percent (10%) of the capacity
                of the
                Access Terminal installed pursuant to the Requesting Party’s request for
                an Access Terminal within six (6) months of installation of the Access
                Terminal, the Provisioning Party will bill the Requesting Party a
                nonrecurring charge equal to the actual cost of provisioning the
                Access
                Terminal.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8.3.3.11

            	
              If
                the Provisioning Party determines that the Requesting Party is using
                the
                UNTW pairs without reporting the activation of the pairs, the Requesting
                Party will be billed for the use of that pair back to the date the
                customer began receiving service from the Requesting Party at that
                location. Upon request, the Requesting Party will provide copies
                of its
                billing record to substantiate such date. If the Requesting Party
                fails to
                provide such records, then the Provisioning Party will bill the Requesting
                Party back to the date of the Access Terminal
                installation.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9

            	
              Loop
                Makeup

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9.1

            	
              Description
                of Service

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      71 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      27

     

    
      	
              2.9.1.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall make available to WinSonic LMU information with respect to
                Loops
                that are required to be unbundled under this Agreement so that WinSonic
                can make an independent judgment about whether the Loop is capable
                of
                supporting the advanced services equipment WinSonic intends to install
                and
                the services WinSonic wishes to provide. LMU is a preordering transaction,
                distinct from WinSonic ordering any other service(s). Loop Makeup
                Service
                Inquiries (LMUSI) and mechanized LMU queries for preordering LMU
                are
                likewise unique from other preordering functions with associated
                SIs as
                described in this Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9.1.2

            	
              BellSouth
                will provide WinSonic LMU information consisting of the composition
                of the
                Loop material (copper/fiber); the existence, location and type of
                equipment on the Loop, including but not limited to digital loop
                carrier
                or other remote concentration devices, feeder/distribution interfaces,
                bridged taps, load coils, pair- gain devices; the Loop length; the
                wire
                gauge and electrical parameters.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9.1.3

            	
              BellSouth’s
                LMU information is provided to WinSonic as it exists either in BellSouth's
                databases or in its hard copy facility records. BellSouth does not
                guarantee accuracy or reliability of the LMU information
                provided.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9.1.4

            	
              BellSouth’s
                provisioning of LMU information to the requesting CLEC for facilities
                is
                contingent upon either BellSouth or the requesting CLEC controlling
                the
                Loop(s) that serve the service location for which LMU information
                has been
                requested by the CLEC. The requesting CLEC is not authorized to receive
                LMU information on a facility used or controlled by another CLEC
                unless
                BellSouth receives a LOA from the voice CLEC (owner) or its authorized
                agent on the LMUSI submitted by the requesting
                CLEC.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9.1.5

            	
              WinSonic
                may choose to use equipment that it deems will enable it to provide
                a
                certain type and level of service over a particular BellSouth Loop
                as long
                as that equipment does not disrupt other services on the BellSouth
                network. The determination shall be made solely by WinSonic and BellSouth
                shall not be liable in any way for the performance of the advanced
                data
                services provisioned over said Loop. The specific Loop type (e.g.,
                ADSL,
                HDSL, or otherwise) ordered on the LSR must match the LMU of the
                Loop
                reserved taking into consideration any requisite line conditioning.
                The
                LMU data is provided for informational purposes only and does not
                guarantee WinSonic’s ability to provide advanced data services over the
                ordered Loop type. Furthermore, the LMU information for Loops other
                than
                copper-only Loops (e.g., ADSL, UCL-ND, etc.) that support xDSL services,
                is subject to change at any time due to modifications and/or upgrades
                to
                BellSouth’s network. Except as set forth in Section 2.9.1.6 below,
                copper-only Loops will not be subject to change due to modification
                and/or
                upgrades to BellSouth’s network and will remain on copper facilities until
                the Loop is disconnected by WinSonic or the customer, or until BellSouth
                retires the copper

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      72 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      28

     

    
      	 	
              facilities
                via the FCC’s and any applicable Commission’s requirements. WinSonic is
                fully responsible for any of its service configurations that may
                differ
                from BellSouth’s technical standard for the Loop type
                ordered.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9.1.6

            	
              If
                BellSouth retires its copper facilities using 47 C.F.R § 51.325(a)
                requirements; or is required by a governmental agency or regulatory
                body
                to move or replace copper facilities as a maintenance procedure,
                BellSouth
                will notify WinSonic, according to the applicable network disclosure
                requirements. It will be WinSonic’s responsibility to move any service it
                may provide over such facilities to alternative facilities. If WinSonic
                fails to move the service to alternative facilities by the date in
                the
                network disclosure notice, BellSouth may terminate the service to
                complete
                the network change.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9.2

            	
              Submitting
                LMUSI

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9.2.1

            	
              WinSonic
                may obtain LMU information and reserve facilities by submitting a
                mechanized LMU query or a manual LMUSI according to the terms and
                conditions as described in the LMU CLEC Information Package, incorporated
                herein by reference as it may be amended from time to time. The
                CLEC

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Information
                Package is located at the “CLEC UNE Product” on BellSouth’s
                Interconnection Web site. After obtaining the Loop information from
                the
                mechanized LMU process, if WinSonic needs further Loop information
                in
                order to determine Loop service capability, WinSonic may initiate
                a
                separate Manual SI for a separate nonrecurring charge as set forth
                in
                Exhibit A.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9.2.2

            	
              All
                LSRs issued for reserved facilities shall reference the facility
                reservation number as provided by BellSouth. WinSonic will not be
                billed
                any additional LMU charges for the Loop ordered on such LSR. If,
                however,
                WinSonic does not reserve facilities upon an initial LMUSI, WinSonic’s
                placement of an order for an advanced data service type facility
                will
                incur the appropriate billing charges to include SI and reservation
                per
                Exhibit A.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9.2.3

            	
              Where
                WinSonic has reserved multiple Loop facilities on a single reservation,
                WinSonic may not specify which facility shall be provisioned when
                submitting the LSR. For those occasions, BellSouth will assign to
                WinSonic, subject to availability, a facility that meets the BellSouth
                technical standards of the BellSouth type Loop as ordered by
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9.2.4

            	
              Charges
                for preordering manual LMUSI or mechanized LMU are separate from
                any
                charges associated with ordering other services from
                BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	3	
              Line
                Splitting

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1

            	
              Line
                splitting shall mean that a provider of data services (a Data LEC)
                and a
                provider of voice services (a Voice CLEC) to deliver voice and data
                service to

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      73 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      29

     

    
      	 	
              customers
                over the same Loop. The Voice CLEC and Data LEC may be the same or
                different carriers.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2

            	
              Line
                Splitting - UNE-L. In
                the event WinSonic provides its own switching or obtains switching
                from a
                third party, WinSonic may engage in line splitting arrangements with
                another CLEC using a splitter, provided by WinSonic, in a Collocation
                Space at the central office where the loop terminates into a distribution
                frame or its equivalent.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3

            	
              Provisioning
                Line Splitting and Splitter Space -
                UNE-L

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3.1

            	
              The
                Voice CLEC provides the splitter when providing Line Splitting with
                UNE-L.
                When WinSonic owns the splitter, Line Splitting requires the following:
                a
                loop from NID at the customer’s location to the serving wire center and
                terminating into a distribution frame or its
                equivalent.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3.2

            	
              An
                unloaded 2-wire copper Loop must serve the customer. The meet point
                for
                the Voice CLEC and the Data LEC is the point of termination on the
                MDF for
                the Data LEC's cable and pairs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4

            	
              CLEC
                Provided Splitter - Line Splitting -
                UNE-L

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4.1

            	
              To
                order High Frequency Spectrum on a particular Loop, WinSonic must
                have a
                DSLAM collocated in the central office that serves the customer of
                such
                Loop.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4.2

            	
              WinSonic
                may purchase, install and maintain central office POTS splitters
                in its
                collocation arrangements. WinSonic may use such splitters for access
                to
                its customers and to provide digital line subscriber services to
                its
                customers using the High Frequency Spectrum. Existing Collocation
                rules
                and procedures and the terms and conditions relating to Collocation
                set
                forth in Attachment 4-Central Office shall
                apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4.3

            	
              Any
                splitters installed by WinSonic in its collocation arrangement shall
                comply with ANSI T1.413, Annex E, or any future ANSI splitter Standards.
                WinSonic may install any splitters that BellSouth deploys or permits
                to be
                deployed for itself or any BellSouth
                affiliate.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.5

            	
              Maintenance
                - Line Splitting - UNE-L

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.5.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will be responsible for repairing voice troubles and the troubles
                with the
                physical loop between the NID at the customer’s premises and the
                termination point.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.5.2

            	
              WinSonic
                shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless BellSouth from and against
                any
                claims, losses, actions, causes of action, suits, demands, damages,
                injury, and

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      74 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      30

     

    
      	 	
              costs
                including reasonable attorney fees, which arise out of actions related
                to
                the other service provider, except to the extent caused by BellSouth’s
                gross negligence or willful
                misconduct.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4

            	
              Unbundled
                Network Element
                Combinations

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1

            	
              For
                purposes of this Section, references to “Currently Combined” Network
                Elements shall mean that the particular Network Elements requested
                by
                WinSonic are in fact already combined by BellSouth in the BellSouth
                network. References to “Ordinarily Combined” Network Elements shall mean
                that the particular Network Elements requested by WinSonic are not
                already
                combined by BellSouth in the location requested by WinSonic but are
                elements that are typically combined in BellSouth’s network. References to
                “Not Typically Combined” Network Elements shall mean that the particular
                Network Elements requested by WinSonic are not elements that BellSouth
                combines for its use in its
                network.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1.1

            	
              Except
                as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, upon request, BellSouth
                shall
                perform the functions necessary to combine Network Elements that
                BellSouth
                is required to provide under this Agreement in any manner, even if
                those
                elements are not ordinarily combined in BellSouth’s network, provided that
                such Combination is technically feasible and will not undermine the
                ability of other carriers to obtain access to Network Elements or
                to
                interconnect with BellSouth’s
                network.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1.2

            	
              To
                the extent WinSonic requests a Combination for which BellSouth does
                not
                have methods and procedures in place to provide such Combination,
                rates
                and/or methods or procedures for such Combination will be developed
                pursuant to the BFR process.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.2

            	
              Rates

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.2.1

            	
              The
                rates for the Currently Combined Network Elements specifically set
                forth
                in Exhibit A shall be the rates associated with such Combinations.
                Where a
                Currently Combined Combination is not specifically set forth in Exhibit
                A,
                the rate for such Currently Combined Combination shall be the sum
                of the
                recurring rates for those individual Network Elements as set forth
                in
                Exhibit A and/or Exhibit B in addition to the applicable nonrecurring
                switch-as-is charge set forth in Exhibit
                A.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.2.2

            	
              The
                rates for the Ordinarily Combined Network Elements specifically set
                forth
                in Exhibit A shall be the nonrecurring and recurring charges for
                those
                Combinations.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Where
                an Ordinarily Combined Combination is not specifically set forth
                in
                Exhibit A, the rate for such Ordinarily Combined Combination shall
                be the
                sum of the recurring rates for those individual Network Elements
                as set
                forth in Exhibit A and/or Exhibit B and nonrecurring rates for those
                individual Network Elements as set forth in Exhibit
                A.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      75 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      31

     

    
      	
              4.2.3

            	
              The
                rates for Not Typically Combined Combinations shall be developed
                pursuant
                to the BFR process upon request of
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3

            	
              Enhanced
                Extended Links (EELs)

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.1

            	
              EELs
                are combinations of Loops and Dedicated Transport as defined in this
                Attachment, together with any facilities, equipment, or functions
                necessary to combine those Network Elements. BellSouth shall provide
                WinSonic with EELs where the underlying Network Element are available
                and
                are required to be provided pursuant to this Agreement and in all
                instances where the requesting carrier meets the eligibility requirements,
                if applicable.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.2

            	
              High-capacity
                EELs are (1) combinations of Loop and Dedicated Transport, (2) Dedicated
                Transport commingled with a wholesale loop, or (3) a loop commingled
                with
                wholesale transport at the DS1 and/or DS3 level as described in 47
                C.F.R.
                § 51.318(b).

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.3

            	
              By
                placing an order for a high-capacity EEL, WinSonic thereby certifies
                that
                the service eligibility criteria set forth herein are met for access
                to a
                converted high- capacity EEL, a new high-capacity EEL, or part of
                a
                high-capacity commingled EEL as a UNE. BellSouth shall have the right
                to
                audit WinSonic’s high-capacity EELs as specified
                below.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.4

            	
              Service
                Eligibility Criteria

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.4.1

            	
              High
                capacity EELs must comply with the following service eligibility
                requirements. WinSonic must certify for each high-capacity EEL that
                all of
                the following service eligibility criteria are
                met:

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.4.1.1

            	
              WinSonic
                has received state certification to provide local voice service in
                the
                area being served;

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.4.2

            	
              For
                each combined circuit, including each DS1 circuit, each DS1 EEL,
                and each
                DS1-equivalent circuit on a DS3
                EEL:

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.4.2.1

            	
              1)
                Each circuit to be provided to each customer will be assigned a local
                number prior to the provision of service over that
                circuit;

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.4.2.2

            	
              2)
                Each DS1-equivalent circuit on a DS3 EEL must have its own local
                number
                assignment so that each DS3 must have at least twenty-eight (28)
                local
                voice numbers assigned to it;

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.4.2.3

            	
              3)
                Each circuit to be provided to each customer will have 911 or E911
                capability prior to provision of service over that
                circuit;

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      76 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      32

     

    
      	
              4.3.4.2.4

            	
              4)
                Each circuit to be provided to each customer will terminate in
                a
                collocation arrangement that meets the requirements of 47 C.F.R.
§
                51.318(c);

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.4.2.5

            	
              5)
                Each circuit to be provided to each customer will be served by an
                interconnection trunk over which WinSonic will transmit the calling
                party’s number in connection with calls exchanged over the
                trunk;

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.4.2.6

            	
              6)
                For each twenty-four (24) DS1 EELs or other facilities having equivalent
                capacity, WinSonic will have at least one (1) active DS1 local service
                interconnection trunk over which WinSonic will transmit the calling
                party’s number in connection with calls exchanged over the trunk;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.4.2.7

            	
              7)
                Each circuit to be provided to each customer will be served by a
                switch
                capable of switching local voice
                traffic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.4.3

            	
              BellSouth
                may, on an annual basis, audit WinSonic’s records in order to verify
                compliance with the qualifying service eligibility criteria. The
                audit
                shall be conducted by a third party independent auditor, and the
                audit
                must be performed in accordance with the standards established by
                the
                American Institute for Certified Public Accountants (AICPA). To the
                extent
                the independent auditor’s report concludes that WinSonic failed to comply
                with the service eligibility criteria, WinSonic must true-up any
                difference in payments, convert all noncompliant circuits to the
                appropriate service, and make the correct payments on a going- forward
                basis. In the event the auditor’s report concludes that WinSonic did not
                comply in any material respect with the service eligibility criteria,
                WinSonic shall reimburse BellSouth for the cost of the independent
                auditor. To the extent the auditor’s report concludes that WinSonic did
                comply in all material respects with the service eligibility criteria,
                BellSouth will reimburse WinSonic for its reasonable and demonstrable
                costs associated with the audit. WinSonic will maintain appropriate
                documentation to support its
                certifications.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3.4.4

            	
              In
                the event WinSonic converts special access services to UNEs, WinSonic
                shall be subject to the termination liability provisions in the applicable
                special access tariffs, if any.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5

            	
              Dedicated
                Transport and Dark Fiber
                Transport

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.1

            	
              Dedicated
                Transport. Dedicated
                Transport is defined as BellSouth’s transmission facilities between wire
                centers or switches owned by BellSouth, or between wire centers or
                switches owned by BellSouth and switches owned by WinSonic, including
                but
                not limited to DS1, DS3 and OCn level services, as well as dark fiber,
                dedicated to WinSonic. BellSouth shall not be required to provide
                access
                to OCn level Dedicated Transport under any circumstances pursuant
                to this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      77 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      33

     

    
      	
              5.2

            	
              DS1
                and DS3 Dedicated Transport
                Requirements

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.1

            	
              For
                purposes of this Section 5.2, a Business Line is as defined in 47
                C.F.R. §
                51.5.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2

            	
              Notwithstanding
                anything to the contrary in this Agreement, BellSouth shall make
                available
                Dedicated Transport except as described
                below:

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.1

            	
              DS1
                Dedicated Transport where both wire centers at the end points of
                the route
                contain thirty-eight thousand (38,000) or more Business Lines or
                four (4)
                or more fiber-based collocators.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.2

            	
              DS3
                Dedicated Transport where both wire centers at the end points of
                the route
                contain twenty-four thousand (24,000) or more Business Lines or three
                (3)
                or more fiber-based collocators.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.3

            	
              A
                list of wire centers meeting the criteria set forth in Sections 5.2.2.1
                or
                5.2.2.2 above as of March 10, 2005, is available as set forth in
                Exhibit C
                or as set forth in a subsequent notification via BellSouth’s Web site
                (Initial Wire Center List).

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.4

            	
              Once
                a wire center meets or exceeds either of the thresholds set forth
                in
                Section 5.2.2.1 above, no future DS1 Dedicated Transport unbundling
                will
                be required between that wire center and any other wire center exceeding
                these same thresholds.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.5

            	
              Once
                a wire center meets or exceeds either of the thresholds set forth
                in
                Section 5.2.2.2 above, no future DS3 Dedicated Transport will be
                required
                between that wire center and any other wire center meeting or exceeding
                these same thresholds.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.6

            	
              Modifications
                and Updates to the Wire Center List and Subsequent Transition
                Periods

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.6.1

            	
              In
                the event BellSouth identifies additional wire centers that meet
                the
                criteria set forth in Sections 5.2.2.1 or 5.2.2.2 above, but that
                were not
                included in the Initial Wire Center List, BellSouth shall include
                such
                additional wire centers in CNL.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Each
                such list of additional wire centers shall be considered a Subsequent
                Wire
                Center List.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.6.2

            	
              Effective
                ten (10) business days after the date of a BellSouth CNL providing
                a
                Subsequent Wire Center List, BellSouth shall not be required to provide
                DS1 and DS3 Dedicated Transport, as applicable, in such additional
                wire
                center(s).

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.6.3

            	
              For
                purposes of Section 5.2.2.6, BellSouth shall make available DS1 and
                DS3
                Dedicated Transport that was in service for WinSonic in a wire center
                on
                the Subsequent Wire Center List as of the tenth (10th
                )
                business day after the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List (Subsequent

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      78 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      34

     

    
      	 	
              Embedded
                Base) until ninety (90) days after the tenth (10th) business day
                from the
                date of BellSouth's CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List
                (Subsequent Transition Period).

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.6.4

            	
              Subsequent
                disconnects or loss of customers shall be removed from the Subsequent
                Embedded Base.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.6.5

            	
              The
                rates set forth in Exhibit B shall apply to the Subsequent Embedded
                Base
                during the Subsequent Transition
                Period.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.6.6

            	
              No
                later than forty (40) days from BellSouth's CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List WinSonic shall submit a spreadsheet(s) identifying
                the
                Subsequent Embedded Base of circuits to be disconnected or converted
                to
                other BellSouth services. The Parties shall negotiate a project schedule
                for the Conversion of the Subsequent Embedded
                Base.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              If
                WinSonic fails to submit the spreadsheet(s) specified in Section
                5.2.2.6.6
                above for all of its Subsequent Embedded Base within forty (40) days
                after
                the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List,
                BellSouth will identify WinSonic's remaining Subsequent Embedded
                Base, if
                any, and will transition such circuits to the equivalent tariffed
                BellSouth service(s). Those circuits identified and transitioned
                by
                BellSouth shall be subject to the applicable disconnect charges as
                set
                forth in this Agreement and the full nonrecurring charges for installation
                of the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service as set forth in BellSouth's
                tariffs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.2.6.7

            	
              For
                Subsequent Embedded Base circuits converted pursuant to Section 5.2.2.6.6
                above or transitioned pursuant to Section 5.2.2.6.6.1 above, the
                applicable recurring tariff charges shall apply as of the earlier
                of the
                date each circuit is converted or transitioned, as applicable, or
                the
                first day after the end of the Subsequent Transition
                Period.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.3

            	
              BellSouth
                shall:

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.4

            	
              Provide
                WinSonic exclusive use of Dedicated Transport to a particular customer
                or
                carrier;

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.5

            	
              Provide
                all technically feasible features, functions, and capabilities of
                Dedicated Transport as outlined within the technical requirements
                of this
                section;

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2.6

            	
              Permit,
                to the extent technically feasible, WinSonic to connect Dedicated
                Transport to equipment designated by WinSonic, including but not
                limited
                to, WinSonic’s collocated facilities;
                and

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      79 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      35

     

    
      	
              5.2.7

            	
              Permit,
                to the extent technically feasible, WinSonic to obtain the functionality
                provided by BellSouth’s digital cross-connect
                systems.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.3

            	
              BellSouth
                shall offer Dedicated Transport:

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.3.1

            	
              As
                capacity on a shared facility; and

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.3.2

            	
              As
                a circuit (i.e., DS0, DS1, DS3, STS-1) dedicated to
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.4

            	
              Dedicated
                Transport may be provided over facilities such as optical fiber,
                copper
                twisted pair, and coaxial cable, and shall include transmission equipment
                such as line terminating equipment, amplifiers, and
                regenerators.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.5

            	
              WinSonic
                may obtain a maximum of twelve (12) unbundled DS3 Dedicated Transport
                circuits on each Route where DS3 Dedicated Transport is available
                as a
                Network Element, and a maximum of ten (10) unbundled DS1 Dedicated
                Transport circuits on each Route where there is no 251(c)(3) unbundling
                obligation for DS3 Dedicated Transport, but for which impairment
                exists
                for DS1 Dedicated Transport. A route is defined as a transmission
                path
                between one of BellSouth’s wire centers or switches and another of
                BellSouth’s wire centers or switches. A route between two (2) points may
                pass through one or more intermediate wire centers or switches.
                Transmission paths between identical end points are the same “route”,
                irrespective of whether they pass through the same intermediate wire
                centers or switches, if any.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6

            	
              Technical
                Requirements

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall offer DS0 equivalent interface transmission rates for DS0 or
                voice
                grade Dedicated Transport. For DS1 or DS3 circuits, Dedicated Transport
                shall at a minimum meet the performance, availability, jitter, and
                delay
                requirements specified for Customer Interface to Central Office (CI
                to CO)
                connections in the applicable industry
                standards.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.2

            	
              BellSouth
                shall offer the following interface transmission rates for Dedicated
                Transport:

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.2.1

            	
              DS0
                Equivalent;

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.2.2

            	
              DS1;

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.2.3

            	
              DS3;

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.2.4

            	
              STS-1;
                and

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      80 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      36

     

    
      	
              5.6.2.5

            	
              SDH
                (Synchronous Digital Hierarchy) Standard interface rates are in accordance
                with International Telecommunications Union (ITU) Recommendation
                G.707 and
                Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy (PDH) rates per ITU Recommendation
                G.704.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.3

            	
              BellSouth
                shall design Dedicated Transport according to its network infrastructure.
                WinSonic shall specify the termination points for Dedicated
                Transport.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.4

            	
              At
                a minimum, Dedicated Transport shall meet each of the requirements
                set
                forth in the applicable industry technical references and BellSouth
                Technical References;

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.4.1

            	
              Telcordia
                TR-TSY-000191 Alarm Indication Signals Requirements and Objectives,
                Issue
                1, May 1986.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.4.2

            	
              BellSouth’s
                TR73501 LightGate Service Interface and Performance Specifications,
                Issue
                D, June 1995.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.4.3

            	
              BellSouth’s
                TR73525 MegaLink Service, MegaLink Channel Service and MegaLink Plus
                Service Interface and Performance Specifications, Issue C, May
                1996.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.7

            	
              Unbundled
                Channelization (Multiplexing)

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.7.1

            	
              To
                the extent WinSonic is purchasing DS1 or DS3 or STS-1 Dedicated Transport
                pursuant to this Agreement, Unbundled Channelization (UC) provides
                the
                optional multiplexing capability that will allow a DS1 (1.544 Mbps)
                or DS3
                (44.736 Mbps) or STS-1 (51.84 Mbps) Network Elements to be multiplexed
                or
                channelized at a BellSouth central office. Channelization can be
                accomplished through the use of a multiplexer or a digital cross-connect
                system at the discretion of BellSouth. Once UC has been installed,
                WinSonic may request channel activation on a channelized facility
                and
                BellSouth shall connect the requested facilities via COCIs. The COCI
                must
                be compatible with the lower capacity facility and ordered with the
                lower
                capacity facility. This service is available as defined in NECA
                4.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.7.2

            	
              BellSouth
                shall make available the following channelization systems and
                interfaces:

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.7.2.1

            	
              DS1
                Channelization System: channelizes a DS1 signal into a maximum of
                twenty-
                four (24) DS0s. The following COCI are available: Voice Grade, Digital
                Data and ISDN.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.7.2.2

            	
              DS3
                Channelization System: channelizes a DS3 signal into a maximum of
                twenty-
                eight (28) DS1s. A DS1 COCI is available with this
                system.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.7.2.3

            	
              STS-1
                Channelization System: channelizes a STS-1 signal into a maximum
                of
                twenty-eight (28) DS1s. A DS1 COCI is available with this
                system.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      81 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      37

     

    
      	
              5.7.3

            	
              Technical
                Requirements. In
                order to assure proper operation with BellSouth provided central
                office
                multiplexing functionality, WinSonic’s channelization equipment must
                adhere strictly to form and protocol standards. WinSonic must also
                adhere
                to such applicable industry standards for the multiplex channel bank,
                for
                voice frequency encoding, for various signaling schemes, and for
                sub rate
                digital access.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8

            	
              Dark
                Fiber Transport. Dark
                Fiber Transport is defined as Dedicated Transport that consists of
                unactivated optical interoffice transmission facilities without attached
                signal regeneration, multiplexing, aggregation or other
                electronics.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1

            	
              Dark
                Fiber Transport Requirements

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1.1

            	
              For
                purposes of this Section 5.8, a Business Line is as defined in 47
                C.F.R. §
                51.5.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1.2

            	
              Notwithstanding
                anything to the contrary in this Agreement, BellSouth shall make
                available
                Dark Fiber Transport except as described
                below:

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1.2.1

            	
              Dark
                Fiber Transport where both wire centers at the end points of the
                route
                contain twenty-four thousand (24,000) or more Business Lines or three
                (3)
                or more fiber-based collocators.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1.3

            	
              A
                list of wire centers meeting the criteria set forth in Section 5.8.1.2.1
                above as of March 10, 2005, (Initial List) is available as set forth
                in
                Exhibit C or as set forth in a subsequent notification via BellSouth’s Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1.4

            	
              Once
                a wire center exceeds either of the thresholds set forth in Section
                5.8.1.2.1 above, no future Dark Fiber Transport unbundling will be
                required in that wire center.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1.5

            	
              Modifications
                and Updates to the Wire Center List and Subsequent Transition
                Periods

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1.5.1

            	
              In
                the event BellSouth identifies additional wire centers that meet
                the
                criteria set forth in Section 5.8.1.2.1 above, but that were not
                included
                in the Initial Wire Center List, BellSouth shall include such additional
                wire centers in a CNL. Each such list of additional wire centers
                shall be
                considered a “Subsequent Wire Center
                List”.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1.5.2

            	
              Effective
                ten (10) business days after the date of a BellSouth CNL providing
                a
                Subsequent Wire Center List, BellSouth shall not be required to provide
                unbundled access to Dark Fiber Transport, as applicable, in such
                additional wire center(s).

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      82 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      38

     

    
      	
              5.8.1.5.3

            	
              For
                purposes of Section 5.8.1.5, BellSouth shall make available Dark
                Fiber
                Transport that was in service for WinSonic in a wire center on the
                Subsequent Wire Center List as of the tenth (10th
                )
                business day after the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List (Subsequent Embedded Base) until ninety (90) days
                after
                the tenth (10th) business day from the date of BellSouth's CNL identifying
                the Subsequent Wire Center List (Subsequent Transition
                Period).

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1.5.4

            	
              Subsequent
                disconnects or loss of customers shall be removed from the Subsequent
                Embedded Base.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1.5.5

            	
              The
                rates set forth in Exhibit B shall apply to the Subsequent Embedded
                Base
                during the Subsequent Transition
                Period.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1.5.6

            	
              No
                later than forty (40) days from BellSouth's CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List WinSonic shall submit a spreadsheet(s) identifying
                the
                Subsequent Embedded Base of circuits to be disconnected or converted
                to
                other BellSouth services. The Parties shall negotiate a project schedule
                for the Conversion of the Subsequent Embedded
                Base.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              If
                WinSonic fails to submit the spreadsheet(s) specified in Section
                5.8.1.5.6
                above for all of its Subsequent Embedded Base within forty (40) days
                after
                the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List,
                BellSouth will identify WinSonic's remaining Subsequent Embedded
                Base, if
                any, and will transition such circuits to the equivalent tariffed
                BellSouth service(s). Those circuits identified and transitioned
                by
                BellSouth shall be subject to the applicable disconnect charges as
                set
                forth in this Agreement and the full nonrecurring charges for installation
                of the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service as set forth in BellSouth's
                tariffs.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              For
                Subsequent Embedded Base circuits converted pursuant to Section 5.8.1.5.6
                above or transitioned pursuant to Section 5.8.1.5.6.1 above, the
                applicable recurring tariff charges shall apply as of the earlier
                of the
                date each circuit is converted or transitioned, as applicable, or
                the
                first day after the end of the Subsequent Transition
                Period.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.9

            	
              Rearrangements

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.9.1

            	
              Rearrangement
                of a dedicated transport or combination that includes dedicated transport
                that requires a CFA change: A request to move a working WinSonic
                circuit
                from one CFA to another WinSonic CFA, where both CFAs terminate in
                the
                same BellSouth Central Office (Change in CFA), shall not constitute
                the
                establishment of new service. The applicable rates set forth in Exhibit
                A.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      83 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      39

     

    
      	
              5.9.2

            	
              Requests
                to reterminate one end of a facility that is not a Change in CFA
                constitute the establishment of new service and require disconnection
                of
                existing service and the applicable rates set forth in Exhibit A
                shall
                apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.9.3

            	
              Upon
                request of WinSonic, BellSouth shall project manage the Change in
                CFA or
                retermination of Dedicated Transport and combinations that include
                transport as described in Sections 5.9.1 and 5.9.2 above and WinSonic
                may
                request OC-TS for such orders.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.9.4

            	
              BellSouth
                shall accept a LOA between WinSonic and another carrier that will
                allow
                WinSonic to connect Dedicated Transport or Combination that includes
                Dedicated Transport to the other carrier’s collocation space or to another
                carrier’s CFA associated with higher bandwidth
                transport.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.9.5

            	
              Rearrangement
                of an EEL to a standalone UNE-L that requires a CFA change: WinSonic
                may
                utilize the EEL to UNE-L retermination process, as described in
                BellSouth’s guides available on its web site, to disconnect an EEL circuit
                and reterminate the Loop portion of the former EEL circuit to a
                collocation arrangement in the customer Serving Wire Center as a
                standalone UNE-L. When using this process, the existing Loop portion
                of
                the EEL will be re-used and the resulting standalone Loop will be
                subject
                to the rates, terms and conditions for that particular Loop as set
                forth
                in this Attachment. This process will apply only to EELs that include
                as a
                part of its combination a DS1 Loop, UVL-SL2 Loop, 4-Wire UDL Loop
                (64, 56
                kbs) and a 2-Wire ISDN Loop.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.9.6

            	
              BellSouth
                shall charge the applicable EEL to UNE-L retermination rates found
                in
                Exhibit A. WinSonic shall also be charged applicable manual service
                order,
                collocation cross-connect and EEL disconnect charges a set forth
                in
                Exhibit A of this Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.9.7

            	
              The
                EEL to UNE-L retermination process is not available when the rearrangement
                requires a dispatch outside the serving wire center where the Loop
                terminates. If an outside dispatch is required, or if WinSonic elects
                not
                to utilize the EEL to UNE-L retermination process, WinSonic must
                submit an
                LSR to disconnect the entire EEL circuit, and must submit a separate
                LSR
                for the requested standalone Loop. In such cases, WinSonic will be
                charged
                the EEL disconnect charges and the full nonrecurring rates for
                installation of a new Loop, as set forth in Exhibit
                A.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6

            	
              Automatic
                Location Identification/Data Management System
                (ALI/DMS)

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1

            	
              911
                and E911 Databases

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall provide WinSonic with nondiscriminatory access to 911 and E911
                databases on an unbundled basis, in accordance with 47 C.F.R. § 51.319
                (f).

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      84 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      40

     

    
      	
              6.1.2

            	
              The
                ALI/DMS database contains end user information (including name, address,
                telephone information, and sometimes special information from the
                local
                service provider or end user) used to determine to which PSAP to
                route the
                call. The ALI/DMS database is used to provide enhanced routing flexibility
                for E911.  WinSonic
                will be required to provide the BellSouth 911 database vendor daily
                service order updates to E911 database in accordance with Section
                6.2.1
                below.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2

            	
              Technical
                Requirements

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2.1

            	
              BellSouth’s
                911 database vendor shall provide WinSonic the capability of providing
                updates to the ALI/DMS database through a specified electronic interface.
                WinSonic shall contact BellSouth’s 911 database vendor directly to request
                interface. WinSonic shall provide updates directly to BellSouth’s 911
                database vendor on a daily basis. Updates shall be the responsibility
                of
                WinSonic and BellSouth shall not be liable for the transactions between
                WinSonic and BellSouth’s 911 database
                vendor.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2.2

            	
              It
                is WinSonic’s responsibility to retrieve and confirm statistical data and
                to correct errors obtained from BellSouth’s 911 database vendor on a daily
                basis. All errors will be assigned a unique error code and the description
                of the error and the corrective action is described in the CLEC Users
                Guide for Facility Based Providers that is found on the BellSouth
                Interconnection Web site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2.3

            	
              WinSonic
                shall conform to the BellSouth standards as described in the CLEC
                Users
                Guide to E911 for Facilities Based Providers that is located on the
                BellSouth Interconnection Web site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2.4

            	
              Stranded
                Unlocks are defined as end user records in BellSouth’s ALI/DMS database
                that have not been migrated for over ninety (90) days to WinSonic,
                as a
                new provider of local service to the end user. Stranded Unlocks are
                those
                end user records that have been “unlocked” by the previous local exchange
                carrier that provided service to the end user and are open for WinSonic
                to
                assume responsibility for such
                records.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2.4.1

            	
              Based
                upon end user record ownership information available in the NPAC
                database,
                BellSouth shall provide a Stranded Unlock annual report to WinSonic
                that
                reflects all Stranded Unlocks that remain in the ALI/DMS database
                for over
                ninety (90) days. WinSonic shall review the Stranded Unlock report,
                identify its end user records and request to either delete such records
                or
                migrate the records to WinSonic within two (2) months following the
                date
                of the Stranded Unlock report provided by BellSouth. WinSonic shall
                reimburse BellSouth for any charges BellSouth’s database vendor imposes on
                BellSouth for the deletion of WinSonic’s
                records.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      85 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    
      	
              6.3

            	
              911
                PBX Locate Service . 911
                PBX Locate Service is comprised of a database capability and a separate
                transport component.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.1

            	
              Description
                of Product. The
                transport component provides a dedicated trunk path from a Private
                Branch
                Exchange (PBX) switch to the appropriate BellSouth 911
                tandem.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.1.1

            	
              The
                database capability allows WinSonic to offer an E911 service to its
                PBX
                end users that identifies to the PSAP the physical location of the
                WinSonic PBX 911 end user station telephone number for the 911 call
                that
                is placed by the end user.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.2

            	
              WinSonic
                may order either the database capability or the transport component
                as
                desired or WinSonic may order both components of the
                service.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.3

            	
              911
                PBX Locate Database Capability. WinSonic’s
                end user or WinSonic’s end user’s database management agent (DMA) must
                provide the end user PBX station telephone numbers and corresponding
                address and location data to BellSouth’s 911 database vendor. The data
                will be loaded and maintained in BellSouth’s ALI
                database.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.4

            	
              Ordering,
                provisioning, testing and maintenance shall be provided by WinSonic
                pursuant to the 911 PBX Locate Marketing Service Description (MSD)
                that is
                located on the BellSouth Interconnection Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.5

            	
              WinSonic’s
                end user, or WinSonic’s end user DMA must provide ongoing updates to
                BellSouth’s 911 database vendor within a commercially reasonable timeframe
                of all PBX station telephone number adds, moves and deletions. It
                will be
                the responsibility of WinSonic to ensure that the end user or DMA
                maintain
                the data pertaining to each end user’s extension managed by the 911 PBX
                Locate Service product. WinSonic should not submit telephone number
                updates for specific PBX station telephone numbers that are submitted
                by
                WinSonic’s end user, or WinSonic’s end user DMA under the terms of 911 PBX
                Locate product.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.5.1

            	
              WinSonic
                must provision all PBX station numbers in the same LATA as the E911
                tandem.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.6

            	
              WinSonic
                agrees to release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless BellSouth
                from any
                and all loss, claims, demands, suits, or other action, or any liability
                whatsoever, whether suffered, made, instituted or asserted by WinSonic’s
                end user or by any other party or person, for any personal injury
                to or
                death of any person or persons, or for any loss, damage or destruction
                of
                any property, whether owned by WinSonic or others, or for any infringement
                or invasion of the right of privacy of any person or persons, caused
                or
                claimed to have been caused, directly or indirectly, by the installation,
                operation, failure to operate, maintenance, removal, presence, condition,
                location or use of PBX Locate Service features or by
                any

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      86 of 277

    Attachment
      2 

    Page
      41 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      42

     

    
      	 	
              services
                which are or may be furnished by BellSouth in connection therewith,
                including but not limited to the identification of the telephone
                number,
                address or name associated with the telephone used by the party or
                parties
                accessing 911 services using 911 PBX Locate Service hereunder, except
                to
                the extent caused by BellSouth’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
                WinSonic is responsible for assuring that its authorized end users
                comply
                with the provisions of these terms and that unauthorized persons
                do not
                gain access to or use the 911 PBX Locate Service through user names,
                passwords, or other identifiers assigned to WinSonic’s end user or DMA
                pursuant to these terms. Specifically, WinSonic’s end user or DMA must
                keep and protect from use by any unauthorized individual identifiers,
                passwords, and any other security token(s) and devices that are provided
                for access to this product.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.7

            	
              WinSonic
                may only use BellSouth PBX Locate Service solely for the purpose
                of
                validating and correcting 911 related data for WinSonic’s end users’
                telephone numbers for which it has direct management
                authority.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.8

            	
              911
                PBX Locate Transport Component. The
                911 PBX Locate Service transport component requires WinSonic to order
                a
                CAMA type dedicated trunk from WinSonic’s end user premise to the
                appropriate BellSouth 911 tandem pursuant to the following
                provisions.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.8.1

            	
              Except
                as otherwise set forth below, a minimum of two (2) end user specific,
                dedicated 911 trunks are required between the WinSonic’s end user premise
                and the BellSouth 911 tandem as described in BellSouth’s TR 73576 and in
                accordance with the 911 PBX Locate Marketing Service Description
                located
                on the BellSouth Interconnection Web site. WinSonic is responsible
                for
                connectivity between the end user’s PBX and WinSonic’s switch or POP
                location. WinSonic will then order 911 trunks from their switch or
                POP
                location to the BellSouth 911 tandem. The dedicated trunks shall
                be, at a
                minimum, DS0 level trunks configured as part of a digital interface
                (delivered over a WinSonic purchased DS1 facility that hands off
                at a DS1
                or higher level digital or optical interface). WinSonic is responsible
                for
                ensuring that the PBX switch is capable of sending the calling station’s
                Direct Inward Dial (DID) telephone number to the BellSouth 911 tandem
                in a
                specified Multi-frequency (MF) Address Signaling Protocol. If the
                PBX
                switch supports Primary Rate ISDN (PRI) and the calling stations
                are DID
                numbers, then the 911 call can be transmitted using PRI, and there
                will be
                no requirement for the PBX Locate Transport
                component.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.9

            	
              Ordering
                and Provisioning. WinSonic
                will submit an Access Service Request (ASR) to BellSouth to order
                a
                minimum of two (2) end user specific 911 trunks from its switch or
                POP
                location to the BellSouth 911
                tandem.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      87 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      43

     

    
      	
              6.3.9.1

            	
              Testing
                and maintenance shall be provided by WinSonic pursuant to the 911
                PBX
                Locate Marketing Service description that is located on the BellSouth
                Interconnection Web site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3.10

            	
              Rates.
                Rates
                for the 911 PBX Locate Service database component are set forth in
                Exhibit
                A. Trunks and facilities for 911 PBX Locate transport component may
                be
                ordered by WinSonic pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth
                in
                Attachment 3.

            

    

     

    
      	7	
              White
                Pages Listings

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall provide WinSonic and its customers access to white pages directory
                listings under the following terms:

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1

            	
              Listings.
                WinSonic
                shall provide all new, changed and deleted listings on a timely basis
                and
                BellSouth or its agent will include WinSonic residential and business
                customer listings in the appropriate White Pages (residential and
                business) or alphabetical directories in the geographic areas covered
                by
                this Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Directory
                listings will make no distinction between WinSonic and BellSouth
                customers. WinSonic shall provide listing information in accordance
                with
                the procedures set forth in The BellSouth Business Rules for Local
                Ordering found at BellSouth’s Interconnection Services Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.2

            	
              Unlisted/Non-Published
                Customers. WinSonic
                will be required to provide to BellSouth the names, addresses and
                telephone numbers of all WinSonic customers who wish to be omitted
                from
                directories. Unlisted/Non-Published listings will be subject to the
                rates
                as set forth in BellSouth’s GSST and shall not be subject to wholesale
                discount.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.3

            	
              Inclusion
                of WinSonic Customers in Directory Assistance Database. BellSouth
                will include and maintain WinSonic customer listings in BellSouth’s DA
                databases.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic
                shall provide such Directory Assistance listings to BellSouth at
                no
                charge.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.4

            	
              Listing
                Information Confidentiality. BellSouth
                will afford WinSonic’s directory listing information the same level of
                confidentiality that BellSouth affords its own directory listing
                information.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.5

            	
              Additional
                and Designer Listings. Additional
                and designer listings will be offered by BellSouth at tariffed rates
                as
                set forth in BellSouth’s GSST and shall not be subject to the wholesale
                discount.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.6

            	
              Rates.
                So
                long as WinSonic provides listing information to BellSouth as set
                forth in
                Section 7.1.2 above, BellSouth shall provide to WinSonic one (1)
                basic
                White Pages directory listing per WinSonic customer at no charge
                other
                than applicable

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      88 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      44

     

    
      	 	
              service
                order charges as set forth in BellSouth’s tariffs. Except in the case of a
                LSR submitted solely to port a number from BellSouth, if such listing
                is
                requested on the initial LSR associated with the request for services,
                a
                single manual service order charge or electronic service order charge,
                as
                appropriate, as described in Attachment 6, will apply to both the
                request
                for service and the request for the directory listing. Where a subsequent
                LSR is placed solely to request a directory listing, or is placed
                to port
                a number and request a directory listing, separate service order
                charges
                as set forth in BellSouth’s tariffs shall apply, as well as the manual
                service order charge or the electronic service order charge, as
                appropriate, as described in Attachment
                6.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.2

            	
              Directories.
                BellSouth
                or its agent shall make available White Pages directories to WinSonic
                customer at no charge or as specified in a separate agreement between
                WinSonic and BellSouth’s agent.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3

            	
              Procedures
                for submitting WinSonic SLI are found in The BellSouth Business Rules
                for
                Local Ordering found at BellSouth’s Interconnection Services Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3.1

            	
              WinSonic
                authorizes BellSouth to release all WinSonic SLI provided to BellSouth
                by
                WinSonic to qualifying third parties pursuant to either a license
                agreement or BellSouth’s Directory Publishers Database Service (DPDS),
                BellSouth’s GSST.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Such
                WinSonic SLI shall be intermingled with BellSouth’s own customer listings
                and listings of any other CLEC that has authorized a similar release
                of
                SLI.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3.2

            	
              No
                compensation shall be paid to WinSonic for BellSouth’s receipt of WinSonic
                SLI, or for the subsequent release to third parties of such SLI.
                In
                addition, to the extent BellSouth incurs costs to modify its systems
                to
                enable the release of WinSonic’s SLI, or costs on an ongoing basis to
                administer the release of WinSonic SLI, WinSonic shall pay to BellSouth
                its proportionate share of the reasonable costs associated therewith.
                At
                any time that costs may be incurred to administer the release of
                WinSonic’s SLI, WinSonic will be notified. If WinSonic does not wish to
                pay its proportionate share of these reasonable costs, WinSonic may
                instruct BellSouth that it does not wish to release its SLI to independent
                publishers, and WinSonic shall amend this Agreement accordingly.
                WinSonic
                will be liable for all costs incurred until the effective date of
                the
                agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3.3

            	
              Neither
                BellSouth nor any agent shall be liable for the content or accuracy
                of any
                SLI provided by WinSonic under this Agreement. WinSonic shall indemnify,
                except to the extent caused by BellSouth’s gross negligence or willful
                misconduct, hold harmless and defend BellSouth and its agents from
                and
                against any damages, losses, liabilities, demands, claims, suits,
                judgments, costs and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable
                attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising from BellSouth’s tariff obligations
                or otherwise and resulting from or arising out of any third party’s claim
                of inaccurate WinSonic listings or use of the SLI
                provided

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      89 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Page
      45

     

    
      	 	
              pursuant
                to this Agreement. BellSouth may forward to WinSonic any complaints
                received by BellSouth relating to the accuracy or quality of WinSonic
                listings.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3.4

            	
              Listings
                and subsequent updates will be released consistent with BellSouth
                system
                changes and/or update scheduling
                requirements.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      90 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      1

     

    
      	1.	
              Loops

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              4-wire
                Unbundled DS1 Digital Loop

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              This
                is a designed 4-wire Loop that is provisioned according to industry
                standards for DS1 or Primary Rate ISDN services and will come standard
                with a test point, OC, and a DLR. A DS1 Loop may be provisioned over
                a
                variety of loop transmission technologies including copper, HDSL-based
                technology or fiber optic transport systems. It will include a 4-wire
                DS1
                Network Interface at the End User’s location. For purposes of this
                Agreement, DS1 Loops include 2-wire and 4-wire copper Loops capable
                of
                providing high-bit digital subscriber line services, such as 2-wire
                and 4-
                wire HDSL Compatible Loops.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              2-wire
                or 4-wire HDSL-Compatible Loop

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              This
                is a designed Loop that meets Carrier Serving Area (CSA) specifications,
                may be up to 12,000 feet long and may have up to 2,500 feet of bridged
                tap
                (inclusive of Loop length). It may be a 2-wire or 4- wire circuit
                and will
                come standard with a test point, OC, and a
                DLR.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.3

            	
              DS3
                Loop.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              DS3
                Loop is a two-point digital transmission path which provides for
                simultaneous two-way transmission of serial, bipolar, return-to-zero
                isochronous digital electrical signals at a transmission rate of
                forty-four point seven thirty-six (44.736) megabits per second (Mbps)
                that
                is dedicated to the use of the ordering CLEC in its provisioning
                of local
                exchange and associated exchange access services. It may provide
                transport
                for twenty-eight (28) DS1 channels, each of which provides the digital
                equivalent of twenty-four (24) analog voice grade channels. The interface
                to unbundled dedicated DS3 transport is a metallic-based electrical
                interface.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4

            	
              Requirements
                for DS1 and DS3 Loops

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall not provide more than ten (10) unbundled DS1 Loops to WinSonic
                at
                any single building in which DS1 Loops are available as unbundled
                loops.
                WinSonic may obtain a maximum of a single Unbundled DS3 loop to any
                single
                building in which DS3 Loops are available as Unbundled
                Loops.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4.2

            	
              For
                purposes of this Section 1, a Business Line is defined in 47 C.F.R.
§
                51.5.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4.3

            	
              Notwithstanding
                anything to the contrary in this Agreement, and except as set forth
                in
                Section 9 below, BellSouth shall make available DS1 and DS3 Loops
                except
                as described below:

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      91 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      2

     

    
      	
              1.4.3.1

            	
              DS1
                Loops at any location within the service area of a wire center containing
                60,000 or more Business Lines and four (4) or more fiber- based
                collocators.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4.3.2

            	
              DS3
                Loops at any location within the service area of a wire center containing
                38,000 or more Business Lines and four (4) or more fiber- based
                collocators.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4.4

            	
              A
                list of wire centers meeting the criteria set forth in Sections 1.4.3.1
                and 1.4.3.2 above as ordered by the Georgia Public Service Commission
                in
                Docket No. 19341-U (Initial Wire Center List) is attached to BellSouth’s
                Carrier Notification Letter SN91086068, dated March 30, 2006, which
                is
                available on BellSouth's Interconnection Services Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4.5

            	
              Once
                a wire center meets or exceeds both of the thresholds set forth in
                Section
                1.4.3.1 above, no future DS1 Loop unbundling will be required in
                that wire
                center.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4.6

            	
              Once
                a wire center meets or exceeds both of the thresholds set forth in
                Section
                1.4.3.2 above, no future DS3 Loop unbundling will be required in
                that wire
                center.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Dedicated
                Transport and Dark Fiber Transport

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              Dedicated
                Transport. Dedicated
                Transport is defined as BellSouth’s transmission facilities between wire
                centers or switches owned by BellSouth, or between wire centers or
                switches owned by BellSouth and switches owned by WinSonic, including
                but
                not limited to DS1, DS3 and OCn level services, as well as dark fiber,
                dedicated to WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                shall not be required to provide access to OCn level Dedicated Transport
                under any circumstances pursuant to this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              Requirements
                for DS1 and DS3 Dedicated
                Transport

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.1

            	
              WinSonic
                may obtain a maximum of twelve (12) unbundled DS3 Dedicated Transport
                circuits on each route where DS3 Dedicated Transport is available
                as a
                Network Element, and a maximum of ten (10) unbundled DS1 Dedicated
                Transport circuits on each Route where there is no 251(c)(3) unbundling
                obligation for DS3 Dedicated Transport but for which impairment exists
                for
                DS1 Dedicated Transport.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      92 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      3

     

    
      	
              2.2.2

            	
              For
                purposes of this Section 2.2, a Business Line is as defined in 47
                C.F.R.

            

    

     

    
      	
              •

            	
              51.5.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.3

            	
              Notwithstanding
                anything to the contrary in this Agreement, BellSouth shall make
                available
                Dedicated Transport as described in this Section 2.2 except as described
                below:

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.3.1

            	
              DS1
                Dedicated Transport where both wire centers at the end points of
                the route
                contain 38,000 or more Business Lines or four (4) or more fiber-
                based
                collocators.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.3.2

            	
              DS3
                Dedicated Transport where both wire centers at the end points of
                the route
                contain 24,000 or more Business Lines or three (3) or more fiber-
                based
                collocators.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.3.3

            	
              A
                list of wire centers meeting the criteria set forth in Sections 2.2.3.1
                or
                2.2.3.2 above as ordered by the Georgia Public Service Commission
                in
                Docket No. 19341-U (Initial Wire Center List), is attached to BellSouth’s
                Carrier Notification Letter SN91086068, dated March 30, 2006, which
                is
                available on BellSouth’s Interconnection Services Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.4

            	
              Once
                a wire center meets or exceeds either of the thresholds set forth
                in this
                Section 2.2.3.1 above, no future DS1 Dedicated Transport unbundling
                will
                be required in that wire center.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.5

            	
              Once
                a wire center meets or exceeds either of the thresholds set forth
                in
                Section 2.2.3.2 above, no future DS3 Dedicated Transport will be
                required
                in that wire center.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              Dark
                Fiber Transport. Dark
                Fiber Transport is defined as Dedicated Transport that consists of
                unactivated optical interoffice transmission facilities without attached
                signal regeneration, multiplexing, aggregation or other
                electronics.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1

            	
              Requirements
                for Dark Fiber
                Transport

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1.1

            	
              For
                purposes of this Section 3.1, a Business Line is as defined in 47
                C.F.R.
                §51.5.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1.2

            	
              Notwithstanding
                anything to the contrary in this Agreement, BellSouth shall make
                available
                Dark Fiber Transport as described in this Section 3.1 except as described
                below:

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1.2.1

            	
              Dark
                Fiber Transport where both wire centers at the end points of the
                route
                contain twenty-four thousand (24,000) or more Business Lines or three
                (3)
                or more fiber-based collocators.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      93 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      4

     

    
      	
              3.1.3

            	
              A
                list of wire centers meeting the criteria set forth in Section 3.1.2.1
                above as ordered by the Georgia Public Service Commission in Docket
                No.
                19341-U, ("Initial List") is attached to BellSouth’s Carrier Notification
                Letter SN91086068, dated March 30, 2006, which is available on BellSouth's
                Interconnection Services Web site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1.4

            	
              Once
                a wire center exceeds either of the thresholds set forth in Section
                3.1.2.1 above, no future Dark Fiber Transport unbundling will be
                required
                in that wire center.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      94 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2 

    Exhibit
      4 

    GA
      COL Language 

    Page
      5 

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              Prior
                to submitting an order pursuant to this Agreement for high capacity
                (DS1
                or above) Dedicated Transport or high capacity Loops, WinSonic shall
                undertake a reasonably diligent inquiry to determine whether WinSonic
                is
                entitled to unbundled access to such Network Elements in accordance
                with
                the terms of this Agreement. By submitting any such order, WinSonic
                self-certifies that to the best of WinSonic’s knowledge, the high capacity
                Dedicated Transport or high capacity Loop requested is available
                as a
                Network Element pursuant to this Attachment. Upon receiving such
                order,
                BellSouth shall process the request in reliance upon WinSonic’s
                self-certification. To the extent BellSouth believes that such request
                does not comply with the terms of this Attachment, BellSouth shall
                seek
                dispute resolution in accordance with the General Terms and Conditions
                of
                this Agreement. If BellSouth prevails in such dispute resolution
                proceeding, WinSonic shall be liable to BellSouth for the difference
                between the rate for the equivalent BellSouth alternative arrangement
                and
                the self certified UNE, plus interest, on such rate
                differential.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.5.1

            	
              In
                the event that (1) BellSouth designates a wire center as non-impaired,
                (2)
                WinSonic converts existing UNEs to other services or orders new services
                as services other than UNEs, (3) WinSonic otherwise would have been
                entitled to UNEs in such wire center at the time alternative services
                provisioned, and (4) BellSouth acknowledges or a state or federal
                agency
                regulatory body with authority determines that, at the time BellSouth
                designated such wire center as non-impaired, such wire center did
                not meet
                the FCC’s non-impairment criteria, then upon request of WinSonic,
                BellSouth shall transition to UNEs any alternative services in such
                wire
                center that were established after such wire center was designated
                as non-
                impaired. In such instances, BellSouth shall refund WinSonic the
                difference between the rate paid by WinSonic for such services and
                the
                applicable UNE rate, including but not limited to any charges associated
                with the unnecessary conversion from UNE to other wholesale
                services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.

            	
              A
                Business Line is defined in 47 CFR §
51.5.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.

            	
              A
                Fiber-Based Collocator is defined in 47 CFR §
                51.5.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.

            	
              A
                Building is defined as a permanent physical structure including,
                but not
                limited to, a structure in which people reside, or conduct business
                or
                work on a daily basis and through which there is one centralized
                point of
                entry in the structure through which all telecommunications services
                must
                transit. As an example only, a high rise office building with a general
                telecommunications equipment room through which all telecommunications
                services to that building’s tenants must pass would be a single “building”
                for purposes of this Attachment 2. Two or more physical areas served
                by
                individual points of entry through
                which

            

    

     

    CCCS
      95 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      6

     

    
      	 	
              telecommunications
                services must transit will be considered separate buildings. For
                instance,
                a strip mall with individual businesses obtaining telecommunications
                services from different access points on the building(s) will be
                considered individual buildings, even though they might share common
                walls.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.

            	
              A
                route is defined as a transmission path between one of BellSouth’s wire
                centers or switches and another of BellSouth’s wire centers or switches. A
                route between two (2) points may pass through one or more intermediate
                wire centers or switches. Transmission paths between identical end
                points
                are the same “route”, irrespective of whether they pass through the same
                intermediate wire centers or switches, if
                any.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.

            	
              Modifications
                and Updates to the Wire Center List and Subsequent Transition Periods
                for
                DS1 and/or DS3 Loops

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.1

            	
              In
                the event BellSouth identifies additional wire centers that meet
                the
                criteria set forth in Section 1.4.3 above, but that were not included
                in
                the Initial Wire Center List, BellSouth shall provide notice of such
                additional wire centers in a Carrier Notification Letter (CNL) sent
                to the
                point of contact in this Agreement, or in the absence of such point
                of
                contact, BellSouth shall post the CNL on BellSouth’s Web site. Each such
                list of additional wire centers shall be considered a “Subsequent Wire
                Center List.”

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.2

            	
              Effective
                ten (10) business days after the date of BellSouth’s notice providing a
                Subsequent Wire Center List, BellSouth shall not be required to unbundle
                DS1 and/or DS3 Loops, as applicable, in such additional wire center(s),
                except pursuant to the self-certification process as set forth in
                Section
                4 above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.3

            	
              For
                purposes of this Section 9, BellSouth shall make available DS1 and
                DS3
                Loops that were in service for WinSonic in a wire center on the Subsequent
                Wire Center List as of the tenth (10th
                )
                business day after the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List (Subsequent Embedded Base) until one hundred and
                ten
                (110) days after the tenth (10th
                )
                business day from the date of BellSouth's CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List (Subsequent Transition
                Period).

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.4

            	
              Subsequent
                disconnects or loss of End Users shall be removed from the Subsequent
                Embedded Base.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.5

            	
              The
                applicable rate for the Subsequent Embedded Base during the Subsequent
                Transition Period shall be 115% of the rate for such Loops set forth
                in
                the Parties’ Amendment to the Agreement to implement the Georgia Public
                Service Commission’s Letter Order dated March 2, 2006 in Docket
                No.14361-U.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      96 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      7

     

    
      	
              9.6

            	
              No
                later than forty (40) days from BellSouth's CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List, WinSonic shall submit a spreadsheet(s) identifying
                the
                Subsequent Embedded Base of circuits to be disconnected or converted
                to
                other BellSouth services. In the case of disconnection, the applicable
                disconnect charges set forth in this Agreement shall
                apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.7

            	
              If
                WinSonic fails to submit the spreadsheet(s) specified in Section 9.6 above
                for all of its Subsequent Embedded Base within forty (40) days after
                the
                date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List
                BellSouth will identify WinSonic's remaining Subsequent Embedded
                Base, if
                any, and will transition such circuits to BellSouth’s 271 equivalent
                service set forth in Section 25 below. Those circuits identified
                and
                transitioned by BellSouth pursuant to this Section 9.7 shall be subject
                to
                115% of the switch-as-is rate set forth in the Parties’ Amendment to the
                Agreement to implement the Georgia Public Service Commission’s Letter
                Order dated March 2, 2006 in Docket
                No.14361-U.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.8

            	
              The
                applicable recurring 271 rate set forth in Exhibit B shall apply
                to the
                Subsequent Embedded Base as of the 110th
                day
                after the tenth business day from the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying
                the Subsequent Embedded Base.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.

            	
              Modifications
                and Updates to the Wire Center List and Subsequent Transition Periods
                for
                DS1 and/or DS3
                Transport

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.1

            	
              In
                the event BellSouth identifies additional wire centers that meet
                the
                criteria set forth in Sections 2.2.4 or 2.2.5 above, but that were
                not
                included in the Initial Wire Center List, BellSouth shall provide
                notice
                of such additional wire centers in a Carrier Notification Letter
                (CNL)
                sent to the point of contact in this Agreement, or in the absence
                of such
                point of contact, BellSouth shall post the CNL on BellSouth’s Web site.
                Each such list of additional wire centers shall be considered a
                “Subsequent Wire Center List.”

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.2

            	
              Effective
                ten (10) business days after the date of BellSouth’s notice providing a
                Subsequent Wire Center List, BellSouth shall not be required to provide
                DS1 and DS3 Dedicated Transport, as applicable, in such additional
                wire
                center(s), except pursuant to the self-certification process as set
                forth
                in Section 4 above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.3

            	
              For
                purposes of this Section 10, BellSouth shall make available DS1 and
                DS3
                Dedicated Transport that were in service for WinSonic in a wire center
                on
                the Subsequent Wire Center List as of the tenth (10th
                )
                business day after the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List (Subsequent Embedded Base) until one hundred and
                ten
                (110) days after the tenth (10th
                )
                business day from the date of BellSouth's
                CNL

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      97 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      8

     

    
      	 	
              identifying
                the Subsequent Wire Center List (Subsequent Transition
                Period).

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.4

            	
              Subsequent
                disconnects or loss of End Users shall be removed from the Subsequent
                Embedded Base.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.5

            	
              The
                applicable rate for the Subsequent Embedded Base during the Subsequent
                Transition Period shall be 115% of the rate for such DS1 and DS3
                Dedicated
                Transport set forth in the Parties’ Amendment to the Agreement to
                implement the Georgia Public Service Commission’s Letter Order dated March
                2, 2006 in Docket No.14361-U.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.6

            	
              No
                later than forty (40) days from BellSouth's CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List WinSonic shall submit a spreadsheet(s) identifying
                the
                Subsequent Embedded Base of circuits to be disconnected or converted
                to
                other BellSouth services. In the case of disconnection, the applicable
                disconnect charges set forth in this Agreement shall
                apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.7

            	
              If
                WinSonic fails to submit the spreadsheet(s) specified in Section
                10.6
                above for all of its Subsequent Embedded Base within forty (40) days
                after
                the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List,
                BellSouth will identify WinSonic's remaining Subsequent Embedded
                Base, if
                any, and will transition such circuits to BellSouth’s 271 equivalent
                service as set forth in Section 25 below. Those circuits identified
                and
                transitioned by BellSouth pursuant to this Section 10.7 shall be
                subject
                to 115% of the switch-as-is rate set forth in the Parties’ Amendment to
                the Agreement to implement the Georgia Public Service Commission’s Letter
                Order dated March 2, 2006 in Docket
                No.14361-U.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.8

            	
              The
                applicable 271 rate set forth in the tariff shall apply to the Subsequent
                Embedded Base as of the 110th
                day
                after the 10th
                business
                day from the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Embedded
                Base.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.

            	
              Modifications
                and Updates to the Wire Center List and Subsequent Transition Periods
                for
                Dark Fiber Transport

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.1

            	
              In
                the event BellSouth identifies additional wire centers that meet
                the
                criteria set forth in Section 3 above, but that were not included
                in the
                Initial Wire Center List, BellSouth shall provide notice of such
                additional wire centers in a Carrier Notification Letter (CNL) sent
                to the
                point of contact in this Agreement, or in the absence of such point
                of
                contact, BellSouth shall post the CNL on BellSouth’s Web site. Each such
                list of additional wire centers shall be considered a “Subsequent Wire
                Center List.”

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.2

            	
              Effective
                ten (10) business days after the date of BellSouth’s notice providing a
                Subsequent Wire Center List, BellSouth shall not be
                required

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      98 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      9

     

    
      	 	
              to
                provide unbundled access to Dark Fiber Transport, as applicable,
                in such
                additional wire center(s), except pursuant to the self-certification
                process as set forth in Section 4
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.3

            	
              For
                purposes of this Section 11, BellSouth shall make available Dark
                Fiber
                Transport that was in service for WinSonic in a wire center on the
                Subsequent Wire Center List as of the tenth (10th
                )
                business day after the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List (Subsequent Embedded Base) until one hundred and
                ten
                (110) days after the tenth (10th
                )
                business day from the date of BellSouth's CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List (Subsequent Transition
                Period).

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.4

            	
              Subsequent
                disconnects or loss of End Users shall be removed from the Subsequent
                Embedded Base.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.5

            	
              The
                applicable rate for the Subsequent Embedded Base during the Subsequent
                Transition Period shall be 115% of the rate for such Dark Fiber Transport
                set forth in the Parties’ Amendment to the Agreement to implement the
                Georgia Public Service Commission’s Letter Order dated March 2, 2006 in
                Docket No.14361-U.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.6

            	
              No
                later than forty (40) days from BellSouth's CNL identifying the Subsequent
                Wire Center List, WinSonic shall submit a spreadsheet(s) identifying
                the
                Subsequent Embedded Base of circuits to be disconnected or converted
                to
                other BellSouth services. In the case of disconnection, the applicable
                disconnect charges set forth in this Agreement shall
                apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.7

            	
              If
                WinSonic fails to submit the spreadsheet(s) specified in Section
                11.6
                above for all of its Subsequent Embedded Base within forty (40) days
                after
                the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List,
                BellSouth will identify WinSonic's remaining Subsequent Embedded
                Base, if
                any, and will transition such circuits to BellSouth’s equivalent tariffed
                service set forth in Section 25 below. Those circuits identified
                and
                transitioned by BellSouth pursuant to this Section 11.7 shall be
                subject
                to 115% of the switch-as-is rate set forth in the Parties’ Amendment to
                the Agreement to implement the Georgia Public Service Commission’s Letter
                Order dated March 2, 2006 in Docket
                No.14361-U.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.8

            	
              The
                applicable tariff rate shall apply to the Subsequent Embedded Base
                as of
                the 110th
                day
                after the 10th
                business
                day from the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Embedded
                Base.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.

            	
              Except
                to the extent expressly provided otherwise in this Attachment, WinSonic
                may not maintain unbundled network elements or combinations of unbundled
                network elements, that are no longer offered pursuant to Section
                251of the
                Act (collectively “Arrangements”). In the event WinSonic has in place any
                such Arrangements after the Effective Date of this Agreement, this
                amendment shall serve as BellSouth’s written
                notice

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      99 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      10

     

    
      	 	
              to
                WinSonic that WinSonic has thirty (30) days to transition all DS1
                Local
                Switching and UNE-P arrangements and sixty (60) days to transition
                all
                other Arrangements. If WinSonic fails to submit orders to disconnect
                or
                convert such Arrangements within the aforementioned timeframes, BellSouth
                will transition such circuits to the equivalent tariffed BellSouth
                service(s). To the extent no tariff equivalent service exists, BellSouth
                shall disconnect such facility or arrangement. Those circuits identified
                and transitioned by BellSouth pursuant to this Section 12 shall be
                subject
                to 115% of the applicable switch-as-is charges set forth in the Parties’
                Amendment to the Agreement to implement the Georgia Public Service
                Commission’s Letter Order dated March 2, 2006 in Docket
                No.14361-U.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.1

            	
              The
                applicable recurring resale or tariffed charge shall apply to each
                circuit
                as of the Effective Date of this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              13.

            	
              Commingling
                of Services

            

    

     

    
      	
              13.1

            	
              Commingling
                means the connecting, attaching, or otherwise linking of a Network
                Element, or a Combination, to one or more Telecommunications Services
                or
                facilities that WinSonic has obtained at wholesale from BellSouth,
                or the
                combining of a Network Element or Combination with one or more such
                wholesale Telecommunications Services or facilities, consistent with
                the
                Georgia Public Service Commission’s Order dated March 2, 2006 in Docket
                No. 19341-U. To the extent a Section 271 facility or service is obtained
                at wholesale, BellSouth will commingle such facility or service with
                Section 251 Network Elements or
                Combinations.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic
                must comply with all rates, terms or conditions applicable to such
                wholesale Telecommunications Services or
                facilities.

            

    

     

    
      	
              13.2

            	
              Subject
                to the limitations set forth elsewhere in this Attachment, BellSouth
                shall
                not deny access to a Network Element or a Combination on the grounds
                that
                one or more of the elements: (1) is connected to, attached to, linked
                to,
                or combined with such a facility or service obtained from BellSouth;
                or
                (2) shares part of BellSouth’s network with access services or inputs for
                mobile wireless services and/or interexchange
                services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              13.3

            	
              Unless
                otherwise agreed to by the Parties, the Network Element portion of
                a
                commingled circuit will be billed at the rates set forth in the Parties’
                Amendment to the Agreement to implement the Georgia Public Service
                Commission’s Letter Order dated March 2, 2006 in Docket No.14361-U, and
                the remainder of the circuit or service will be billed in accordance
                with
                either BellSouth’s tariffed rates or the 271 rates set forth in Exhibit B
                of this Agreement, as applicable.

            

    

     

    
      	
              13.4

            	
              When
                multiplexing equipment is attached to a commingled circuit, the
                multiplexing equipment will be billed from the same agreement or
                tariff as
                the higher bandwidth circuit. Central Office Channel Interfaces
                (COCI)

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      100 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      11

     

    
      	 	
              will
                be billed from the same agreement or tariff as the lower bandwidth
                circuit.

            

    

     

    
      	
              14.

            	
              Conversion
                of Wholesale Services to Network Elements or Network Elements to
                Wholesale
                Services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              14.1

            	
              Upon
                request, BellSouth shall convert a wholesale service, or group of
                wholesale services, to the equivalent Network Element or Combination
                that
                is available to WinSonic pursuant to this Agreement, or convert a
                Network
                Element or Combination that is available to WinSonic under this Agreement
                to an equivalent wholesale service or group of wholesale services
                offered
                by BellSouth (collectively “Conversion”). BellSouth shall charge 115% of
                the switch-as-is rate set forth in the Parties’ Amendment to the Agreement
                to implement the Georgia Public Service Commission’s Letter Order dated
                March 2, 2006 in Docket No.14361-U for Conversions to specific Network
                Elements or Combinations.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                shall also charge the same nonrecurring switch-as-is rates when converting
                from Network Elements or Combinations. Any rate change resulting
                from the
                Conversion will be effective as of the next billing cycle following
                BellSouth’s receipt of a complete and accurate Conversion request from the
                CLEC. A Conversion shall be considered termination for purposes of
                any
                volume and/or term commitments and/or grandfathered status between
                CLEC
                and BellSouth. Any change from a wholesale service/group of wholesale
                services to a Network Element/Combination, or from a Network
                Element/Combination to a wholesale service/group of wholesale services
                that requires a physical rearrangement will not be considered to
                be a
                Conversion for purposes of this Agreement. BellSouth shall not require
                physical rearrangements if the Conversion can be completed through
                record
                changes only. Orders for Conversions will be handled in accordance
                with
                the guidelines set forth in the Ordering Guidelines and Processes
                and CLEC
                Information Packages as referenced in Section 14.3
                below.

            

    

     

    
      	
              14.2

            	
              To
                the extent, WinSonic had a Conversion request pending between October
                2,
                2003 and the effective date of this Amendment, such Conversion shall
                be
                deemed converted as of the date of such
                request.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      101 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      12

     

    
      	
              14.3

            	
              Ordering
                Guidelines and Processes

            

    

     

    
      	
              14.3.1

            	
              For
                information regarding Ordering Guidelines and Processes for various
                Network Elements, Combinations and Other Services, WinSonic should
                refer
                to the “Guides” section of the BellSouth Interconnection Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              14.3.2

            	
              Additional
                information may also be found in the individual CLEC Information
                Packages
                located at the “CLEC UNE Products” on BellSouth’s Interconnection Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              14.3.3

            	
              The
                provisioning of Network Elements, Combinations and Other Services
                to
                WinSonic’s Collocation Space will require cross-connections within the
                central office to connect the Network Element, Combinations or Other
                Services to the demarcation point associated with WinSonic’s Collocation
                Space. These cross-connects are separate components that are not
                considered a part of the Network Element, Combinations or Other Services
                and, thus, have a separate charge pursuant to this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.

            	
              Line
                Splitting

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.1

            	
              Line
                splitting shall mean that WinSonic purchases a whole loop and provides
                the
                splitter to provide voice and data services through an arrangement
                with a
                third party CLEC, who is either the provider of data services (Data
                CLEC)
                or the provider of voice services (Voice CLEC), to deliver voice
                and data
                service to End Users over the same Loop. The Voice CLEC and Data
                CLEC are
                different carriers, with WinSonic being either the Voice CLEC or
                Data
                CLEC.

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.2

            	
              Line
                Splitting - UNE-L. In the event WinSonic provides its own switching
                or
                obtains switching from a third party, WinSonic may engage in line
                splitting arrangements with another CLEC using a splitter, provided
                by
                WinSonic, in a Collocation Space at the central office where the
                loop
                terminates into a distribution frame or its
                equivalent.

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.3

            	
              Line
                Splitting - Loop and Port

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              To
                the extent WinSonic is using a commingled arrangement that consists
                of an
                Unbundled Loop purchased pursuant to this Agreement and Local Switching
                provided by BellSouth pursuant to Section 271, BellSouth will permit
                WinSonic to utilize Line Splitting. BellSouth shall charge the applicable
                rates ordered by the Georgia Public Service Commission in its March
                2,
                2006 Letter Order in docket
                14361-U.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      102 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      13

     

    
      	
              15.4

            	
              WinSonic
                shall provide BellSouth with a signed LOA between it and the third
                party
                CLEC (Data CLEC
                or Voice CLEC) with which it desires to provision Line Splitting
                services,
                where WinSonic will not provide voice and data
                services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.5

            	
              Provisioning
                Line Splitting and Splitter Space - Loop and
                Port

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.5.1

            	
              The
                Data LEC, Voice CLEC, or a third party may provide the splitter.
                When
                WinSonic or its authorized agent owns the splitter, Line Splitting
                requires the following: a non-designed analog Loop from the serving
                wire
                center to the NID at the End User’s location; a collocation cross-
                connection connecting the Loop to the collocation space; and a second
                collocation cross-connection from the collocation space connected
                to a
                voice port.

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.5.2

            	
              An
                unloaded 2-wire copper Loop must serve the End User. The meet point
                for
                the Voice CLEC and the Data CLEC is the point of termination on the
                MDF
                for the Data CLEC's cable and
                pairs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.5.3

            	
              The
                foregoing procedures are applicable to migration from a loop and
                port
                arrangement to Line Splitting Service, including a Line splitting
                service
                that includes a commingled arrangement of Loop and unbundled local
                switching pursuant to Section 271.

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.6

            	
              CLEC
                Provided Splitter - Line Splitting - Loop and Port and
                UNE-L

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.6.1

            	
              WinSonic
                or its authorized agent may purchase, install and maintain central
                office
                POTS splitters in its collocation arrangements. WinSonic or its authorized
                agent may use such splitters for access to its customers and to provide
                digital line subscriber services to its customers using the High
                Frequency
                Spectrum. Existing Collocation rules and procedures and the terms
                and
                conditions relating to Collocation set forth in Attachment 4- Central
                Office shall apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.6.2

            	
              Any
                splitters installed by WinSonic or its authorized agent in its collocation
                arrangement shall comply with ANSI T1.413, Annex E, or any future
                ANSI
                splitter Standards. WinSonic or its authorized agent may install
                any
                splitters that BellSouth deploys or permits to be deployed for itself
                or
                any BellSouth affiliate.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      103 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      14

     

    
      	
              15.7

            	
              Provisioning
                Line Splitting and Splitter Space -
                UNE-L

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.7.2

            	
              WinSonic
                provides
                the splitter when providing Line Splitting with UNE- L. When WinSonic
                or
                its authorized agent owns the splitter, Line Splitting requires the
                following: a loop from NID at the End User’s location to the serving wire
                center and terminating into a distribution frame or its
                equivalent.

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.8

            	
              Maintenance
                - Line Splitting - Loop and Port and
                UNE-L

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.8.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will be responsible for repairing troubles with the physical loop
                between
                the NID at the End User’s premises and the termination
                point.

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.8.2

            	
              BellSouth
                must make all necessary network modifications, including providing
                nondiscriminatory access to operations support systems necessary
                for
                pre-ordering, ordering, provisioning, maintenance and repair, and
                billing
                for loops used in line splitting
                arrangements.

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.9

            	
              Indemnity

            

    

     

    
      	
              15.9.1

            	
              WinSonic
                shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless BellSouth from and against
                any
                claims, losses, damages and costs incurred by BellSouth, which arise out
                of actions related to the other service provider, except to the extent
                caused by BellSouth’s gross negligence or willful
                misconduct.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      104 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      15

     

    
      	
              16.

            	
              Automatic
                Location Identification/Data Management
                System

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.1

            	
              911
                and E911 Databases

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.1.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall provide WinSonic with nondiscriminatory access to 911 and E911
                databases on an unbundled basis, in accordance with 47 C.F.R. § 51.319
                (f).

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.1.2

            	
              The
                ALI/DMS database contains End User information (including name, address,
                telephone information, and sometimes special information from the
                local
                service provider or End User) used to determine to which PSAP to
                route the
                call. The ALI/DMS database is used to provide enhanced routing flexibility
                for E911. WinSonic will be required to provide the BellSouth 911
                database
                vendor daily service order updates to E911 database in accordance
                with
                Section 16.3.1 below.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.2

            	
              Technical
                Requirements

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.2.1

            	
              BellSouth’s
                911 database vendor shall provide WinSonic the capability of providing
                updates to the ALI/DMS database through a specified electronic interface.
                WinSonic shall contact BellSouth’s 911 database vendor directly to request
                interface. WinSonic shall provide updates directly to BellSouth’s 911
                database vendor on a daily basis. Updates shall be the responsibility
                of
                WinSonic and BellSouth shall not be liable for the transactions between
                WinSonic and BellSouth’s 911 database
                vendor.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.2.2

            	
              It
                is WinSonic’s responsibility to retrieve and confirm statistical data and
                to correct errors obtained from BellSouth’s 911 database vendor on a daily
                basis. All errors will be assigned a unique error code and the description
                of the error and the corrective action is described in the CLEC Users
                Guide for Facility Based Providers that is found on the BellSouth
                Interconnection Web site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.2.3

            	
              WinSonic
                shall conform to the BellSouth standards as described in the CLEC
                Users
                Guide to E911 for Facilities Based Providers that is located on the
                BellSouth’s Interconnection Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.2.4

            	
              Stranded
                Unlocks are defined as End User records in BellSouth’s ALI/DMS database
                that have not been migrated for over ninety (90) days to WinSonic,
                as a
                new provider of local service to the End User. Stranded Unlocks are
                those
                End User records that have been “unlocked” by the previous local exchange
                carrier that provided service to the End User and are open for WinSonic
                to
                assume responsibility for such
                records.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.2.5

            	
              Based
                upon End User record ownership information available in the NPAC
                database,
                BellSouth shall provide a Stranded Unlock annual report to WinSonic
                that
                reflects all Stranded Unlocks that remain in the ALI/DMS database
                for over
                ninety (90) days. WinSonic shall review the Stranded Unlock report,
                identify its End User records and request to either delete such records
                or
                migrate the records to WinSonic within two (2) months following the
                date
                of the Stranded Unlock report provided
                by

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      105 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      16

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth.
                WinSonic shall reimburse BellSouth for any charges BellSouth’s database
                vendor imposes on BellSouth for the deletion of WinSonic’s
                records.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3

            	
              911
                PBX Locate Service . 911
                PBX Locate Service is comprised of a database capability and a separate
                transport component.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.1

            	
              Description
                of Product. The
                transport component provides a dedicated trunk path from a Private
                Branch
                Exchange (PBX) switch to the appropriate BellSouth 911
                tandem.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.1.1

            	
              The
                database capability allows WinSonic to offer an E911 service to its
                PBX
                End Users that identifies to the PSAP the physical location of the
                WinSonic PBX 911 End User station telephone number for the 911 call
                that
                is placed by the End User.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.2

            	
              WinSonic
                may order either the database capability or the transport component
                as
                desired or WinSonic may order both components of the
                service.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.3

            	
              911
                PBX Locate Database Capability. WinSonic’s
                End User or WinSonic’s End User’s database management agent (DMA) must
                provide the End User PBX station telephone numbers and corresponding
                address and location data to BellSouth’s 911 database vendor. The data
                will be loaded and maintained in BellSouth’s ALI
                database.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.4

            	
              Ordering,
                provisioning, testing and maintenance shall be provided by WinSonic
                pursuant to the 911 PBX Locate Marketing Service Description (MSD)
                that is
                located on the BellSouth Interconnection Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.5

            	
              WinSonic’s
                End User, or WinSonic’s End User database management agent must provide
                ongoing updates to BellSouth’s 911 database vendor within a commercially
                reasonable timeframe of all PBX station telephone number adds, moves
                and
                deletions. It will be the responsibility of WinSonic to ensure that
                the
                End User or DMA maintain the data pertaining to each End User’s extension
                managed by the 911 PBX Locate Service product. WinSonic should not
                submit
                telephone number updates for specific PBX station telephone numbers
                that
                are submitted by WinSonic’s End User, or WinSonic’s End User DMA under the
                terms of 911 PBX Locate product.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.6

            	
              WinSonic
                must provision all PBX station numbers in the same LATA as the E911
                tandem.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.7

            	
              WinSonic
                agrees to release, indemnify, defend and hold
                harmless

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                from any and all loss, claims, demands, suits, or other action, or
                any
                liability whatsoever, whether suffered, made, instituted or asserted
                by
                WinSonic’s End User or by any other party or person, for any personal
                injury to or death of any person or persons, or for any loss, damage
                or
                destruction of any property, whether owned by WinSonic or others,
                or for
                any infringement or invasion of the right of privacy of any person
                or

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      106 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      17

     

    
      	 	
              persons,
                caused or claimed to have been caused, directly or indirectly, by
                the
                installation, operation, failure to operate, maintenance, removal,
                presence, condition, location or use of PBX Locate Service features
                or by
                any services which are or may be furnished by BellSouth in connection
                therewith, including but not limited to the identification of the
                telephone number, address or name associated with the telephone used
                by
                the party or parties accessing 911 services using 911 PBX Locate
                Service
                hereunder, except to the extent caused by BellSouth’s gross negligence or
                wilful misconduct. WinSonic is responsible for assuring that its
                authorized End Users comply with the provisions of these terms and
                that
                unauthorized persons do not gain access to or use the 911 PBX Locate
                Service through user names, passwords, or other identifiers assigned
                to
                WinSonic’s End User or DMA pursuant to these terms. Specifically,
                WinSonic’s End User or DMA must keep and protect from use by any
                unauthorized individual identifiers, passwords, and any other security
                token(s) and devices that are provided for access to this
                product.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.8

            	
              WinSonic
                may only use BellSouth PBX Locate Service solely for the purpose
                of
                validating and correcting 911 related data for WinSonic’s End Users’
                telephone numbers for which it has direct management
                authority.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.9

            	
              911
                PBX Locate Transport Component. The
                911 PBX Locate Service transport component requires WinSonic to order
                a
                CAMA type dedicated trunk from WinSonic’s End User premise to the
                appropriate BellSouth 911 tandem pursuant to the following
                provisions.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.10

            	
              Except
                as otherwise set forth below, a minimum of two (2) End User specific,
                dedicated 911 trunks are required between the WinSonic’s End User premise
                and the BellSouth 911 tandem as described in BellSouth’s Technical
                Reference (TR) 73576 and in accordance with the 911
                PBX

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Locate
                Marketing Service Description located on the BellSouth Interconnection
                Web
                site. WinSonic is responsible for connectivity between the End User’s PBX
                and WinSonic’s switch or POP
                location.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic
                will then order 911 trunks from their switch or POP location to the
                BellSouth 911 tandem. The dedicated trunks shall be, at a minimum,
                DS0
                level trunks configured as part of a digital interface (delivered
                over a
                WinSonic purchased DS1 facility that hands off at a DS1 or higher
                level
                digital or optical interface). WinSonic is responsible for ensuring
                that
                the PBX switch is capable of sending the calling station’s Direct Inward
                Dial (DID) telephone number to the BellSouth 911 tandem in a specified
                Multi- frequency (MF) Address Signaling Protocol. If the PBX switch
                supports Primary Rate ISDN (PRI) and the calling stations are DID
                numbers,
                then the 911call can be transmitted using PRI, and there will be
                no
                requirement for the PBX Locate Transport
                component.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.11

            	
              Ordering
                and Provisioning. WinSonic
                will submit an Access Service Request (ASR) to BellSouth to order
                a
                minimum of two (2) End User

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      107 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      18

     

    
      	 	
              specific
                911 trunks from its switch or POP location to the BellSouth 911
                tandem.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.12

            	
              Testing
                and maintenance shall be provided by WinSonic pursuant to the 911
                PBX
                Locate Marketing Service description that is located on the BellSouth
                Interconnection Web site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              16.3.13

            	
              Rates.
                Rates
                for the 911 PBX Locate Service database component are set forth in
                Exhibit
                A. Trunks and facilities for 911 PBX Locate transport component may
                be
                ordered by WinSonic pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth
                in
                Attachment 3.

            

    

     

    
      	
              17.

            	
              Fiber
                to the Home (FTTH) loops are local loops consisting entirely of fiber
                optic cable, whether dark or lit, serving an End User’s premises or, the
                case of predominantly residential multiple dwelling units (MDUs),
                a fiber
                optic cable, whether dark or lit, that extends to the MDU minimum
                point of
                entry (MPOE). As defined in 47 C.F.R. 68.105(B), Fiber to the Curb
                (FTTC)
                loops are local loops consisting of fiber optic cable connecting
                to a
                copper distribution plant that is not more than five hundred (500)
                feet
                from the End User’s premises or, in the case of predominantly residential
                MDUs, not more than five hundred (500) feet from the MDU’s MPOE. The fiber
                optic cable in a FTTC loop must connect to a copper distribution
                plant at
                a serving area interface from which every other copper distribution
                subloop also is not more than five hundred (500) feet from the respective
                End User’s premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              17.1

            	
              In
                new build (Greenfield) areas, where BellSouth has only deployed FTTH/FTTC
                facilities, BellSouth is under no obligation to provide such FTTH
                and FTTC
                Loops. FTTH facilities include fiber loops deployed to the MPOE of
                a MDU
                that is predominantly residential regardless of the ownership of
                the
                inside wiring from the MPOE to each End User in the
                MDU.

            

    

     

    
      	
              18.

            	
              A
                hybrid Loop is a local Loop, composed of both, fiber optic cable
                usually
                in the feeder plant and copper twisted wire or cable usually in the
                distribution plant. BellSouth shall provide WinSonic with
                nondiscriminatory access to the time division multiplexing features,
                functions and capabilities of such hybrid Loop, on an unbundled basis
                to
                establish a complete transmission path between BellSouth’s central office
                and an End User’s premises.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      108 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      19

     

    
      	
              19.

            	
              Routine
                Network Modifications

            

    

     

    
      	
              19.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will perform Routine Network Modifications (RNM) in accordance with
                FCC 47
                CFR 51.319 (a)(7) and (e)(4) for Loops and Dedicated Transport provided
                under this Attachment. BellSouth shall make all routine network
                modifications to unbundled loop and transport facilities used by
                WinSonic
                at WinSonic’s request where the requested loop and/or transport facility
                has already been constructed. BellSouth shall perform these routine
                network modifications to facilities in a non- discriminatory fashion,
                without regard to whether the loop or transport facility being accessed
                was constructed on behalf, or in accordance with the specifications,
                of
                any carrier. A routine network modification is an activity that BellSouth
                regularly undertakes for its own
                customers.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Routine
                network modifications include, but are not limited to, rearranging
                or
                splicing of cable; adding an equipment case; adding a doubler or
                repeater;
                adding a smart jack; installing a repeater shelf; adding a line card;
                deploying a new multiplexer or reconfiguring an existing multiplexer;
                and
                attaching electronic and other equipment that BellSouth ordinarily
                attaches to a loop or transport facility to serve its own customers.
                Routine network modifications may entail activities such as accessing
                manholes, deploying bucket trucks to reach aerial cable, and installing
                equipment casings. Routine network modifications do not include the
                construction of a new loop, or the installation of new aerial or
                buried
                cable for WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              19.2

            	
              BellSouth
                shall perform routine network modifications pursuant to the existing
                non-recurring charges and recurring rates ordered by the state commission
                for the loop and transport facilities set forth in Exhibit A of Attachment
                2 of the Agreement and not at an additional charge. RNM shall be
                performed
                within the intervals established for the Network Element and subject
                to
                the performance measurements and associated remedies set forth in
                Attachment 9 of this Agreement except to the extent BellSouth demonstrates
                that such RNM were not anticipated in the setting of such intervals.
                If
                BellSouth believes that it has not anticipated a requested network
                modification as being a RNM and has not recovered the costs of such
                RNM in
                the rates set forth in Exhibit A of Attachment 2 of the Agreement,
                BellSouth can seek resolution from the state
                commission.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              However,
                in the interim, BellSouth will perform the RNM at the existing recurring
                and non-recurring rates associated with the provision of the loop
                or
                transport facility. There may not be any double recovery or retroactive
                recovery of these costs.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      109 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      20

     

    
      	
              20.

            	
              Furthermore,
                in FTTH/FTTC overbuild areas where BellSouth has not yet retired
                copper
                facilities, BellSouth is not obligated to ensure that such copper
                Loops in
                that area are capable of transmitting signals prior to receiving
                a request
                for access to such Loops by WinSonic. If a request is received by
                BellSouth for a copper Loop, and the copper facilities have not yet
                been
                retired, BellSouth will restore the copper Loop to serviceable condition
                if technically feasible. In these instances of Loop orders in an
                FTTH/FTTC
                overbuild area, BellSouth’s standard Loop provisioning interval will
                apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              21.

            	
              EELs
                Audit provisions

            

    

     

    
      	
              21.1

            	
              BellSouth
                may, on an annual basis audit WinSonic’s records based on cause, in order
                to verify compliance with the high capacity EEL eligibility criteria.
                To
                invoke its limited right to audit, BellSouth will send a Notice of
                Audit
                to WinSonic stating its concern that WinSonic is not complying with
                the
                service eligibility requirements as set forth above and a concise
                statement of the reasons therefore. Such Notice of Audit will be
                delivered
                to WinSonic no less than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the date
                upon
                which BellSouth seeks to commence an audit. BellSouth is not required
                to
                provide documentation, as distinct from a statement of concern, to
                support
                its basis for an audit, or seek the concurrence of the requesting
                carrier
                before selecting the location of the
                audit.

            

    

     

    
      	
              21.2

            	
              The
                audit shall be conducted by a third party independent auditor, retained
                and paid for by BellSouth. BellSouth may select the independent auditor
                without the prior approval of WinSonic or the Commission. Challenges
                to
                the independence of the auditor may be filed with the Commission
                only
                after the audit has been concluded. The audit must be performed in
                accordance with the standards established by the American Institute
                for
                Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) which will require the auditor
                to
                perform an “examination engagement” and issue an opinion regarding
                WinSonic’s compliance with the high capacity EEL eligibility
                criteria.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              AICPA
                standards and other AICPA requirements will be used to determine
                the
                independence of an auditor. The independent auditor’s report will conclude
                whether WinSonic complied in all material respects with the applicable
                service eligibility criteria. Consistent with standard auditing practices,
                such audits require compliance testing designed by the independent
                auditor.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      110 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      21

     

    
      	
              21.3

            	
              To
                the extent the independent auditor’s report concludes that WinSonic failed
                to comply with the service eligibility criteria, WinSonic must true-up
                any
                difference in payments, convert all noncompliant circuits to the
                appropriate service, and make the correct payments on a going- forward
                basis.

            

    

     

    
      	
              21.4

            	
              To
                the extent the independent auditor’s report concludes that WinSonic failed
                to comply in all material respects with the service eligibility criteria,
                WinSonic shall reimburse BellSouth for the cost of the independent
                auditor. To the extent the independent auditor’s report concludes that
                WinSonic did comply in all material respects with the service eligibility
                criteria, BellSouth will reimburse WinSonic for its reasonable and
                demonstrable costs associated with the audit. WinSonic will maintain
                appropriate documentation to support its certifications. The Parties
                shall
                provide such reimbursement within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt
                of
                a statement of such costs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              22.

            	
              WinSonic
                shall not obtain a Network Element for the exclusive provision of
                mobile
                wireless services or interexchange
                services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              23.

            	
              Facilities
                that do not terminate at a demarcation point at an End User premises,
                including, by way of example, but not limited to, facilities that
                terminate to another carrier’s switch or premises, a cell site, Mobile
                Switching Center or base station, do not constitute local Loops under
                Section 251, except to the extent that WinSonic may require Loops
                to such
                locations for the purpose of providing telecommunications services
                to its
                personnel at those locations.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.

            	
              Subloop
                Elements.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.1

            	
              Where
                facilities permit, BellSouth shall offer access to its Unbundled
                Subloop
                (USL) elements as specified herein.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.2

            	
              Unbundled
                Subloop Distribution (USLD)

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.2.1

            	
              The
                USLD facility is a dedicated transmission facility that BellSouth
                provides
                from an End User’s point of demarcation to a BellSouth cross- connect
                device. The BellSouth cross-connect device may be located within
                a remote
                terminal (RT) or a stand-alone cross-box in the field or in the equipment
                room of a building. The USLD media is a copper twisted pair that
                can be
                provisioned as a 2-wire or 4-wire facility. BellSouth will make available
                the following subloop distribution offerings where facilities
                exist:

            

    

     

    USLD
      - Voice Grade (USLD-VG) 

    Unbundled
      Copper Subloop (UCSL) 

    USLD
      - Intrabuilding Network Cable (USLD-INC (aka riser cable)) 

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      111 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      22

     

    
      	
              24.2.2

            	
              USLD-VG
                is a copper subloop facility from the cross-box in the field up to
                and
                including the point of demarcation at the End User’s premises and may have
                load coils.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.2.3

            	
              UCSL
                is a copper facility eighteen thousand (18,000) feet or less in length
                provided from the cross-box in the field up to and including the
                End
                User’s point of demarcation. If available, this facility will not have
                any
                intervening equipment such as load coils between the End User and
                the
                cross-box.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.2.4

            	
              If
                WinSonic requests a UCSL and it is not available, WinSonic may request
                the
                copper Subloop facility be modified pursuant to the ULM process to
                remove
                load coils and/or excessive bridged taps. If load coils and/or excessive
                bridged taps are removed, the facility will be classified as a UCSL.

            

    

    
    

    
      	
              24.2.5

            	
              USLD-INC
                is the distribution facility owned or controlled by BellSouth inside
                a
                building or between buildings on the same property that is not separated
                by a public street or road. USLD-INC includes the facility from the
                cross-connect device in the building equipment room up to and including
                the point of demarcation at the End User’s
                premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.2.6

            	
              Upon
                request for USLD-INC from WinSonic, BellSouth will install a cross-connect
                panel in the building equipment room for the purpose of accessing
                USLD-INC
                pairs from a building equipment room. The cross- connect panel will
                function as a single point of interconnection (SPOI) for USLD-INC
                and will
                be accessible by multiple carriers as space
                permits.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                will place cross-connect blocks in twenty five (25) pair increments
                for
                WinSonic’s use on this cross-connect panel. WinSonic will be responsible
                for connecting its facilities to the twenty five (25) pair cross-connect
                block(s).

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.2.7

            	
              For
                access to Voice Grade USLD and UCSL, WinSonic shall install a cable
                to the
                BellSouth cross-box pursuant to the terms and conditions for physical
                collocation for remote sites set forth in Attachment 4. This cable
                would
                be connected by a BellSouth technician within the BellSouth cross-
                box
                during the set-up process. WinSonic’s cable pairs can then be connected to
                BellSouth’s USL within the BellSouth cross-box by the BellSouth
                technician.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.2.8

            	
              Through
                the SI process, BellSouth will determine whether access to USLs at
                the
                location requested by WinSonic is technically feasible and whether
                sufficient capacity exists in the cross-box. If existing capacity
                is
                sufficient to meet WinSonic’s request, then BellSouth will perform the
                site set-up as described in the CLEC Information Package, located
                at
                BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site:
                www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/products/html/unes.html.

            

    

    
    

    
      	
              24.2.9

            	
              The
                site set-up must be completed before WinSonic can order Subloop pairs.
                For
                the site set-up in a BellSouth cross-connect box in the
                field,

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      112 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      23

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                will perform the necessary work to splice WinSonic’s cable into the
                cross-connect box. For the site set-up inside a building equipment
                room,
                BellSouth will perform the necessary work to install the cross- connect
                panel and the connecting block(s) that will be used to provide access
                to
                the requested USLs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.2.10

            	
              Once
                the site set-up is complete, WinSonic will request Subloop pairs
                through
                submission of a LSR form to the LCSC. OC is required with USL pair
                provisioning when WinSonic requests reuse of an existing facility,
                and the
                OC charge shall be billed in addition to the USL pair rate. For expedite
                requests by WinSonic for Subloop pairs, expedite charges will apply
                for
                intervals less than five (5) days.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.2.11

            	
              USLs
                will be provided in accordance with BellSouth’s TR73600 Unbundled Local
                Loop Technical Specifications.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3

            	
              Unbundled
                Network Terminating Wire (UNTW)

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.1

            	
              UNTW
                is unshielded twisted copper wiring that is used to extend circuits
                from
                an intra-building network cable terminal or from a building entrance
                terminal to an individual End User’s point of demarcation. It is the final
                portion of the Loop that in multi-subscriber configurations represents
                the
                point at which the network branches out to serve individual
                subscribers.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.1.1

            	
              This
                element will be provided in MDUs and/or Multi-Tenants Units (MTUs)
                where
                either Party owns wiring all the way to the End User’s premises. Neither
                Party will provide this element in locations where the property owner
                provides its own wiring to the End User’s premises, where a third party
                owns the wiring to the End User’s
                premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.2

            	
              Requirements

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.2.1

            	
              On
                a multi-unit premises, upon request of the other Party (Requesting
                Party),
                the Party owning the network terminating wire (Provisioning Party)
                will
                provide access to UNTW pairs on an Access Terminal that is suitable
                for
                use by multiple carriers at each Garden Terminal or Wiring
                Closet.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.2.2

            	
              The
                Provisioning Party shall not be required to install new or additional
                NTW
                beyond existing NTW to provision the services of the Requesting
                Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.2.3

            	
              In
                existing MDUs and/or MTUs in which BellSouth does not own or control
                wiring (INC/NTW) to the End Users premises, and WinSonic does own
                or
                control such wiring, WinSonic will install UNTW Access Terminals
                for
                BellSouth under the same terms and conditions as BellSouth provides
                UNTW
                Access Terminals to WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.2.4

            	
              In
                situations in which BellSouth activates a UNTW pair, BellSouth will
                compensate WinSonic for each pair activated commensurate to the price
                specified in WinSonic’s Agreement.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      113 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      24

     

     

    
      	
              24.3.2.5

            	
              Upon
                receipt of the UNTW SI requesting access to the Provisioning Party’s UNTW
                pairs at a multi-unit premises, representatives of both Parties will
                participate in a meeting at the site of the requested
                access.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              The
                purpose of the site visit will include discussion of the procedures
                for
                installation and location of the Access Terminals. By request of
                the
                Requesting Party, an Access Terminal will be installed either adjacent
                to
                each of the Provisioning Party’s Garden Terminal or inside each Wiring
                Closet. The Requesting Party will deliver and connect its central
                office
                facilities to the UNTW pairs within the Access Terminal. The Requesting
                Party may access any available pair on an Access Terminal. A pair
                is
                available when a pair is not being utilized to provide service or
                where
                the End User has requested a change in its local service provider
                to the
                Requesting Party. Prior to connecting the Requesting Party’s service on a
                pair previously used by the Provisioning Party, the Requesting Party
                is
                responsible for ensuring the End User is no longer using the Provisioning
                Party’s service or another CLEC’s service before accessing UNTW
                pairs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.2.6

            	
              Access
                Terminal installation intervals will be established on an individual
                case
                basis.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.2.7

            	
              The
                Requesting Party is responsible for obtaining the property owner’s
                permission for the Provisioning Party to install an Access Terminal(s)
                on
                behalf of the Requesting Party. The submission of the SI by the Requesting
                Party will serve as certification by the Requesting Party that such
                permission has been obtained. If the property owner objects to Access
                Terminal installations that are in progress or within thirty (30)
                days
                after completion and demands removal of Access Terminals, the Requesting
                Party will be responsible for costs associated with removing Access
                Terminals and restoring the property to its original state prior
                to Access
                Terminals being installed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.2.8

            	
              The
                Requesting Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Provisioning
                Party
                against any claims of any kind that may arise out of the Requesting
                Party’s failure to obtain the property owner’s permission. The Requesting
                Party will be billed for nonrecurring and recurring charges for accessing
                UNTW pairs at the time the Requesting Party activates the pair(s).
                The
                Requesting Party will notify the Provisioning Party within five (5)
                business days of activating UNTW pairs using the LSR
                form.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.2.9

            	
              If
                a trouble exists on a UNTW pair, the Requesting Party may use an
                alternate
                spare pair that serves that End User if a spare pair is available.
                In such
                cases, the Requesting Party will re-terminate its existing jumper
                from the
                defective pair to the spare pair. Alternatively, the Requesting Party
                will
                isolate and report troubles in the manner specified by the Provisioning
                Party. The Requesting Party must tag the UNTW pair that requires
                repair.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              If
                the Provisioning Party dispatches a technician on a reported trouble
                call
                and no UNTW trouble is found, the Provisioning Party will
                charge

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      114 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      25

     

    
      	 	
              Requesting
                Party for time spent on the dispatch and testing the UNTW
                pair(s).

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.2.10

            	
              If
                the Requesting Party initiates the Access Terminal installation and
                the
                Requesting Party has not activated at least ten percent (10%) of
                the
                capacity of the Access Terminal installed pursuant to the Requesting
                Party’s request for an Access Terminal within six (6) months of
                installation of the Access Terminal, the Provisioning Party will
                bill the
                Requesting Party a nonrecurring charge equal to the actual cost of
                provisioning the Access Terminal.

            

    

     

    
      	
              24.3.2.11

            	
              If
                the Provisioning Party determines that the Requesting Party is using
                the
                UNTW pairs without reporting the activation of the pairs, the Requesting
                Party will be billed for the use of that pair back to the date the
                End
                User began receiving service from the Requesting Party at that location.
                Upon request, the Requesting Party will provide copies of its billing
                record to substantiate such date. If the Requesting Party fails to
                provide
                such records, then the Provisioning Party will bill the Requesting
                Party
                back to the date of the Access Terminal
                installation.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.

            	
              271
                Requirements

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.1

            	
              This
                Section sets forth terms and conditions for de-listed network elements
                that BellSouth is required to offer pursuant to the Georgia Public
                Service
                Commission’s Order in Docket No. 19341-U (Order) to WinSonic for
                WinSonic’s provision of Telecommunications Services in accordance with its
                obligations under Section 271 of the Act
                (“271”).

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.1.1

            	
              To
                the extent DS1 and/or DS3 Loops, DS1 and/or DS3 Dedicated Transport
                and
                Multiplexing are not available elsewhere in the Agreement, these
                services
                will be made available pursuant to Section 271 of the Act at the
                rates set
                forth in Exhibit B to this
                Amendment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.2

            	
              271
                Dark Fiber Loops, 271 DS1 and DS3 Entrance Facilities, and 271 Dark
                Fiber
                Transport Facilities are available at the rates, terms, and conditions
                set
                forth in the applicable BellSouth
                tariff.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3

            	
              Line
                Sharing

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.1

            	
              General.
                Line
                Sharing is defined as the process by which WinSonic provides digital
                subscriber line service (“xDSL”) over the same copper Loop that BellSouth
                uses to provide retail voice service, with BellSouth using the low
                frequency portion of the Loop and WinSonic using the high frequency
                spectrum (as defined below) of the
                Loop.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.2

            	
              Line
                Sharing arrangements in service as of October 1, 2003 will be billed
                at
                the rates set forth in the Parties’ Amendment to the Agreement
                to

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      115 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      26

     

    
      	 	
              implement
                the Georgia Public Service Commission’s Letter Order dated March 2, 2006
                in Docket No.14361-U.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.3

            	
              For
                Line Sharing arrangements placed in service between October 2, 2003,
                and
                October 1, 2004 the rates set forth in the Parties’ Amendment to the
                Agreement to implement the Georgia Public Service Commission’s Letter
                Order dated March 2, 2006 in Docket No.14361-U.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.4

            	
              For
                Line Sharing arrangements placed on or after October 2, 2004 (whether
                under this Agreement only, or under this Agreement and a prior Agreement),
                the rates will be the full copper loop rate as set forth in the Parties’
                Amendment to the Agreement to implement the Georgia Public Service
                Commission’s Letter Order dated March 2, 2006 in Docket
                No.14361-U.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.5

            	
              As
                of October 2, 2006, the rates for Line Sharing arrangements shall
                be as
                set forth in Exhibit B of this
                Amendment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.6

            	
              The
                High Frequency Spectrum is defined as the frequency range above the
                voiceband on a copper Loop facility carrying analog circuit-switched
                voiceband transmissions. Access to the High Frequency Spectrum is
                intended
                to allow WinSonic the ability to provide xDSL data services to the
                End
                User for which BellSouth provides voice
                services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.7

            	
              The
                High Frequency Spectrum shall be available for any version of xDSL
                complying with Spectrum Management Class 5
                of
                ANSI TI.417,
                American
                National Standard for Telecommunications, Spectrum Management for
                Loop
                Transmission Systems. BellSouth will continue to have access to the
                low
                frequency portion of the Loop spectrum (from 300 Hertz to at least
                3000
                Hertz, and potentially up to 3400 Hertz, depending on equipment and
                facilities) for the purposes of providing voice
                service.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic
                shall only use xDSL technology that is within the PSD mask for Spectrum
                Management Class 5
                as
                found in the abovementioned
                document.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.8

            	
              Access
                to the High Frequency Spectrum requires an unloaded, 2-wire copper
                Loop.
                An unloaded Loop is a copper Loop with no load coils, lowpass filters,
                range extenders, DAMLs, or similar devices and minimal bridged taps
                consistent with ANSI T1.413 and TI
                .601.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      116 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      27

     

    
      	
              25.3.9

            	
              BellSouth
                will provide Loop Modification to WinSonic on an existing Loop for
                Line
                Sharing in accordance with procedures as specified in Attachment
                2 of this
                Agreement. BellSouth is not required to modify a Loop for access
                to the
                High Frequency spectrum if modification of that Loop significantly
                degrades BellSouth’s voice service. If WinSonic requests that BellSouth
                modify a Loop and such modification significantly degrades the voice
                services on the Loop, WinSonic shall pay for the Loop to be restored
                to
                its original state.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.10

            	
              Line
                Sharing shall only be available on Loops on which BellSouth is also
                providing, and continues to provide, analog voice service directly
                to the
                End User. In the event the End User terminates its BellSouth provided
                voice service for any reason, or in the event BellSouth disconnects
                the
                End User’s voice service pursuant to its tariffs or applicable law, and
                WinSonic desires to continue providing xDSL service on such Loop,
                WinSonic
                or the new voice provider, or both, shall be required to purchase
                a full
                stand- alone Loop. In those cases in which BellSouth no longer provides
                voice service to the End User and WinSonic purchases the full stand-alone
                Loop, WinSonic may elect the type of Loop it will purchase. WinSonic
                will
                pay the appropriate recurring and nonrecurring rates for such Loop
                as set
                forth in the Parties’ Amendment to the Agreement to implement the Georgia
                Public Service Commission’s Letter Order dated March 2, 2006 in Docket
                No.14361-U. In the event WinSonic purchases a voice grade Loop, WinSonic
                acknowledges that such Loop may not remain xDSL
                compatible.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.11

            	
              Only
                one CLEC shall be permitted access to the High Frequency Spectrum
                of any
                particular Loop.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.12

            	
              Provisioning
                of Line Sharing and Splitter Space. BellSouth
                will provide WinSonic with access to the High Frequency Spectrum
                as
                follows:

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.12.1

            	
              To
                order High Frequency Spectrum on a particular Loop, WinSonic must
                have a
                Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer (DSLAM) collocated in
                the
                central office that serves the End User of such
                Loop.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.12.2

            	
              WinSonic
                may provide its own splitters or may order splitters in a central
                office
                once it has installed its DSLAM in that central office. BellSouth
                will
                install splitters within thirty-six (36) calendar days of WinSonic’s
                submission of an error free Line Splitter Ordering Document (LSOD)
                to the
                BellSouth Complex Resale Support
                Group.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      117 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      28

     

    
      	
              25.3.12.3

            	
              Once
                a splitter is installed on behalf of WinSonic in a central office
                in which
                WinSonic is located, WinSonic shall be entitled to order the High
                Frequency Spectrum on lines served out of that central office. BellSouth
                will bill and WinSonic shall pay the electronic or manual ordering
                charges, as set forth in Exhibit A of Attachment 2 of the Agreement,
                as
                applicable when WinSonic orders High Frequency Spectrum for End User
                service.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.12.4

            	
              Once
                BellSouth has placed cross-connects on behalf of WinSonic to provide
                WinSonic access to the High Frequency Spectrum and chooses to rearrange
                its splitter or CLEC pairs, WinSonic may order the rearrangement
                of its
                splitter or cable pairs via “Subsequent
                Activity”.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Subsequent
                Activity is any rearrangement of WinSonic’s cable pairs or splitter ports
                after BellSouth has placed cross-connection to provide WinSonic access
                to
                the High Frequency Spectrum. BellSouth shall bill and WinSonic shall
                pay
                the Subsequent Activity charges as set forth in Exhibit A of this
                Amendment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.13

            	
              BellSouth
                Provided Splitter - Line Sharing. BellSouth
                will select, purchase, install, and maintain a central office POTS
                splitter and provide WinSonic access to data ports on the splitter.
                The
                splitter will route the High Frequency Spectrum on the circuit to
                WinSonic’s xDSL equipment in WinSonic’s collocation space. At least thirty
                (30) calendar days before making a change in splitter suppliers,
                BellSouth
                will provide WinSonic with a carrier notification letter, informing
                WinSonic of change.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic
                shall purchase ports on the splitter in increments of eight (8),
                twenty-four (24), or ninety-six (96)
                ports.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.14

            	
              BellSouth
                will install the splitter in (i) a common area close to WinSonic’s
                collocation area, if possible; or (ii) in a BellSouth relay rack
                as close
                to WinSonic’s DS0 termination point as possible. For purposes of this
                section, a common area is defined as an area in the central office
                in
                which both Parties have access to a common test access point. A
                Termination Point is defined as the point of termination for WinSonic
                on
                the main distributing frame in the central office and is not the
                demarcation point set forth in Attachment 4 of this Agreement. BellSouth
                will cross-connect the splitter data ports to a specified WinSonic
                DS0 at
                such time that a WinSonic End User’s service is
                established.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.15

            	
              CLEC
                Provided Splitter - Line Sharing. WinSonic
                may at its option purchase, install and maintain central office POTS
                splitters in its collocation arrangements. WinSonic may use such
                splitters
                to provide xDSL services to its End Users using the High Frequency
                Spectrum.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Existing
                Collocation rules and procedures and the terms and
                conditions

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      118 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      29

     

    
      	 	
              relating
                to Collocation set forth in Attachment 4-Central Office shall
                apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.16

            	
              Any
                splitters installed by WinSonic in its collocation arrangement shall
                comply with ANSI T1.413, Annex E, or any future ANSI splitter Standards.
                WinSonic may install any splitters that BellSouth deploys or permits
                to be
                deployed for itself or any BellSouth
                affiliate.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.17

            	
              Ordering
                - Line Sharing. WinSonic
                shall use BellSouth’s LSOD to order splitters from BellSouth and to
                activate and deactivate DS0 Collocation Connecting Facility Assignments
                (CFA) for use with High Frequency
                Spectrum.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.18

            	
              BellSouth’s
                Local Ordering Handbook (LOH) will provide WinSonic the LSR format
                to be
                used when ordering disconnections of the High Frequency Spectrum
                or
                Subsequent Activity.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.19

            	
              BellSouth
                will provision High Frequency Spectrum in compliance with BellSouth’s
                Products and Services Interval Guide available at BellSouth’s
                Interconnection Web site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.20

            	
              BellSouth
                shall test the data portion of the Loop to ensure the continuity
                of the
                wiring for WinSonic’s data.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.21

            	
              BellSouth
                will provide WinSonic access to Preordering LMU in accordance with
                the
                terms of this Agreement. BellSouth shall bill and WinSonic shall
                pay the
                rates for such services, as described in Exhibit A of this
                Amendment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.22

            	
              Maintenance
                and Repair - Line Sharing. WinSonic shall have access for repair
                and
                maintenance purposes to any Loop for which it has access to the High
                Frequency Spectrum. WinSonic may test from the collocation space,
                the
                Termination Point, or the NID. BellSouth will be responsible for
                repairing
                voice services and the physical line between the NID at the End User’s
                premises and the Termination Point. WinSonic will be responsible
                for
                repairing its data services. Each Party will be responsible for
                maintaining its own equipment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.23

            	
              WinSonic
                shall inform its End Users to direct data problems to WinSonic, unless
                both voice and data services are impaired, in which event
                WinSonic

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      119 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      2

    Exhibit
      4

    GA
      COL Language

    Page
      30

     

    
      	 	
              should
                direct the End Users to contact BellSouth. Once a Party has isolated
                a
                trouble to the other Party’s portion of the Loop, the Party isolating the
                trouble shall notify the End User that the trouble is on the other
                Party’s
                portion of the Loop.

            

    

     

    
      	
              25.3.24

            	
              If
                WinSonic reports a trouble on the High Frequency Spectrum of a Loop
                and no
                trouble actually exists on the BellSouth portion, or BellSouth isolates
                the trouble to the physical collocation arrangement belonging to
                WinSonic,
                BellSouth will charge WinSonic for any dispatching and testing (both
                inside and outside the CO) required by BellSouth in order to confirm
                the
                working status. The rates charged for no trouble found (NTF) shall
                be as
                set forth in Exhibit B of this
                Amendment.

            

    

     

    Version:
      3Q06 Standard ICA

    07/26/06
      

    CCCS
      120 of 277 

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              271
                ELEMENTS - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh B 

            	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Elec

            	
              Manually
                

            	
              Manual
                Svc 

            	
              Manual
                Svc 

            	
              Manual
                Svc 

            	
              Manual
                Svc 

            	 
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interim
                

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              per
                LSR 

            	
              per
                LSR 

            	
              Order
                vs. 

            	
              Order
                vs. 

            	
              Order
                vs. 

            	
              Order
                vs. 

            	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              The
                "Zone" show n in the sections for stand-alone loops or loops as part
                of a
                combination refers to Geographically Deaveraged UNE Zones. To view
                Geographically Deaveraged UNE Zone Designations by Central Office,
                refer
                to internet Website: 

            	 
	 	
              http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/become_a_clec/html/interconnection.htm
                

            	 
	
              UNBUNDLED
                EXCHANGE ACCESS LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              4-WIRE
                DS1 DIGITAL LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              271
                - 4-Wire DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              USL
                

            	
              271UC
                

            	
              85.97
                

            	
              211.72
                

            	
              72.42
                

            	
              38.20
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              271
                - 4-Wire DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              USL
                

            	
              271UC
                

            	
              81.27
                

            	
              211.72
                

            	
              72.42
                

            	
              38.20
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              271
                - 4-Wire DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              USL
                

            	
              271UC
                

            	
              128.28
                

            	
              211.72
                

            	
              72.42
                

            	
              38.20
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              COMMINGLING
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              COMMINGLING

            	
              (Loop
                as part of a multi-bandw idth commingling arrangement) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                - Zone 1 

            	 	 	 	 	
              85.97
                

            	
              211.72
                

            	
              72.42
                

            	
              38.20
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                - Zone 2 

            	 	 	 	 	
              81.27
                

            	
              211.72
                

            	
              72.42
                

            	
              38.20
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                - Zone 3 

            	 	 	 	 	
              128.28
                

            	
              211.72
                

            	
              72.42
                

            	
              38.20
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              LINE
                SHARING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              NOTE:
                The Line Sharing monthly recurring rates for all installations completed
                on or after October 02, 2003 shall be billed as follow s: 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              NOTE
                2: These line sharing rates are effective Octover 2, 2006 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              LINE
                SHARING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              SPLITTERS-CENTRAL
                OFFICE BASED 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing Splitter, per System 96 Line Capacity w/o test

            	
              jack
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              (E:10/2/2006)
                

            	 	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSDA
                

            	
              117.18
                

            	
              243.66
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              90.11
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing Splitter, per System 24 Line Capacity w/o test

            	
              jack
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              (E:10/2/2006)
                

            	 	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSDB
                

            	
              29.30
                

            	
              243.66
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              90.11
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing Splitter, Per System, 8 Line Capacity w/o test

            	
              jack
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              (E:10/2/2006)
                

            	 	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSD8
                

            	
              9.77
                

            	
              243.66
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              90.11
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              END
                USER ORDERING-CENTRAL OFFICE BASED LINE SHARING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing - per Line Activation (BST Owned splitter) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              (E:10/2/2006)
                

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSDT
                

            	
              6.50
                

            	
              24.53
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              12.26
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing - per Subsequent Activity per Line Rearrangement 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              (BST
                Owned Splitter) (E:10/2/2006) 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSDS
                

            	 	
              48.91
                

            	
              17.86
                

            	
              22.87
                

            	
              2.28
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Loop
                Modification 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Loop Modification -- Load Coil/Equipment Removal 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              (E:10/2/2006)
                

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULM2L
                

            	 	
              29.97
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Loop Modification -- Bridged Tap Removal 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              (E:10/2/2006)
                

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULMBT
                

            	 	
              68.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              MAINTENANCE
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              No
                Trouble Found - per 1/2 hour

            	
              increments
                - Basic 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              80.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              No
                Trouble Found - per 1/2 hour

            	
              increments
                - Overtime 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              120.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              No
                Trouble Found - per 1/2 hour

            	
              increments
                - Premium 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              160.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              GA
                271 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                Interoffice Channel

            	
              Facility
                Termination (271 standalone) 

            	 	 	
              U1TD1
                

            	
              271UA
                

            	
              44.04
                

            	
              110.92
                

            	
              80.20
                

            	
              31.33
                

            	
              21.71
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                Interoffice Channel

            	
              per
                mile (271 standalone) 

            	 	 	
              U1TD1
                

            	
              1L5UB
                

            	
              0.1417
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Interoffice Channel

            	
              Facility
                Termination (271 standalone) 

            	 	 	
              U1TD3
                

            	
              271NA
                

            	
              440.53
                

            	
              320.16
                

            	
              86.24
                

            	
              66.71
                

            	
              52.76
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Interoffice Channel

            	
              per
                mile (271 standalone) 

            	 	 	
              U1TD3
                

            	
              1L5NB
                

            	
              3.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Local

            	
              Loop
                Facility Termination (271 standalone) 

            	 	 	
              UE3
                

            	
              271NC
                

            	
              323.53
                

            	
              1,751.51
                

            	
              131.77
                

            	
              112.80
                

            	
              75.81
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Local

            	
              Loop
                per mile (271 standalone) 

            	 	 	
              UE3
                

            	
              1L5NG
                

            	
              13.47
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                Interoffice Channel

            	
              Facility
                Termination (271 part 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              combination)
                

            	 	 	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              271UA
                

            	
              44.04
                

            	
              110.92
                

            	
              80.20
                

            	
              31.33
                

            	
              21.71
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                Interoffice Channel

            	
              per
                mile (271 part

            	
              in
                combination) 

            	 	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              1L5UB
                

            	
              0.1417
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Interoffice Channel

            	
              Facility
                Termination (271 part

            	
              in
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              combination)
                

            	 	 	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              271NA
                

            	
              440.53
                

            	
              320.16
                

            	
              86.24
                

            	
              66.71
                

            	
              52.76
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Interoffice Channel

            	
              per
                mile (271 part

            	
              in
                combination) 

            	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              1L5NB
                

            	
              3.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3/DS1
                Channel

            	
              System
                (271 part in combination) 

            	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              271BS
                

            	
              157.48
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Local

            	
              Loop
                Facility Termination (271 part

            	
              in
                combination) 

            	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              271NC
                

            	
              323.53
                

            	
              1,751.51
                

            	
              131.77
                

            	
              112.80
                

            	
              75.81
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Local

            	
              Loop
                per mile (271 part in combination) 

            	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              1L5NG
                

            	
              13.47
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                Local

            	
              Loop

            	
              in
                combination (271 part

            	
              in
                combination) 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              271UC
                

            	
              85.97
                

            	
              209.25
                

            	
              70.37
                

            	
              37.87
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                Local

            	
              Loop

            	
              in
                combination (271 part

            	
              in
                combination) 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              271UC
                

            	
              81.27
                

            	
              209.25
                

            	
              70.37
                

            	
              37.87
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                Local

            	
              Loop

            	
              in
                combination (271 part

            	
              in
                combination) 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              271UC
                

            	
              128.28
                

            	
              209.25
                

            	
              70.37
                

            	
              37.87
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                COCI (271 part in combination) 

            	 	 	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              271UK
                

            	
              9.50
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

     

    

    
      	
              Version:
                2Q06 Stnd ICA - GA 271 Rates

            	 	 
	
              07/26/06

            	 	
              Page
                1 of 1

            
	 	
              CCCS
                121 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              The
                "Zone" shown in the sections for stand-alone loops or loops as part
                of a
                combination refers to Geographically Deaveraged UNE Zones. To view
                Geographically Deaveraged UNE Zone Designations by Central Office,
                refer
                to internet Website: 

            
	 	
              http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/become_a_clec/html/interconnection.htm
                

            
	
              OPERATIONS
                SUPPORT SYSTEMS (OSS) - "REGIONAL RATES" 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              NOTE:
                (1) CLEC should contact its contract negotiator if it prefers the
                "state
                specific" OSS charges as ordered by the State Commissions. The OSS
                charges
                currently contained in this rate exhibit are the BellSouth "regional"
                service ordering charges. CLEC may elect either the state specific
                Commission ordered rates for the service ordering charges, or CLEC
                may
                elect the regional service ordering charge, however, CLEC can not
                obtain a
                mixture of the two regardless if CLEC has a interconnection contract
                established in each of the 9 states. 

            
	 	
              NOTE:
                (2) Any element that can be ordered electronically will be billed
                according to the SOMEC rate listed in this category. Please refer
                to
                BellSouth's Local Ordering Handbook (LOH) to determine if a product
                can be
                ordered electronically. For those elements that cannot be ordered
                electronically at present per the LOH, the listed SOMEC rate in this
                category reflects the charge that would be billed to a CLEC once
                electronic ordering capabilities come on-line for that element. Otherwise,
                the manual ordering charge, SOMAN, will be applied to a CLECs bill
                when it
                submits an LSR to BellSouth.

            
	 	 	
              OSS
                - Electronic Service Order Charge, Per Local Service 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Request
                (LSR) - UNE Only 

            	 	 	 	
              SOMEC
                

            	 	
              3.50
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              3.50
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              OSS
                - Manual Service Order Charge, Per Local Service Request 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              (LSR)
                - UNE Only 

            	 	 	 	
              SOMAN
                

            	 	
              11.71
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              6.13
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              UNE
                SERVICE DATE ADVANCEMENT CHARGE 

            	 	 	 	 
	 	
              NOTE:
                The Expedite charge will be maintained commensurate with BellSouth's
                FCC
                No.1 Tariff, Section 5 as applicable. 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UAL,
                UEANL, UCL, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEF,
                UDC, UDF, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEQ,
                UDL, UENTW, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UDN,
                UEA, UHL, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULC,
                USL, U1T12, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1T48,
                U1TD1, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TD3,
                U1TDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TO3,
                U1TS1, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TVX,
                UC1BC, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UC1BL,
                UC1CC, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UC1CL,
                UC1DC, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UC1DL,
                UC1EC, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UC1EL,
                UC1FC, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UC1FL,
                UC1GC, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UC1GL,
                UC1HC, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UC1HL,
                UDL12, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UDL48,
                UDLO3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UDLSX,
                UE3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULD12,
                ULD48, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULDD1,
                ULDD3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULDDX,
                ULDO3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULDS1,
                ULDVX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNC1X,
                UNC3X, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNCDX,
                UNCNX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNCSX,
                UNCVX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNLD1,
                UNLD3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UXTD1,
                UXTD3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UXTS1,
                U1TUC, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TUD,
                U1TUB, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              UNE
                Expedite Charge per Circuit or Line Assignable USOC, per 

            	 	 	
              U1TUA,NTCVG,
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Day
                

            	 	 	
              NTCUD,
                NTCD1 

            	
              SDASP
                

            	 	
              200.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              ORDER
                MODIFICATION CHARGE 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Order
                Modification Charge (OMC) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              26.21
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Order
                Modification Additional Dispatch Charge (OMCAD) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              150.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              UNBUNDLED
                EXCHANGE ACCESS LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              2-WIRE
                ANALOG VOICE GRADE LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 1- Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UEANL
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              12.08
                

            	
              39.98
                

            	
              9.98
                

            	
              5.61
                

            	
              1.72
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 1- Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UEANL
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              17.43
                

            	
              39.98
                

            	
              9.98
                

            	
              5.61
                

            	
              1.72
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 1- Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UEANL
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              35.09
                

            	
              39.98
                

            	
              9.98
                

            	
              5.61
                

            	
              1.72
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 1- Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UEANL
                

            	
              UEASL
                

            	
              12.08
                

            	
              39.98
                

            	
              9.98
                

            	
              5.61
                

            	
              1.72
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 1- Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UEANL
                

            	
              UEASL
                

            	
              17.43
                

            	
              39.98
                

            	
              9.98
                

            	
              5.61
                

            	
              1.72
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version
                2Q06 Standard ICA 07/25/06

            	 	
              Page
                1 of 12

            
	 	
              CCCS
                122 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 1- Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UEANL
                

            	
              UEASL
                

            	
              35.09
                

            	
              39.98
                

            	
              9.98
                

            	
              5.61
                

            	
              1.72
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Tag
                Loop at End User Premise 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              URETL
                

            	 	
              8.92
                

            	
              0.88
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Testing - Basic 1st Half Hour 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              URET1
                

            	 	
              26.64
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Testing - Basic

            	
              Additional
                Half Hour 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              URETA
                

            	 	
              15.15
                

            	
              15.15
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Manual

            	
              Order
                Coordiantion for UVL-SL1s (per

            	
              loop)
                

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              UEAMC
                

            	 	
              18.90
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              5.61
                

            	
              1.72
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Order
                Coordination for Specified Conversion Time for UVL-SL1 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              (per
                LSR) 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              OCOSL
                

            	 	
              57.73
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Non-Design Voice Loop, billing for BST providing 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              make-up
                (Engineering Information - E.I.) 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              UEANM
                

            	 	
              7.29
                

            	
              7.29
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge Without Outside Dispatch 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              (UVL-SL1)
                

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              15.75
                

            	
              8.92
                

            	
              5.61
                

            	
              1.72
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Bulk
                Migration, per 2 Wire Voice Loop-SL1 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              UREPN
                

            	 	
              39.98
                

            	
              9.98
                

            	
              5.61
                

            	
              1.72
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Bulk
                Migration Order Coordination, per 2 Wire Voice Loop-SL1 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              UREPM
                

            	 	
              18.90
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              2-WIRE
                UNBUNDLED COPPER LOOP - NON-DESIGNED 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled Copper Loop Non-Designed- Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UEQ
                

            	
              UEQ2X
                

            	
              11.02
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              22.40
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled Copper Loop Non-Designed- Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UEQ
                

            	
              UEQ2X
                

            	
              12.72
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              22.40
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled Copper Loop Non-Designed-Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UEQ
                

            	
              UEQ2X
                

            	
              20.22
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              22.40
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Tag
                Loop at End User Premise 

            	 	 	
              UEQ
                

            	
              URETL
                

            	 	
              8.92
                

            	
              0.88
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Testing - Basic 1st Half Hour 

            	 	 	
              UEQ
                

            	
              URET1
                

            	 	
              26.64
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Testing - Basic

            	
              Additional
                Half Hour 

            	 	 	
              UEQ
                

            	
              URETA
                

            	 	
              15.15
                

            	
              15.15
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Manual
                Order Coordination 2 Wire Unbundled Copper Loop -

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Non-Designed
                (per loop) 

            	 	 	
              UEQ
                

            	
              USBMC
                

            	 	
              18.90
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Copper Loop - Non-Design, billing for BST providing 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              make-up
                (Engineering Information - E.I.) 

            	 	 	
              UEQ
                

            	
              UEQMU
                

            	 	
              7.29
                

            	
              7.29
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge Without Outside Dispatch 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              (UCL-ND)
                

            	 	 	
              UEQ
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              14.25
                

            	
              7.42
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Bulk
                Migration, per 2 Wire UCL-ND 

            	 	 	
              UEQ
                

            	
              UREPN
                

            	 	
              44.69
                

            	
              22.40
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Bulk
                Migration Order Coordination, per 2 Wire UCL-ND 

            	 	 	
              UEQ
                

            	
              UREPM
                

            	 	
              18.90
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              UNBUNDLED
                EXCHANGE ACCESS LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              2-WIRE
                ANALOG VOICE GRADE LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Loop or 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Ground
                Start Signaling - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UEA
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              13.32
                

            	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              7.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Loop or 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Ground
                Start Signaling - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UEA
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              18.66
                

            	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              7.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Loop or 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Ground
                Start Signaling - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UEA
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              36.33
                

            	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              7.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Reverse 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Battery
                Signaling - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UEA
                

            	
              UEAR2
                

            	
              13.32
                

            	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              7.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Reverse 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Battery
                Signaling - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UEA
                

            	
              UEAR2
                

            	
              18.66
                

            	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              7.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Reverse 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Battery
                Signaling - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UEA
                

            	
              UEAR2
                

            	
              36.33
                

            	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              7.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Single LSR, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS0)
                

            	 	 	
              UEA
                

            	
              URESL
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Spreadsheet, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS0)
                

            	 	 	
              UEA
                

            	
              URESP
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              UEA
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              87.72
                

            	
              36.36
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Tagging - Service Level 2 (SL2) 

            	 	 	
              UEA
                

            	
              URETL
                

            	 	
              11.19
                

            	
              1.10
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Bulk
                Migration, per 2 Wire Voice Loop-SL2 

            	 	 	
              UEA
                

            	
              UREPN
                

            	 	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Bulk
                Migration Order Coordination, per 2 Wire Voice Loop-SL2 

            	 	 	
              UEA
                

            	
              UREPM
                

            	 	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              4-WIRE
                ANALOG VOICE GRADE LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UEA
                

            	
              UEAL4
                

            	
              21.04
                

            	
              92.92
                

            	
              28.14
                

            	
              19.50
                

            	
              8.12
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UEA
                

            	
              UEAL4
                

            	
              24.49
                

            	
              92.92
                

            	
              28.14
                

            	
              19.50
                

            	
              8.12
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UEA
                

            	
              UEAL4
                

            	
              33.40
                

            	
              92.92
                

            	
              28.14
                

            	
              19.50
                

            	
              8.12
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Single LSR, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS0)
                

            	 	 	
              UEA
                

            	
              URESL
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Spreadsheet, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS0)
                

            	 	 	
              UEA
                

            	
              URESP
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              UEA
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              87.72
                

            	
              36.36
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version
                2Q06 Standard ICA 07/25/06

            	 	
              Page
                2 of 12

            
	 	
              CCCS
                123 of 277

            	 

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. Electronic-

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. Electronic-

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. Electronic-

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	
              2-WIRE
                ISDN DIGITAL GRADE LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                ISDN Digital

            	
              Grade
                Loop - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UDN
                

            	
              U1L2X
                

            	
              21.89
                

            	
              180.06
                

            	
              35.25
                

            	
              18.23
                

            	
              6.97
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                ISDN Digital

            	
              Grade
                Loop - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UDN
                

            	
              U1L2X
                

            	
              25.27
                

            	
              180.06
                

            	
              35.25
                

            	
              18.23
                

            	
              6.97
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                ISDN Digital

            	
              Grade
                Loop - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UDN
                

            	
              U1L2X
                

            	
              40.17
                

            	
              180.06
                

            	
              35.25
                

            	
              18.23
                

            	
              6.97
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              UDN
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              120.98
                

            	
              33.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              2-WIRE
                ASYMMETRICAL DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE

            	
              (ADSL)

            	
              COMPATIBLE
                LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled ADSL Loop including manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              &
                facility reservation - Zone 1 

            	 	 	
              1
                

            	
              UAL
                

            	
              UAL2X
                

            	
              11.23
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled ADSL Loop including manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              &
                facility reservation - Zone 2 

            	 	 	
              2
                

            	
              UAL
                

            	
              UAL2X
                

            	
              12.97
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled ADSL Loop including manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              &
                facility reservation - Zone 3 

            	 	 	
              3
                

            	
              UAL
                

            	
              UAL2X
                

            	
              20.62
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled ADSL Loop without manual

            	
              service
                inquiry & 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              facility
                reservaton - Zone 1 

            	 	 	
              1
                

            	
              UAL
                

            	
              UAL2W
                

            	
              11.23
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled ADSL Loop without manual

            	
              service
                inquiry & 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              facility
                reservaton - Zone 2 

            	 	 	
              2
                

            	
              UAL
                

            	
              UAL2W
                

            	
              12.97
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled ADSL Loop without manual

            	
              service
                inquiry & 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              facility
                reservaton - Zone 3 

            	 	 	
              3
                

            	
              UAL
                

            	
              UAL2W
                

            	
              20.62
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              UAL
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              44.69
                

            	
              29.29
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              2-WIRE
                HIGH BIT RATE DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE

            	
              (HDSL)

            	
              COMPATIBLE
                LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              &
                facility reservation - Zone 1 

            	 	 	
              1
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL2X
                

            	
              7.88
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              &
                facility reservation - Zone 2 

            	 	 	
              2
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL2X
                

            	
              9.09
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              &
                facility reservation - Zone 3 

            	 	 	
              3
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL2X
                

            	
              14.48
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 1 

            	 	 	
              1
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL2W
                

            	
              7.88
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 2 

            	 	 	
              2
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL2W
                

            	
              9.09
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 3 

            	 	 	
              3
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL2W
                

            	
              14.48
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              UHL
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              4-WIRE
                HIGH BIT RATE DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE

            	
              (HDSL)

            	
              COMPATIBLE
                LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 1 

            	 	 	
              1
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL4X
                

            	
              10.39
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 2 

            	 	 	
              2
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL4X
                

            	
              12.00
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 3 

            	 	 	
              3
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL4X
                

            	
              19.07
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 1 

            	 	 	
              1
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL4W
                

            	
              10.39
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 2 

            	 	 	
              2
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL4W
                

            	
              12.00
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 3 

            	 	 	
              3
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL4W
                

            	
              19.07
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              UHL
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              4-WIRE
                DS1 DIGITAL LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              USL
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              49.41
                

            	
              211.72
                

            	
              72.42
                

            	
              38.20
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              USL
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              52.55
                

            	
              211.72
                

            	
              72.42
                

            	
              38.20
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              USL
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              68.40
                

            	
              211.72
                

            	
              72.42
                

            	
              38.20
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Single LSR, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1)
                

            	 	 	
              USL
                

            	
              URESL
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Spreadsheet, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1)
                

            	 	 	
              USL
                

            	
              URESP
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              USL
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              100.91
                

            	
              42.97
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              4-WIRE
                19.2, 56 OR 64 KBPS DIGITAL GRADE LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                2.4 Kbps - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL2X
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                2.4 Kbps - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL2X
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version
                2Q06 Standard ICA 07/25/06

            	 	
              Page
                3 of 12

            
	 	
              CCCS
                124 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                2.4 Kbps - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL2X
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                4.8 Kbps - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL4X
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                4.8 Kbps - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL4X
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                4.8 Kbps - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL4X
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                9.6 Kbps - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL9X
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                9.6 Kbps - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL9X
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                9.6 Kbps - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL9X
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 19.2 Kbps - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL19
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 19.2 Kbps - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL19
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 19.2 Kbps - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL19
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                56 Kbps - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL56
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                56 Kbps - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL56
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                56 Kbps - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL56
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                64 Kbps - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL64
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                64 Kbps - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL64
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                64 Kbps - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UDL
                

            	
              UDL64
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Single LSR, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS0)
                

            	 	 	
              UDL
                

            	
              URESL
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Spreadsheet, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS0)
                

            	 	 	
              UDL
                

            	
              URESP
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              UDL
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              101.95
                

            	
              49.66
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              2-WIRE
                Unbundled COPPER LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Unbundled Copper Loop-Designed including manual 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              service
                inquiry & facility reservation - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCLPB
                

            	
              12.02
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Unbundled Copper Loop-Designed including manual 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              service
                inquiry & facility reservation - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCLPB
                

            	
              13.88
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled Copper Loop-Designed including manual 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              service
                inquiry & facility reservation - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCLPB
                

            	
              22.07
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Unbundled Copper Loop-Designed without manual 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              service
                inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCLPW
                

            	
              12.02
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Unbundled Copper Loop-Designed without manual 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              service
                inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCLPW
                

            	
              13.88
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Unbundled Copper Loop-Designed without manual 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              service
                inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCLPW
                

            	
              22.07
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Order
                Coordination for Unbundled Copper Loops (per

            	
              loop)
                

            	 	 	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCLMC
                

            	 	
              18.90
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              UCL
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              4-WIRE
                COPPER LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Copper Loop-Designed including manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 1 

            	 	 	
              1
                

            	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCL4S
                

            	
              16.65
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Copper Loop-Designed including manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 2 

            	 	 	
              2
                

            	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCL4S
                

            	
              19.22
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Copper Loop-Designed including manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 3 

            	 	 	
              3
                

            	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCL4S
                

            	
              30.55
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Copper Loop-Designed without manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 1 

            	 	 	
              1
                

            	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCL4W
                

            	
              16.65
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Copper Loop-Designed without manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 2 

            	 	 	
              2
                

            	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCL4W
                

            	
              19.22
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Copper Loop-Designed without manual

            	
              service
                inquiry 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                facility reservation - Zone 3 

            	 	 	
              3
                

            	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCL4W
                

            	
              30.55
                

            	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Order
                Coordination for Unbundled Copper Loops (per

            	
              loop)
                

            	 	 	
              UCL
                

            	
              UCLMC
                

            	 	
              18.90
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              UCL
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              44.69
                

            	
              31.55
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEA,
                UDN, UAL, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Order
                Coordination for Specified Conversion Time (per LSR) 

            	 	 	
              UHL,
                UDL, USL 

            	
              OCOSL
                

            	 	
              57.73
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Rearrangements
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              EEL
                to UNE-L Retermination, per 2 Wire Unbundled Voice Loop-

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              SL2
                

            	 	 	
              UEA
                

            	
              UREEL
                

            	 	
              79.85
                

            	
              24.65
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              EEL
                to UNE-L Retermination, per 4 Wire Unbundled Voice Loop 

            	 	 	
              UEA
                

            	
              UREEL
                

            	 	
              79.85
                

            	
              24.65
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              EEL
                to UNE-L Retermination, per 2 Wire ISDN Loop 

            	 	 	
              UDN
                

            	
              UREEL
                

            	 	
              120.98
                

            	
              33.02
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version
                2Q06 Standard ICA 07/25/06

            	 	
              Page
                4 of 12

            
	 	
              CCCS
                125 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              EEL
                to UNE-L Retermination, per 4 Wire Unmbundled Digital 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                

            	 	 	
              UDL
                

            	
              UREEL
                

            	 	
              101.95
                

            	
              49.66
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              EEL
                to UNE-L Retermination, per 4 Wire Unbundled DS1 Loop 

            	 	 	
              USL
                

            	
              UREEL
                

            	 	
              100.91
                

            	
              42.97
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              UNE
                LOOP COMMINGLING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              2-WIRE
                ANALOG VOICE GRADE LOOP - COMMINGLING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Loop or 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Ground
                Start Signaling - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              13.32
                

            	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              7.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Loop or 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Ground
                Start Signaling - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              18.66
                

            	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              7.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Loop or 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Ground
                Start Signaling - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              36.33
                

            	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              7.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Reverse 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Battery
                Signaling - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              UEAR2
                

            	
              13.32
                

            	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              7.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Reverse 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Battery
                Signaling - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              UEAR2
                

            	
              18.66
                

            	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              7.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Reverse 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Battery
                Signaling - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              UEAR2
                

            	
              36.33
                

            	
              79.78
                

            	
              24.62
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	
              7.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Single LSR, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS0)
                

            	 	 	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              URESL
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Spreadsheet, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS0)
                

            	 	 	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              URESP
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              87.72
                

            	
              36.36
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Tagging - Service Level 2 (SL2) 

            	 	 	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              URETL
                

            	 	
              11.19
                

            	
              1.10
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              4-WIRE
                ANALOG VOICE GRADE LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              UEAL4
                

            	
              21.04
                

            	
              92.92
                

            	
              28.14
                

            	
              19.50
                

            	
              8.12
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              UEAL4
                

            	
              24.49
                

            	
              92.92
                

            	
              28.14
                

            	
              19.50
                

            	
              8.12
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              UEAL4
                

            	
              33.40
                

            	
              92.92
                

            	
              28.14
                

            	
              19.50
                

            	
              8.12
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Single LSR, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS0)
                

            	 	 	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              URESL
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Spreadsheet, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS0)
                

            	 	 	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              URESP
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              NTCVG
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              87.72
                

            	
              36.36
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              4-WIRE
                DS1 DIGITAL LOOP - COMMINGLING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              NTCD1
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              49.41
                

            	
              211.72
                

            	
              72.42
                

            	
              38.20
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              NTCD1
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              52.55
                

            	
              211.72
                

            	
              72.42
                

            	
              38.20
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              NTCD1
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              68.40
                

            	
              211.72
                

            	
              72.42
                

            	
              38.20
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Single LSR, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1)
                

            	 	 	
              NTCD1
                

            	
              URESL
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Spreadsheet, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1)
                

            	 	 	
              NTCD1
                

            	
              URESP
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge without outside dispatch 

            	 	 	
              NTCD1
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              100.91
                

            	
              42.97
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              4-WIRE
                19.2, 56 OR 64 KBPS DIGITAL GRADE LOOP - COMMINGLING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                2.4 Kbps - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL2X
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                2.4 Kbps - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL2X
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                2.4 Kbps - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL2X
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                4.8 Kbps - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL4X
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                4.8 Kbps - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL4X
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                4.8 Kbps - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL4X
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                9.6 Kbps - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL9X
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                9.6 Kbps - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL9X
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                9.6 Kbps - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL9X
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 19.2 Kbps - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL19
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 19.2 Kbps - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL19
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 19.2 Kbps - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL19
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                56 Kbps - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL56
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                56 Kbps - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL56
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                56 Kbps - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL56
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                64 Kbps - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL64
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                64 Kbps - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL64
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version
                2Q06 Standard ICA 07/25/06

            	 	
              Page
                5 of 12

            
	 	
              CCCS
                126 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled Digital 

            	
              Loop
                64 Kbps - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UDL64
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              196.47
                

            	
              36.96
                

            	
              18.80
                

            	
              7.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Single LSR, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS0)
                

            	 	 	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              URESL
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Switch-As-Is
                Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Spreadsheet, (per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS0)
                

            	 	 	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              URESP
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CLEC
                to CLEC Conversion Charge without outside dispatc h 

            	 	 	
              NTCUD
                

            	
              UREWO
                

            	 	
              101.95
                

            	
              49.66
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              NTCVG,
                NTCUD, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Order
                Coordination for Specified Conversion Time (per LSR) 

            	 	 	
              NTCD1
                

            	
              OCOSL
                

            	 	
              57.73
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              End-to-End
                Testing 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              LOOP
                MODIFICATION 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UAL,
                UHL, UCL, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEQ,
                ULS, UEA, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Loop Modification, Removal of Load Coils - 2 Wire 

            	 	 	
              UEANL,
                UEPSR, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              pair
                less than or equal to 18k ft, per Unbundled Loop 

            	 	 	
              UEPSB
                

            	
              ULM2L
                

            	 	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Loop Modification Removal of Load Coils - 4 Wire 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              less
                than or equal to 18K ft, per Unbundled Loop 

            	 	 	
              UHL,
                UCL, UEA 

            	
              ULM4L
                

            	 	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UAL,
                UHL, UCL, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEQ,
                ULS, UEA, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Loop Modification Removal

            	
              of
                Bridged Tap Removal, 

            	 	 	
              UEANL,
                UEPSR, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                Unbundled Loop 

            	 	 	 	
              UEPSB
                

            	
              ULMBT
                

            	 	
              17.91
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              SUB-LOOPS
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Sub-Loop
                Distribution 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Sub-Loop
                - Per Cross Box Location - CLEC Feeder Facility Set-

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Up
                

            	 	 	
              UEANL,
                UEF 

            	
              USBSA
                

            	 	
              255.51
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Sub-Loop
                - Per Cross Box Location - Per 25 Pair Panel

            	
              Set-Up
                

            	 	 	
              UEANL,
                UEF 

            	
              USBSB
                

            	 	
              7.29
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Sub-Loop
                - Per Building Equipment Room - CLEC Feeder 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Facility
                Set-Up 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBSC
                

            	 	
              174.92
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Sub-Loop
                - Per Building Equipment Room - Per 25 Pair Panel 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Set-Up
                

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBSD
                

            	 	
              51.56
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Sub-Loops, Riser Cable, 2-Wire per Loop, Working 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                Spare Loop Activation 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBRC
                

            	
              3.71
                

            	
              28.43
                

            	
              3.85
                

            	
              2.20
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Sub-Loops, Riser Cable, 4-Wire per Loop, Working 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              and
                Spare Loop Activation 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBRD
                

            	
              7.90
                

            	
              31.04
                

            	
              4.79
                

            	
              2.27
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Sub-Loop
                Distribution Per 2-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop -

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Zone
                1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBN2
                

            	
              7.45
                

            	
              28.43
                

            	
              3.85
                

            	
              2.20
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Sub-Loop
                Distribution Per 2-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop -

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Zone
                2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBN2
                

            	
              11.18
                

            	
              28.43
                

            	
              3.85
                

            	
              2.20
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Sub-Loop
                Distribution Per 2-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop -

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Zone
                3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBN2
                

            	
              21.46
                

            	
              28.43
                

            	
              3.85
                

            	
              2.20
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Sub-Loop
                Distribution Per 4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop -

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Zone
                1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBN4
                

            	
              6.91
                

            	
              31.04
                

            	
              4.79
                

            	
              2.27
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Sub-Loop
                Distribution Per 4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop -

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Zone
                2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBN4
                

            	
              10.98
                

            	
              31.04
                

            	
              4.79
                

            	
              2.27
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Sub-Loop
                Distribution Per 4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop -

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Zone
                3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBN4
                

            	
              20.32
                

            	
              31.04
                

            	
              4.79
                

            	
              2.27
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Order
                Coordination for Unbundled Sub-Loops, per sub-loop pair 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBMC
                

            	 	
              18.90
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Sub-Loop
                2-Wire Intrabuilding Network Cable (INC) 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBR2
                

            	
              3.71
                

            	
              28.43
                

            	
              3.85
                

            	
              2.20
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Order
                Coordination for Unbundled Sub-Loops, per sub-loop pair 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBMC
                

            	 	
              18.90
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Sub-Loop
                4-Wire Intrabuilding Network Cable (INC) 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBR4
                

            	
              7.90
                

            	
              31.04
                

            	
              4.79
                

            	
              2.27
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Order
                Coordination for Unbundled Sub-Loops, per sub-loop pair 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              USBMC
                

            	 	
              18.90
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Testing - Basic 1st Half Hour 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              URET1
                

            	 	
              26.64
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Testing - Basic Additional Half Hour 

            	 	 	
              UEANL
                

            	
              URETA
                

            	 	
              15.15
                

            	
              15.15
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Copper Unbundled Sub-Loop Distribution - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UEF
                

            	
              UCS2X
                

            	
              6.88
                

            	
              28.43
                

            	
              3.85
                

            	
              2.20
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Copper Unbundled Sub-Loop Distribution - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UEF
                

            	
              UCS2X
                

            	
              8.32
                

            	
              28.43
                

            	
              3.85
                

            	
              2.20
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Copper Unbundled Sub-Loop Distribution - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UEF
                

            	
              UCS2X
                

            	
              10.26
                

            	
              28.43
                

            	
              3.85
                

            	
              2.20
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version
                2Q06 Standard ICA 07/25/06

            	 	
              Page
                6 of 12

            
	 	
              CCCS
                127 of 277

            	 

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              Order
                Coordination for Unbundled Sub-Loops, per sub-loop pair 

            	 	 	
              UEF
                

            	
              USBMC
                

            	 	
              18.90
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Copper Unbundled Sub-Loop Distribution - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UEF
                

            	
              UCS4X
                

            	
              7.55
                

            	
              31.04
                

            	
              4.79
                

            	
              2.27
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Copper Unbundled Sub-Loop Distribution - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UEF
                

            	
              UCS4X
                

            	
              7.12
                

            	
              31.04
                

            	
              4.79
                

            	
              2.27
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Copper Unbundled Sub-Loop Distribution - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UEF
                

            	
              UCS4X
                

            	
              10.26
                

            	
              31.04
                

            	
              4.79
                

            	
              2.27
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Order
                Coordination for Unbundled Sub-Loops, per sub-loop pair 

            	 	 	
              UEF
                

            	
              USBMC
                

            	 	
              18.90
                

            	
              18.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                tagging Service Level 1, Unbundled Copper Loop, Non-

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Designed
                and Distribution Subloops 

            	 	 	
              UEF,
                UEANL 

            	
              URETL
                

            	 	
              8.92
                

            	
              0.88
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Testing - Basic 1st Half Hour 

            	 	 	
              UEF
                

            	
              URET1
                

            	 	
              26.64
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Testing - Basic Additional Half Hour 

            	 	 	
              UEF
                

            	
              URETA
                

            	 	
              15.15
                

            	
              15.15
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Unbundled
                Sub-Loop Modification 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Sub-Loop Modification - 2-W Copper Dist Load 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Coil/Equip
                Removal per 2-W PR 

            	 	 	
              UEF
                

            	
              ULM2X
                

            	 	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Sub-loop Modification - 4-W Copper Dist Load 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Coil/Equip
                Removal per 4-W PR 

            	 	 	
              UEF
                

            	
              ULM4X
                

            	 	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Loop Modification, Removal

            	
              of
                bridge Tap, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              unbundled
                loop 

            	 	 	 	
              UEF
                

            	
              ULMBT
                

            	 	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Unbundled
                Network Terminating Wire

            	
              (UNTW)
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Network Terminating Wire (UNTW) per Pair 

            	 	 	
              UENTW
                

            	
              UENPP
                

            	
              0.5325
                

            	
              25.10
                

            	
              12.27
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Network
                Interface Device (NID) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Network
                Interface Device (NID) - 1-2 lines 

            	 	 	
              UENTW
                

            	
              UND12
                

            	 	
              32.82
                

            	
              20.67
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Network
                Interface Device (NID) - 1-6 lines 

            	 	 	
              UENTW
                

            	
              UND16
                

            	 	
              55.97
                

            	
              43.82
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Network
                Interface Device Cross Connect - 2 W 

            	 	 	
              UENTW
                

            	
              UNDC2
                

            	 	
              2.45
                

            	
              2.45
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Network
                Interface Device Cross Connect - 4W 

            	 	 	
              UENTW
                

            	
              UNDC4
                

            	 	
              2.45
                

            	
              2.45
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              UNE
                OTHER, PROVISIONING ONLY - NO RATE 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UAL,
                UCL, UDC, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UDL,
                UDN, UEA, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UHL,
                UEANL, UEF, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEQ,
                UENTW, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              NTCVG,
                NTCUD, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Contact Name, Provisioning Only - no rate 

            	 	 	
              NTCD1,
                USL 

            	
              UNECN
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                DS1 Loop - Superframe Format Option - no rate 

            	 	 	
              USL,
                NTCD1 

            	
              CCOSF
                

            	 	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                DS1 Loop - Expanded Superframe Format option -

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              no
                rate 

            	 	 	
              USL,
                NTCD1 

            	
              CCOEF
                

            	 	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              NID
                - Dispatch and Service Order for NID installation 

            	 	 	
              UENTW
                

            	
              UNDBX
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              UNTW
                Circuit Establishment, Provisioning Only - No Rate 

            	 	 	
              UENTW
                

            	
              UENCE
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              LOOP
                MAKE-UP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Makeup - Preordering Without Reservation, per working or 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              spare
                facility queried (Manual). 

            	 	 	
              UMK
                

            	
              UMKLW
                

            	 	
              15.18
                

            	
              15.18
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Makeup - Preordering With Reservation, per spare facility 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              queried
                (Manual). 

            	 	 	
              UMK
                

            	
              UMKLP
                

            	 	
              19.83
                

            	
              19.83
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Loop
                Makeup--With or Without Reservation, per working or 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              spare
                facility queried (Mechanized) 

            	 	 	
              UMK
                

            	
              UMKMQ
                

            	 	
              0.823
                

            	
              0.823
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              LINE
                SPLITTING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              END
                USER ORDERING-CENTRAL OFFICE BASED 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Splitting - per line activation DLEC owned splitter 

            	 	 	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              UREOS
                

            	
              0.61
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Splitting - per line activation BST owned - physical 

            	 	 	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              UREBP
                

            	
              0.0197
                

            	
              34.43
                

            	
              22.35
                

            	
              10.38
                

            	
              7.34
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Splitting - per line activation BST owned - virtual 

            	 	 	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              UREBV
                

            	
              0.0188
                

            	
              34.43
                

            	
              22.35
                

            	
              10.38
                

            	
              7.34
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              END
                USER ORDERING - REMOTE SITE LINE SPLITTING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Remote
                Site Shared Loop Line Activation for End Users - CLEC 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Owned
                Splitter 

            	 	 	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              URERS
                

            	
              0.61
                

            	
              57.13
                

            	
              23.12
                

            	
              7.11
                

            	
              7.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Remote
                Site Shared Loop - Subsequent Activity - CLEC Owned 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Splitter
                

            	 	 	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              URERA
                

            	 	
              54.10
                

            	
              21.46
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              UNBUNDLED
                EXCHANGE ACCESS LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              2-WIRE
                ANALOG VOICE GRADE LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Remote
                Site 2 Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop -Service Level 1-

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Splitting - CLEC Owned Splitter - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              UEARS
                

            	
              6.52
                

            	
              28.46
                

            	
              3.85
                

            	
              2.20
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version
                2Q06 Standard ICA 07/25/06 

            	 	
              Page
                7 of 12 

            
	 	
              CCCS
                128 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              Remote
                Site 2 Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop -Service Level 1-

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Splitting - CLEC Owned Splitter - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              UEARS
                

            	
              10.18
                

            	
              28.46
                

            	
              3.85
                

            	
              2.20
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Remote
                Site 2 Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop -Service Level 1-

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Splitting - CLEC Owned Splitter - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              UEARS
                

            	
              19.51
                

            	
              28.46
                

            	
              3.85
                

            	
              2.20
                

            	
              0.01
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              UNE
                Loop Rates for Line Splitting 

            	
              (In
                Ga. PSC ordered the line splitting loop USOCs match the lower port-
                loop
                combo rates UEPLX) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Voice Grade Loop (SL1) for Line Splitting - Zone 1 

            	
              I
                

            	
              1
                

            	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              UEALS
                

            	
              10.98
                

            	
              10.04
                

            	
              7.35
                

            	
              1.37
                

            	
              1.28
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Voice Grade Loop (SL1) for Line Splitting - Zone 1 

            	
              I
                

            	
              1
                

            	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              UEABS
                

            	
              10.98
                

            	
              10.04
                

            	
              7.35
                

            	
              1.37
                

            	
              1.28
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Voice Grade Loop (SL1) for Line Splitting - Zone 2 

            	
              I
                

            	
              2
                

            	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              UEALS
                

            	
              16.30
                

            	
              10.04
                

            	
              7.35
                

            	
              1.37
                

            	
              1.28
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Voice Grade Loop (SL1) for Line Splitting - Zone 2 

            	
              I
                

            	
              2
                

            	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              UEABS
                

            	
              16.30
                

            	
              10.04
                

            	
              7.35
                

            	
              1.37
                

            	
              1.28
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Voice Grade Loop (SL1)for Line Splitting - Zone 3 

            	
              I
                

            	
              3
                

            	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              UEALS
                

            	
              34.73
                

            	
              10.04
                

            	
              7.35
                

            	
              1.37
                

            	
              1.28
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                Voice Grade Loop (SL1)for Line Splitting - Zone 3 

            	
              I
                

            	
              3
                

            	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              UEABS
                

            	
              34.73
                

            	
              10.04
                

            	
              7.35
                

            	
              1.37
                

            	
              1.28
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              PHYSICAL
                COLLOCATION 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation-2
                Wire Cross Connects (Loop) for Line 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Splitting
                

            	 	 	 	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              PE1LS
                

            	
              0.0202
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              VIRTUAL
                COLLOCATION 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation-2 Wire Cross Connects (Loop) for Line 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Splitting
                

            	 	 	
              UEPSR
                UEPSB 

            	
              VE1LS
                

            	
              0.0192
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              LINE
                SHARING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              SPLITTERS-CENTRAL
                OFFICE BASED 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing Splitter, per System 96 Line Capacity 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSDA
                

            	
              131.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing Splitter, per System 24 Line Capacity 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSDB
                

            	
              32.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing Splitter, Per System, 8 Line Capacity 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSD8
                

            	
              11.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing-DLEC Owned Splitter

            	
              in
                CO-CFA activaton-

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              deactivation
                (per LSOD) 

            	 	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSDG
                

            	 	
              72.34
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              68.76
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              LINE
                SHARING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              END
                USER ORDERING-CENTRAL OFFICE BASED LINE SHARING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing - per Line Activation (BST Owned splitter) 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSDC
                

            	
              0.61
                

            	
              10.51
                

            	
              7.70
                

            	
              7.00
                

            	
              4.20
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing - per Line Activation (BST Owned splitter) 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSDT
                

            	
              0.61
                

            	
              10.51
                

            	
              7.70
                

            	
              7.00
                

            	
              4.20
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing - per Subsequent Activity per Line 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Rearrangement(BST
                Owned Splitter 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSDS
                

            	 	
              36.23
                

            	
              13.23
                

            	
              16.94
                

            	
              1.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing - per Subsequent Activity per Line 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Rearrangement(BST
                Owned Splitter 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSCS
                

            	 	
              36.23
                

            	
              13.23
                

            	
              16.94
                

            	
              1.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing - per Line Activation (DLEC owned Splitter) 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSCC
                

            	 	
              29.88
                

            	
              16.28
                

            	
              12.08
                

            	
              7.34
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Line
                Sharing - per Line Activation (DLEC owned Splitter) 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSCT
                

            	 	
              29.88
                

            	
              16.28
                

            	
              12.08
                

            	
              7.34
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              REMOTE
                SITE HIGH FREQUENCY SPECTRUM 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              SPLITTERS-REMOTE
                SITE 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Remote
                Site Line Share BellSouth Owned Splitter, 24 Port 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSRB
                

            	
              31.64
                

            	
              90.65
                

            	 	
              64.74
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Remote
                Site Line Share Line Activationfor End User Served at 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              RS,
                BST Splitter 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSRT
                

            	 	
              43.54
                

            	
              17.28
                

            	
              6.82
                

            	
              3.82
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Remote
                Site Line Share Cable Pair Activation CLEC Owned at 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              RS
                and Deactivation 

            	 	 	
              ULS
                

            	
              ULSTG
                

            	 	
              75.02
                

            	 	
              47.17
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              UNBUNDLED
                DEDICATED TRANSPORT 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              INTEROFFICE
                CHANNEL - DEDICATED TRANSPORT 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                2-Wire Voice Grade - per mile 

            	 	 	
              U1TVX
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                2-Wire Voice Grade - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              U1TVX
                

            	
              U1TV2
                

            	
              13.15
                

            	
              48.41
                

            	
              19.46
                

            	
              16.56
                

            	
              4.99
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                2-Wire Voice Grade Rev Bat. - per mile 

            	 	 	
              U1TVX
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                2-Wire VG Rev Bat. - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              U1TVX
                

            	
              U1TR2
                

            	
              13.15
                

            	
              48.41
                

            	
              19.46
                

            	
              16.56
                

            	
              4.99
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                4-Wire Voice Grade - per mile 

            	 	 	
              U1TVX
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                4-
                Wire Voice Grade - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              U1TVX
                

            	
              U1TV4
                

            	
              11.01
                

            	
              48.41
                

            	
              19.46
                

            	
              16.56
                

            	
              4.99
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                56
                kbps - per mile 

            	 	 	
              U1TDX
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                56
                kbps - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              U1TDX
                

            	
              U1TD5
                

            	
              8.00
                

            	
              48.41
                

            	
              19.46
                

            	
              16.56
                

            	
              4.99
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                64
                kbps - per mile 

            	 	 	
              U1TDX
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                64
                kbps - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              U1TDX
                

            	
              U1TD6
                

            	
              8.00
                

            	
              48.41
                

            	
              19.46
                

            	
              16.56
                

            	
              4.99
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                DS1 - per mile 

            	 	 	
              U1TD1
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.1199
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                DS1 - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              U1TD1
                

            	
              U1TF1
                

            	
              34.93
                

            	
              110.92
                

            	
              80.20
                

            	
              31.33
                

            	
              21.71
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                DS3 - per mile 

            	 	 	
              U1TD3
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              2.63
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                DS3 - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              U1TD3
                

            	
              U1TF3
                

            	
              349.42
                

            	
              320.16
                

            	
              86.24
                

            	
              66.71
                

            	
              52.76
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version
                2Q06 Standard ICA 07/25/06

            	 	
              Page
                8 of 12

            
	 	
              CCCS
                129 of 277

            	 

    

    
      
        
          
          

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                STS-1 - per mile 

            	 	 	
              U1TS1
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              2.63
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                STS-1 - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              U1TS1
                

            	
              U1TFS
                

            	
              366.43
                

            	
              320.16
                

            	
              86.24
                

            	
              66.71
                

            	
              52.76
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              UNBUNDLED
                DARK FIBER 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Dark
                Fiber - Interoffice Transport, Per Four Fiber Strands, Per

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Route
                Mile Or Fraction Thereof 

            	 	 	
              UDF,
                UDFCX 

            	
              1L5DF
                

            	
              24.17
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Dark
                Fiber - Interoffice Transport, Per Four Fiber Strands, Per

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Route
                Mile Or Fraction Thereof 

            	 	 	
              UDF,
                UDFCX 

            	
              UDF14
                

            	 	
              1,774.79
                

            	
              89.66
                

            	
              73.57
                

            	
              18.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              HIGH
                CAPACITY UNBUNDLED LOCAL LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              DS-3/STS-1
                UNBUNDLED LOCAL LOOP - Stand Alone 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Unbundled Local 

            	
              Loop
                - per mile 

            	 	 	
              UE3
                

            	
              1L5ND
                

            	
              11.40
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Unbundled Local 

            	
              Loop
                - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              UE3
                

            	
              UE3PX
                

            	
              258.44
                

            	
              1,751.51
                

            	
              131.77
                

            	
              112.80
                

            	
              75.81
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              STS-1Unbundled
                Local 

            	
              Loop
                - per mile 

            	 	 	
              UDLSX
                

            	
              1L5ND
                

            	
              11.40
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              STS-1
                Unbundled Local 

            	
              Loop
                - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              UDLSX
                

            	
              UDLS1
                

            	
              349.42
                

            	
              1,751.51
                

            	
              131.77
                

            	
              112.80
                

            	
              75.81
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              ENHANCED
                EXTENDED LINK (EELs) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Network
                Elements Used in Combinations 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                VG Loop (SL2) in Combination - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UNCVX
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              13.32
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                VG Loop (SL2) in Combination - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UNCVX
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              18.66
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                VG Loop (SL2) in Combination - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UNCVX
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              36.33
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop in Combination - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UNCVX
                

            	
              UEAL4
                

            	
              21.04
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop in Combination - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UNCVX
                

            	
              UEAL4
                

            	
              24.49
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Analog Voice Grade Loop in Combination - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UNCVX
                

            	
              UEAL4
                

            	
              33.40
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                ISDN Loop in Combination - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UNCNX
                

            	
              U1L2X
                

            	
              22.73
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                ISDN Loop in Combination - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UNCNX
                

            	
              U1L2X
                

            	
              29.11
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-Wire
                ISDN Loop in Combination - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UNCNX
                

            	
              U1L2X
                

            	
              46.42
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                56Kbps Digital

            	
              Grade
                Loop in Combination - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              UDL56
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                56Kbps Digital

            	
              Grade
                Loop in Combination - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              UDL56
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                56Kbps Digital

            	
              Grade
                Loop in Combination - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              UDL56
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                64Kbps Digital

            	
              Grade
                Loop in Combination - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              UDL64
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                64Kbps Digital

            	
              Grade
                Loop in Combination - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              UDL64
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                64Kbps Digital

            	
              Grade
                Loop in Combination - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              UDL64
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                in Combination - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              49.41
                

            	
              209.25
                

            	
              70.37
                

            	
              37.87
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                in Combination - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              52.55
                

            	
              209.25
                

            	
              70.37
                

            	
              37.87
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                in Combination - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              68.40
                

            	
              209.25
                

            	
              70.37
                

            	
              37.87
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Local Loop in combination - per mile 

            	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              1L5ND
                

            	
              11.40
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Local Loop in combination - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              UE3PX
                

            	
              258.44
                

            	
              1,259.23
                

            	
              628.22
                

            	
              41.49
                

            	
              20.74
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              STS-1
                Local Loop in combination - per mile 

            	 	 	
              UNCSX
                

            	
              1L5ND
                

            	
              11.40
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              STS-1
                Local Loop in combination - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              UNCSX
                

            	
              UDLS1
                

            	
              349.42
                

            	
              1,259.23
                

            	
              628.22
                

            	
              41.49
                

            	
              20.74
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - 2-wire VG - per mile 

            	 	 	
              UNCVX
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - 2-wire VG - Facility 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Termination
                

            	 	 	 	
              UNCVX
                

            	
              U1TV2
                

            	
              13.15
                

            	
              66.47
                

            	
              33.57
                

            	
              43.38
                

            	
              27.57
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - 4-wire VG - per mile 

            	 	 	
              UNCVX
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - 4-wire VG - Facility 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Termination
                

            	 	 	 	
              UNCVX
                

            	
              U1TV4
                

            	
              10.78
                

            	
              66.47
                

            	
              33.57
                

            	
              43.38
                

            	
              27.57
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - 4-wire 56 kbps - per mile 

            	 	 	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - 4-wire 56 kbps - Facility 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Termination
                

            	 	 	 	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              U1TD5
                

            	
              8.00
                

            	
              66.47
                

            	
              33.57
                

            	
              43.38
                

            	
              27.57
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - 4-wire 64 kbps - per mile 

            	 	 	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - 4-wire 64 kbps - Facility 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Termination
                

            	 	 	 	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              U1TD6
                

            	
              8.00
                

            	
              66.47
                

            	
              33.57
                

            	
              43.38
                

            	
              27.57
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - DS1 - per mile 

            	 	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.1199
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - DS1 Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              U1TF1
                

            	
              34.93
                

            	
              87.67
                

            	
              45.69
                

            	
              43.76
                

            	
              27.95
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - DS3 - per mile 

            	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              2.63
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - DS3 - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              U1TF3
                

            	
              349.42
                

            	
              325.59
                

            	
              76.99
                

            	
              49.51
                

            	
              32.85
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - STS-1 - per mile 

            	 	 	
              UNCSX
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              2.63
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              in
                combination - STS-1 Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              UNCSX
                

            	
              U1TFS
                

            	
              366.43
                

            	
              325.59
                

            	
              76.99
                

            	
              49.51
                

            	
              32.85
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              ADDITIONAL
                NETWORK ELEMENTS 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Optional
                Features & Functions: 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TD1,
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Clear
                Channel Capability Extended Frame Option - per DS1 

            	
              I
                

            	 	
              ULDD1,UNC1X
                

            	
              CCOEF
                

            	 	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version
                2Q06 Standard ICA 07/25/06

            	 	
              Page
                9 of 12

            
	 	
              CCCS
                130 of 277

            	 

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TD1,
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Clear
                Channel Capability Super FrameOption - per DS1 

            	
              I
                

            	 	
              ULDD1,UNC1X
                

            	
              CCOSF
                

            	 	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Clear
                Channel Capability (SF/ESF) Option - Subsequent 

            	 	 	
              ULDD1,
                U1TD1, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Activity
                - per DS1 

            	
              I
                

            	 	
              UNC1X,
                USL 

            	
              NRCCC
                

            	 	
              184.62
                

            	
              23.78
                

            	
              2.03
                

            	
              0.79
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TD3,
                ULDD3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              C-bit
                Parity Option - Subsequent Activity - per DS3 

            	
              i
                

            	 	
              UE3,
                UNC3X 

            	
              NRCC3
                

            	 	
              218.74
                

            	
              7.66
                

            	
              0.7591
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1/DS0
                Channel

            	
              System
                

            	 	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              MQ1
                

            	
              71.23
                

            	
              86.01
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3/DS1Channel

            	
              System
                

            	 	 	
              UNC3X,
                UNCSX 

            	
              MQ3
                

            	
              124.39
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Voice
                Grade COCI in combination 

            	 	 	
              UNCVX
                

            	
              1D1VG
                

            	
              0.479
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Voice
                Grade COCI - for Stand Alone Local Loop 

            	 	 	
              UEA
                

            	
              1D1VG
                

            	
              0.479
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Voice
                Grade COCI - for connection to a channelized DS1 Local 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Channel
                in the same SWC as collocation 

            	 	 	
              U1TUC
                

            	
              1D1VG
                

            	
              0.479
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              OCU-DP
                COCI (2.4-64kbs) in combination 

            	 	 	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              1D1DD
                

            	
              1.02
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              OCU-DP
                COCI (2.4-64kbs) - for Stand Alone Local Loop 

            	 	 	
              UDL
                

            	
              1D1DD
                

            	
              1.02
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              OCU-DP
                COCI (2.4-64kbs) - for connection to a channelized 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                Local Channel in the same SWC as collocation 

            	 	 	
              U1TUD
                

            	
              1D1DD
                

            	
              1.02
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-wire
                ISDN COCI (BRITE) in combination 

            	 	 	
              UNCNX
                

            	
              UC1CA
                

            	
              1.70
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-wire
                ISDN COCI (BRITE) - for a Local Loop 

            	 	 	
              UDN
                

            	
              UC1CA
                

            	
              1.70
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2-wire
                ISDN COCI (BRITE) - for connection to a channelized 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                Local Channel in the same SWC as collocation 

            	 	 	
              U1TUB
                

            	
              UC1CA
                

            	
              1.70
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                COCI in combination 

            	 	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              UC1D1
                

            	
              7.50
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                COCI - for Stand Alone Local Channel 

            	 	 	
              ULDD1
                

            	
              UC1D1
                

            	
              7.50
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                COCI - for Stand Alone Interoffice Channel 

            	 	 	
              U1TD1
                

            	
              UC1D1
                

            	
              7.50
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                COCI - for Stand Alone Local Loop 

            	 	 	
              USL
                

            	
              UC1D1
                

            	
              7.50
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                COCI - for connection to a channelized DS1 Local Channel 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              in
                the same SWC as collocation 

            	 	 	
              U1TUA
                

            	
              UC1D1
                

            	
              7.50
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNCVX,
                UNCDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNC1X,
                UNC3X, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNCSX,
                UDFCX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              XDH1X,
                HFQC6, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              XDD2X,
                XDV6X, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              XDDFX,
                XDD4X, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Wholesale
                - UNE, Switch-As-Is Conversion Charge 

            	 	 	
              HFRST
                

            	
              UNCCC
                

            	 	
              5.69
                

            	
              5.69
                

            	
              6.60
                

            	
              6.60
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TVX,
                U1TDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Misc Rate Element, SNE SAI, Single Network 

            	 	 	
              U1TD1,
                U1TD3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Element
                - Switch As Is Non-recurring Charge, per circuit (LSR) 

            	
              I
                

            	 	
              U1TS1,
                UDF, UE3 

            	
              URESL
                

            	 	
              36.95
                

            	
              16.17
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Unbundled
                Misc Rate Element, SNE SAI, Single Network 

            	 	 	
              U1TVX,
                U1TDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Element
                - Switch As Is Non-recurring Charge, incremental 

            	 	 	
              U1TD1,
                U1TD3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              charge
                per circuit on a spreadsheet 

            	
              i
                

            	 	
              U1TS1,
                UDF, UE3 

            	
              URESP
                

            	 	
              1.49
                

            	
              1.49
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Access
                to DCS - Customer Reconfiguration

            	
              (FlexServ)
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Customer
                Reconfiguration Establishment 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              1.40
                

            	 	
              1.63
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                DCS Termination with DS0 Switching 

            	 	 	 	 	
              20.08
                

            	
              24.87
                

            	
              18.91
                

            	
              15.02
                

            	
              11.94
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                DCS Termination with DS1 Switching 

            	 	 	 	 	
              7.24
                

            	
              18.16
                

            	
              12.19
                

            	
              11.13
                

            	
              8.05
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                DCS Termination with DS1 Switching 

            	 	 	 	 	
              128.34
                

            	
              24.87
                

            	
              18.91
                

            	
              15.02
                

            	
              11.94
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Node

            	
              (SynchroNet)
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	
              Node
                per month 

            	 	 	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              UNCNT
                

            	
              13.98
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Service
                Rearrangements 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TVX,
                U1TDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEA,
                UDL, U1TUC, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TUD,
                U1TUB, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULDVX,
                ULDDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              NRC
                - Change in Facility Assignment per circuit Service 

            	 	 	
              UNCVX,
                UNCDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Rearrangement
                

            	
              I
                

            	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              URETD
                

            	 	
              100.91
                

            	
              42.97
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TVX,
                U1TDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEA,
                UDL, U1TUC, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TUD,
                U1TUB, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULDVX,
                ULDDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              NRC
                - Change in Facility Assignment per circuit Project 

            	 	 	
              UNCVX,
                UNCDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Management
                (added to CFA per circuit if project managed) 

            	
              I
                

            	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              URETB
                

            	 	
              3.68
                

            	
              3.68
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version
                2Q06 Standard ICA 07/25/06

            	 	
              Page
                10 of 12

            
	 	
              CCCS
                131 of 277

            	 

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              NRC
                - Order Coordination Specific Time - Dedicated Transport 

            	
              I
                

            	 	
              UNC1X,
                UNC3X 

            	
              OCOSR
                

            	 	
              18.89
                

            	
              18.89
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              UNE
                Reconfiguration Change Charge per Circuit 

            	
              I
                

            	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              URERC
                

            	 	
              35.00
                

            	
              35.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              UNE
                Reconfiguration Change Charge per Circuit Project 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Managed
                

            	
              I
                

            	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              URERP
                

            	 	
              3.68
                

            	
              3.68
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              COMMINGLING
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNCVX,
                UNCDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNC1X,
                UNC3X, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNCSX,
                U1TD1, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TD3,
                U1TS1, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UE3,
                UDLSX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TVX,
                U1TDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TUB,
                ULDVX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULDD1,
                ULDD3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingling
                Authorization 

            	 	 	
              ULDS1
                

            	
              CMGAU
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Commingled

            	
              (UNE
                part of single bandwidth circuit and interfaces) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                VG COCI 

            	 	 	
              XDV2X,
                NTCVG 

            	
              1D1VG
                

            	
              0.479
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                Digital

            	
              COCI
                

            	 	 	
              XDV6X,
                NTCUD 

            	
              1D1DD
                

            	
              1.02
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                ISDN COCI 

            	 	 	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              UC1CA
                

            	
              1.70
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                2-wire VG Interoffice Channel 

            	 	 	
              XDV2X
                

            	
              U1TV2
                

            	
              13.15
                

            	
              66.47
                

            	
              33.57
                

            	
              43.38
                

            	
              27.57
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                4-wire VG Interoffice Channel 

            	 	 	
              XDV6X
                

            	
              U1TV4
                

            	
              10.78
                

            	
              66.47
                

            	
              33.57
                

            	
              43.38
                

            	
              27.57
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                56kbps Interoffice Channel 

            	 	 	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              U1TD5
                

            	
              8.00
                

            	
              66.47
                

            	
              33.57
                

            	
              43.38
                

            	
              27.57
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                64kbps Interoffice Channel 

            	 	 	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              U1TD6
                

            	
              8.00
                

            	
              66.47
                

            	
              33.57
                

            	
              43.38
                

            	
              27.57
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              XDV2X,
                XDV6X, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                VG/DS0 Interoffice Channel

            	
              Mileage
                

            	 	 	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                2-wire Local Loop Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              XDV2X
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              13.32
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                2-wire Local Loop Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              XDV2X
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              18.66
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                2-wire Local Loop Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              XDV2X
                

            	
              UEAL2
                

            	
              36.33
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                4-wire Local Loop Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              XDV6X
                

            	
              UEAL4
                

            	
              21.04
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                4-wire Local Loop Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              XDV6X
                

            	
              UEAL4
                

            	
              24.49
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                4-wire Local Loop Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              XDV6X
                

            	
              UEAL4
                

            	
              33.40
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                56kbps Local Loop Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              UDL56
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                56kbps Local Loop Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              UDL56
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                56kbps Local Loop Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              UDL56
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                64kbps Local Loop Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              UDL64
                

            	
              25.81
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                64kbps Local Loop Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              UDL64
                

            	
              31.54
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                64kbps Local Loop Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              UDL64
                

            	
              42.38
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                ISDN Local Loop Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              U1L2X
                

            	
              22.73
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                ISDN Local Loop Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              U1L2X
                

            	
              29.11
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                ISDN Local Loop Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              XDD4X
                

            	
              U1L2X
                

            	
              46.42
                

            	
              195.75
                

            	
              36.35
                

            	
              18.40
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                DS1 COCI 

            	 	 	
              XDH1X,
                NTCD1 

            	
              UC1D1
                

            	
              7.50
                

            	
              27.30
                

            	
              2.90
                

            	
              16.85
                

            	
              1.04
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                DS1 Interoffice Channel 

            	 	 	
              XDH1X
                

            	
              U1TF1
                

            	
              34.93
                

            	
              87.67
                

            	
              45.69
                

            	
              43.76
                

            	
              27.95
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                DS1 Interoffice Channel

            	
              Mileage
                

            	 	 	
              XDH1X
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.1199
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                DS1/DS0 Channel

            	
              System
                

            	 	 	
              XDH1X
                

            	
              MQ1
                

            	
              71.23
                

            	
              86.01
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                DS1 Local Loop Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              XDH1X
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              49.41
                

            	
              209.25
                

            	
              70.37
                

            	
              37.87
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                DS1 Local Loop Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              XDH1X
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              52.55
                

            	
              209.25
                

            	
              70.37
                

            	
              37.87
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                DS1 Local Loop Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              XDH1X
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              68.40
                

            	
              209.25
                

            	
              70.37
                

            	
              37.87
                

            	
              6.86
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                DS3 Local Loop 

            	 	 	
              HFQC6
                

            	
              UE3PX
                

            	
              258.44
                

            	
              1,751.51
                

            	
              131.77
                

            	
              112.80
                

            	
              75.81
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                DS3/STS-1 Local Loop Mileage 

            	 	 	
              HFQC6,
                HFRST 

            	
              1L5ND
                

            	
              11.40
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                STS-1 Local Loop 

            	 	 	
              HFRST
                

            	
              UDLS1
                

            	
              349.42
                

            	
              1,751.51
                

            	
              131.77
                

            	
              112.80
                

            	
              75.81
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                DS3/DS1 Channel

            	
              System
                

            	 	 	
              HFQC6
                

            	
              MQ3
                

            	
              124.39
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                DS3 Interoffice Channel 

            	 	 	
              HFQC6
                

            	
              U1TF3
                

            	
              349.42
                

            	
              325.59
                

            	
              76.99
                

            	
              49.51
                

            	
              32.85
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                DS3 Interoffice Channel

            	
              Mileage
                

            	 	 	
              HFQC6
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              2.63
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                STS-1Interoffice Channel 

            	 	 	
              HFRST
                

            	
              U1TFS
                

            	
              366.43
                

            	
              325.59
                

            	
              76.99
                

            	
              49.51
                

            	
              32.85
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                STS-1Interoffice Channel

            	
              Mileage
                

            	 	 	
              HFRST
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              2.63
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                Dark Fiber - Interoffice Transport, Per Four Fiber 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Strands,
                Per Route Mile Or Fraction Thereof 

            	 	 	
              HEQDL
                

            	
              1L5DF
                

            	
              24.17
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Commingled
                Dark Fiber - Interoffice Transport, Per Four Fiber 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Strands,
                Per Route Mile Or Fraction Thereof 

            	 	 	
              HEQDL
                

            	
              UDF14
                

            	 	
              1,774.79
                

            	
              89.66
                

            	
              73.57
                

            	
              18.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              UNE
                to Commingled Conversion Tracking 

            	 	 	
              XDH1X,
                HFQC6 

            	
              CMGUN
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version
                2Q06 Standard ICA 07/25/06

            	 	
              Page
                11 of 12

            
	 	
              CCCS
                132 of 277

            	 

    

    
      
        
          
          

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              SPA
                to Commingled Conversion Tracking 

            	 	 	
              XDH1X,
                HFQC6 

            	
              CMGSP
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              LNP
                Query Service 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              LNP
                Charge Per query 

            	 	 	 	 	
              0.0008034
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              LNP
                Service Establishment Manual 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              12.49
                

            	 	
              11.09
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              LNP
                Service Provisioning with Point Code Establishment 

            	 	 	 	 	 	
              574.87
                

            	
              293.68
                

            	
              251.47
                

            	
              184.91
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              911
                PBX LOCATE 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              911
                PBX LOCATE DATABASE CAPABILITY 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Service
                Establishment per CLEC per End User Account 

            	 	 	
              9PBDC
                

            	
              9PBEU
                

            	 	
              1,825.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Changes
                to TN Range or Customer Profile 

            	 	 	
              9PBDC
                

            	
              9PBTN
                

            	 	
              182.67
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Per
                Telephone Number (Monthly) 

            	 	 	
              9PBDC
                

            	
              9PBMM
                

            	
              0.07
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Change
                Company (Service Provider) ID 

            	 	 	
              9PBDC
                

            	
              9PBPC
                

            	 	
              536.23
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              PBX
                Locate Service Support per CLEC (Monthlt) 

            	 	 	
              9PBDC
                

            	
              9PBMR
                

            	
              176.96
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Service
                Order Charge 

            	 	 	
              9PBDC
                

            	
              9PBSC
                

            	 	
              11.73
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              911
                PBX LOCATE TRANSPORT COMPONENT 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              See
                Att 3 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    Note:
      Rates displaying an "I" in Interim column are interim as a result of a
      Commission order. 

    

    
      	
              Version
                2Q06 Standard ICA 07/25/06

            	 	
              Page
                12 of 12

            
	 	
              CCCS
                133 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
 

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh. B

            	 
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES
                ($) 

            	
              Svc
                Order Submitted Elec per LSR 

            	
              Svc
                Order Submitted Manually per LSR 

            	
              Incremental
                Charge -Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-1st 

            	
              Incremental
                Charge -Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-Add'l 

            	
              Incremental
                Charge -Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-Disc 1st 

            	
              Incremental
                Charge -Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-Disc Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates ($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              UNBUNDLED
                EXCHANGE ACCESS LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              2-WIRE
                HIGH BIT RATE DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE (HDSL) COMPATIBLE LOOP
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry & facility
                reservation - Zone 1 

            	
              I
                

            	
              1
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL2X
                

            	
              9.06
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry & facility
                reservation - Zone 2 

            	
              I
                

            	
              2
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL2X
                

            	
              10.45
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry & facility
                reservation - Zone 3 

            	
              I
                

            	
              3
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL2X
                

            	
              16.65
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility
                reservation - Zone 1 

            	
              I
                

            	
              1
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL2W
                

            	
              9.06
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility
                reservation - Zone 2 

            	
              I
                

            	
              2
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL2W
                

            	
              10.45
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              2
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility
                reservation - Zone 3 

            	
              I
                

            	
              3
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL2W
                

            	
              16.65
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              4-WIRE
                HIGH BIT RATE DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE (HDSL) COMPATIBLE LOOP
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4
                Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry and facility
                reservation - Zone 1 

            	
              I
                

            	
              1
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL4X
                

            	
              11.95
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry and facility
                reservation - Zone 2 

            	
              I
                

            	
              2
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL4X
                

            	
              13.80
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry and facility
                reservation - Zone 3 

            	
              I
                

            	
              3
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL4X
                

            	
              21.93
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility
                reservation - Zone 1 

            	
              I
                

            	
              1
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL4W
                

            	
              11.95
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility
                reservation - Zone 2 

            	
              I
                

            	
              2
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL4W
                

            	
              13.80
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility
                reservation - Zone 3 

            	
              I
                

            	
              3
                

            	
              UHL
                

            	
              UHL4W
                

            	
              21.93
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              4-WIRE
                DS1 DIGITAL LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital Loop - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              USL
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              56.82
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital Loop - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              USL
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              60.43
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital Loop - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              USL
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              78.66
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              HIGH
                CAPACITY UNBUNDLED LOCAL LOOP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              High
                Capacity Unbundled Local Loop - DS3 - Per Mile per month 

            	 	 	
              UE3
                

            	
              1L5ND
                

            	
              13.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              High
                Capacity Unbundled Local Loop - DS3 - Facility Termination per month
                

            	 	 	
              UE3
                

            	
              UE3PX
                

            	
              297.21
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              High
                Capacity Unbundled Local Loop - STS-1 - Per Mile per month

            	 	 	
              UDLSX
                

            	
              1L5ND
                

            	
              13.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              High
                Capacity Unbundled Local Loop - STS-1 - Facility Termination per
                month
                

            	 	 	
              UDLSX
                

            	
              UDLS1
                

            	
              401.83
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              UNBUNDLED
                DEDICATED TRANSPORT 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              INTEROFFICE
                CHANNEL - DEDICATED TRANSPORT 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Channel - DS1 - Per Mile per month 

            	 	 	
              U1TD1
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.1379
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Tranport - DS1 - Facility Termination 

            	 	 	
              U1TD1
                

            	
              U1TF1
                

            	
              40.17
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Transport - DS3 - Per Mile per month 

            	 	 	
              U1TD3
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              3.02
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Transport - DS3 - Facility Termination per month
                

            	 	 	
              U1TD3
                

            	
              U1TF3
                

            	
              401.83
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Transport - STS-1 - Per Mile per month

            	 	 	
              U1TS1
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              3.02
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Transport - STS-1 - Facility Termination
                

            	 	 	
              U1TS1
                

            	
              U1TFS
                

            	
              421.39
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              ENHANCED
                EXTENDED LINK (EELs) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    NOTE:
      The monthly recurring and non-recurring charges below will apply and the
      Switch-As-Is Charge will not apply for UNE combinations provisioned as '
      Ordinarily Combined' Network Elements.

    NOTE:
      The
      monthly recurring and the Switch-As-Is Charge and not the non-recurring charges
      below will apply for UNE combinations provisioned as ' Currently Combined'
      Network Elements.

    EXTENDED
      4-WIRE DS1 DIGITAL EXTENDED LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS1 INTEROFFICE
      TRANSPORT

    

    
      	 	 	 
	
              Version: 2Q06
                Standard ICA 06/13/06

            	 	
              Page
                1 of 2

            
	 	 	
              CCCS
                134 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              UNBUNDLED
                NETWORK ELEMENTS - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment:
                2 Exh. B

            	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES

            	
              ($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	 	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates ($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                in Combination - Zone 1 

            	 	
              1
                

            	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              56.82
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                in Combination - Zone 2 

            	 	
              2
                

            	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              60.43
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              4-Wire
                DS1 Digital

            	
              Loop
                in Combination - Zone 3 

            	 	
              3
                

            	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              USLXX
                

            	
              78.66
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                month 

            	 	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              0.1379
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Facility 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Termination
                per month 

            	 	 	
              UNC1X
                

            	
              U1TF1
                

            	
              40.17
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              EXTENDED
                DS3 DIGITAL EXTENDED LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS3 INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Local Loop in combination - per mile per month 

            	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              1L5ND
                

            	
              13.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Local Loop in combination - Facility Termination per month

            	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              UE3PX
                

            	
              297.21
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Transport - Dedicated - DS3 - Per Mile per month 

            	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              3.02
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Transport - Dedicated - DS3 combination - Facility 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Termination
                per month 

            	 	 	
              UNC3X
                

            	
              U1TF3
                

            	
              401.83
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              EXTENDED
                STS-1 DIGITAL EXTENDED LOOP WITH DEDICATED STS-1 INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              STS-1
                Local Loop in combination - per mile per month 

            	 	 	
              UNCSX
                

            	
              1L5ND
                

            	
              13.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              STS-1
                Local Loop in combination - Facility Termination per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              month
                

            	 	 	
              UNCSX
                

            	
              UDLS1
                

            	
              401.83
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Transport - Dedicated - STS-1 combination - per mile 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                month 

            	 	 	
              UNCSX
                

            	
              1L5XX
                

            	
              3.02
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Transport - Dedicated - STS-1 combination - Facility 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Termination
                per month 

            	 	 	
              UNCSX
                

            	
              U1TFS
                

            	
              421.39
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version:
                2Q06 Standard ICA 06/13/06 

            	 	
              Page
                2 of 2

            
	 	
              CCCS
                135 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    

    
      	
              Attachment 2

            
	
              Exhibit
                C

            
	
              Page 1

            

    

    

    
      	 	 	 	 	
              December
                2004 Data with FBC count as of Dec 5

            
	 	 	 	 	
              Interoffice

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	
              Transport

            	
              High
                Capacity Loops

            
	 	 	 	
              Number
                of

            	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	
              FB

            	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Total

            	
              Collocators

            	 	 	
              No

            	
              No

            
	 	 	
              Business

            	
              if
                3 or

            	 	 	
              Impairment
                Impairment

            
	
              State

            	
              Wire
                Center

            	
              Lines

            	
              Greater

            	
              Tier
                1

            	
              Tier
                2

            	
              for
                DS3

            	
              for
                DS1

            
	
              AL

            	
              BRHMALMT

            	
              39,078

            	
              -

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              AL

            	
              HNVIALMT

            	
              26,690

            	
              -

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              AL

            	
              MOBLALAZ

            	
              20,101

            	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              AL

            	
              MTGMALDA

            	
              32,752

            	
              -

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              AL

            	
              MTGMALMT

            	
              27,528

            	
              -

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              BCRTFLBT

            	
              26,601

            	
              -

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              BCRTFLMA

            	
              40,746

            	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              FL

            	
              COCOFLMA

            	
              18,097

            	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              DRBHFLMA

            	
              24,695

            	
              1

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              DYBHFLMA

            	
              32,282

            	
              7

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              FTLDFLCY

            	
              31,487

            	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              FTLDFLJA

            	
              29,209

            	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              FTLDFLMR

            	
              55,881

            	
              8

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              FL

            	
              FTLDFLOA

            	
              23,008

            	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              FTLDFLPL

            	
              29,469

            	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              GSVLFLMA

            	
              55,681

            	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              FL

            	
              HLWDFLPE

            	
              37,415

            	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              HLWDFLWH

            	
              34,022

            	
              -

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              JCVLFLCL

            	
              42,452

            	
              6

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              FL

            	
              JCVLFLSJ

            	
              24,088

            	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              JCVLFLSM

            	
              17,820

            	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              MIAMFLAE

            	
              41,912

            	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              FL

            	
              MIAMFLBR

            	
              24,482

            	
              -

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              MIAMFLCA

            	
              22,645

            	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              MIAMFLGR

            	
              68,580

            	
              11

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	
              X

            
	
              FL

            	
              MIAMFLHL

            	
              43,021

            	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              FL

            	
              MIAMFLPB

            	
              24,380

            	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              MIAMFLPL

            	
              86,923

            	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	
              X

            
	
              FL

            	
              MIAMFLRR

            	
              24,740

            	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              MIAMFLSO

            	
              23,802

            	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              MIAMFLWM

            	
              23,310

            	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              MLBRFLMA

            	
              32,547

            	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              MNDRFLLO

            	
              20,180

            	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              NDADFLGG

            	
              18,239

            	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              ORLDFLAP

            	
              31,234

            	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              ORLDFLCL

            	
              20,828

            	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              ORLDFLMA

            	
              57,966

            	
              10

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              FL

            	
              ORLDFLPC

            	
              45,792

            	
              6

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              FL

            	
              ORLDFLPH

            	
              33,148

            	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA 

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      136
      of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              Attachment 2

            
	
              Exhibit
                C

            
	
              Page 2

            

    

    
 

    
      	
              FL

            	
              ORLDFLSA

            	
              26,126

            	 	
              8

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              PMBHFLFE

            	
              25,909

            	 	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              PMBHFLMA

            	
              33,993

            	 	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              PNSCFLBL

            	
              28,685

            	 	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              PNSCFLFP

            	
              30,863

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              PRRNFLMA

            	
              37,969

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              STRTFLMA

            	
              25,577

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              WPBHFLAN

            	
              33,521

            	 	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              WPBHFLGA

            	
              24,885

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              WPBHFLGR

            	
              26,527

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              WPBHFLHH

            	
              36,053

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              FL

            	
              WPBHFLLE

            	
              13,622

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              AGSTGAMT

            	
              22,316

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              ALBYGAMA

            	
              29,095

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              ALPRGAMA

            	
              74,317

            	 	
              7

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	
              X

            
	
              GA

            	
              ATHNGAMA

            	
              28,311

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              ATLNGABU

            	
              57,064

            	 	
              7

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              GA

            	
              ATLNGACS

            	
              94,988

            	 	
              9

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	
              X

            
	
              GA

            	
              ATLNGAEP

            	
              34,260

            	 	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              ATLNGAPP

            	
              71,905

            	 	
              7

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	
              X

            
	
              GA

            	
              ATLNGASS

            	
              33,797

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              ATLNGATH

            	
              33,131

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              CHMBGAMA

            	
              30,860

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              CLMBGAMT

            	
              36,081

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              CMNGGAMA

            	
              24,408

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              DLTHGAHS

            	
              39,907

            	
              -

            	 	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              DNWDGAMA

            	
              47,862

            	 	
              7

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              GA

            	
              LLBNGAMA

            	
              27,481

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              LRVLGAOS

            	
              32,076

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              MACNGAMT

            	
              24,148

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              MRTTGAMA

            	
              89,220

            	 	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	
              X

            
	
              GA

            	
              NRCRGAMA

            	
              78,131

            	 	
              8

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	
              X

            
	
              GA

            	
              RSWLGAMA

            	
              41,390

            	 	
              3

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              SMYRGAMA

            	
              29,316

            	 	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              SMYRGAPF

            	
              52,246

            	 	
              8

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              GA

            	
              SVNHGABS

            	
              28,626

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              GA

            	
              TUKRGAMA

            	
              27,383

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              KY

            	
              LSVLKYAP

            	
              49,159

            	 	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              KY

            	
              LSVLKYBR

            	
              16,989

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              LA

            	
              BTRGLAGW

            	
              39,525

            	
              -

            	 	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              LA

            	
              BTRGLAMA

            	
              39,089

            	 	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              LA

            	
              LFYTLAMA

            	
              46,825

            	
              -

            	 	
              X

            	 	 	 

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA 

    06/13/06
      

     

    CCCS
      137
      of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              Attachment 2

            
	
              Exhibit
                C

            
	
              Page 3

            

    

    

    

    
      	
              LA

            	
              MONRLAMA

            	
              37,785

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              LA

            	
              NWORLAMA

            	
              71,146

            	 	
              6

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	
              X

            
	
              LA

            	
              NWORLAMT

            	
              31,726

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              LA

            	
              SHPTLAMA

            	
              29,790

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              MS

            	
              HTBGMSMA

            	
              12,829

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              MS

            	
              JCSNMSCP

            	
              40,109

            	 	
              3

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              CARYNCCE

            	
              27,888

            	 	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              CHRLNCBO

            	
              24,980

            	 	
              8

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              CHRLNCCA

            	
              85,131

            	 	
              9

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	
              X

            
	
              NC

            	
              CHRLNCDE

            	
              17,354

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              CHRLNCLP

            	
              9,811

            	 	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              CHRLNCRE

            	
              11,507

            	 	
              6

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              CHRLNCSH

            	
              13,484

            	 	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              CHRLNCUN

            	
              14,570

            	 	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              CPHLNCRO

            	
              41,802

            	 	
              4

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              NC

            	
              GNBONCAS

            	
              34,302

            	 	
              6

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              GNBONCEU

            	
              48,789

            	 	
              6

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              NC

            	
              RLGHNCGL

            	
              26,809

            	 	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              RLGHNCHO

            	
              29,561

            	 	
              8

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              RLGHNCMO

            	
              75,174

            	 	
              7

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	
              X

            
	
              NC

            	
              SLBRNCMA

            	
              11,462

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              WLMGNCWI

            	
              24,794

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              NC

            	
              WNSLNCFI

            	
              33,021

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              SC

            	
              CHTNSCDT

            	
              24,703

            	 	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              SC

            	
              CHTNSCNO

            	
              24,107

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              SC

            	
              CLMASCSA

            	
              13,939

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              SC

            	
              CLMASCSN

            	
              48,403

            	 	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              SC

            	
              GNVLSCDT

            	
              45,546

            	 	
              5

            	
              X

            	 	
              X

            	 
	
              SC

            	
              GNVLSCWR

            	
              33,639

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              SC

            	
              MNPLSCES

            	
              24,061

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              SC

            	
              SPBGSCMA

            	
              22,796

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              CHTGTNBR

            	
              24,314

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              CHTGTNNS

            	
              23,166

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              KNVLTNMA

            	
              37,284

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              MMPHTNBA

            	
              34,364

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              MMPHTNEL

            	
              30,973

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              MMPHTNGT

            	
              26,311

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              MMPHTNMA

            	
              23,520

            	 	
              6

            	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              MMPHTNMT

            	
              10,289

            	 	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              MMPHTNOA

            	
              36,686

            	 	
              2

            	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              NSVLTNBW

            	
              28,974

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              NSVLTNDO

            	
              24,914

            	
              -

            	 	 	
              X

            	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              NSVLTNMT

            	
              78,781

            	 	
              3

            	
              X

            	 	 	 

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA 

    06/13/06
      

     

    CCCS
      138
      of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              Attachment 2

            
	
              Exhibit
                C

            
	
              Page 4

            

    

    

     

    

    
      	
              TN

            	
              NSVLTNST

            	
              24,911

            	
              -

            	 	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              TN

            	
              NSVLTNUN

            	
              19,987

            	
              3

            	 	
              X

            	 	 	 
	
              Totals

            	 	 	 	
              67

            	 	
              59

            	
              27

            	
              10

            

    

     

    
      Version:
        2Q06 Standard ICA

      06/13/06
        

    

    CCCS
      139
      of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 1

    Attachment
      3

     

    Network
      Interconnection

     

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      140 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 2

    TABLE
      OF CONTENTS

    

    
      	
              1

            	
              General

            	
              3

            
	
              2

            	
              Definitions:
                (For the purpose of this Attachment)

            	
              3

            
	
              3

            	
              Network
                Interconnection

            	
              5

            
	
              4

            	
              Interconnection
                Trunk Group Architectures

            	
              7

            
	
              5

            	
              Network
                Design And Management For Interconnection

            	
              13

            
	
              6

            	
              Forecasting
                for Trunk Provisioning

            	
              14

            
	
              7

            	
              Local
                Dialing Parity

            	
              16

            
	
              8

            	
              Interconnection
                Compensation

            	
              16

            
	
              9

            	
              Ordering
                Charges

            	
              22

            
	
              10

            	
              Basic
                911 and E911 Interconnection

            	
              22

            
	
              11

            	
              SS7
                Network Interconnection

            	
              23

            

    

    

    
      	
              Rates

            	
              Exhibit
                A

            
	
              Basic
                Architecture

            	
              Exhibit
                B

            
	
              One
                Way Architecture

            	
              Exhibit
                C

            
	
              Two
                Way Architecture

            	
              Exhibit
                D

            
	
              Supergroup
                Architecture

            	
              Exhibit
                E

            

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      141 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Attachment
      3

    Page 3

     

    NETWORK
      INTERCONNECTION

    
      	
              1

            	
              General

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              The
                Parties shall provide interconnection with each other’s networks for the
                transmission and routing of telephone exchange service (Local Traffic),
                ISP-Bound Traffic, and exchange access (Switched Access Traffic)
                on the
                following terms:

            

    

     

    
      	
              2

            	
              Definitions:
                (For the purpose of this
                Attachment)

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              For
                purposes of this attachment only, the following terms shall have
                the
                definitions set forth below:

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              Automatic
                Location Identification (ALI) is a feature by which the address associated
                with the calling party’s telephone number (ANI) is forwarded to the PSAP
                for display. Access to the ALI database is described in Attachment
                2 to
                this Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              Automatic
                Number Identification (ANI) corresponds to the seven-digit telephone
                number assigned by the serving local exchange
                carrier.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3

            	
              BellSouth
                Trunk Group is defined as a one-way trunk group carrying BellSouth
                originated traffic to be terminated by
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4

            	
              911
                Service is as described in this
                Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5

            	
              Call
                Termination has the meaning set forth for “termination” in 47 C.F.R. §
                51.701(d).

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.6

            	
              Call
                Transport has the meaning set forth for “transport” in 47 C.F.R. §
                51.701(c).

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7

            	
              Call
                Transport and Termination is used collectively to mean the switching
                and
                transport functions from the Interconnection Point to the last point
                of
                switching.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8

            	
              Common
                (Shared) Transport is defined as the transport of the originating
                Party’s
                traffic by the terminating Party over the terminating Party’s common
                (shared) facilities between (1) the terminating Party’s tandem switch and
                end office switch, (2) between the terminating Party’s tandem switches,
                and/or (3) between the terminating Party’s host and remote end office
                switches. All switches referred herein must be entered into the The
                Telcordia® LERGTM Routing Guide
                (LERG).

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9

            	
              Dedicated
                Interoffice Facility is defined as a switch transport facility between
                a
                Party’s Serving Wire Center and the first point of switching within the
                LATA on the other Party’s network.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.10

            	
              End
                Office Switching is defined as the function that establishes a
                communications path between the trunk side and line side of the End
                Office
                switch.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      142 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 4

     

    
      	
              2.11

            	
              Fiber
                Meet is
                an interconnection arrangement whereby the Parties physically interconnect
                their networks via an optical fiber interface at which one Party's
                facilities, provisioning, and maintenance responsibility begins and
                the
                other Party's responsibility ends.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.12

            	
              Final
                Trunk Group is
                defined as the last choice trunk group between two (2) switches for
                which
                there is no alternate route.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.13

            	
              Integrated
                Services Digital Network User Part (ISUP) is
                a message protocol to support call set-up and release for interoffice
                voice connections over SS7
                signaling.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.14

            	
              Interconnection
                Point (IP) is
                the physical telecommunications equipment interface that interconnects
                the
                networks of BellSouth and WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.15

            	
              IntraLATA
                Toll Traffic is
                as defined in this Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.16

            	
              ISP-Bound
                Traffic is
                as defined in this Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.17

            	
              Local
                Channel is
                defined as a switched transport facility between a Party’s Interconnection
                Point and the IP’s Serving Wire
                Center.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.18

            	
              Local
                Traffic is
                as defined in this Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.19

            	
              Public
                Safety Answering Point (PSAP) is
                the answering location for 911
                calls.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.20

            	
              Selective
                Routing (SR) is
                a standard feature that routes an E911 call from the tandem to the
                designated PSAP based upon the address of the ANI of the calling
                party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.21

            	
              Serving
                Wire Center (SWC) is
                defined as the wire center owned by one Party from which the other
                Party
                would normally obtain dial tone for its
                IP.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.22

            	
              Signaling
                System 7 (SS7)/Common Channel Signaling 7 (CCS7) is
                an out-of-band signaling system used to provide basic routing information,
                call set-up and other call termination functions. Signaling is removed
                from the voice channel and put on a separate data
                network.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.23

            	
              Tandem
                Switching is
                defined as the function that establishes a communications path between
                two
                switching offices through a third switching office through the provision
                of trunk side to trunk side
                switching.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.24

            	
              Transit
                Traffic is
                traffic originating on WinSonic’s network that is switched and/or
                transported by BellSouth and delivered to a third party’s network, or
                traffic originating on a third party’s network that is switched and/or
                transported by BellSouth and delivered to WinSonic’s
                network.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      143 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 5

     

    
      	
              3

            	
              Network
                Interconnection

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1

            	
              This
                Attachment pertains only to the provision of network interconnection
                where
                WinSonic owns, leases from a third party or otherwise provides its
                own
                switch(es).

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2

            	
              Network
                interconnection may be provided by the Parties at any technically
                feasible
                point within BellSouth’s network. Requests to BellSouth for
                interconnection at points other than as set forth in this Attachment
                may
                be made through the Bona Fide Request/New Business Request (BFR/NBR)
                Process set forth in Attachment 11.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2.1

            	
              Each
                Party is responsible for providing, engineering and maintaining the
                network on its side of the IP. The IP must be located within BellSouth’s
                serving territory in the LATA in which traffic is originating. The
                IP
                determines the point at which the originating Party shall pay the
                terminating Party for the Call Transport and Termination of Local
                Traffic,
                ISP-Bound Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic. In selecting the IP,
                both
                Parties will act in good faith and select the point that is most
                efficient
                for both Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2.2

            	
              Pursuant
                to the provisions of this Attachment, the location of the initial
                IP in a
                given LATA shall be established by mutual agreement of the Parties.
                Subject to the requirements for installing additional IPs, as set
                forth
                below, any IPs existing prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement
                will
                be accepted as initial IPs and will not require re-grooming. When
                the
                Parties mutually agree to utilize two-way interconnection trunk groups
                for
                the exchange of Local Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic and IntraLATA Toll
                Traffic between each other, the Parties shall mutually agree to the
                location of IP(s). If the Parties are unable to agree to a mutual
                initial
                IP, each Party, as originating Party, shall establish a single IP
                in the
                LATA for the delivery of its originated Local Traffic, ISP-Bound
                Traffic
                and IntraLATA Toll Traffic to the other Party for Call Transport
                and
                Termination by the terminating
                Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2.3

            	
              Additional
                IP(s) in a LATA may be established by mutual agreement of the Parties.
                Notwithstanding the foregoing, additional IP(s) in a particular LATA
                shall
                be established, at the request of either Party, when the Local Traffic
                and
                ISP-Bound Traffic exceeds eight point nine (8.9) million minutes
                per month
                for three (3) consecutive months at the proposed location of the
                additional IP. BellSouth will not request the establishment of an
                IP in a
                BellSouth Central Office where physical or virtual collocation space
                is
                not available or where BellSouth fiber connectivity is not available.
                When
                the Parties agree to utilize two-way interconnection trunk groups
                for the
                exchange of Local Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic
                the Parties must agree to the location of the
                IP(s).

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3

            	
              Interconnection
                via Dedicated Facilities

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3.1

            	
              Local
                Channel Facilities. As
                part of Call Transport and Termination, the originating Party may
                obtain
                Local Channel facilities from the terminating
                Party.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      144 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 6

     

    The
      percentage of Local Channel facilities utilized for Local Traffic and
 ISP-Bound
      Traffic shall be determined based upon the application of the Percent Local
      Facility (PLF) Factor as set forth in this Attachment. The charges applied
      to
      the percentage of Local Channel facilities used for Local Traffic and ISP-Bound
      Traffic as determined by the PLF factor are as set forth in Exhibit A. The
      remaining percentage of Local Channel facilities shall be billed at BellSouth’s
      intrastate Access Services Tariff or BellSouth’s FCC No. 1 Tariff
      rates.

     

    
      	
              3.3.2

            	
              Dedicated
                Interoffice Facilities. As
                a part of Call Transport and Termination, the originating Party may
                obtain
                Dedicated Interoffice Facilities from the terminating Party. The
                percentage of Dedicated Interoffice Facilities utilized for Local
                Traffic
                and ISP-Bound Traffic shall be determined based upon the application
                of
                the PLF factor as set forth in this Attachment. The charges applied
                to the
                percentage of the Dedicated Interoffice Facilities used for Local
                Traffic
                and ISP-Bound Traffic as determined by the PLF factor are as set
                forth in
                Exhibit A. The remaining percentage of the Dedicated Interoffice
                Facilities shall be billed at BellSouth’s intrastate Access Services
                Tariff or BellSouth’s FCC No. 1 Tariff
                rates.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4

            	
              Fiber
                Meet. Notwithstanding
                Sections 3.2.1, 3.2.2, and 3.2.3 above, if WinSonic elects to establish
                interconnection with BellSouth pursuant to a Fiber Meet Local Channel,
                WinSonic and BellSouth shall jointly engineer, operate and maintain
                a
                Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) transmission system by which
                they
                shall interconnect their transmission and routing of Local Traffic
                and
                ISP-Bound Traffic via a Local Channel at either the DS1 or DS3 level.
                The
                Parties shall work jointly to determine the specific transmission
                system.
                However, WinSonic’s SONET transmission system must be compatible with
                BellSouth’s equipment, and the Data Communications Channel (DCC) must be
                turned off.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4.1

            	
              Each
                Party, at its own expense, shall procure, install and maintain the
                agreed
                upon SONET transmission system in its
                network.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4.2

            	
              The
                Parties shall agree to a Fiber Meet point between the BellSouth Serving
                Wire Center and the WinSonic Serving Wire Center. The Parties shall
                deliver their fiber optic facilities to the Fiber Meet point with
                sufficient spare length to reach the fusion splice point for the
                Fiber
                Meet point. BellSouth shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain
                the
                fusion splice point for the Fiber Meet. A building type CLLI code
                will be
                established for each Fiber Meet point. All orders for interconnection
                facilities from the Fiber Meet point shall indicate the Fiber Meet
                point
                as the originating point for the
                facility.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4.3

            	
              Upon
                verbal request by WinSonic, BellSouth shall allow WinSonic access
                to the
                fusion splice point for the Fiber Meet point for maintenance purposes
                on
                WinSonic’s side of the Fiber Meet
                point.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4.4

            	
              Neither
                Party shall charge the other for its Local Channel portion of the
                Fiber
                Meet facility used exclusively for Local Traffic and ISP-Bound Traffic.
                The percentage

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      145 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 7

     

    
      	 	
              of
                Local Channel facilities utilized for Local Traffic and ISP-Bound
                Traffic
                shall be determined based upon the application of the PLF factor
                as set
                forth in this Attachment. The charges applied to the percentage of
                Local
                Channel facilities used for Local Traffic and ISP-Bound Traffic as
                determined by the PLF factor are as set forth in Exhibit A. The remaining
                percentage of Local Channel facilities shall be billed at BellSouth’s
                applicable access tariff rates. Charges for switched and special
                access
                services shall be billed in accordance with the applicable BellSouth
                intrastate Access Services Tariff and or BellSouth’s FCC No. 1
                Tariff.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4

            	
              Interconnection
                Trunk Group Architectures

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1

            	
              BellSouth
                and WinSonic shall establish interconnecting trunk groups and trunk
                group
                configurations between networks, including the use of one-way or
                two-way
                trunks in accordance with the following provisions set forth in this
                Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              For
                trunking purposes, traffic will be routed based on the digits dialed
                by
                the originating end user and in accordance with the
                LERG.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.2

            	
              WinSonic
                shall establish an interconnection trunk group(s) to at least one
                (1)
                BellSouth access tandem within the LATA for the delivery of WinSonic’s
                originated Local Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic
                and
                for the receipt and delivery of Transit Traffic. To the extent WinSonic
                desires to deliver Local Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic, IntraLATA Toll
                Traffic and/or Transit Traffic to BellSouth access tandems within
                the
                LATA, other than the tandems(s) to which WinSonic has established
                interconnection trunk groups, WinSonic shall pay the appropriate
                rates for
                Multiple Tandem Access, as described in this
                Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.2.1

            	
              Notwithstanding
                the forgoing, WinSonic shall establish an interconnection trunk group(s)
                to all BellSouth access and local tandems in the LATA where WinSonic
                has
                homed (i.e., assigned) its NPA/NXXs. WinSonic shall home its NPA/NXXs
                on
                the BellSouth tandems that serve the exchange rate center areas to
                which
                the NPA/NXXs are assigned. The specified exchange rate center assigned
                to
                each BellSouth tandem is defined in the LERG. WinSonic shall enter
                its
                NPA/NXX access and/or local tandem homing arrangements into the
                LERG.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3

            	
              Switched
                access traffic will be delivered to and from IXCs based on WinSonic’s NXX
                access tandem homing arrangement as specified by WinSonic in the
                LERG.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.4

            	
              Any
                WinSonic interconnection request that (1) deviates from the
                interconnection trunk group architectures as described in this Agreement,
                (2) affects traffic delivered to WinSonic from a BellSouth switch,
                and (3)
                requires special BellSouth switch translations and other network
                modifications will require WinSonic to submit a BFR/NBR via the BFR/NBR
                Process as set forth in Attachment
                11.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.5

            	
              Recurring
                and nonrecurring rates associated with interconnecting trunk groups
                between BellSouth and WinSonic are set forth in Exhibit A. To the
                extent a
                rate

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      146 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 8

     

    
      	 	
              associated
                with the interconnecting trunk group is not set forth in Exhibit
                A, the
                rate shall be as set forth in the appropriate BellSouth intrastate
                Access
                Services Tariff or BellSouth’s FCC No. 1
                Tariff.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.6

            	
              For
                two-way trunk groups that carry only both Parties’ Local Traffic, the
                Parties shall be compensated at fifty percent (50%) of the nonrecurring
                and recurring rates for dedicated trunks and DS1 facilities. WinSonic
                shall be responsible for ordering and paying for any two-way trunks
                carrying Transit Traffic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.7

            	
              All
                trunk groups will be provisioned as SS7 capable where technically
                feasible. If SS7 is not technically feasible, multi-frequency (MF)
                protocol signaling shall be used.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.8

            	
              In
                cases where WinSonic is also an IXC, the IXC’s Feature Group D (FG D)
                trunk group(s) must remain separate from the local interconnection
                trunk
                group(s).

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.9

            	
              Each
                Party shall order interconnection trunks and trunk group including
                trunk
                and trunk group augmentations via the Access Service Request (ASR)
                process. A Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) shall be returned to the
                ordering
                Party, after receipt of

            

    

     

    
      	
              a

            	
              valid,
                error free ASR, within the timeframes set forth in each state’s
                applicable

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Performance
                Measures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, blocking situations and
                projects
                shall be managed through BellSouth’s Carrier Interconnection Switching
                Center (CISC) Project Management Group and WinSonic’s equivalent trunking
                group, and FOCs for such orders shall be returned in the timeframes
                applicable to the project. A project is defined as (1) a new trunk
                group
                or (2) a request for more than one hundred ninety-two (192) trunks
                on a
                single or multiple group(s) in

            

    

     

    
      	
              b

            	
              given
                BellSouth local calling area.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10

            	
              Interconnection
                Trunk Groups for Exchange of Local Traffic and Transit
                Traffic

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.1

            	
              Upon
                mutual agreement of the Parties in a joint planning meeting, the
                Parties
                shall exchange Local Traffic on two-way interconnection trunk group(s)
                with the quantity of trunks being mutually determined and the provisioning
                being jointly coordinated. Furthermore, the Parties shall agree upon
                the
                IP(s) for two-way interconnection trunk groups transporting both
                Parties’
                Local Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic. WinSonic
                shall order such two-way trunks via the ASR process. BellSouth will
                use
                the Trunk Group Service Request (TGSR) to request changes in trunking.
                Furthermore, the Parties shall jointly review trunk performance and
                forecasts in accordance with Section 6 below. The Parties’ use of two-way
                interconnection trunk groups for the transport of Local Traffic,
                ISP-Bound
                Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic between the Parties does not preclude
                either Party from establishing additional one-way interconnection
                trunks
                for the delivery of its originated Local Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic
                and
                IntraLATA Toll Traffic to the other Party. Other trunk groups for
                operator
                services, directory assistance and intercept must be established
                pursuant
                to BellSouth’s intrastate Access Services Tariff and/or BellSouth’s FCC
                No. 1 Tariff.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      147 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 9

     

    
      	
              4.10.2

            	
              BellSouth
                Access Tandem Interconnection. BellSouth
                Access Tandem interconnection at a single Access Tandem provides
                access to
                those End Offices subtending that access tandem (Intratandem Access).
                Access Tandem interconnection is available for any of the following
                access
                tandem architectures:

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.2.1

            	
              Basic
                Architecture. In
                the basic architecture, WinSonic’s originating Local Traffic, ISP-Bound
                Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic and originating and terminating
                Transit
                Traffic is transported on a single two-way trunk group between WinSonic
                and BellSouth Access Tandem(s) within a LATA to provide Intratandem
                Access.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              This
                trunk group carries Transit Traffic between WinSonic and ICOs, IXCs,
                other
                CLECs, CMRS providers that have a Meet Point Billing arrangement
                with
                BellSouth, and other network providers with which WinSonic desires
                to
                exchange traffic. This trunk group also carries WinSonic originated
                Transit Traffic transiting a single BellSouth Access Tandem destined
                to
                third party tandems such as an ICO tandem or other CLEC tandem. BellSouth
                originated Local Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic
                is
                transported on a separate single one-way trunk group terminating
                to
                WinSonic. The LERG contains current routing and tandem serving
                arrangements. The basic Architecture is illustrated in Exhibit
                B.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.2.2

            	
              One-Way
                Trunk Group Architecture. In
                one-way trunk group architecture, the Parties interconnect using
                three (3)
                separate trunk groups. A one-way trunk group provides Intratandem
                Access
                for WinSonic-originated Local Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic and IntraLATA
                Toll Traffic destined for BellSouth end users. A second one-way trunk
                group carries BellSouth-originated Local Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic
                and
                IntraLATA Toll Traffic destined for WinSonic end users. A two-way
                trunk
                group provides Intratandem Access for WinSonic’s originating and
                terminating Transit Traffic. This trunk group carries Transit Traffic
                between WinSonic and ICOs, IXCs, other CLECs, CMRS providers that
                have a
                Meet Point Billing arrangement with BellSouth, and other network
                providers
                with which WinSonic exchanges traffic. This trunk group also carries
                WinSonic originated Transit Traffic transiting a single BellSouth
                Access
                Tandem destined to third party tandems such as an ICO tandem or other
                CLEC
                tandem. BellSouth originated Local Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic and
                IntraLATA Toll Traffic is transported on a separate single one-way
                trunk
                group terminating to WinSonic. The LERG contains current routing
                and
                tandem serving arrangements. The one-way trunk group architecture
                is
                illustrated in Exhibit C.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.2.3

            	
              Two-Way
                Trunk Group Architecture. The
                two-way trunk group Architecture establishes one (1) two-way trunk
                group
                to provide Intratandem Access for the exchange of Local Traffic,
                ISP-Bound
                Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic between WinSonic and BellSouth.
                In
                addition, a separate two-way transit trunk group must be established
                for
                WinSonic’s originating and terminating Transit
                Traffic.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              This
                trunk group carries Transit Traffic between WinSonic and ICOs, IXCs,
                other
                CLECs, CMRS providers that have a Meet Point Billing arrangement
                with
                BellSouth, and other network providers with which WinSonic exchanges
                traffic.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      148 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 10

     

    
      	 	
              This
                trunk group also carries WinSonic originated Transit Traffic transiting
                a
                single BellSouth Access Tandem destined to third party tandems such
                as an
                ICO tandem or other CLEC tandem. BellSouth originated traffic may,
                in
                order to prevent or remedy traffic blocking situations, be transported
                on
                a separate single one-way trunk group terminating to WinSonic. However,
                where WinSonic is responsive in a timely manner to BellSouth’s transport
                needs for its originated traffic, BellSouth originating traffic will
                be
                placed on the two-way Local Traffic trunk group carrying ISP-Bound
                Traffic
                and IntraLATA Toll Traffic. The LERG contains current routing and
                tandem
                serving arrangements. The two-way trunk group architecture is illustrated
                in Exhibit D.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.2.4

            	
              Supergroup
                Architecture. In
                the supergroup architecture, the Parties’ Local Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic
                and IntraLATA Toll Traffic and WinSonic’s Transit Traffic are exchanged on
                a single two-way trunk group between WinSonic and BellSouth to provide
                Intratandem Access to WinSonic. This trunk group carries Transit
                Traffic
                between WinSonic and ICOs, IXCs, other CLECs, CMRS providers that
                have a
                Meet Point Billing arrangement with BellSouth, and other network
                providers
                with which WinSonic desires to exchange traffic. This trunk group
                also
                carries WinSonic originated Transit Traffic transiting a single BellSouth
                Access Tandem destined to third party tandems such as an ICO tandem
                or
                other CLEC tandem. BellSouth originated traffic may, in order to
                prevent
                or remedy traffic blocking situations, be transported on a separate
                single
                one-way trunk group terminating to WinSonic. However, where WinSonic
                is
                responsive in a timely manner to BellSouth’s transport needs for its
                originated traffic, BellSouth originating traffic will be placed
                on the
                Supergroup. Other trunk groups for operator services, directory
                assistance, emergency services and intercept must be established
                pursuant
                to the applicable BellSouth tariff if service is requested. The LERG
                contains current routing and tandem serving arrangements. The supergroup
                architecture is illustrated in Exhibit
                E.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.2.5

            	
              Multiple
                Tandem Access (MTA)
                Interconnection

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Where
                WinSonic does not choose access tandem interconnection at every BellSouth
                Access Tandem within a LATA, WinSonic must utilize BellSouth’s MTA
                interconnection. To utilize MTA WinSonic must establish an interconnection
                trunk group(s) at a minimum of one (1) BellSouth Access Tandem within
                each
                LATA as required. BellSouth will route WinSonic’s originated Local
                Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic for LATA wide
                transport and termination. WinSonic must also establish an interconnection
                trunk group(s) at all BellSouth Access Tandems where WinSonic NXXs
                are
                homed as described in Section 4.2.1 above. If WinSonic does not have
                NXXs
                homed at any particular BellSouth Access Tandem within a LATA and
                elects
                not to establish an interconnection trunk group(s) at such BellSouth
                Access Tandem, WinSonic can order MTA in each BellSouth Access Tandem
                within the LATA where it does have an interconnection trunk group(s)
                and
                BellSouth will terminate WinSonic’s

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      149 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 11

     

    
      	 	
              Local
                Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic to end users
                served
                through those BellSouth Access Tandems where WinSonic does not have
                an
                interconnection trunk group(s). MTA shall be provisioned in accordance
                with BellSouth’s Ordering
                Guidelines.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic
                may also utilize MTA to route its originated Transit Traffic; provided,
                however, that MTA may not be utilized to route switched access traffic
                that transits the BellSouth network to an IXC. Switched access traffic
                originated by or terminated to WinSonic will be delivered to and
                from IXCs
                based on WinSonic’s NXX access tandem homing arrangement as specified by
                WinSonic in the LERG.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Compensation
                for MTA shall be at the applicable tandem switching and transport
                charges
                specified in Exhibit A and shall be billed in addition to any Call
                Transport and Termination charges.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              To
                the extent WinSonic does not purchase MTA in a LATA served by multiple
                Access Tandems, WinSonic must establish an interconnection trunk
                group(s)
                to every Access Tandem in the LATA to serve the entire LATA. To the
                extent
                WinSonic routes its traffic in such a way that utilizes BellSouth’s MTA
                service without properly ordering MTA, WinSonic shall pay BellSouth
                the
                associated MTA charges.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.3

            	
              Local
                Tandem Interconnection

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.3.1

            	
              Local
                Tandem Interconnection arrangement allows WinSonic to establish an
                interconnection trunk group(s) at BellSouth local tandems for: (1)
                the
                delivery of WinSonic-originated Local Traffic and ISP-Bound Traffic
                transported and terminated by BellSouth to BellSouth End Offices
                served by
                those BellSouth local tandems, and (2) for local Transit Traffic
                transported by BellSouth for third party network providers who have
                also
                established an interconnection trunk group(s) at those BellSouth
                local
                tandems.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.3.2

            	
              When
                a specified local calling area is served by more than one (1) BellSouth
                local tandem, WinSonic must designate a “home” local tandem for each of
                its assigned NPA/NXXs and establish trunk connections to such local
                tandems. Additionally, WinSonic may choose to establish an interconnection
                trunk group(s) at the BellSouth local tandems where it has no codes
                homing
                but is not required to do so.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic
                may deliver Local Traffic and ISP-Bound Traffic to a “home” BellSouth
                local tandem that is destined for other BellSouth or third party
                network
                provider end offices subtending other BellSouth local tandems in
                the same
                local calling area where WinSonic does not choose to establish an
                interconnection trunk group(s).

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              It
                is WinSonic’s responsibility to enter its own NPA/NXX local tandem homing
                arrangements into the LERG either directly or via a vendor in order
                for
                other third party network providers to determine appropriate traffic
                routing to WinSonic’s codes. Likewise, WinSonic shall obtain its routing
                information from the LERG.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      150 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 12

     

    
      	
              4.10.3.3

            	
              Notwithstanding
                establishing an interconnection trunk group(s) to BellSouth’s local
                tandems, WinSonic must also establish an interconnection trunk group(s)
                to
                BellSouth Access Tandems within the LATA on which WinSonic has NPA/NXXs
                homed for the delivery of Interexchange Carrier Switched Access and
                toll
                traffic, and traffic to Type 2A CMRS connections located at the Access
                Tandems.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                shall not switch SWA traffic through more than one BellSouth access
                tandem. SWA, Type 2A CMRS or toll traffic routed to the local tandem
                in
                error will not be backhauled to the BellSouth Access Tandem for
                completion. (Type 2A

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              CMRS
                interconnection is defined in Section A35 of BellSouth’s
                GSST).

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.3.4

            	
              BellSouth’s
                provisioning of Local Tandem Interconnection assumes that WinSonic
                has
                executed the necessary local interconnection agreements with the
                other
                third party network providers subtending those local tandems as required
                by the Act.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.4

            	
              Direct
                End Office-to-End Office
                Interconnection

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.4.1

            	
              Direct
                End Office-to-End Office one-way or two-way interconnection trunk
                groups
                allow for the delivery of a Party’s originating Local Traffic, ISP-Bound
                Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic to the terminating Party on a
                direct
                end office-to-end office basis.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.4.2

            	
              The
                Parties shall utilize direct end office-to-end office trunk groups
                under
                any one (1) of the following
                conditions:

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Tandem
                Exhaust. If
                a tandem through which the Parties are interconnected is unable to,
                or is
                forecasted to be unable to support additional traffic loads for any
                period
                of time, the Parties will mutually agree on an end office trunking
                plan
                that will alleviate the tandem capacity shortage and ensure completion
                of
                traffic between WinSonic and
                BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Traffic
                Volume. To
                the extent either Party has the capability to measure the amount
                of
                traffic between WinSonic’s switch and a BellSouth End Office and where
                such traffic exceeds or is forecasted to exceed a single DS1 of traffic
                per month, then the Parties shall install and retain direct end office
                trunking sufficient to handle such traffic volumes. Either Party
                will
                install additional capacity between such points when overflow traffic
                exceeds or is forecasted to exceed a single DS1 of traffic per month.
                In
                the case of one-way trunking, additional trunking shall only be required
                by the Party whose trunking has achieved the preceding usage
                threshold.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Mutual
                Agreement. The
                Parties may install direct end office trunking upon mutual agreement
                in
                the absence of conditions (1) or (2)
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.5

            	
              Transit
                Traffic Trunk Group

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      151 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 13

     

    
      	
              4.10.5.2

            	
              Transit
                Traffic trunks can either be two-way trunks or two (2) one-way trunks
                ordered by WinSonic to deliver and receive Transit Traffic. Establishing
                Transit Traffic trunks at BellSouth Access and Local Tandems provides
                Intratandem Access to the third parties also interconnected at those
                tandems. WinSonic shall be responsible for all recurring and nonrecurring
                charges associated with Transit Traffic trunks and
                facilities.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.10.5.3

            	
              Toll
                Free Traffic

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              If
                WinSonic chooses BellSouth to perform the Service Switching Point
                (SSP)
                Function (i.e., handle Toll Free database queries) from BellSouth’s
                switches, all WinSonic originating Toll Free traffic will be routed
                over
                the Transit Traffic Trunk Group and shall be delivered using GR-394
                format. Carrier Code “0110” and Circuit Code (to be determined for each
                LATA) shall be used for all such
                calls.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic
                may choose to perform its own Toll Free database queries from its
                switch.
                In such cases, WinSonic will determine the nature
                (local/intraLATA/interLATA) of the Toll Free call
                (local/IntraLATA/InterLATA) based on the response from the database.
                If
                the call is a BellSouth local or intraLATA Toll Free call, WinSonic
                will
                route the post-query local or IntraLATA converted ten (10)-digit
                local
                number to BellSouth over the local or intraLATA trunk group. If the
                call
                is a third party (ICO, IXC, CMRS or other CLEC) local or intraLATA
                Toll
                Free call, WinSonic will route the post-query local or intraLATA
                converted
                ten (10)-digit local number to BellSouth over the Transit Traffic
                Trunk
                Group and WinSonic shall provide to BellSouth a Toll Free billing
                record
                when appropriate. If the query reveals the call is an interLATA Toll
                Free
                call, WinSonic will route the post-query interLATA Toll Free call
                (1)
                directly from its switch for carriers interconnected with its network
                or
                (2) over the Transit Traffic Trunk Group to carriers that are not
                directly
                connected to WinSonic’s network but that are connected to BellSouth’s
                Access Tandem.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              All
                post-query Toll Free calls for which WinSonic performs the SSP function,
                if delivered to BellSouth, shall be delivered using GR-394 format
                for
                calls destined to IXCs, and GR-317 format for calls destined to end
                offices that directly subtend a BellSouth Access Tandem within the
                LATA.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5

            	
              Network
                Design And Management For
                Interconnection

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.1

            	
              Network
                Management and Changes. The
                Parties will exchange toll-free maintenance contact numbers and escalation
                procedures. The Parties will provide public notice of network changes
                in
                accordance with applicable federal and state rules and
                regulations.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2

            	
              Interconnection
                Technical Standards. The
                interconnection of all networks will be based upon accepted
                industry/national guidelines for transmission standards and traffic
                blocking criteria. Interconnecting facilities shall conform, at a
                minimum,
                to

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      152 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 14

     

    
      	 	
              the
                telecommunications industry standard of DS1 pursuant to Telcordia
                Standard
                No. GR-NWT-00499. Where WinSonic chooses to utilize SS7 signaling,
                also
                known as CCS7, SS7 connectivity is required between the WinSonic
                switch
                and the BellSouth STP. BellSouth will provide SS7 signaling using
                Common
                Channel Signaling Access Capability in accordance with the technical
                specifications set forth in the BellSouth Guidelines to Technical
                Publication, GR-905-Core. Facilities of each Party shall provide
                the
                necessary on-hook, off-hook answer and disconnect supervision and
                shall
                provide calling number ID (Calling Party Number) when technically
                feasible.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.3

            	
              Network
                Management Controls. Both
                Parties will work cooperatively to apply sound network management
                principles by invoking appropriate network management controls (e.g.,
                call
                gapping) to alleviate or prevent network
                congestion.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6

            	
              Forecasting
                for Trunk Provisioning

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1

            	
              Within
                six (6) months after execution of this Agreement, WinSonic shall
                provide
                an initial interconnection trunk group forecast for each LATA in
                which it
                plans to provide service within BellSouth’s region. Upon receipt of
                WinSonic’s forecast, the Parties shall conduct a joint planning meeting to
                develop a joint interconnection trunk group forecast. Each forecast
                provided under this Section shall be deemed Confidential Information
                under
                the General Terms and Conditions.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1

            	
              At
                a minimum, the forecast shall include the projected quantity of Transit
                Trunks, WinSonic-to-BellSouth one-way trunks (WinSonic Trunks),
                BellSouth-to- WinSonic one-way trunks (BellSouth Trunk Groups) and/or
                two-way interconnection trunks, if the Parties have agreed to interconnect
                using two-way trunking to transport the Parties’ Local Traffic, ISP-Bound
                Traffic and IntraLATA

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Toll
                Traffic. The quantities shall be projected for a minimum of six (6)
                months
                and shall include an estimate of the current year plus the next two
                (2)
                years total forecasted quantities. The Parties shall mutually develop
                BellSouth Trunk Groups and/or two-way interconnection trunk forecast
                quantities.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.2

            	
              All
                forecasts shall include, at a minimum, Access Carrier Terminal Location
                (ACTL), trunk group type (e.g., local/intraLATA toll, Transit, Operator
                Services, 911, etc.), A location/Z location (CLLI codes for WinSonic
                location and BellSouth location where the trunks shall terminate),
                interface type (e.g., DS1), Direction of Signaling, Trunk Group Number,
                if
                known, (commonly referred to as the 2-6 code) and forecasted trunks
                in
                service each year (cumulative).

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2

            	
              Once
                initial interconnection trunk forecasts have been developed, WinSonic
                shall continue to provide interconnection trunk forecasts at mutually
                agreeable intervals.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic
                shall use its best efforts to make the forecasts as accurate as possible
                based on reasonable engineering criteria. The Parties shall continue
                to
                develop

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      153 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 15

     

    
      	 	
              Reciprocal
                Trunk Group and/or two-way interconnection trunk forecasts as described
                in
                Section 6.1.1 above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3

            	
              The
                submission and development of interconnection trunk forecasts shall
                not
                replace the ordering process for local interconnection trunks. Each
                Party
                shall exercise its best efforts to provide the quantity of interconnection
                trunks mutually forecasted. However, the provision of the forecasted
                quantity of interconnection trunks is subject to trunk terminations
                and
                facility capacity existing at the time the trunk order is submitted.
                Furthermore, the receipt and development of trunk forecasts does
                not imply
                any liability for failure to perform if capacity (trunk terminations
                or
                facilities) is not available for use at the forecasted
                time.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4

            	
              Trunk
                Utilization

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4.1

            	
              For
                the BellSouth Trunk Groups that are Final Trunk Groups (BellSouth
                Final
                Trunk Groups), BellSouth and WinSonic shall monitor traffic on each
                BellSouth Final Trunk Group that is ordered and installed. The Parties
                agree that the BellSouth Final Trunk Groups will be utilized at sixty
                percent (60%) of the time consistent busy hour utilization level
                within
                ninety (90) days of installation. The Parties agree that the BellSouth
                Final Trunk Groups will be utilized at eighty percent (80%) of the
                time
                consistent busy hour utilization level within one hundred eighty
                (180)
                days of installation. Any BellSouth Final Trunk Group not meeting
                the
                minimum thresholds set forth in this Section are defined as
                “under-utilized” trunks. Subject to Section 6.4.2 below, BellSouth may
                disconnect any under- utilized BellSouth Final Trunk Groups and WinSonic
                shall refund to BellSouth the associated nonrecurring and recurring
                trunk
                and facility charges paid by BellSouth, if
                any.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4.2

            	
              BellSouth’s
                CISC will notify WinSonic of any under-utilized BellSouth Trunk Groups
                and
                the number of such trunk groups that BellSouth wishes to
                disconnect.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                will provide supporting information either by email or facsimile
                to the
                designated WinSonic interface. WinSonic will provide concurrence
                with the
                disconnection in seven (7) business days or will provide specific
                information supporting why the trunks should not be disconnected.
                Such
                supporting information should include expected traffic volumes (including
                traffic volumes generated due to Local Number Portability) and the
                timeframes within which WinSonic expects to need such trunks. BellSouth’s
                CISC Project Manager and Circuit Capacity Manager (CCM) will discuss
                the
                information with WinSonic to determine if agreement can be reached
                on the
                number of BellSouth Final Trunk Groups to be removed. If no agreement
                can
                be reached, BellSouth will issue disconnect orders to WinSonic. The
                due
                date of these orders will be four (4) weeks after WinSonic was first
                notified in writing of the underutilization of the trunk
                groups.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4.3

            	
              To
                the extent that any interconnection trunk group is utilized at a
                time-consistent busy hour of eighty percent (80%) or greater, the
                Parties
                may review the trunk

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      154 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 16

     

    
      	 	
              groups
                and, if necessary, shall negotiate in good faith for the installation
                of
                augmented facilities.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4.4

            	
              For
                the two-way trunk groups, BellSouth and WinSonic shall monitor traffic
                on
                each interconnection trunk group that is ordered and installed. The
                Parties agree that within ninety (90) days of the installation of
                the
                BellSouth two-way trunk or trunks, the trunks will be utilized at
                60
                percent (60%) of the time consistent busy hour utilization level.
                The
                Parties agree that within one hundred eighty (180) days of the
                installation of a trunk or trunks, the trunks will be utilized at
                eighty
                percent (80%) of the time consistent busy hour utilization level.
                Any
                trunk or trunks not meeting the minimum thresholds set forth in this
                Section are defined as “under- utilized” trunks. BellSouth will request
                the disconnection of any under-utilized two-way trunk(s) and WinSonic
                shall refund to BellSouth the associated nonrecurring and recurring
                trunk
                and facility charges paid by BellSouth, if
                any.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4.4.1

            	
              BellSouth’s
                CISC will notify WinSonic of any under-utilized two-way trunk groups
                and
                the number of trunks that BellSouth wishes to disconnect. BellSouth
                will
                provide supporting information either by email or facsimile to the
                designated WinSonic interface. WinSonic will provide concurrence
                with the
                disconnection in seven (7) business days or will provide specific
                information supporting why the two-way trunks should not be disconnected.
                Such supporting information should include expected traffic volumes
                (including traffic volumes generated due to Local Number Portability)
                and
                the timeframes within which WinSonic expects to need such trunks.
                BellSouth’s CISC Project Manager and CCM will discuss the information with
                WinSonic to determine if agreement can be reached on the number of
                trunks
                to be removed. If no agreement can be reached, WinSonic will issue
                disconnect orders to BellSouth. The due date of these orders will
                be four
                (4) weeks after WinSonic was first notified in writing of the
                under-utilization of the trunk
                groups.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4.4.2

            	
              To
                the extent that any interconnection trunk group is utilized at a
                time-consistent busy hour of eighty percent (80%) or greater, the
                Parties
                may review the trunk groups and, if necessary, shall negotiate in
                good
                faith for the installation of augmented
                facilities.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7

            	
              Local
                Dialing Parity

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1

            	
              BellSouth
                and WinSonic shall provide local and toll dialing parity, as defined
                in
                FCC rules and regulations, with no unreasonable dialing delays. Dialing
                parity shall be provided for all originating Telecommunications Services
                that require dialing to route a
                call.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8

            	
              Interconnection
                Compensation

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1

            	
              Compensation
                for Call Transport and Termination for Local Traffic, ISP-Bound Traffic
                and IntraLATA Toll Traffic

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      155 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 17

     

    
      	
              8.1.1

            	
              For
                the purposes of this Attachment and for intercarrier compensation
                for
                Local Traffic exchanged between the Parties pursuant to this Attachment,
                Local Traffic is defined as any telephone call that originates from
                a
                calling party located in one exchange and terminates in either the
                same
                exchange, or other local calling area associated with the originating
                calling party’s exchange as defined and specified in Section A3 of
                BellSouth’s GSST.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.1.1

            	
              Additionally,
                Local Traffic includes any cross boundary, voice-to-voice intrastate,
                interLATA or interstate, interLATA calls established as a local call
                by
                the ruling regulatory body.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.6

            	
              For
                purposes of this Attachment and for intercarrier compensation for
                ISP-Bound Traffic exchanged between the Parties, ISP-Bound Traffic
                is
                defined as calls to an information service provider or Internet Service
                Provider (ISP) that are dialed by using a local dialing pattern (seven
                (7)
                or ten (10) digits) by a calling party in one (1) exchange to an
                ISP
                server or modem in either the same exchange or other local calling
                area
                associated with the originating exchange as defined and specified
                in
                Section A3 of BellSouth’s GSST. ISP-Bound Traffic is not Local Traffic
                subject to reciprocal compensation, but instead is information access
                traffic subject to the FCC’s
                jurisdiction.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.7

            	
              Neither
                Party shall pay compensation to the other Party for per minute of
                use rate
                elements as set forth in Exhibit A associated with the Call Transport
                and
                Termination of Local Traffic or ISP-Bound
                Traffic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.8

            	
              The
                appropriate elemental rates set forth in Exhibit A shall apply for
                Transit
                Traffic as described in this Attachment and for MTA as described
                in this
                Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.9

            	
              Neither
                Party shall represent Switched Access Traffic as Local Traffic or
                ISP-Bound Traffic for purposes of determining compensation for the
                call.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.10

            	
              IntraLATA
                Toll Traffic is defined as all traffic, regardless of transport protocol
                method, that originates and terminates within a single LATA that
                is not
                Local Traffic or ISP-Bound traffic under this
                Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.6.1

            	
              For
                terminating its intraLATA toll traffic on the other Party’s network, the
                originating Party will pay the terminating Party BellSouth’s current
                intrastate or interstate, whichever is appropriate, terminating switched
                access tariff rates as set forth in BellSouth’s intrastate Access Services
                Tariffs and/or BellSouth’s FCC

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              No.
                1 Tariff as filed and in effect with the FCC or appropriate Commission.
                The appropriate charges will be determined by the routing of the
                call.
                Additionally, if one (1) Party is the other Party’s customer’s
                presubscribed interexchange carrier or if one (1) Party’s customer uses
                the other Party as an interexchange carrier on a 101XXXX basis, the
                originating party will charge the other Party the appropriate BellSouth
                originating switched access tariff rates as set forth in
                BellSouth’s

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      156 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 18

     

    
      	 	
              intrastate
                Access Services Tariff and/or BellSouth’s FCC No. 1 Tariff as filed and in
                effect with the FCC or appropriate
                Commission.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.7

            	
              If
                WinSonic assigns NPA/NXXs to specific BellSouth rate centers within
                the
                LATA and assigns numbers from those NPA/NXXs to WinSonic customer
                physically located outside of that LATA, BellSouth traffic originating
                from within the LATA where the NPA/NXXs are assigned and delivered
                to a
                WinSonic customer physically located outside of such LATA, shall
                not be
                deemed Local Traffic. Further, WinSonic agrees to identify such interLATA
                traffic to BellSouth and to compensate BellSouth for originating
                and
                transporting such interLATA traffic to WinSonic at BellSouth’s FCC No. 1
                Tariff rates.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2

            	
              If
                WinSonic does not identify such interLATA traffic to BellSouth, BellSouth
                will determine which whole WinSonic NPA/NXXs on which to charge the
                applicable rates for originating network access service as reflected
                in
                BellSouth’s intrastate Access Services Tariff and/or BellSouth’s FCC No. 1
                Tariff.. BellSouth shall make appropriate billing adjustments if
                WinSonic
                can provide sufficient information for BellSouth to determine whether
                or
                not said traffic is Local or ISP- Bound
                Traffic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.3

            	
              Jurisdictional
                Reporting

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.3.1

            	
              Percent
                Local Use (PLU). Each
                Party shall report to the other a PLU factor. The application of
                the PLU
                will determine the amount of local or ISP-Bound minutes to be billed
                to
                the other Party. Each Party shall update its PLU on the first of
                January,
                April, July and October of the year and shall send it to the other
                Party
                to be received no later than thirty (30) days after the first of
                each such
                month based on local and ISP-Bound usage for the past three (3) months
                ending the last day of December, March, June and September, respectively.
                Requirements associated with PLU calculation and reporting shall
                be as set
                forth in BellSouth’s Jurisdictional Factors Reporting
                Guide.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.3.2

            	
              Percent
                Local Facility (PLF). Each
                Party shall report to the other a PLF factor. The application of
                the PLF
                will determine the portion of switched dedicated transport to be
                billed
                per the local jurisdiction rates. The PLF shall be applied to
                Multiplexing, Local Channel and Interoffice Channel Switched Dedicated
                Transport utilized in the provision of local interconnection trunks.
                Each
                Party shall update its PLF on the first of January, April, July and
                October of the year and shall send it to the other Party to be received
                no
                later than thirty (30) days after the first of each such month to
                be
                effective the first bill period the following month, respectively.
                Requirements associated with PLF calculation and reporting shall
                be as set
                forth in BellSouth’s Jurisdictional Factors Reporting
                Guide.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.3.3

            	
              Percent
                Interstate Usage (PIU). Each
                Party shall report to the other the projected PIU factors, including
                but
                not limited to PIU associated with facilities (PIUE) and Terminating
                PIU
                (TPIU) factors. All jurisdictional report requirements, rules
                and

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      157 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 19

     

    
      	 	
              regulations
                for Interexchange Carriers specified in BellSouth’s intrastate Access
                Services Tariff will apply to WinSonic. After interstate and intrastate
                traffic percentages have been determined by use of PIU procedures,
                the PLU
                and PLF factors will be used for application and billing of local
                interconnection. Each Party shall update its PIUs on the first of
                January,
                April, July and October of the year and shall send it to the other
                Party
                to be received no later than thirty (30) days after the first of
                each such
                month, for all services showing the percentages of use for the past
                three
                (3) months ending the last day of December, March, June and September.
                Additional requirements associated with PIU calculations and reporting
                shall be as set forth in BellSouth’s Jurisdictional Factors Reporting
                Guide.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.3.4

            	
              Notwithstanding
                the provisions in Sections 8.3.1, 8.3.2, and 8.3.3 above, where BellSouth
                has message recording technology that identifies the jurisdiction
                of
                traffic terminated as defined in this Agreement, such information
                shall,
                at BellSouth’s option, be utilized to determine the appropriate
                jurisdictional reporting factors (i.e., PLU, PIU, and/or PLF), in
                lieu of
                those provided by WinSonic. In the event that BellSouth opts to utilize
                its own data to determine jurisdictional reporting factors, BellSouth
                shall notify WinSonic at least fifteen (15) days prior to the beginning
                of
                the calendar quarter in which BellSouth will begin to utilize its
                own
                data.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.3.5

            	
              Audits.
                On
                thirty (30) days written notice, WinSonic must provide BellSouth
                the
                ability and opportunity to conduct an annual audit to ensure the
                proper
                billing of traffic. WinSonic shall retain records of call detail
                for a
                minimum of nine (9) months from which the PLU, PLF and/or PIU can
                be
                ascertained. The audit shall be conducted during normal business
                hours at
                an office designated by WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Audit
                requests shall not be submitted more frequently than one (1) time
                per
                calendar year. Audits shall be performed by an independent auditor
                chosen
                by BellSouth. WinSonic’s PLF, PLU and/or PIU shall be adjusted based upon
                the audit results and shall apply for the quarter the audit was completed,
                for the quarter prior to the completion of the audit, and for the
                two (2)
                quarters following the completion of the audit. If, as a result of
                an
                audit, WinSonic is found to have overstated the PLF, PLU and/or PIU
                by
                twenty percentage points (20%) or more, WinSonic shall reimburse
                BellSouth
                for the cost of the audit.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.4

            	
              Compensation
                for IntraLATA 8XX Traffic. Each
                Party shall pay the other the appropriate switched access charges
                set
                forth in the BellSouth’s intrastate Access Services tariff and/or
                BellSouth’s FCC No. 1 Tariff. WinSonic will pay BellSouth the database
                query charge as set forth in the applicable BellSouth intrastate
                Access
                Services Tariff and/or BellSouth’s FCC No. 1 Tariff. WinSonic will be
                responsible for any applicable Common Channel Signaling (SS7)
                charges.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.4.1

            	
              Records
                for 8XX Billing. Where
                technically feasible, each Party will provide to the other Party
                the
                appropriate records, in accordance with industry
                standards,

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      158 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 20

     

    
      	 	
              necessary
                for billing intraLATA 8XX providers. The records provided will be
                in a
                standard EMI format.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.4.2

            	
              8XX
                Toll Free Dialing Ten Digit Screening Service (8XX TFD). BellSouth’s
                provision of 8XX TFD to WinSonic requires interconnection from WinSonic
                to
                BellSouth’s 8XX Signal Channel Point. Such interconnections shall be
                established pursuant to BellSouth’s Common Channel Signaling
                Interconnection Guidelines and Telcordia’s CCS Network Interface
                Specification document, TR-TSV- 000905. WinSonic shall establish
                SS7
                interconnection at the BellSouth LSTPs serving the BellSouth 8XX
                Signal
                Channel Points that WinSonic desires to
                query.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              The
                terms and conditions for 8XX TFD are set out in the appropriate BellSouth
                Access Services Tariff.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.5

            	
              Mutual
                Provision of Switched Access
                Service

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.5.1

            	
              Switched
                Access Traffic. Switched
                Access Traffic is described as telephone calls requiring local
                transmission or switching services for the purpose of the origination
                or
                termination of Telephone Toll Service. Switched Access Traffic includes,
                but is not limited to, the following types of traffic: Feature Group
                A,
                Feature Group B, Feature Group C, Feature Group D, toll free access
                (e.g.,
                8XX), 900 access and their successors. Additionally, any PSTN
                interexchange telecommunications traffic, regardless of transport
                protocol
                method, where the originating and terminating points, end-to-end
                points,
                are in different LATAs, or are in the same LATA and the Parties’ Switched
                Access services are used for the origination or termination of the
                call,
                shall be considered Switched Access Traffic. Irrespective of transport
                protocol method or method of originating or terminating the call,
                a call
                that originates in one LATA and terminates in another LATA (i.e.,
                the
                end-to- end points of the call) or a call in which the Parties’ Switched
                Access Services are used for the origination or termination of the
                call,
                shall be considered Switched Access
                Traffic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.5.2

            	
              If
                a BellSouth end user chooses WinSonic as their presubscribed interexchange
                carrier, or if a BellSouth end user uses WinSonic as an interexchange
                carrier on a 101XXXX basis, BellSouth will charge WinSonic the appropriate
                BellSouth tariff charges for originating switched access
                services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.5.3

            	
              Where
                the originating Party delivers a call to the terminating Party over
                switched access facilities, the originating Party will pay the terminating
                Party terminating, switched access charges as set forth in BellSouth’s
                intrastate Access Services Tariff and/or BellSouth’s FCC No. 1 Tariff, as
                appropriate.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.5.4

            	
              When
                WinSonic’s end office switch provides an access service connection to or
                from an IXC by a direct trunk group to the IXC utilizing BellSouth
                facilities, each Party will provide its own access services to the
                IXC and
                bill on a multi-bill, multi- tariff meet-point basis. Each Party
                will bill
                its own access services rates to the IXC with the exception of the
                interconnection charge. The interconnection charge
                will

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      159 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 21

     

    
      	 	
              be
                billed by WinSonic as the Party providing the end office function.
                Each
                party will use the Multiple Exchange Carrier Access Billing (MECAB)
                guidelines to establish Meet Point Billing for all applicable traffic.
                The
                Parties shall utilize a thirty (30) day billing
                period.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.5.4.1

            	
              When
                WinSonic’s end office subtends the BellSouth Access Tandem switch for
                receipt or delivery of switched access traffic and provides an access
                service connection to or from an IXC via BellSouth’s Access Tandem switch,
                BellSouth, as the tandem company agrees to provide to WinSonic, as
                the End
                Office Company, as defined in MECAB, at no charge, all the switched
                access
                detail usage data, recorded at the access tandem, within no more
                than
                sixty (60) days after the recording date. Each Party will notify
                the other
                when it is not feasible to meet these requirements. As business
                requirements change, data reporting requirements may be modified
                as
                necessary.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.5.5

            	
              BellSouth,
                as the tandem provider company, will retain for a minimum period
                of sixty
                (60) days, access message detail sufficient to recreate any data
                that is
                lost or damaged by the tandem provider company or any third party
                involved
                in processing or transporting data.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.5.6

            	
              WinSonic
                agrees not to deliver switched access traffic to BellSouth for termination
                except over WinSonic ordered switched access trunks and
                facilities.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.6

            	
              Transit
                Traffic

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.6.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall provide tandem switching and transport services for WinSonic’s
                Transit Traffic. Rates for local Transit Traffic and ISP-Bound Transit
                Traffic shall be the applicable rate elements for Tandem Switching,
                Common
                Transport and Tandem Intermediary Charge as set forth in Exhibit
                A. Rates
                for Switched Access Transit Traffic shall be the applicable charges
                as set
                forth in BellSouth’s intrastate Access Services Tariff and/or BellSouth’s
                FCC No. 1 Tariff. Billing associated with all Transit Traffic shall
                be
                pursuant to MECAB guidelines. Traffic between WinSonic and Wireless
                Type 1
                third parties or Wireless Type 2A third parties that do not engage
                in Meet
                Point Billing with BellSouth shall not be treated as Transit Traffic
                from
                a routing or billing perspective until such time as such traffic
                is
                identifiable as Transit Traffic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.6.2

            	
              The
                delivery of traffic that transits the BellSouth network is excluded
                from
                any BellSouth billing guarantees. BellSouth agrees to deliver Transit
                Traffic to the terminating carrier; provided, however, that WinSonic
                is
                solely responsible for negotiating and executing any appropriate
                contractual agreements with the terminating carrier for the exchange
                of
                Transit Traffic through the BellSouth network. BellSouth will not
                be
                liable for any compensation to the terminating carrier or to WinSonic.
                In
                the event that the terminating third party carrier imposes on BellSouth
                any charges or costs for the delivery of Transit Traffic, WinSonic
                shall
                reimburse BellSouth for such charges or
                costs.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      160 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 22

     

    
      	
              8.7

            	
              For
                purposes of intercarrier compensation, BellSouth will not be responsible
                for any compensation associated with the exchange of traffic between
                WinSonic and a CLEC utilizing BellSouth switching. Where technically
                feasible, BellSouth will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide
                records to WinSonic to identify those CLECs utilizing BellSouth switching
                with whom WinSonic has exchanged traffic. Such traffic shall not
                be
                considered Transit Traffic from a routing or billing perspective,
                but
                instead will be considered as traffic exchanged solely between WinSonic
                and the CLEC utilizing BellSouth
                switching.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.7.1

            	
              WinSonic
                is solely responsible for negotiating and executing any appropriate
                contractual agreements with the terminating carrier for the exchange
                of
                traffic with a CLEC utilizing BellSouth switching. BellSouth will
                not be
                liable for any compensation to the terminating carrier or to WinSonic.
                In
                the event that the terminating third party carrier imposes on BellSouth
                any charges or costs for the delivery of such traffic, WinSonic shall
                reimburse BellSouth for all such charges or
                costs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8

            	
              WinSonic
                shall send all IntraLATA toll traffic to be terminated by an independent
                telephone company to the End User’s IntraLATA toll provider and shall not
                send such traffic to BellSouth as Transit Traffic. IntraLATA toll
                traffic
                shall be any traffic that originates outside of the terminating
                independent telephone company’s local calling
                area.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9

            	
              Ordering
                Charges

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.1

            	
              The
                facilities purchased pursuant to this Attachment shall be ordered
                via the
                ASR process.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.2

            	
              The
                rates, terms and conditions associated with submission and processing
                of
                ASRs are as set forth in BellSouth’s FCC No. 1 Tariff, Section
                5.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10

            	
              Basic
                911 and E911
                Interconnection

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.1

            	
              Basic
                911 and E911 provides a caller access to the applicable emergency
                service
                bureau by dialing 911.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.2

            	
              Basic
                911 Interconnection. BellSouth
                will provide to WinSonic a list consisting of each municipality that
                subscribes to Basic 911 service. The list will also provide, if known,
                the
                E911 conversion date for each municipality and, for network routing
                purposes, a ten (10) digit directory number representing the appropriate
                emergency answering position for each municipality subscribing to
                911.
                WinSonic will be required to arrange to accept 911 calls from its
                end
                users in municipalities that subscribe to Basic 911 service and translate
                the 911 call to the appropriate ten (10) digit directory number as
                stated
                on the list provided by BellSouth. WinSonic will be required to route
                that
                call to the appropriate PSAP. When a
                municipality

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      161 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 23

     

    
      	 	
              converts
                to E911 service, WinSonic will be required to begin using E911
                procedures.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.3

            	
              E911
                Interconnection. WinSonic
                shall install a minimum of two (2) dedicated trunks originating from
                its
                SWC and terminating to the appropriate E911
                tandem.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              The
                SWC must be in the same LATA as the E911 tandem. The dedicated trunks
                shall be, at a minimum, DS0 level trunks configured as part of a
                digital
                (one point five forty-four (1.544) Mb/s) interface (DS1 facility).
                The
                configuration shall use CAMA-type signaling with MF pulsing or SS7/ISUP
                signaling either of which shall deliver ANI with the voice portion
                of the
                call. If SS7/ISUP connectivity is used, WinSonic shall follow the
                procedures as set forth in Appendix A of the
                CLEC

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Users
                Guide to E911 for Facility Based Providers that is located on the
                BellSouth Interconnection Web site. If the user interface is digital,
                MF
                pulses as well as other AC signals shall be encoded per the u-255
                Law
                convention. WinSonic will be required to provide BellSouth daily
                updates
                to the E911 database. WinSonic will be required to forward 911 calls
                to
                the appropriate E911 tandem along with ANI based upon the current
                E911 end
                office to tandem homing arrangement as provided by BellSouth. If
                the E911
                tandem trunks are not available, WinSonic will be required to route
                the
                call to a designated seven (7) digit or ten (10) digit local number
                residing in the appropriate PSAP. This call will be transported over
                BellSouth’s interoffice network and will not carry the ANI of the calling
                party.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic
                shall be responsible for providing BellSouth with complete and accurate
                data for submission to the 911/E911 database for the purpose of providing
                911/E911 to its end users.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.4

            	
              Trunks
                and facilities for 911 Interconnection may be ordered by WinSonic
                from
                BellSouth pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this
                Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.5

            	
              The
                detailed practices and procedures for 911/E911 interconnection are
                contained in the E911 Local Exchange Carrier Guide For Facility-Based
                Providers that is located on the BellSouth Interconnection Services
                Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11

            	
              SS7
                Network Interconnection

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.1

            	
              SS7
                Signaling. Both
                Parties will utilize LEC-to-LEC SS7 Signaling, where available, in
                conjunction with all traffic in order to enable interoperability
                of CLASS
                features and functions except for call return. SS7 signaling parameters
                will be provided, including but not limited to ANI, originating line
                information (OLI) calling company category and charge number. Privacy
                indicators will be honored, and the Parties will exchange Transactional
                Capabilities Application Part (TCAP) messages to facilitate SS7 based
                features between the respective networks. Neither Party shall alter
                the
                SS7 parameters, or be a party to altering such parameters, or knowingly
                pass SS7 parameters that have been altered in order to circumvent
                appropriate interconnection charges. Nothing herein shall obligate
                or
                otherwise require BellSouth to send SS7 messages or call-related
                database

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      162 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 24

     

    
      	 	
              queries
                to WinSonic’s or any other third party’s call-related database, unless
                otherwise agreed to by the Parties under a separate
                agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.2

            	
              Signaling
                Call Information. BellSouth
                and WinSonic will send and receive ten (10) digits for Local Traffic.
                Additionally, BellSouth and WinSonic will exchange the proper call
                information, (i.e., originated call company number and destination
                call
                company number, CIC, and OZZ) including all proper translations for
                routing between networks and any information necessary for
                billing.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.3

            	
              SS7
                Network Interconnection is the interconnection of WinSonic LSTP switches
                or WinSonic local or tandem switching systems with BellSouth STP
                switches.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              This
                interconnection provides connectivity that enables the exchange of
                SS7
                messages among BellSouth switching systems and databases, WinSonic
                local
                or tandem switching systems, and other third party switching systems
                directly connected to the BellSouth SS7
                network.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.3.1

            	
              The
                connectivity provided by SS7 Network Interconnection shall fully
                support
                the functions of BellSouth switching systems and databases and WinSonic
                or
                other third party switching systems with A-link access to the BellSouth
                SS7 network.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.3.2

            	
              If
                traffic is routed based on dialed or translated digits between a
                WinSonic
                local switching system and a BellSouth or other third party local
                switching system, either directly or via a BellSouth tandem switching
                system, then it is a requirement that the BellSouth SS7 network convey
                via
                SS7 Network Interconnection the TCAP messages that are necessary
                to
                provide Call Management services (i.e., Automatic Callback, Automatic
                Recall, and Screening List Editing) between the WinSonic LSTP switches
                and
                BellSouth or other third party local
                switch.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.3.3

            	
              SS7
                Network Interconnection shall
                provide:

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.3.3.1

            	
              Signaling
                Data Link functions, as specified in ANSI
                T1.111.2;

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.3.3.2

            	
              Signaling
                Link functions, as specified in ANSI T1.111.3;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.3.3.3

            	
              Signaling
                Network Management functions, as specified in ANSI
                T1.111.4.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.3.4

            	
              SS7
                Network Interconnection shall provide all functions of the SCCP necessary
                for Class 0 (basic connectionless) service as specified in ANSI T1.112.
                This includes GTT and SCCP Management procedures as specified in
                ANSI
                T1.112.4.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Where
                the destination signaling point is a BellSouth switching system or
                DB, or
                is another third party local or tandem switching system directly
                connected
                to the BellSouth SS7 network, SS7 Network Interconnection shall include
                final GTT of messages to the destination and SCCP Subsystem Management
                of
                the destination.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Where
                the destination signaling point is a WinSonic local or tandem switching
                system, SS7 Network Interconnection shall include intermediate GTT
                of
                messages

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      163 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 25

     

    
      	 	
              to
                a gateway pair of WinSonic LSTPs and shall not include SCCP Subsystem
                Management of the destination.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.3.5

            	
              SS7
                Network Interconnection shall provide all functions of the ISUP as
                specified in ANSI T1.113.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.3.6

            	
              SS7
                Network Interconnection shall provide all functions of the TCAP as
                specified in ANSI T1.114.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.3.7

            	
              If
                Internetwork MRVT and SRVT become approved ANSI standards and available
                capabilities of BellSouth STPs, SS7 Network Interconnection may provide
                these functions of the OMAP.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.4

            	
              Interface
                Requirements. The
                following SS7 Network Interconnection interface options are available
                to
                connect WinSonic or WinSonic-designated local or tandem switching
                systems
                or signaling transfer point switches to the BellSouth SS7
                network:

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.4.1

            	
              A-link
                interface from WinSonic local or tandem switching systems;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.4.2

            	
              B-link
                interface from WinSonic STPs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.4.3

            	
              The
                Signaling Point of Interconnection for each link shall be located
                at a
                cross- connect element in the central office where the BellSouth
                STP is
                located. There shall be a DS1 or higher rate transport interface
                at each
                of the signaling points of interconnection. Each signaling link shall
                appear as a DS0 channel within the DS1 or higher rate
                interface.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.4.4

            	
              BellSouth
                shall provide intraoffice diversity between the Signaling Point of
                Interconnection and the BellSouth STP, so that no single failure
                of
                intraoffice facilities or equipment shall cause the failure of both
                B-links in a layer connecting to a BellSouth
                STP.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.4.5

            	
              The
                protocol interface requirements for SS7 Network Interconnection include
                the MTP, ISUP, SCCP, and TCAP. These protocol interfaces shall conform
                to
                the applicable industry standard technical
                references.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.4.6

            	
              BellSouth
                shall set message screening parameters to accept messages from WinSonic
                local or tandem switching systems destined to any signaling point
                in the
                BellSouth SS7 network with which the WinSonic switching system has
                a valid
                signaling relationship.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.5

            	
              Rates.
                The
                Parties shall institute a “bill and keep” compensation plan under which
                neither Party will charge the other Party recurring and nonrecurring
                charges as set forth in Exhibit A for CCS7signaling messages associated
                with Local Traffic. The portion of CCS7 signaling messages utilized
                for
                Local Traffic, which are subject to bill and keep in accordance with
                this
                section, shall be determined based upon
                the

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      164 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      3

    Page 26

     

    
      	 	
              application
                of the applicable signaling factors set forth in BellSouth’s
                Jurisdictional Factors Reporting Guide. The remaining portion of
                the CCS7
                signaling messages, signaling ports, and signaling links, i.e. the
                portion
                associated with interstate calls and with intrastate non-local calls,
                shall be billed in accordance with the applicable BellSouth intrastate
                Access Services Tariff and BellSouth's FCC No. 1 Tariff for switched
                access services. 

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      165 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              Attachment
                3

            
	
              Page
                27

            

    

     

    
      

    

     

    CCCS
      166 of 277

    
 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              Attachment
                3

            
	
              Page
                28

            

    

     

    
      

       

       

      CCCS
        167 of 277

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
    

    
      	
              Attachment
                3

            
	
              Page
                29

            

    

     

    

     

    CCCS
      168 of 277

      
        
          
          

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

     

    
      	
              Attachment
                3

            
	
              Page
                30

            

    

     

    

     

     

    CCCS
      169 of 277

    

      
        
          
          

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    
      	
              LOCAL
                INTERCONNECTION - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment:
                3 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	 	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              LOCAL
                INTERCONNECTION (CALL TRANSPORT AND TERMINATION) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              NOTE:
                "bk" beside a rate indicates that the Parties have agreed to bill
                and keep
                for that element pursuant to the terms and conditions in Attachment
                3.
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              TANDEM
                SWITCHING 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Tandem
                Switching Function Per MOU 

            	 	 	 	 	
              0.0004186bk
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Multiple
                Tandem Switching, per MOU (applies to

            	
              intial

            	
              tandem
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              only)
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              0.0004186
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Tandem
                Intermediary Charge, per MOU* 

            	 	 	 	 	
              0.0025
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              *
                This charge is applicable only to transit traffic and is applied
                in
                addition to applicable switching and/or interconnection charges.
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              TRUNK
                CHARGE 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Installation
                Trunk Side Service - per DS0 

            	 	 	
              OHD
                

            	
              TPP6X
                

            	 	
              21.53
                

            	
              8.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Installation
                Trunk Side Service - per DS0 

            	 	 	
              OHD
                

            	
              TPP9X
                

            	 	
              21.53
                

            	
              8.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Dedicated
                End Office Trunk Port Service-per DS0** 

            	 	 	
              OHD
                

            	
              TDEOP
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Dedicated
                End Office Trunk Port Service-per DS1** 

            	 	 	
              OH1
                OH1MS 

            	
              TDE1P
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Dedicated
                Tandem Trunk Port Service-per DS0** 

            	 	 	
              OHD
                

            	
              TDWOP
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Dedicated
                Tandem Trunk Port Service-per DS1** 

            	 	 	
              OH1
                OH1MS 

            	
              TDW1P
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              **
                This rate element is recovered on a per MOU basis and is included
                in the
                End Office Switching and Tandem Switching, per MOU rate elements
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              COMMON
                TRANSPORT

            	
              (Shared)
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Common
                Transport - Per Mile, Per MOU 

            	 	 	 	 	
              0.0000028bk
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Common
                Transport - Facilities Termination Per MOU 

            	 	 	 	 	
              0.0001955bk
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              LOCAL
                INTERCONNECTION (DEDICATED TRANSPORT) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              INTEROFFICE
                CHANNEL - DEDICATED TRANSPORT 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                Dedicated Transport - 2-Wire Voice Grade -

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Per
                Mile per month 

            	 	 	 	
              OHM
                

            	
              1L5NF
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                Dedicated Transport- 2- Wire Voice Grade -

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Facility
                Termination per month 

            	 	 	
              OHM
                

            	
              1L5NF
                

            	
              13.15
                

            	
              48.41
                

            	
              19.46
                

            	
              16.56
                

            	
              4.99
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Transport - 56 kbps - per mile 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                month 

            	 	 	
              OHM
                

            	
              1L5NK
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Transport - 56 kbps - Facility 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Termination
                per month 

            	 	 	
              OHM
                

            	
              1L5NK
                

            	
              8.00
                

            	
              48.41
                

            	
              19.46
                

            	
              16.56
                

            	
              4.99
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Transport - 64 kbps - per mile 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                month 

            	 	 	
              OHM
                

            	
              1L5NK
                

            	
              0.0059
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Transport - 64 kbps - Facility 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Termination
                per month 

            	 	 	
              OHM
                

            	
              1L5NK
                

            	
              8.00
                

            	
              48.41
                

            	
              19.46
                

            	
              16.56
                

            	
              4.99
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Channel - DS1 - Per Mile per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              month
                

            	 	 	
              OH1,
                OH1MS 

            	
              1L5NL
                

            	
              0.1199
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Tranport - DS1 - Facility 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Termination
                per month 

            	 	 	
              OH1,
                OH1MS 

            	
              1L5NL
                

            	
              34.93
                

            	
              110.92
                

            	
              80.20
                

            	
              31.33
                

            	
              21.71
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel

            	
              -
                Dedicated Transport - DS3 - Per Mile per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              month
                

            	 	 	 	
              OH3,
                OH3MS 

            	
              1L5NM
                

            	
              2.63
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Interoffice
                Channel - Dedicated Transport - DS3 - Facility 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Termination
                per month 

            	 	 	
              OH3,
                OH3MS 

            	
              1L5NM
                

            	
              349.42
                

            	
              320.16
                

            	
              86.24
                

            	
              66.71
                

            	
              52.76
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              LOCAL
                CHANNEL - DEDICATED TRANSPORT 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Local
                Channel

            	
              -
                Dedicated - 2-Wire Voice Grade per month 

            	 	 	
              OHM
                

            	
              TEFV2
                

            	
              7.91
                

            	
              120.95
                

            	
              53.24
                

            	
              46.35
                

            	
              13.35
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Local
                Channel

            	
              -
                Dedicated - 4-Wire Voice Grade per month 

            	 	 	
              OHM
                

            	
              TEFV4
                

            	
              8.90
                

            	
              125.50
                

            	
              54.38
                

            	
              46.35
                

            	
              13.35
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Local
                Channel

            	
              -
                Dedicated - DS1 per month 

            	 	 	
              OH1
                

            	
              TEFHG
                

            	
              22.82
                

            	
              149.31
                

            	
              111.09
                

            	
              40.32
                

            	
              26.09
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Local
                Channel

            	
              -
                Dedicated - DS3 Facility Termination per month 

            	 	 	
              OH3
                

            	
              TEFHJ
                

            	
              150.05
                

            	
              444.58
                

            	
              145.04
                

            	
              112.80
                

            	
              75.81
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              LOCAL
                INTERCONNECTION MID-SPAN MEET 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Local

            	
              Channel
                - Dedicated - DS1 per month 

            	 	 	
              OH1MS
                

            	
              TEFHG
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Local

            	
              Channel
                - Dedicated - DS3 per month 

            	 	 	
              OH3MS
                

            	
              TEFHJ
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	
              0.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              MULTIPLEXERS
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Channelization
                -

            	
              DS1
                to DS0 Channel

            	
              System
                

            	 	 	
              OH1,
                OH1MS 

            	
              SATN1
                

            	
              71.23
                

            	
              105.57
                

            	
              41.545
                

            	
              23.73
                

            	
              4.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                to DS1 Channel

            	
              System
                per month 

            	 	 	
              OH3,
                OH3MS 

            	
              SATNS
                

            	
              124.39
                

            	
              224.255
                

            	
              71.76
                

            	
              39.965
                

            	
              31.035
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                Interface Unit (DS1 COCI) per month 

            	 	 	
              OH1,
                OH1MS 

            	
              SATCO
                

            	
              7.50
                

            	
              15.79
                

            	
              11.375
                

            	
              6.60
                

            	
              6.60
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Notes:
                If no rate is identified in the contract, the rates, terms, and conditions
                for the specific service or function will be as set forth in applicable
                BellSouth tariff. 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              SIGNALING

            	
              (CCS7)
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              NOTE:"bk"
                beside a rate indicates that the parties have agreed to bill and
                keep for
                that element pursuant to the terms and conditions in Attachment 3.
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CCS7
                Signaling Connection, Per 56Kbps Facility A-Link DS1 

            	 	 	
              UDB
                

            	
              TPP6A
                

            	
              8.93
                

            	
              34.74
                

            	
              34.74
                

            	
              16.90
                

            	
              16.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version:
                2Q06 Standard ICA 06/13/06

            	 	
              Page
                1 of 2

            
	 	
              CCCS
                170 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              LOCAL
                INTERCONNECTION - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment:
                3 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	 	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              CCS7
                Signaling Connection, Per 56Kbps Facility A-Link DS3 

            	 	 	
              UDB
                

            	
              TPP9A
                

            	
              8.93
                

            	
              34.74
                

            	
              34.74
                

            	
              16.90
                

            	
              16.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CCS7
                Signaling Connection, Per 56Kbps Facility B-Link DS1 

            	 	 	
              UDB
                

            	
              TPP6B
                

            	
              8.93
                

            	
              34.74
                

            	
              34.74
                

            	
              16.90
                

            	
              16.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CCS7
                Signaling Connection, Per 56Kbps Facility B-Link DS3 

            	 	 	
              UDB
                

            	
              TPP9B
                

            	
              8.93
                

            	
              34.74
                

            	
              34.74
                

            	
              16.90
                

            	
              16.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CCS7
                Signaling Termination, Per STP Port 

            	 	 	
              UDB
                

            	
              PT8SX
                

            	
              111.30
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CCS7
                Signaling Usage, Per Call

            	
              Setup
                Message 

            	 	 	 	 	
              .0000134bk
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CCS7
                Signaling Usage, Per TCAP Message 

            	 	 	 	 	
              0.0000536
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CCS7
                Signaling Usage, Per ISUP Message (same as E.3.3) 

            	 	 	 	 	
              .0000134bk
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CCS7
                Signaling Usage Surrogate, per

            	
              link
                

            	 	 	
              UDB
                

            	
              STU56
                

            	
              921.93bk
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CCS7
                Signaling Point Code, Establishment or Change, per STP 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              affected
                

            	 	 	
              UDB
                

            	
              CCAPO
                

            	 	
              28.12
                

            	
              28.12
                

            	
              33.29
                

            	
              33.29
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CCS7
                Signaling Connection, Switched access service, interface 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              groups,
                transmissiom paths 6 DS1 level path with bit stream 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              signaling
                

            	 	 	
              UDB
                

            	
              TPP6X
                

            	
              8.93
                

            	
              34.74
                

            	
              34.74
                

            	
              16.90
                

            	
              16.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CCS7
                Signaling Connection, Switched access service, interface 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              groups,
                transmissiom paths 9 DS3 level path with bit stream 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              signaling
                

            	 	 	
              UDB
                

            	
              TPP9X
                

            	
              8.93
                

            	
              34.74
                

            	
              34.74
                

            	
              16.90
                

            	
              16.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version:
                2Q06 Standard ICA 06/13/06

            	 	
              Page
                2 of 2

            
	 	
              CCCS
                171 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      1

    Attachment
      4 

     

    BellSouth
      Collocation

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      172 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
 

    
      	 	
              Attachment
                4 - Collocation

            
	 	 	
              Page
                2

            

    

    

    
      	
              Table
                of Contents

            
	
              1.

            	
              Scope
                of Attachment

            	
              3

            
	
              2

            	
              Optional
                Reports

            	
              6

            
	
              3

            	
              Collocation
                Options

            	
              7

            
	
              4

            	
              Occupancy

            	
              12

            
	
              5

            	
              Use
                of Collocation Space

            	
              14

            
	
              6

            	
              Ordering
                and Preparation of Collocation Space

            	
              21

            
	
              7

            	
              Construction
                and Provisioning

            	
              26

            
	
              8

            	
              Rates
                and Charges

            	
              32

            
	
              9

            	
              Insurance

            	
              40

            
	
              10

            	
              Mechanics
                Lien

            	
              41

            
	
              11

            	
              Inspections

            	
              42

            
	
              12

            	
              Security
                and Safety Requirements

            	
              42

            
	
              13

            	
              Destruction
                of Collocation Space

            	
              44

            
	
              14

            	
              Eminent
                Domain

            	
              45

            
	
              15

            	
              Nonexclusivity

            	
              45

            
	
              Environmental
                & Safety Principles

            	
              Exhibit
                A

            
	
              Rates

            	
              Exhibit
                B

            
	
              Tennessee
                Regulatory Authority (TRA) Offered Language and
                Rates

            	
              Exhibit
                C

            

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      173 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      3

     

    
      	 	
              BELLSOUTH
                COLLOCATION

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Scope
                of Attachment

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              BellSouth
                Premises

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1.1

            	
              The
                rates, terms and conditions contained within this Attachment shall
                only
                apply when WinSonic is physically collocated as a sole occupant or
                as a
                Host within a BellSouth Premises pursuant to this Attachment. BellSouth
                Premises, as defined in this Attachment includes BellSouth Central
                Offices, and Remote Terminals (hereinafter “BellSouth Premises”). This
                Attachment is applicable to BellSouth Premises owned or leased by
                BellSouth. Where not specified, the language in this Attachment applies
                to
                both Central Office and Remote Site
                Collocation.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1.2

            	
              Third
                Party Property. If
                the BellSouth Premises, or the property on which it is located, is
                leased
                by BellSouth from a third party or otherwise controlled by a third
                party,
                special considerations and intervals may apply in addition to the
                terms
                and conditions of this Attachment. Additionally, where BellSouth
                notifies
                WinSonic that BellSouth’s agreement with a third party does not grant
                BellSouth the ability to provide access and use rights to others,
                upon
                WinSonic’s request, BellSouth will use commercially reasonable efforts to
                obtain the owner’s consent and to otherwise secure such rights for
                WinSonic. WinSonic agrees to reimburse BellSouth for all costs incurred
                by
                BellSouth in obtaining such rights for WinSonic. In cases where a
                third
                party agreement does not grant BellSouth the right to provide access
                and
                use rights to others as contemplated by this Attachment and BellSouth,
                is
                unable to secure such access and use rights for WinSonic, WinSonic
                shall
                be responsible for obtaining such permission to access and use such
                property. BellSouth shall cooperate with WinSonic in obtaining such
                permission.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              Right
                to Occupy

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall offer to WinSonic collocation on rates, terms and conditions
                that
                are just, reasonable, nondiscriminatory and consistent with the rules
                of
                the FCC. Subject to the rates, terms and conditions of this Attachment,
                where space is available and it is technically feasible, BellSouth will
                allow WinSonic to occupy a certain area designated by BellSouth within
                a
                BellSouth Premises, or on BellSouth property upon which the BellSouth
                Premises is located, of a size which is specified by WinSonic and
                agreed
                to by BellSouth (hereinafter “Collocation Space”). Except as otherwise
                specified, any references to Collocation Space shall be for physical
                collocation. The necessary rates, terms and conditions for a premises
                as
                defined by the FCC, other than BellSouth Premises, shall be negotiated
                upon reasonable request for collocation at such
                premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2.2

            	
              Neither
                BellSouth nor any of BellSouth’s affiliates may reserve space for future
                use on more preferential terms than those set forth in this
                Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2.2.1

            	
              In
                all states other than Florida, the size specified by WinSonic may
                contemplate a request for space sufficient to accommodate WinSonic’s
                growth within a twenty- four (24) month
                period.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      174 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      4

     

    
      	
              1.2.2.2

            	
              In
                the state of Florida, the size specified by WinSonic may contemplate
                a
                request for space sufficient to accommodate WinSonic’s growth within an
                eighteen (18) month period.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.3

            	
              Space
                Allocation. BellSouth
                shall assign WinSonic Collocation Space that utilizes existing
                infrastructure (e.g., heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC),
                lighting and available power), if such space is available for collocation.
                Otherwise, BellSouth shall attempt to accommodate WinSonic’s requested
                space preferences, if any, including the provision of contiguous
                space for
                any subsequent request for collocation. In allocating Collocation
                Space,
                BellSouth shall not materially increase WinSonic’s cost or materially
                delay WinSonic’s occupation and use of the Collocation Space, assign
                Collocation Space that will impair the quality of service or otherwise
                limit the service WinSonic wishes to offer, reduce unreasonably the
                total
                space available for physical collocation or preclude reasonable physical
                collocation within the BellSouth Premises. Space shall not be available
                for collocation if it is: (a) physically occupied by non- obsolete
                equipment; (b) assigned to another collocated telecommunications
                carrier;
                (c) used to provide physical access to occupied space; (d) used to
                enable
                technicians to work on equipment located within occupied space; (e)
                properly reserved for future use, either by BellSouth or another
                collocated telecommunications carrier; or (f) essential for the
                administration and proper functioning of the BellSouth Premises.
                BellSouth
                may segregate Collocation Space and require separate entrances for
                collocated telecommunications carriers to access their Collocation
                Space,
                pursuant to FCC Rules.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4

            	
              Transfer
                of Collocation Space

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4.1

            	
              WinSonic
                shall be allowed to transfer Collocation Space to another CLEC under
                the
                following conditions: (1) the BellSouth Premises is not at or near
                space
                exhaustion; (2) the transfer of space shall be contingent upon BellSouth’s
                approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld; (3) WinSonic has
                no
                unpaid, undisputed collocation charges; and (4) the transfer of the
                Collocation Space is in conjunction with WinSonic’s sale of all or
                substantially all, of the in-place collocation equipment to the same
                CLEC.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4.2

            	
              The
                responsibilities of WinSonic shall include: (1) submitting a letter
                of
                authorization to BellSouth for the transfer; (2) entering into a
                transfer
                agreement with BellSouth and the acquiring CLEC; and (3) returning
                all
                Security Access Devices to BellSouth. The responsibilities of the
                acquiring CLEC shall include: (1) submitting an application to BellSouth
                for the transfer of the Collocation Space; (2) satisfying all requirements
                of its interconnection agreement with BellSouth; (3) submitting a
                letter
                to BellSouth for the assumption of services; and (4) entering into
                a
                transfer agreement with BellSouth and
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4.3

            	
              In
                conjunction with a transfer of Collocation Space, any services associated
                with the Collocation Space shall be transferred pursuant to separately
                negotiated rates, terms and
                conditions.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.5

            	
              Space
                Reclamation

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      175 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      5

     

    
      	
              1.5.1

            	
              In
                the event of space exhaust within a BellSouth Premises, BellSouth
                may
                include in its documentation for the Petition for Waiver filed with
                the
                Commission, any unutilized space in the BellSouth Premises. WinSonic
                will
                be responsible for the justification of unutilized space within its
                Collocation Space, if the Commission requires such
                justification.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.5.2

            	
              BellSouth
                may reclaim unused Collocation Space when a BellSouth Premises is
                at, or
                near, space exhaustion and WinSonic cannot demonstrate that WinSonic
                will
                utilize the Collocation Space in the time frames set forth below
                in
                Section 1.5.3. In the event of space exhaust or near exhaust within
                a
                BellSouth Premises, BellSouth will provide written notice to WinSonic
                requesting that WinSonic release non-utilized Collocation Space to
                BellSouth, when one hundred percent (100%) of the Collocation Space
                in
                WinSonic’s collocation arrangement is not being
                utilized.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.5.3

            	
              Within
                twenty (20) days of receipt of written notification from BellSouth,
                WinSonic shall either: (1) return the non-utilized Collocation Space
                to
                BellSouth in which case WinSonic shall be relieved of all obligations
                for
                charges associated with that portion of the Collocation Space applicable
                from the date the Collocation Space is returned to BellSouth; or
                (2) for
                all states, with the exception of Florida, provide BellSouth with
                information demonstrating that the Collocation Space will be utilized
                within twenty-four (24) months from the date WinSonic accepted the
                Collocation Space (Acceptance Date) from BellSouth. For Florida,
                WinSonic
                shall provide information to BellSouth demonstrating that the Collocation
                Space will be utilized within eighteen (18) months from the Acceptance
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.5.4

            	
              Disputes
                concerning BellSouth’s claim of space exhaust, or near exhaust, or
                WinSonic’s refusal to return requested Collocation Space should be
                resolved by BellSouth and WinSonic pursuant to the dispute resolution
                language contained in the General Terms and
                Conditions.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.6

            	
              Use
                of Space. WinSonic
                may only place in the Collocation Space equipment necessary for
                interconnection with BellSouth’s services/facilities or for accessing
                BellSouth’s unbundled network elements for the provision of
                Telecommunications Services, as specifically set forth in this Agreement.
                The Collocation Space assigned to WinSonic may not be used for any
                purposes other than as specifically described herein, including,
                but not
                limited to office space or a place of reporting for WinSonic’s employees
                or certified suppliers.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.7

            	
              Rates
                and Charges. WinSonic
                agrees to pay the rates and charges identified in Exhibit
                B.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.8

            	
              Due
                Dates. If
                any due date contained in this Attachment falls on a weekend or a
                national
                holiday, then the due date will be the next business day thereafter.
                For
                intervals of ten (10) days or less, national holidays will be excluded.
                For purposes of this Attachment, national holidays include the following:
                New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President’s Day (Washington’s
                Birthday), Memorial

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      176 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      6

     

    
      	 	
              Day,
                Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day
                and Christmas Day.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.9

            	
              Compliance.
                Subject
                to Section 24 of the General Terms and Conditions of this Agreement,
                the
                Parties agree to comply with all applicable federal, state, county,
                local
                and administrative laws, rules, ordinances, regulations and codes
                in the
                performance of their obligations
                hereunder.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2

            	
              Optional
                Reports

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              Space
                Availability Report. Upon
                request from WinSonic and at WinSonic’s expense, BellSouth will provide a
                written report (Space Availability Report) describing in detail the
                space
                that is currently available for collocation at a particular BellSouth
                Premises. This report will include the amount of Collocation Space
                available at the BellSouth Premises requested, the number of collocators
                present at the BellSouth Premises, any modifications in the use of
                the
                space since the last report on the BellSouth Premises requested and
                the
                measures BellSouth is taking to make additional space available for
                collocation arrangements. A Space Availability Report does not reserve
                space at the BellSouth Premises for which the Space Availability
                Report
                was requested by WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.1

            	
              The
                request from WinSonic for a Space Availability Report must be in
                writing
                and include the BellSouth Premises street address, as identified
                in the
                LERG, and the CLLI code for the BellSouth Premises requested. CLLI
                code
                information is located in the NECA Tariff FCC No.
                4.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.2

            	
              BellSouth
                will respond to a request for a Space Availability Report for a particular
                BellSouth Premises within ten (10) days of the receipt of such
                request.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.3

            	
              BellSouth
                will use commercially reasonable efforts to respond in ten (10) days
                to a
                Space Availability Report request when the request includes from
                two (2)
                to five (5) BellSouth Premises within the same state. The response
                time
                for Space Availability Report requests of more than five (5) BellSouth
                Premises, whether the request is for the same state or for two (2)
                or more
                states within the BellSouth Region, shall be negotiated between the
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              Remote
                Terminal Information. Upon
                request, BellSouth will provide WinSonic with the following information
                concerning BellSouth’s remote terminals: (i) the address of the remote
                terminal; (ii) the CLLI code of the remote terminal; (iii) the carrier
                serving area of the remote terminal; (iv) the designation of which
                remote
                terminals subtend a particular central office; and (v) the number
                and
                address of customers that are served by a particular remote
                terminal.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will provide this information within thirty (30) days of a WinSonic
                request subject to the following conditions: (i) the information
                will only
                be provided on a CD in the same format in which it appears in BellSouth’s
                systems; and (ii) the information will only be provided for each
                serving
                wire center designated by WinSonic, up to a maximum of thirty (30)
                wire
                centers per WinSonic request per month per state. BellSouth will
                bill the
                nonrecurring charge pursuant to the rates in Exhibit B at the time
                BellSouth sends the CD.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      177 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      7

     

    
      	
              3

            	
              Collocation
                Options

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1

            	
              Cageless
                Collocation. BellSouth
                shall allow WinSonic to collocate WinSonic’s equipment and facilities
                without requiring the construction of a cage or similar structure.
                BellSouth shall allow WinSonic to have direct access to WinSonic’s
                equipment and facilities in accordance with Section 5.1.2 below.
                BellSouth
                shall make cageless collocation available in single bay increments.
                Except
                where WinSonic’s equipment requires special technical considerations
                (e.g., special cable racking or isolated ground plane), BellSouth
                shall
                assign cageless Collocation Space in conventional equipment rack
                lineups
                where feasible. For equipment requiring special technical considerations,
                WinSonic must provide the equipment layout, including spatial dimensions
                for such equipment pursuant to generic requirements contained in
                Telcordia
                GR-63-Core, and shall be responsible for compliance with all special
                technical requirements associated with such
                equipment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2

            	
              Caged
                Collocation

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will make caged Collocation Space in Central Offices available in
                fifty
                (50) square foot increments. At WinSonic’s option and expense, WinSonic
                will arrange with a Supplier certified by BellSouth (BellSouth Certified
                Supplier) to construct a collocation arrangement enclosure in accordance
                with BellSouth’s specifications for a wire mesh enclosure prior to
                starting equipment installation. Where local building codes require
                enclosure specifications more stringent than BellSouth’s wire mesh
                enclosure specifications, WinSonic and WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified
                Supplier must comply with the more stringent local building code
                requirements. WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier shall be responsible
                for filing and obtaining any and all necessary permits and/or licenses
                for
                such construction. BellSouth or BellSouth’s designated agent or contractor
                shall provide, at WinSonic’s expense, documentation, which may include
                existing building architectural drawings, enclosure drawings,
                specifications, etc., necessary for WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified
                Supplier to obtain all necessary permits and/or other licenses. WinSonic’s
                BellSouth Certified Supplier shall bill WinSonic directly for all
                work
                performed for WinSonic. BellSouth shall have no liability for, nor
                responsibility to pay, such charges imposed by WinSonic’s BellSouth
                Certified Supplier. WinSonic must provide the local BellSouth Central
                Office Building Contact with two (2) Access Keys that will allow
                entry
                into the locked enclosure. Except in the case of an emergency, BellSouth
                will not access WinSonic’s locked enclosure prior to notifying WinSonic at
                least forty-eight (48) hours or two (2) business days, whichever
                is
                greater, before access to WinSonic’s Collocation Space is required. Upon
                request, BellSouth shall construct the enclosure for
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2.2

            	
              In
                the event WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier will construct the
                collocation arrangement enclosure, BellSouth may elect to review
                WinSonic’s plans and specifications, prior to allowing the construction to
                start, to ensure compliance with BellSouth’s wire mesh enclosure
                specifications. BellSouth will notify WinSonic of its desire to conduct
                this review in BellSouth’s
                Application

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      178 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      8

     

    
      	 	
              Response,
                as defined herein, to WinSonic’s Initial Application. If WinSonic’s
                Initial Application does not indicate its desire to construct its
                own
                enclosure and WinSonic subsequently decides to construct its own
                enclosure
                prior to BellSouth’s Application Response, then WinSonic will resubmit its
                Initial Application, indicating its desire to construct its own enclosure.
                If WinSonic subsequently decides construct its own enclosure after
                the
                bona fide firm order (hereinafter “BFFO”) has been accepted by BellSouth,
                WinSonic will submit a Subsequent Application, as defined in Section
                6.2
                below. If BellSouth elects to review WinSonic’s plans and specifications,
                then BellSouth will provide notification to WinSonic within ten (10)
                days
                after the Initial Application BFFO date or, if a Subsequent Application
                is
                submitted as set forth in the preceding sentence, then the Subsequent
                Application BFFO date. BellSouth shall complete its review within
                fifteen
                (15) days after BellSouth’s receipt of WinSonic’s plans and
                specifications. Regardless of whether or not BellSouth elects to
                review
                WinSonic’s plans and specifications, BellSouth reserves the right to
                inspect the enclosure after construction has been completed to ensure
                that
                it is constructed according to WinSonic’s submitted plans and
                specifications and/or BellSouth’s wire mesh enclosure specifications, as
                applicable. If BellSouth decides to inspect the constructed Collocation
                Space, BellSouth will complete its inspection within fifteen (15)
                days
                after receipt of WinSonic’s written notification that the enclosure has
                been completed. Within seven (7) days after BellSouth has completed
                its
                inspection of WinSonic’s caged Collocation Space, BellSouth shall require
                WinSonic, at WinSonic’s expense, to remove or correct any structure that
                does not meet WinSonic’s plans and specifications or BellSouth’s wire mesh
                enclosure specifications, as
                applicable.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3

            	
              Shared
                Caged Collocation

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3.1

            	
              WinSonic
                may allow other telecommunications carriers to share WinSonic’s caged
                Collocation Space, pursuant to the terms and conditions agreed to
                by
                WinSonic (Host) and the other telecommunications carriers (Guests)
                contained in this Section, except where the BellSouth Premises is
                located
                within a leased space and BellSouth is prohibited by said lease from
                offering such an option to WinSonic. BellSouth shall be notified
                in
                writing by WinSonic upon the execution of any agreement between the
                Host
                and its Guest(s) prior to the submission of an application. Further,
                such
                notification shall include the name of the Guest(s), the term of
                the
                agreement, and a certification by WinSonic that said agreement imposes
                upon the Guest(s) the same terms and conditions for Collocation Space
                as
                set forth in this Attachment between BellSouth and WinSonic. The
                term of
                the agreement between the Host and its Guest(s) shall not exceed
                the term
                of this Agreement between BellSouth and
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3.2

            	
              WinSonic,
                as the Host, shall be the sole interface and responsible Party to
                BellSouth for the assessment and billing of rates and charges contained
                within this Attachment and for the purposes of ensuring that the
                safety
                and security requirements of this Attachment are fully complied with
                by
                the Guest(s), its employees and agents. BellSouth shall provide WinSonic
                with a pro-ration of the

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      179 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      9

     

    
      	 	
              costs
                of the Collocation Space based on the number of collocators and the
                space
                used by each. There will be a minimum charge of one (1) bay/rack
                per
                Host/Guest. In addition to the above, for all states other than Florida,
                WinSonic shall be the responsible Party to BellSouth for the purpose
                of
                submitting applications for initial and additional equipment placement
                for
                the Guest(s). In Florida, the Guest(s) may submit its own Initial
                Application and Subsequent Applications for equipment placement using
                the
                Host’s ACNA. A separate Guest application shall result in the assessment
                of an Initial Application Fee or a Subsequent Application Fee, as
                set
                forth in Exhibit B, which will be billed to the Host on the date
                that
                BellSouth provides its written Application Response to the Guest(s)
                Bona
                Fide application.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3.3

            	
              Notwithstanding
                the foregoing, the Guest(s) may submit service orders directly to
                BellSouth to request the provisioning of interconnecting facilities
                between BellSouth and the Guest(s), the provisioning of services,
                and/or
                access to Network Elements. The bill for these interconnecting facilities,
                services and Network Elements will be charged to the Guest(s) pursuant
                to
                the applicable BellSouth Tariff or the Guest’s Interconnection Agreement
                with BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3.4

            	
              WinSonic
                shall indemnify and hold harmless BellSouth from any and all claims,
                actions, causes of action, of whatever kind or nature arising out
                of the
                presence of WinSonic’s Guest(s) in the Collocation Space, except to the
                extent caused by BellSouth’s sole negligence, gross negligence, or willful
                misconduct.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4

            	
              Adjacent
                Collocation

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4.1

            	
              Subject
                to technical feasibility and space availability, BellSouth will permit
                an
                adjacent collocation arrangement (Adjacent Arrangement) on BellSouth
                Premises’ property only when space within the requested BellSouth Premises
                is legitimately exhausted and where the Adjacent Arrangement does
                not
                interfere with access to existing or planned structures or facilities
                on
                the BellSouth Premises’ property. An Adjacent Arrangement shall be
                constructed or procured by WinSonic or WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified
                Supplier and must be in conformance with the provisions of BellSouth’s
                design and construction specifications. Further, WinSonic shall construct,
                procure, maintain and operate said Adjacent Arrangement pursuant
                to all of
                the applicable rates, terms and conditions set forth in this
                Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4.2

            	
              If
                WinSonic requests Adjacent Collocation, pursuant to the conditions
                stated
                in Section 3.4 above, WinSonic must arrange with a BellSouth Certified
                Supplier to construct or procure the Adjacent Arrangement structure
                in
                accordance with BellSouth’s specifications. BellSouth will provide the
                appropriate specifications upon request. Where local building codes
                require specifications more stringent than BellSouth’s own specifications,
                WinSonic and WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier shall comply with the
                more stringent local building code requirements. WinSonic’s BellSouth
                Certified Supplier shall be responsible for filing and obtaining
                any and
                all necessary zoning, permits and/or licenses for such construction.
                WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier shall bill
                WinSonic

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      180 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      10

     

    
      	 	
              directly
                for all work performed for WinSonic to comply with this Attachment.
                BellSouth shall have no liability for, nor responsibility to pay
                such
                charges imposed by WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier. WinSonic must
                provide the local BellSouth contact with two (2) cards, keys or other
                access devices used to gain entry into the locked enclosure. Except
                in the
                case of an emergency, BellSouth will not access WinSonic’s locked
                enclosure prior to notifying WinSonic at least forty-eight (48) hours
                or
                two (2) business days, whichever is greater, before access to the
                Collocation Space is required.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4.3

            	
              WinSonic
                must submit its Adjacent Arrangement construction plans and specifications
                to BellSouth when it places its Firm Order. BellSouth shall review
                WinSonic’s plans and specifications prior to the construction of an
                Adjacent Arrangement to ensure WinSonic’s compliance with BellSouth’s
                specifications. BellSouth shall complete its review within fifteen
                (15)
                days after receipt of the plans and specifications from WinSonic
                for the
                Adjacent Arrangement. BellSouth may inspect the Adjacent Arrangement
                during and after construction is completed to ensure that it is
                constructed according to WinSonic’s submitted plans and specifications. If
                BellSouth decides to inspect the completed Adjacent Arrangement,
                BellSouth
                will complete its inspection within fifteen (15) days after receipt
                of
                WinSonic’s written notification that the Adjacent Arrangement has been
                completed. Within seven (7) days after BellSouth has completed its
                inspection of WinSonic’s Adjacent Arrangement, BellSouth shall require
                WinSonic, at WinSonic’s expense, to remove or correct any structure that
                does not meet its submitted plans and specifications or BellSouth’s
                specifications, as applicable.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4.4

            	
              WinSonic
                shall provide a concrete pad, the structure housing the Adjacent
                Arrangement, HVAC, lighting and all of the facilities that are required
                to
                connect the structure (i.e., racking, conduits, etc.) to the BellSouth
                point of demarcation. At WinSonic’s option and where the local authority
                having jurisdiction permits, BellSouth shall provide an AC power
                source
                and access to physical Collocation services and facilities, subject
                to the
                same nondiscriminatory requirements as those applicable to any other
                physical Collocation arrangement. In Alabama and Louisiana, at WinSonic’s
                request and expense, BellSouth will provide Direct Current (DC) power
                to
                an Adjacent Collocation site where technically feasible, as that
                term has
                been defined by the FCC, and in accordance with applicable law. BellSouth
                will provide DC power in an Adjacent Arrangement provided that such
                provisioning can be done in compliance with the National Electric
                Code
                (NEC), all safety and building codes and any local codes, such as,
                but not
                limited to, local zoning codes, and upon completion of negotiations
                between the Parties on the applicable rates and provisioning intervals.
                WinSonic will pay for any and all DC power construction and provisioning
                costs to an Adjacent Arrangement through individual case basis (ICB)
                pricing that must be paid as follows: fifty percent (50%) before
                the DC
                installation work begins and fifty percent (50%) at completion of
                the DC
                installation work to the Adjacent Arrangement. WinSonic’s BellSouth
                Certified Supplier shall be responsible, at WinSonic’s sole expense, for
                filing the required documentation to obtain any and all
                necessary

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      181 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      11

     

    
      	 	
              permits
                and/or licenses for an Adjacent Arrangement. BellSouth shall allow
                Shared
                Caged Collocation within an Adjacent Arrangement, pursuant to the
                terms
                and conditions set forth in Section 3.3
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.5

            	
              Direct
                Connect

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.5.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will permit WinSonic to directly interconnect between its own
                physical/virtual Collocation Spaces within the same BellSouth Premises
                (Direct Connect). WinSonic shall contract with a BellSouth Certified
                Supplier to place the Direct Connect, which shall be provisioned
                using
                facilities owned by WinSonic. A Direct Connect shall utilize BellSouth
                common cable support structure. There will be a recurring charge
                per
                linear foot, per cable, of the actual common cable support structure
                used
                by WinSonic to provision the Direct Connect between its physical/virtual
                Collocation Spaces. In those instances where WinSonic’s physical/virtual
                Collocation Spaces are contiguous in the central office, WinSonic
                will
                have the option of using WinSonic’s own technicians to deploy the Direct
                Connect using either electrical or optical facilities between its
                Collocation Spaces by constructing its own dedicated cable support
                structure. WinSonic will deploy such electrical or optical connections
                directly between its own equipment without being routed through
                BellSouth’s equipment or common cable support structure. WinSonic may not
                self-provision a Direct Connect on any BellSouth distribution frame,
                Point
                of Termination (POT) Bay, Digital System Cross-Connect (DSX) panel
                or
                Light Guide Cross-Connect (LGX) panel. WinSonic is solely responsible
                for
                ensuring the integrity of the
                signal.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.5.2

            	
              To
                place an order for a Direct Connect, WinSonic must submit an Initial
                Application or Subsequent Application to BellSouth. If no modification
                to
                the Collocation Space is requested other than the placement of a
                Direct
                Connect, the Co-Carrier Cross Connect/Direct Connect Application
                Fee for
                Direct Connect, as defined in Exhibit B, will apply. If other
                modifications are requested, in addition to the placement of a Direct
                Connect, either an Initial Application Fee or a Subsequent Application
                Fee
                will apply, pursuant to Section 6.2 below. BellSouth will bill this
                nonrecurring charge on the date that BellSouth provides an Application
                Response to WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.6

            	
              Co-Carrier
                Cross Connect (CCXC)

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.6.1

            	
              A
                CCXC is a cross connection between WinSonic and another collocated
                telecommunications carrier, other than BellSouth, in the same BellSouth
                Premises. Where technically feasible, BellSouth will permit WinSonic
                to
                interconnect between its Collocation Space(s) and the physical/virtual
                collocation space(s) of another collocated telecommunications carrier(s)
                within the same BellSouth Premises via a CCXC, pursuant to the FCC’s
                Rules. The other collocated telecommunications carrier’s agreement must
                also contain CCXC rates, terms and conditions before BellSouth will
                permit
                the provisioning of a CCXC between the two (2) collocated carriers.
                The
                applicable BellSouth charges will be assessed to WinSonic upon WinSonic’s
                request for the CCXC. WinSonic is prohibited from using the Collocation
                Space for the sole or primary purpose
                of

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      182 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      12

     

    
      	 	
              cross-connecting
                to other collocated telecommunications
                carriers.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.6.2

            	
              WinSonic
                must contract with a BellSouth Certified Supplier to place the CCXC.
                The
                CCXC shall be provisioned using facilities owned by WinSonic. Such
                cross-
                connections to other collocated telecommunications carriers may be
                made
                using either electrical or optical facilities. WinSonic shall be
                responsible for providing a LOA, with the application, to BellSouth
                from
                the other collocated telecommunications carrier to which it will
                be
                cross-connecting. The CCXC shall utilize BellSouth common cable support
                structure. There will be a recurring charge per linear foot, per
                cable, of
                the common cable support structure used by WinSonic to provision
                the CCXC
                to the other collocated telecommunications carrier. In those instances
                where WinSonic’s equipment and the equipment of the other collocated
                telecommunications carrier are located in contiguous caged Collocation
                Space, WinSonic may use its own technicians to install the CCXC using
                either electrical or optical facilities between the equipment of
                both
                collocated telecommunications carriers by constructing a dedicated
                cable
                support structure between the two (2) contiguous cages. WinSonic
                shall
                deploy such electrical or optical cross-connections directly between
                its
                own equipment and the equipment of the other collocated telecommunications
                carrier without being routed through BellSouth’s equipment or, in the case
                of a CCXC provisioned between contiguous collocation spaces, common
                cable
                support structure. WinSonic shall not provision CCXC on any BellSouth
                distribution frame, POT Bay, DSX panel or LGX panel. WinSonic is
                solely
                responsible for ensuring the integrity of the
                signal.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.6.3

            	
              To
                place an order for a CCXC, WinSonic must submit an application to
                BellSouth. If no modification to the Collocation Space is requested
                other
                than the placement of a CCXC, the Co-Carrier Cross Connect/Direct
                Connect
                Application Fee for a CCXC, as defined in Exhibit B, will apply.
                If other
                modifications are requested, in addition to the placement of a CCXC,
                either an Initial Application or a Subsequent Application Fee will
                apply,
                pursuant to Section 6.2 below. BellSouth will bill this nonrecurring
                charge on the date that it provides an Application Response to
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4

            	
              Occupancy

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1

            	
              Space
                Ready Notification. BellSouth
                will notify WinSonic in writing when the Collocation Space is ready
                for
                occupancy (Space Ready Date).

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.2

            	
              Acceptance
                Walkthrough. WinSonic
                will schedule and complete an acceptance walkthrough of new or additional
                provisioned Collocation Space with BellSouth within fifteen (15)
                days
                after the Space Ready Date. BellSouth will correct any identified
                deviations from WinSonic’s original or jointly amended application within
                seven (7) days after the walkthrough, unless the Parties mutually
                agree
                upon a different time frame. BellSouth will then establish a new
                Space
                Ready Date. Another acceptance walkthrough will be scheduled and
                conducted
                within fifteen (15) days after the new Space Ready Date. This follow-up
                acceptance walkthrough will be limited to only those deviations identified
                in the initial

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      183 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      13

     

    
      	 	
              walkthrough.
                If WinSonic completes its acceptance walkthrough within the fifteen
                (15)
                day interval associated with the applicable Space Ready Date, billing
                will
                begin upon the date of WinSonic’s acceptance of the Collocation Space
                (Space Acceptance Date). In the event WinSonic fails to complete
                an
                acceptance walkthrough within the fifteen (15) day interval associated
                with the applicable Space Ready Date, the Collocation Space shall
                be
                deemed accepted by WinSonic on the Space Ready Date and billing will
                commence from that date.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.3

            	
              Early
                Space Acceptance. If
                WinSonic decides to occupy the Collocation Space prior to the Space
                Ready
                Date, the date WinSonic executes the Agreement for Customer Access
                and
                Acceptance to Unfinished Collocation Space is the date that will
                be deemed
                the Space Acceptance Date and billing will begin from that
                date.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.4

            	
              Equipment
                Installation. WinSonic
                shall notify BellSouth in writing that its collocation equipment
                installation is complete. WinSonic’s collocation equipment installation is
                complete when WinSonic’s equipment is connected to BellSouth’s network for
                the purpose of provisioning Telecommunication Services to WinSonic’s
                customers. BellSouth may refuse to accept any orders for cross- connects
                until it has received such notice from
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.5

            	
              Termination
                of Occupancy.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.5.1

            	
              In
                addition to any other provisions addressing termination of occupancy
                in
                this Agreement, WinSonic may terminate its occupancy of a particular
                Collocation Space by submitting a Subsequent Application requesting
                termination of occupancy for such Collocation Space. Such termination
                shall be effective upon BellSouth’s acceptance of the Space Relinquishment
                Form. Billing for monthly recurring charges will cease on the date
                that
                WinSonic and BellSouth conduct an inspection of the terminated space
                and
                jointly sign off on the Space Relinquishment Form or on the date
                that
                WinSonic signs off on the Space Relinquishment Form and sends this
                form to
                BellSouth, provided no discrepancies are found during BellSouth’s
                subsequent inspection of the terminated space. If the subsequent
                inspection by BellSouth reveals any discrepancies, billing will cease
                on
                the date that BellSouth and WinSonic jointly conduct an inspection,
                confirming that WinSonic has corrected all of the noted discrepancies
                identified by BellSouth. A Subsequent Application Fee will not apply
                for
                the termination of occupancy; however, specific disconnect fees may
                apply
                to the services terminating to such Collocation Space. The particular
                disconnect fees that would apply in each state are contained in Exhibit
                B.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.5.2

            	
              Upon
                termination of occupancy, WinSonic, at its sole expense, shall remove
                its
                equipment and any other property owned, leased or controlled by WinSonic
                from the Collocation Space. WinSonic shall have thirty (30) days
                from the
                Bona Fide Firm Order (BFFO) date (Termination Date) to complete such
                removal, including the removal of all equipment and facilities of
                WinSonic’s Guest(s), unless WinSonic’s Guest(s) has assumed responsibility
                for the Collocation Space housing the Guest(s)’s equipment and executed
                the appropriate documentation required by BellSouth to transfer the
                Collocation Space to the Guest(s) prior
                to

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      184 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      14

     

    
      	 	
              WinSonic’s
                Termination Date.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.5.3

            	
              WinSonic
                shall continue the payment of all monthly recurring charges to BellSouth
                until the date WinSonic, and if applicable WinSonic’s Guest(s), has fully
                vacated the Collocation Space and the Space Relinquishment Form has
                been
                accepted by BellSouth. If WinSonic or WinSonic’s Guest(s) fails to vacate
                the Collocation Space within thirty (30) days from the Termination
                Date,
                BellSouth shall have the right to remove and dispose of the equipment
                and
                any other property of WinSonic or WinSonic’s Guest(s), in any manner that
                BellSouth deems fit, at WinSonic’s expense and with no liability
                whatsoever for WinSonic’s property or WinSonic’s Guest(s)
                property.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.5.4

            	
              Upon
                termination of WinSonic’s right to occupy specific Collocation Space, the
                Collocation Space will revert back to BellSouth’s central office space
                inventory. WinSonic shall surrender the Collocation Space to BellSouth
                in
                the same condition as when it was first occupied by WinSonic, with
                the
                exception of ordinary wear and tear, unless otherwise agreed to by
                the
                Parties. WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier shall be responsible for
                updating and making any necessary changes to BellSouth’s records as
                required by BellSouth specifications including, but not limited to,
                BellSouth’s Central Office Record Drawings and ERMA Records. WinSonic
                shall be responsible for the cost of removing any WinSonic constructed
                enclosure, as well as any supporting structures (e.g., racking, conduits,
                power cables, etc.), by the Termination Date and restoring the grounds
                to
                their original condition.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5

            	
              Use
                of Collocation Space

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.1

            	
              Equipment
                Type

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.1.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall permit the collocation and use of any equipment necessary for
                interconnection to BellSouth’s network and/or access to BellSouth’s
                unbundled network elements in the provision of Telecommunications
                Services, as the term “necessary” is defined by FCC 47 C.F.R. § 51.323
                (b). The primary purpose and function of any equipment collocated
                in a
                BellSouth Premises must be for interconnection to BellSouth’s network or
                access to BellSouth’s unbundled network elements in the provision of
                Telecommunications Services. Equipment is necessary for interconnection
                if
                an inability to deploy that equipment would, as a practical, economical,
                or operational matter, preclude the requesting carrier from obtaining
                interconnection with BellSouth at a level equal in quality to that
                which
                BellSouth obtains within its own network or what BellSouth provides
                to any
                affiliate, subsidiary, or other
                party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.1.2

            	
              Examples
                of equipment that would not be considered necessary include, but
                are not
                limited to: traditional circuit switching equipment, equipment used
                exclusively for call-related databases, computer servers used exclusively
                for providing information services, OSS equipment used to support
                collocated telecommunications carrier network operations, equipment
                that
                generates customer orders, manages trouble tickets or inventory,
                or stores
                customer records in centralized databases, etc. BellSouth will determine
                upon receipt of an

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      185 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      15

     

    
      	 	
              application
                if the requested equipment is necessary based on the criteria established
                by the FCC. Multifunctional equipment placed on a BellSouth Premises
                must
                not place any greater relative burden on BellSouth’s property than
                comparable single-function equipment. BellSouth reserves the right
                to
                allow the collocation of any equipment on a nondiscriminatory
                basis.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.1.3

            	
              Such
                equipment must, at a minimum, meet the following Telcordia Network
                Equipment Building Systems (NEBS) General Equipment Requirements:
                for
                Central Offices Criteria Level 1 requirements as outlined in Telcordia
                Special Report SR-3580, Issue 1 and for Remote Sites Criteria Level
                3
                requirements as outlined in the Telcordia Special report SR-3580,
                Issue 1.
                Upon request by WinSonic, BellSouth, at its discretion, may consent
                to the
                collocation of any equipment not meeting these standards. Except
                where
                otherwise required by a Commission, BellSouth shall comply with the
                applicable FCC rules relating to denial of collocation equipment
                based on
                WinSonic’s failure to comply with this
                Section.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.1.4

            	
              At
                a Remote Site, all WinSonic equipment installation shall comply with
                BellSouth TR 73503-11h, “Grounding - Engineering Procedures”. Metallic
                cable sheaths and metallic strength members of optical fiber cables
                as
                well as the metallic cable sheaths of all copper conductor cables
                shall be
                bonded to the designated grounding bus for the Remote Site Location.
                All
                copper conductor pairs, working and non-working, shall be equipped
                with a
                solid-state protector unit (over-voltage protection only), which
                has been
                listed by a nationally recognized testing
                laboratory.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.2

            	
              Terminations.
                WinSonic
                shall not request more DS0, DS1, DS3 and/or optical terminations
                for a
                collocation arrangement than the total port or termination capacity
                of the
                equipment physically installed in the Collocation Space. The total
                capacity of the equipment collocated in the Collocation Space will
                include
                equipment contained in an application, as well as any equipment already
                placed in the Collocation Space. If full network termination capacity
                of
                the equipment being installed is not requested in the application
                submitted by WinSonic, additional network terminations for the installed
                equipment will require the submission of a Subsequent Application.
                In the
                event WinSonic submits an application for terminations that will
                exceed
                the total capacity of the collocated equipment, WinSonic will be
                informed
                of the discrepancy by BellSouth and required to submit a revision
                to the
                application.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.3

            	
              Security
                Interest in Equipment. Commencing
                with the most current calendar quarter after the Effective Date of
                this
                Agreement, and thereafter with respect to each subsequent calendar
                quarter
                during the term of this Agreement, WinSonic will, no later than thirty
                (30) days after the close of such calendar quarter, provide a report
                to
                ICS Collocation Product Management, Room 34th Floor, 675 W. Peachtree
                Street, Atlanta, Georgia 30375, listing any equipment in the Collocation
                Space (i) that was added during the calendar quarter to which such
                report
                pertains, and (ii) for which there is a UCC-1 lien holder or to another
                entity that has a secured financial interest in such equipment (Secured
                Equipment). If no Secured

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      186 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      16

     

    
      	 	
              Equipment
                has been installed within a given calendar quarter, no report shall
                be due
                hereunder in connection with such calendar
                quarter.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.4

            	
              No
                Marketing. WinSonic
                shall not use the Collocation Space for marketing purposes, nor shall
                it
                place any identifying signs or markings outside the Collocation Space
                or
                on the grounds of the BellSouth
                Premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.5

            	
              Equipment
                Identification. WinSonic
                shall place a plaque or affix other identification (e.g., stenciling
                or
                labeling) to each piece of WinSonic’s equipment, including the appropriate
                emergency contacts with their corresponding telephone numbers, in
                order
                for BellSouth to properly identify WinSonic’s equipment in the case of an
                emergency. For caged Collocation Space, such identification must
                be placed
                on a plaque affixed to the outside of the caged
                enclosure.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6

            	
              Entrance
                Facilities.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.1

            	
              WinSonic
                may elect to place WinSonic-owned or WinSonic leased fiber entrance
                facilities into its Collocation Space. BellSouth will designate the
                point
                of interconnection in close proximity to the BellSouth Premises housing
                the Collocation Space, such as at an entrance manhole or a cable
                vault for
                Central Offices, which is physically accessible by both Parties.
                For
                Central Offices, WinSonic will provide and place fiber cable in the
                entrance manhole of sufficient length to be pulled through conduit
                and
                into the splice location. WinSonic will provide and install a sufficient
                length of fire retardant riser cable, to which BellSouth will splice
                the
                entrance cable. The fire retardant riser cable will extend from the
                splice
                location to WinSonic’s equipment in WinSonic’s Collocation Space. In the
                event WinSonic utilizes a non-metallic, riser-type entrance facility,
                a
                splice will not be required. For Remote Terminals WinSonic will provide
                and place copper cable through conduit from the Remote Site Collocation
                Space to the feeder distribution interface. Such copper cable must
                be of
                sufficient length to reach the splice location for splicing by BellSouth.
                WinSonic must contact BellSouth for authorization and instruction
                prior to
                placing any entrance facility cable in an entrance manhole or cable
                vault.
                WinSonic is responsible for the maintenance of the entrance facilities.
                Nonrecurring charges for cable installation will be assessed on a
                per
                cable basis as set forth in Exhibit B upon receipt of WinSonic’s BFFO.
                Recurring charges for the cable support structure will be billed
                at the
                rates set forth in Exhibit B.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.2

            	
              Central
                Office Microwave Transmission Facilities. At
                WinSonic’s request, BellSouth will accommodate, where technically feasible
                and space is available, a microwave entrance facility, pursuant to
                separately negotiated rates, terms and
                conditions.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.6.3

            	
              Central
                Office Copper and Coaxial Cable Entrance Facilities. In
                Florida and Georgia, BellSouth shall permit WinSonic to use copper
                or
                coaxial cable entrance facilities, if approved by the Commission,
                but only
                in those rare instances where WinSonic demonstrates a necessity and
                entrance capacity is not at or near exhaust in a particular BellSouth
                Premises in which WinSonic’s Collocation Space is located. In Florida,
                WinSonic must have approval by the Commission before
                it

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      187 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      17

     

    
      	 	
              submits
                a request for copper entrance facilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                in the case of adjacent collocation, copper facilities may be used
                between
                the adjacent collocation arrangement and the central office demarcation
                point, unless BellSouth determines that limited space is available
                for the
                placement of these entrance
                facilities.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.7

            	
              Dual
                Entrance Facilities at a Central Office. BellSouth
                will provide at least two (2) interconnection points at each Central
                Office where at least two (2) such interconnection points are available
                and capacity exists. Upon receipt of a request by WinSonic for dual
                entrance facilities to its physical Collocation Space, BellSouth
                shall
                provide WinSonic with information regarding BellSouth’s capacity to
                accommodate the requested dual entrance facilities. If conduit in
                the
                serving manhole(s) is available and is not reserved for another purpose
                or
                for utilization within twelve (12) months of the receipt of an application
                for collocation, BellSouth will make the requested conduit space
                available
                for the installation of a second entrance facility to WinSonic’s
                Collocation Space. The location of the serving manhole(s) will be
                determined at the sole discretion of BellSouth. Where dual entrance
                facilities are not available due to a lack of capacity, BellSouth
                will
                provide this information to WinSonic in the Application
                Response.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8

            	
              Shared
                Use

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.1

            	
              WinSonic
                may utilize spare capacity on an existing telecommunications carrier’s
                entrance facility for the purpose of obtaining an entrance facility
                to
                WinSonic’s Collocation Space within the same BellSouth
                Premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.8.2

            	
              BellSouth
                shall allow the splice, as long as the fiber is non-working dark
                fiber.
                WinSonic must arrange with BellSouth in accordance with BellSouth’s
                Special Construction Procedures, RL93-11-030BT, and provide a LOA
                from the
                other telecommunications carrier authorizing BellSouth to perform
                the
                splice of the WinSonic-provided riser cable to the spare capacity
                on the
                other telecommunications carrier’s entrance facility. If WinSonic desires
                to allow another telecommunications carrier to use its entrance
                facilities, the telecommunications carrier must arrange with BellSouth
                in
                accordance with BellSouth’s Special Construction Procedures,
                RL93-11-030BT, and provide a LOA from WinSonic authorizing BellSouth
                to
                perform the splice of the telecommunications carrier’s provided riser
                cable to the spare capacity on WinSonic’s entrance
                facility.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.9

            	
              Demarcation
                Point

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.9.1

            	
              In
                Tennessee, if WinSonic elects the Tennessee Regulatory Authority
                (TRA)
                rates as set forth in Exhibit C, the additional language also set
                forth in
                Exhibit C for Demarcation Point, will be effective in conjunction
                with the
                remaining terms and conditions of this
                Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.9.2

            	
              BellSouth
                will designate the point(s) of demarcation between WinSonic’s equipment
                and/or network facilities and BellSouth’s network facilities. Each Party
                will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of
                all

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      188 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      18

     

    
      	 	
              equipment/facilities
                on its side of the demarcation point. WinSonic shall be responsible
                for
                providing the common block and cabling and WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified
                Supplier shall be responsible for installing and properly
                labeling/stenciling the common block and any necessary cabling identified
                in Section 7 below. WinSonic or its agent must perform all required
                maintenance to the equipment/facilities on its side of the demarcation
                point, pursuant to Section 5.10 below and may self-provision
                cross-connects that may be required within its own Collocation Space
                to
                activate service requests.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.10

            	
              Equipment
                and Facilities. WinSonic,
                or if required by this Attachment, WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified
                Supplier, is solely responsible for the design, engineering, installation,
                testing, provisioning, performance, monitoring and maintenance/repair
                of
                the equipment and network facilities used by WinSonic, which must
                be
                performed in compliance with all applicable BellSouth specifications.
                Such
                equipment and network facilities may include, but are not limited
                to,
                cable(s), equipment, and POT connections. WinSonic and its designated
                BellSouth Certified Supplier must follow and comply with all BellSouth
                specifications outlined in the following BellSouth Technical Requirements:
                TR 73503, TR 73519, TR 73572 and TR
                73564.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.11

            	
              BellSouth’s
                Access to Collocation Space

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.11.1

            	
              From
                time to time, BellSouth may require access to WinSonic’s Collocation
                Space. BellSouth retains the right to access WinSonic’s Collocation Space
                for the purpose of making BellSouth equipment and building modifications
                (e.g., installing, altering or removing racking, ducts, electrical
                wiring,
                HVAC, and cabling). In such cases, BellSouth will give notice to
                WinSonic
                at least forty- eight (48) hours before access to WinSonic’s Collocation
                Space is required. WinSonic may elect to be present whenever BellSouth
                performs work in the WinSonic’s Collocation Space. The Parties agree that
                WinSonic will not bear any of the expense associated with this type
                of
                work.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.11.2

            	
              In
                the case of an emergency, BellSouth will provide oral notice of entry
                as
                soon as reasonably practicable after such
                entry.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.11.3

            	
              WinSonic
                must provide the local BellSouth Central Office Building Contact
                with two
                (2) Access Devices that will allow BellSouth entry into any enclosed
                and
                locked Collocation Space including, but not limited to, an Adjacent
                Arrangement, pursuant to the requirements contained in this
                Section.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.12

            	
              WinSonic’s
                Access

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.12.1

            	
              Pursuant
                to Section 12 below, WinSonic shall have access to its Collocation
                Space
                twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week. WinSonic agrees
                to
                provide the name, date of birth and either the social security number
                or
                driver’s license number of each employee, supplier or agent of WinSonic
                or
                WinSonic’s Guest(s) with WinSonic’s written request for access keys or
                cards (Access Devices) for specific BellSouth Premises, prior to
                the
                issuance of said Access Devices, using Form RF-2906-C, the “CLEC and CLEC
                Certified Supplier Access Request and Acknowledgement” form. The
                appropriate key

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      189 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      19

     

    
      	 	
              acknowledgement
                forms (the “Collocation Acknowledgement Sheet” for access cards and the
                “Key Acknowledgement Form” for keys) must be signed by WinSonic and
                returned to BellSouth Access Management within fifteen (15) days
                of
                WinSonic’s receipt of these forms. Failure to return these properly
                acknowledged forms will result in the subsequent access key or card
                requests being held by BellSouth until the proper acknowledgement
                documents have been received by BellSouth and reflect current information.
                Charges for Security Access System and for Security Access Devices
                will be
                billed at the rates set forth in Exhibit B. Access Devices may not
                be
                duplicated under any circumstances. WinSonic agrees to be responsible
                for
                all Access Devices and for the return of all Access Devices in the
                possession of WinSonic’s employees, suppliers, agents or Guests after
                termination of the employment relationship, the contractual obligation
                with WinSonic ends, upon the termination of this Agreement, or upon
                the
                termination of occupancy of Collocation Space in a specific BellSouth
                Premises. WinSonic shall pay all applicable charges associated with
                lost
                or stolen Access Devices.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.12.2

            	
              WinSonic
                must submit to BellSouth the completed Access Control Request Form
                for all
                employees, suppliers, agents or Guests requiring access to a BellSouth
                Premises at least thirty (30) days prior to the date WinSonic desires
                to
                gain access to the Collocation Space. In order to permit reasonable
                access
                during construction of the Collocation Space, WinSonic may submit
                a
                request for its one (1) free accompanied site visit to its designated
                Collocation Space at any time subsequent to BellSouth’s receipt of the
                BFFO. In the event WinSonic desires access to its designated Collocation
                Space after the first accompanied free visit and WinSonic’s access request
                form(s) has not been approved by BellSouth or WinSonic has not yet
                submitted an access request form to BellSouth, WinSonic shall be
                permitted
                to access the Collocation Space accompanied by a BellSouth security
                escort, at WinSonic’s expense, which will be assessed pursuant to the
                Security Escort fees contained in Exhibit B. WinSonic must request
                that
                escorted access be provided by BellSouth to WinSonic’s designated
                Collocation Space at least three (3) business days prior to the date
                such
                access is desired. A BellSouth security escort will be required whenever
                WinSonic or its approved agent or supplier requires access to the
                entrance
                manhole.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.13

            	
              Lost
                or Stolen Access Devices. WinSonic
                shall immediately notify BellSouth in writing when any of its Access
                Devices have been lost or stolen. If it becomes necessary for BellSouth
                to
                re-key buildings or deactivate an Access Device as a result of a
                lost or
                stolen Access Device(s) or for failure of WinSonic’s employees, suppliers,
                agents or Guest(s) to return an Access Device(s), WinSonic shall
                pay for
                the costs of re-keying the building or deactivating the Access
                Device(s).

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.14

            	
              Interference
                or Impairment

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.14.1

            	
              Notwithstanding
                any other provisions of this Attachment, WinSonic shall not use any
                product or service provided under this Agreement, any other service
                related thereto or used in combination therewith, or place or use
                any
                equipment or facilities in any manner that (1) significantly degrades,
                interferes with or impairs

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      190 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      20

     

    
      	 	
              service
                provided by BellSouth or any other entity or any person’s use of its
                telecommunications services; (2) endangers or damages the equipment,
                facilities or any other property of BellSouth or any other entity
                or
                person; (3) compromises the privacy of any communications routed
                through
                the BellSouth Premises; or (4) creates an unreasonable risk of injury
                or
                death to any individual or to the public. If BellSouth reasonably
                determines that any equipment or facilities of WinSonic violates
                the
                provisions of this paragraph, BellSouth shall provide written notice
                to
                WinSonic, which shall direct WinSonic to cure the violation within
                forty-eight (48) hours of WinSonic’s receipt of written notice or, if such
                cure is not feasible, at a minimum, to commence curative measures
                within
                twenty-four (24) hours and exercise reasonable diligence to complete
                such
                measures as soon as possible thereafter. After receipt of the notice,
                the
                Parties agree to consult immediately and, if necessary, to conduct
                an
                inspection of the Collocation
                Space.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.14.2

            	
              Except
                in the case of the deployment of an advanced service which significantly
                degrades the performance of other advanced services or traditional
                voice
                band services, if WinSonic fails to cure the violation within forty-eight
                (48) hours or, if such cure is not possible, to commence curative
                action
                within twenty-four (24) hours and exercise reasonable diligence to
                complete such action as soon as possible, or if the violation is
                of a
                character that poses an immediate and substantial threat of damage
                to
                property or injury or death to any person, or any other significant
                degradation, interference or impairment of BellSouth’s or another entity’s
                service, then and only in that event, BellSouth may take such action
                as it
                deems necessary to eliminate such threat including, without limitation,
                the interruption of electrical power to WinSonic’s equipment and/or
                facilities. BellSouth will endeavor, but is not required, to provide
                notice to WinSonic prior to the taking of such action and BellSouth
                shall
                have no liability to WinSonic for any damages arising from such action,
                except to the extent that such action by BellSouth constitutes willful
                misconduct.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.14.3

            	
              For
                purposes of this Section, the term “significantly degrades” shall be
                defined as an action that noticeably impairs a service from a user’s
                perspective. In the case of the deployment of an advanced service
                which
                significantly degrades the performance of other advanced services
                or
                traditional voice band services and WinSonic fails to cure the violation
                within forty-eight (48) hours, or if such cure is not possible, to
                commence curative action within twenty-four (24) hours and exercise
                reasonable diligence to complete such action as soon as possible,
                BellSouth will establish before the appropriate Commission that the
                technology deployed is causing the significant degradation. Any claims
                of
                network harm presented to WinSonic or, if subsequently necessary,
                the
                Commission must be provided by BellSouth with specific and verifiable
                information. When BellSouth demonstrates that a certain technology
                deployed by WinSonic is significantly degrading the performance of
                other
                advanced services or traditional voice band services, WinSonic shall
                discontinue deployment of that technology and migrate its customers
                to
                other technologies that will not significantly degrade the performance
                of
                such services. Where the only degraded service itself is a known
                disturber, and the newly deployed technology satisfies at least one
                of the
                criteria

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      191 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      21

     

    
      	 	
              for
                a presumption that it is acceptable for deployment, pursuant to 47
                C.F.R.
                § 51.230, the degraded service shall not prevail against the
                newly-deployed technology.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.15

            	
              Personalty
                and Its Removal. Facilities
                and equipment placed by WinSonic in the Collocation Space shall not
                become
                a part of the Collocation Space, even if nailed, screwed or otherwise
                fastened to the Collocation Space, but shall retain their status
                as
                personal property and may be removed by WinSonic at any time. Any
                damage
                caused to the Collocation Space by WinSonic’s employees, suppliers, agents
                or Guests during the installation or removal of such property shall
                be
                promptly repaired by WinSonic at its sole expense. If WinSonic decides
                to
                remove equipment and/or facilities from its Collocation Space and
                the
                removal requires no physical work be performed by BellSouth and WinSonic’s
                physical work includes, but is not limited to, power reduction,
                cross-connects, or tie pairs, BellSouth will bill WinSonic the
                Administrative Only Application Fee associated with the type of removal
                activity performed by WinSonic, as set forth in Exhibit B. This
                nonrecurring fee will be billed on the date that BellSouth provides
                an
                Application Response to WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.16

            	
              Alterations.
                Under
                no condition shall WinSonic or any person acting on behalf of WinSonic
                make any rearrangement, modification, augment, improvement, addition,
                and/or other alteration which could affect in any way space, power,
                HVAC,
                and/or safety considerations to the Collocation Space or the BellSouth
                Premises, hereinafter referred to individually or collectively as
                “Alterations”, without the express written consent of BellSouth, which
                shall not be unreasonably withheld. The cost of any such Alteration
                shall
                be paid by WinSonic. An Alteration shall require the submission of
                a
                Subsequent Application and will result in the assessment of the applicable
                application fee associated with the type of alteration requested,
                as set
                forth in Sections 6.2.1 and 7.1.4 below, which will be billed by
                BellSouth
                on the date that BellSouth provides WinSonic with an Application
                Response.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.17

            	
              Central
                Office Janitorial Service. WinSonic
                shall be responsible for the general upkeep of its Collocation Space.
                WinSonic shall arrange directly with a BellSouth Certified Supplier
                for
                janitorial services applicable to caged Collocation Space. Upon request,
                BellSouth shall provide a list of such suppliers on a BellSouth
                Premises-specific basis.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.18

            	
              Upkeep
                of Remote Collocation Space. WinSonic
                shall be responsible for the general upkeep and cleaning of the Remote
                Collocation Space. WinSonic shall be responsible for removing any
                of
                WinSonic’s debris from the Remote Collocation Space and from in and around
                the Remote Site Location on each
                visit.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6

            	
              Ordering
                and Preparation of Collocation
                Space

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1

            	
              Initial
                Application. For
                WinSonic’s or WinSonic’s Guest’s(s’) initial equipment placement, WinSonic
                shall input a physical Expanded
                Interconnection

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      192 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      22

     

    
      	 	
              Application
                Document (Initial Application) for physical Collocation Space directly
                into BellSouth’s electronic application (e.App) system for processing. The
                Initial Application is considered Bona Fide when it is complete and
                accurate, meaning that all of the required fields on the Initial
                Application are completed with the appropriate type of information.
                An
                Initial Application Fee, as set forth in Exhibit B, will apply to
                each
                Initial Application submitted by WinSonic for Central Office or Remote
                Site Collocation, as applicable, and will be billed by BellSouth
                on the
                date BellSouth provides WinSonic with an Application
                Response.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1.1

            	
              For
                Remote Site Collocation, a request for additional space at a later
                date
                will require the submission of an Initial Application. The installation
                of
                additional shelves/equipment within an existing bay does not require
                an
                Initial Application.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2

            	
              Subsequent
                Application. In
                the event WinSonic or WinSonic’s Guest(s) desires to modify its use of the
                Collocation Space in a Central Office after a BFFO, WinSonic shall
                complete an application that contains all of the detailed information
                associated with a requested Alteration of the Collocation Space,
                as
                defined in Section 5.15 above (Subsequent Application). The Subsequent
                Application will be considered Bona Fide when it is complete and
                accurate,
                meaning that all of the required fields on the Subsequent Application
                have
                been completed with the appropriate type of information associated
                with
                the requested Alteration. BellSouth shall determine what modifications,
                if
                any, to the BellSouth Premises are required to accommodate the change(s)
                requested by WinSonic in the Subsequent Application. Such modifications
                to
                the BellSouth Premises may include, but are not limited to, floor
                loading
                changes, changes necessary to meet HVAC requirements, changes to
                power
                plant requirements, equipment additions,
                etc.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2.1

            	
              Subsequent
                Application Fees. The
                application fee paid by WinSonic for an Alteration in a Central Office
                shall be dependent upon the level of assessment needed to provide
                a
                complete Application Response for the Alteration requested. Where
                the
                Subsequent Application does not require provisioning or construction
                work,
                but requires BellSouth to perform an administrative activity, an
                Administrative Only Application Fee shall apply as set forth in Exhibit
                B.
                The Administrative Only Application Fee will apply to Subsequent
                Applications associated with a transfer of ownership of the Collocation
                Space, removal of equipment from the Collocation Space (where the
                removal
                requires no physical work to be performed by BellSouth), and a
                virtual-to-physical conversion (in place). The Co-Carrier Cross
                Connect/Direct Connect Application Fee will apply when WinSonic submits
                a
                Subsequent Application for a direct connection between its own physical
                and virtual Collocation Space(s) in the same BellSouth Central Office
                or
                between its physical or virtual Collocation Space and that of another
                collocated telecommunications carrier within the same BellSouth Central
                Office. In Florida and Tennessee, the Power Reconfiguration Only
                Application Fee will apply when WinSonic submits a Subsequent Application
                that reflects only an upgrade or reduction in the amount of power
                that
                BellSouth is currently

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      193 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      23

     

    
      	 	
              providing
                to WinSonic’s physical Collocation Space in a Central Office. The fee for
                a Subsequent Application, for which the Alteration requested has
                limited
                effect (e.g., requires limited assessment and sufficient cable support
                structure, HVAC, power and terminations are available), shall be
                the
                Subsequent Application Fee, as set forth in Exhibit B. The appropriate
                nonrecurring application fee will be billed on the date that BellSouth
                provides WinSonic with an Application
                Response.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3

            	
              Space
                Preferences. If
                WinSonic has previously requested and received a Space Availability
                Report
                for the BellSouth Premises, WinSonic may submit up to three (3) space
                preferences on its application by identifying the specific space
                identification numbers referenced on the Space Availability Report
                for the
                space it is requesting. In the event BellSouth cannot accommodate
                WinSonic’s space preference(s), WinSonic may accept the space allocated by
                BellSouth or cancel its application and submit another application
                requesting additional space preferences for the same BellSouth Premises.
                This application will be treated as a new application and the appropriate
                application fee will apply. The application fee will be billed by
                BellSouth on the date that BellSouth provides WinSonic with an Application
                Response.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4

            	
              Space
                Availability Notification

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4.1

            	
              For
                all states except Florida and Tennessee, BellSouth will respond to
                an
                application within ten (10) days as to whether space is available
                or not
                available within the requested BellSouth Premises. In Florida and
                Tennessee, BellSouth will respond to an application within fifteen
                (15)
                days as to whether space is available or not available within a BellSouth
                Premises. BellSouth’s e.App system will reflect when WinSonic’s
                application is Bona Fide. If the application cannot be Bona Fide,
                BellSouth will identify what revisions are necessary for the application
                to become Bona Fide.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4.2

            	
              If
                the amount of space requested is not available, BellSouth will notify
                WinSonic of the amount of space that is available and no application
                fee
                will apply. When BellSouth’s response includes an amount of space less
                than that requested by WinSonic or space that is configured differently,
                no application fee will apply. If WinSonic decides to accept the
                available
                space, WinSonic must resubmit its application to reflect the actual
                space
                available, including the configuration of the space, prior to submitting
                a
                BFFO. When WinSonic resubmits its application to accept the available
                space, BellSouth will bill WinSonic the appropriate application
                fee.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.5

            	
              Denial
                of Application. If
                BellSouth notifies WinSonic that no space is available (Denial of
                Application), BellSouth will not assess an application fee to WinSonic.
                After notifying WinSonic that BellSouth has no available space in
                the
                requested BellSouth Premises, BellSouth will allow WinSonic, upon
                request,
                to tour the entire BellSouth Premises within ten (10) days of such
                Denial
                of Application. In order to schedule this tour, BellSouth must receive
                the
                request for the tour of the BellSouth Premises within five (5) days
                of the
                Denial of Application.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      194 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      24

     

    
      	
              6.6

            	
              Petition
                for Waiver. Upon
                Denial of Application, BellSouth will timely file a petition with
                the
                appropriate Commission pursuant to 47 U.S.C. § 251(c)(6). BellSouth shall
                provide to the Commission any information requested by that Commission.
                Such information shall include which space, if any, BellSouth or
                any of
                BellSouth’s affiliates have reserved for future use and a detailed
                description of the specific future uses for which the space has been
                reserved. Subject to an appropriate nondisclosure agreement or provision,
                BellSouth shall permit WinSonic to inspect any floor plans or diagrams
                that BellSouth provides to the
                Commission.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.7

            	
              Waiting
                List

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.7.1

            	
              On
                a first-come, first-serve basis, which is governed by the date of
                receipt
                of an application or Letter of Intent, BellSouth will maintain a
                waiting
                list of requesting telecommunications carriers that have either received
                a
                Denial of Application or, where it is publicly known that a BellSouth
                Premises is out of space, have submitted a Letter of Intent to collocate
                in that BellSouth Premises. BellSouth will notify each telecommunications
                carrier on the waiting list that can be accommodated by the amount
                of
                space that becomes available, according to the position of the
                telecommunications carrier on said waiting
                list.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.7.2

            	
              In
                Florida, on a first-come, first-serve basis, which is governed by
                the date
                of receipt of an application or Letter of Intent, BellSouth will
                maintain
                a waiting list of requesting telecommunications carriers that have
                either
                received a Denial of Application or, where it is publicly known that
                a
                BellSouth Premises is out of space, have submitted a Letter of Intent
                to
                collocate in that BellSouth Premises. Sixty (60) days prior to space
                becoming available, if known, BellSouth will notify the Commission
                and the
                telecommunications carriers on the waiting list by mail when space
                will
                become available. If BellSouth does not know sixty (60) days in advance
                of
                when space will become available, BellSouth will notify the Commission
                and
                the telecommunications carriers on the waiting list within two (2)
                business days of the determination that space will become available.
                A
                telecommunications carrier that, upon denial of physical Collocation
                Space, requests virtual Collocation Space shall automatically be
                placed on
                the waiting list for physical Collocation Space that may become available
                in the future.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.7.3

            	
              When
                physical Collocation Space becomes available, WinSonic must submit
                an
                updated, complete and accurate application to BellSouth within thirty
                (30)
                days of notification by BellSouth that physical Collocation Space
                will be
                available in the requested BellSouth Premises previously out of space.
                If
                WinSonic has originally requested caged Collocation Space and cageless
                Collocation Space becomes available, WinSonic may refuse such space
                and
                notify BellSouth in writing, within the thirty (30) day timeframe
                referenced above, that WinSonic wishes to maintain its place on the
                waiting list for caged physical Collocation Space, without accepting
                the
                available cageless Collocation
                Space.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.7.4

            	
              WinSonic
                may accept an amount of space less than what it originally requested
                by
                submitting an application as set forth above, and upon request, may
                maintain

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      195 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      25

     

    
      	 	
              its
                position on the waiting list for the remaining space that was initially
                requested. If WinSonic does not submit an application or notify BellSouth
                in writing within the thirty (30) day timeframe as described in Section
                6.7.2 above, BellSouth will offer the available space to the next
                telecommunications carrier on the waiting list and remove WinSonic
                from
                the waiting list. Upon request, BellSouth will advise WinSonic as
                to its
                position on the waiting list for a particular BellSouth
                Premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.8

            	
              Public
                Notification. BellSouth
                will maintain on its Interconnection Web site, a notification document
                that will indicate all BellSouth Premises that are without available
                space. BellSouth shall update such document within ten (10) days
                of the
                date that BellSouth becomes aware that insufficient space is available
                to
                accommodate physical Collocation. BellSouth will also post a document
                on
                its Interconnection Web site that contains a general notice when
                space
                becomes available in a BellSouth Premises previously on the space
                exhaust
                list.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.9

            	
              Application
                Response

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.9.1

            	
              In
                Alabama, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina
                and
                South Carolina, when space has been determined to be available for
                physical (caged or cageless) Collocation arrangements, BellSouth
                will
                provide an Application Response within twenty (20) days of receipt
                of a
                Bona Fide application. The Application Response will be a written
                response
                that includes sufficient information to enable WinSonic to place
                a Firm
                Order, which, at a minimum, will include the configuration of the
                space,
                the Cable Installation Fee, the Cable Records Fee, and any other
                applicable space preparation fees, as described in Section 8
                below.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.9.2

            	
              In
                Florida and Tennessee, within fifteen (15) days of receipt of a Bona
                Fide
                application, when space has been determined to be available or when
                a
                lesser amount of space than that requested is available, then with
                respect
                to the space available, BellSouth will provide an Application Response
                including sufficient information to enable WinSonic to place a Firm
                Order.
                The Application Response will include, at a minimum, the configuration
                of
                the space, the Cable Installation Fee, the Cable Records Fee and
                any other
                applicable space preparation fees, as described in Section 8 below.
                When
                WinSonic submits ten (10) or more applications within ten (10) days,
                the
                initial fifteen (15) day response interval will increase by ten (10)
                days
                for every additional ten (10) applications or fraction
                thereof.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.10

            	
              Application
                Modifications. If
                a modification or revision is made to any information in the Bona
                Fide
                application after BellSouth has provided the Application Response
                and
                prior to a BFFO, with the exception of modifications to (1) Customer
                Information, (2) Contact Information or (3) Billing Contact Information,
                whether at the request of WinSonic or as necessitated by technical
                considerations, the application shall be considered a new application
                and
                handled as a new application with respect to the response and provisioning
                intervals. BellSouth will charge WinSonic the appropriate application
                fee
                associated with the level of assessment performed by BellSouth, pursuant
                to Sections 6.1 and 6.2

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      196 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      26

     

    
      	 	
              above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.11

            	
              Bona
                Fide Firm Order

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.11.1

            	
              WinSonic
                shall indicate its intent to proceed with a Collocation Space request
                in a
                BellSouth Premises by submitting a BFFO to BellSouth. The BFFO must
                be
                received by BellSouth no later than thirty (30) days after BellSouth’s
                Application Response to WinSonic’s Bona Fide application or WinSonic’s
                application will expire.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.11.2

            	
              BellSouth
                will establish a Firm Order date based upon the date BellSouth is
                in
                receipt of WinSonic’s BFFO. BellSouth will acknowledge the receipt of
                WinSonic’s BFFO within seven (7) days of receipt, so that WinSonic will
                have positive confirmation that its BFFO has been received. BellSouth’s
                response to a BFFO will include a Firm Order Confirmation, which
                contains
                the firm order date. No revisions may be made to a
                BFFO.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7

            	
              Construction
                and Provisioning

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1

            	
              Construction
                and Provisioning Intervals

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.1

            	
              In
                Florida and Tennessee, BellSouth will complete construction of physical
                Collocation Space as soon as possible within a maximum of ninety
                (90) days
                from receipt of a BFFO or as agreed to by the Parties. For virtual
                Collocation Space, BellSouth will complete construction as soon as
                possible within a maximum of sixty (60) days from receipt of a BFFO
                or as
                agreed to by the Parties. For Alterations requested to Collocation
                Space
                after the initial space has been completed, BellSouth will complete
                construction for Collocation Space as soon as possible within a maximum
                of
                forty-five (45) days from receipt of a BFFO or as agreed to by the
                Parties, as long as no additional space has been requested by WinSonic.
                If
                additional space has been requested by WinSonic, BellSouth will complete
                construction for the requested Collocation Space as soon as possible
                within a maximum of ninety (90) days from receipt of a BFFO for physical
                Collocation Space and forty five (45) days from receipt of a BFFO
                for
                virtual Collocation Space. If BellSouth does not believe that construction
                will be completed within the relevant provisioning interval and BellSouth
                and WinSonic cannot agree upon a completion date, within forty-five
                (45)
                days of receipt of the BFFO for an initial request, or within thirty
                (30)
                days of receipt of the BFFO for an Alteration, BellSouth may seek
                an
                extension from the Commission.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.2

            	
              In
                Alabama, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina
                and
                South Carolina, BellSouth will complete construction for caged physical
                Collocation Space under ordinary conditions as soon as possible within
                a
                maximum of ninety (90) days from receipt of a BFFO or as agreed to
                by the
                Parties. BellSouth will complete construction for cageless physical
                Collocation Space under ordinary conditions as soon as possible within
                a
                maximum of sixty (60) days from receipt of a BFFO and ninety (90)
                days
                from receipt of a BFFO for extraordinary conditions, or as agreed
                to by
                the Parties. Ordinary conditions are defined as space available with
                only
                minor changes required to
                BellSouth’s

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      197 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      27

     

    
      	 	
              support
                systems. (Examples include, but are not limited to: minor modifications
                to
                HVAC, cabling and BellSouth’s power plant.) Extraordinary conditions
                include, but may not be limited to: major BellSouth equipment
                rearrangements or additions; power plant additions or upgrades; major
                mechanical additions or upgrades; major upgrades for ADA compliance;
                environmental hazards or hazardous materials abatement; and arrangements
                for which equipment shipping intervals are extraordinary in length.
                The
                Parties may mutually agree to renegotiate an alternative provisioning
                interval for the Collocation Space requested or BellSouth may seek
                a
                waiver from the ordered interval, as set forth above, from the appropriate
                Commission, if BellSouth does not believe that construction will
                be
                completed within the relevant provisioning
                interval.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.3

            	
              Records
                Only Change. When
                WinSonic adds equipment, that was originally included on WinSonic’s
                Initial Application or a Subsequent Application, and the installation
                of
                this equipment requires no additional space preparation work or cable
                terminations on the part of BellSouth, then BellSouth will impose
                no
                additional charges or intervals.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.4

            	
              For
                Central Offices in the states of Alabama, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana,
                Mississippi, North Carolina, and South Carolina, BellSouth will provide
                the reduced intervals outlined below to WinSonic, when WinSonic requests
                an Alteration specifically identified in Sections 7.1.4.1 through
                7.1.4.9
                below as an “Augment”. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 7.1.4.10
                below, such Augment will require a Subsequent Application and will
                result
                in the assessment of the appropriate application fee associated with
                the
                type of Augment requested by WinSonic. BellSouth will assess the
                appropriate nonrecurring application fee set forth in Exhibit B on
                the
                date that it provides an Application Response to
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.4.1

            	
              Simple
                Augments will be completed within twenty (20) days after receipt
                of the
                BFFO for an:

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              - 

            	
              Extension
                of Existing AC Circuit Capacity within Arrangement where Sufficient
                Circuit Capacity is Available

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              - 

            	
              Fuse
                Change and/or Increase or Decrease -48 Volt (-48V) DC
                Power

            

    

     

    7.1.4.2
      Minor Augments will be completed within forty-five (45) days after receipt
      of
      the BFFO for: 

     

    
      	 	
              - 

            	
              168
                DS1 Terminations at the BellSouth Demarcation Frame (Databasing Only;
                Panels, Relay Racks and Overhead Racking Exist)

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              - 

            	
              96
                DS3 Terminations at the BellSouth Demarcation Frame (Databasing Only;
                Panels, Relay Racks and Overhead Racking Exist)

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              - 

            	
              99
                Fiber terminations at the BellSouth Demarcation Frame (Databasing
                Only;
                Panels, Relay Racks and Overhead Racking Exist)

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              - 

            	
              Maximum
                of 2000 Service Ready DS0 Terminations at the BellSouth Demarcation
                Frame
                (Databasing Only; Panels, Relay Racks and Overhead Racking
                Exist)

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      198 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      28

     

    
      	
              7.1.4.3

            	
              Intermediate
                Augments will be completed within sixty (60) days after receipt of
                the
                BFFO for:

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              -

            	
              168
                DS1s (Databasing and Installation of Termination Panels, Relay Racks
                or Additional Structure, as
                Required)

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              -

            	
              96
                DS3s (Databasing and Installation of Termination Panels, Relay
                Racks or
                Additional Structure, as Required)

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              -

            	
              99
                Fiber Terminations (Databasing and Installation of Termination
                Panels, Relay
                Racks or Additional Structure, as
                Required)

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              -

            	
              2000
                DS0s (Databasing and Installation of Termination Panels, Relay Racks
                or Additional Structure, as
                Required)

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              -

            	
              Installation
                of Cable Racking or Other Support Structure, as Required, to Support
                CCXCs (Adequate Floor or Ceiling Structural Capacity Exists and
                Support/Protection structure for Fiber Patch Cord is
                Excluded)

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.4.4

            	
              Major
                Augments of physical Collocation Space will be completed within ninety
                (90) days after BFFO. All requests for additional Physical Collocation
                Space (caged or cageless) are included in this
                category.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.4.5

            	
              Major
                Augments of virtual Collocation Space will be completed within
                seventy-five (75) days after BFFO. This category includes all requests
                for
                additional virtual Collocation
                Space.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.4.6

            	
              If
                WinSonic submits an Augment that includes two (2) Augment items from
                the
                same category in either Sections 7.1.4.1, 7.1.4.2 or 7.1.4.3 above,
                the
                provisioning interval associated with the next highest Augment category
                will apply (e.g., if two (2) items from the Minor Augment category
                are
                requested on the same request, then an interval of sixty (60) days
                from
                the receipt of the BFFO would apply, which is the interval associated
                with
                the Intermediate Augment category).

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.4.7

            	
              If
                WinSonic submits an Augment that includes three (3) Augment items
                from the
                same category in either Sections 7.1.4.1, 7.1.4.2, or 7.1.4.3 above,
                the
                Major Augment interval of ninety (90) days from the receipt of the
                BFFO
                would apply (e.g., if three (3) items from the Simple Augment category
                are
                requested on the same request for a physical Collocation arrangement,
                then
                an interval of ninety (90) days from the receipt of the BFFO would
                apply,
                which is the Major physical Augment interval; likewise if three (3)
                items
                from the Simple Augment category are requested on the same request
                for a
                virtual Collocation arrangement, then an interval of seventy-five
                (75)
                days from the receipt of the BFFO would apply, which is the Major
                virtual
                Augment interval).

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.4.8

            	
              If
                WinSonic submits an Augment that includes one (1) Augment item from
                two
                (2) separate categories in Sections 7.1.4.1, 7.1.4.2 and 7.1.4.3
                above,
                the Augment interval associated with the highest Augment category
                will
                apply (e.g., if an item from the Minor Augment category and an item
                from
                the Intermediate Augment category are requested on the same request,
                then
                an interval of sixty (60) days from the receipt of the BFFO would
                apply,
                which is the interval associated
                with

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      199 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      29

     

    
      	 	
              the
                Intermediate Augment category).

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.4.9

            	
              All
                Augments not expressly included in the Simple, Minor, Intermediate
                or
                Major Augment categories, as outlined above, will be placed into
                the
                appropriate category as negotiated by WinSonic and BellSouth. If
                WinSonic
                and BellSouth are unable to determine the appropriate category through
                negotiation, then the appropriate Major Augment category, identified
                in
                Sections 7.1.4.4 and Section 7.1.4.5 above, would apply based on
                whether
                the Augment is for WinSonic’s physical or virtual Collocation
                Space.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1.4.10

            	
              Individual
                application fees associated with Simple, Minor and Intermediate Augments
                are contained in Exhibit B. If WinSonic requests multiple items from
                different Augment categories, BellSouth will bill WinSonic the Augment
                application fee, as identified in Exhibit B, associated with the
                higher
                Augment category only. The appropriate application fee will be assessed
                to
                WinSonic at the time BellSouth provides WinSonic with the Application
                Response. WinSonic will be assessed a Subsequent Application Fee
                for all
                Major Augments (Major Augments are defined above in Sections 7.1.4.4
                and
                7.1.4.5 above for physical and virtual Collocation Space, respectively).
                The Subsequent Application Fee is also reflected in Exhibit
                B.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.2

            	
              Joint
                Planning. Unless
                otherwise agreed to by the Parties, a joint planning meeting or other
                method of joint planning between BellSouth and WinSonic will commence
                within a maximum of twenty (20) days from BellSouth’s receipt of a BFFO.
                At such meeting, the Parties will agree to the preliminary design
                of the
                Collocation Space and the equipment configuration requirements, as
                reflected in the application and affirmed in the
                BFFO.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.3

            	
              Permits.
                Each
                Party, its agent(s) or BellSouth Certified Supplier(s) will diligently
                pursue filing for the permits required for the scope of work to be
                performed by that Party, its agent(s) or BellSouth Certified Supplier(s)
                within ten (10) days of the completion of the finalized construction
                design and specifications.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.4

            	
              Central
                Office Circuit Facility
                Assignments

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.4.1

            	
              Unless
                otherwise specified, BellSouth will provide Circuit Facility Assignments
                (CFAs) to WinSonic prior to the applicable provisioning interval
                set forth
                herein (Provisioning Interval) for those BellSouth Premises in which
                WinSonic has physical Collocation Space with no POT bay or with a
                grandfathered POT bay provided by BellSouth. BellSouth cannot provide
                CFAs
                to WinSonic prior to the Provisioning Interval for those BellSouth
                Premises in which WinSonic has physical Collocation Space with a
                POT bay
                provided by WinSonic or virtual Collocation Space, until WinSonic
                has
                provided BellSouth with the following
                information:

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.4.1.1

            	
              For
                physical Central Office Collocation Space with a WinSonic-provided
                POT
                bay, WinSonic shall provide BellSouth with a complete layout of the
                POT
                panels on an Equipment Inventory Update (EIU) form that shows the
                locations, speeds, etc.; or

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      200 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      30

     

    
      	
              7.4.1.2

            	
              For
                virtual Central Office Collocation Space, WinSonic shall provide
                BellSouth
                with a complete layout of WinSonic’s equipment on an EIU form, that
                includes the locations of the low speed ports and the specific frame
                terminations to which the equipment will be wired by WinSonic’s BellSouth
                Certified Supplier.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.4.2

            	
              BellSouth
                cannot begin work on the CFAs until the complete and accurate EIU
                form has
                been received from WinSonic. If the EIU form is provided within ten
                (10)
                days prior to the ending date of the Provisioning Interval, then
                the CFAs
                will be made available by the ending date of the Provisioning Interval.
                If
                the EIU form is not received ten (10) days prior to the ending date
                of the
                Provisioning Interval, then the CFAs will be provided within ten
                (10) days
                of BellSouth’s receipt of the EIU
                form.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.4.3

            	
              BellSouth
                will bill WinSonic a nonrecurring charge, as set forth in Exhibit
                B, each
                time WinSonic requests a resend of its original CFA information for
                any
                reason other than a BellSouth error in the CFAs initially provided
                to
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.5

            	
              Use
                of BellSouth Certified Supplier. WinSonic
                shall select a supplier which has been approved as a BellSouth Certified
                Supplier to perform all engineering and installation work. WinSonic,
                if a
                BellSouth Certified Supplier or WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier
                must follow and comply with all of BellSouth’s specifications and the
                following BellSouth Technical Requirements: TR 73503, TR 73519, TR
                73572
                and TR 73564. Unless the BellSouth Certified Supplier has met the
                requirements for all of the required work activities, WinSonic must
                use a
                different BellSouth Certified Supplier for the work activities associated
                with transmission equipment, switching equipment and power equipment.
                BellSouth shall provide WinSonic with a list of BellSouth Certified
                Suppliers, upon request. WinSonic, if a BellSouth Certified Supplier,
                or
                WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier(s) shall be responsible for
                installing WinSonic’s equipment and associated components, extending power
                cabling to the BellSouth power distribution frame, performing operational
                tests after installation is complete, and notifying BellSouth’s equipment
                engineers and WinSonic upon successful completion of the installation
                and
                any associated work. When a BellSouth Certified Supplier is used
                by
                WinSonic, the BellSouth Certified Supplier shall bill WinSonic directly
                for all work performed for WinSonic pursuant to this Attachment.
                BellSouth
                shall have no liability for nor responsibility to pay, such charges
                imposed by WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier. BellSouth shall make
                available its supplier certification program to WinSonic or any supplier
                proposed by WinSonic and will not unreasonably withhold certification.
                All
                work performed by or for WinSonic shall conform to generally accepted
                industry standards.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.6

            	
              Alarms
                and Monitoring. BellSouth
                shall place environmental alarms in the BellSouth Premises for the
                protection of BellSouth equipment and facilities. WinSonic shall
                be
                responsible for the placement, monitoring and removal of environmental
                and
                equipment alarms used to service WinSonic’s Collocation Space. Upon
                request, BellSouth will provide WinSonic with an applicable BellSouth
                tariffed service(s) to facilitate remote monitoring of
                collocated

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      201 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      31

     

    
      	 	
              equipment
                by WinSonic. Both Parties shall use best efforts to notify the other
                of
                any verified environmental condition (e.g., temperature extremes
                or excess
                humidity) known to that Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.7

            	
              Virtual
                to Physical Relocation. In
                the event physical Collocation Space was previously denied at a BellSouth
                Central Office due to technical reasons or space limitations and
                physical
                Collocation Space has subsequently become available, WinSonic may
                relocate
                its existing virtual Collocation arrangement(s) to a physical Collocation
                arrangement(s) and pay the appropriate fees associated with the
                rearrangement or reconfiguration of the services being terminated
                into the
                virtual Collocation arrangement, as set forth in Exhibit B. If BellSouth
                knows when additional physical Collocation Space may become available
                at
                the BellSouth Central Office requested by WinSonic, such information
                will
                be provided to WinSonic in BellSouth’s written denial of physical
                Collocation Space. WinSonic must arrange with a BellSouth Certified
                Supplier for the relocation of equipment from a virtual Collocation
                Space
                to a physical Collocation Space and will bear the cost of such relocation,
                including the costs associated with moving the services from the
                virtual
                Collocation Space to the new physical Collocation
                Space.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.7.1

            	
              In
                Alabama, BellSouth will complete a relocation of a virtual collocation
                arrangement to a cageless physical collocation arrangement within
                sixty
                (60) days from BellSouth’s receipt of a BFFO and from a virtual
                collocation arrangement to a caged physical collocation arrangement
                within
                ninety (90) days from BellSouth’s receipt of a
                BFFO.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.8

            	
              Virtual
                to Physical Conversion
                (In-Place)

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.8.1

            	
              Virtual
                collocation arrangements in Central Offices may be converted to “in-place”
                physical caged collocation arrangements if the potential conversion
                meets
                all of the following criteria: (1) there is no change in the amount
                of
                equipment or the configuration of the equipment that was in the virtual
                Collocation Space; (2) the conversion of the virtual collocation
                arrangement will not cause the equipment or the results of that conversion
                to be located in a space that BellSouth has reserved for its own
                future
                needs; and (3) any changes to the arrangement can be accommodated
                by
                existing power, HVAC, and other requirements. Unless otherwise specified
                herein, BellSouth will complete virtual to physical Collocation Space
                conversions (in-place) within sixty (60) days from receipt of the
                BFFO.
                BellSouth will bill WinSonic an Administrative Only Application Fee,
                as
                set forth in Exhibit B, on the date BellSouth provides an Application
                Response to WinSonic.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.8.2

            	
              In
                Alabama and Tennessee, BellSouth will complete virtual to physical
                conversions (in place) within thirty (30) days from receipt of the
                BFFO as
                long as the conversion meets all of the criteria specified in Section
                7.8.1 above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.9

            	
              Cancellation.
                Unless
                otherwise specified in this Attachment, if at any time prior to Space
                Acceptance, WinSonic cancels its order for Collocation Space
                (Cancellation), BellSouth will bill the applicable nonrecurring charge(s)
                for any

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      202 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      32

     

    
      	 	
              and
                all work processes for which work has begun or been completed. In
                Florida,
                if WinSonic cancels its order for Collocation Space at any time prior
                to
                the Space Ready Date, no cancellation fee shall be assessed by BellSouth;
                however, WinSonic will be responsible for reimbursing BellSouth for
                any
                costs specifically incurred by BellSouth on behalf of WinSonic up
                to the
                date that the written notice of cancellation was received by BellSouth.
                In
                Georgia, if WinSonic cancels its order for Collocation Space at any
                time
                prior to space acceptance, BellSouth will bill WinSonic for all costs
                incurred prior to the date of Cancellation and for any costs incurred
                as a
                direct result of the Cancellation, not to exceed the total amount
                that
                would have been due had the Firm Order not been
                canceled.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.10

            	
              Licenses.
                WinSonic,
                at its own expense, will be solely responsible for obtaining from
                governmental authorities, and any other appropriate agency, entity,
                or
                person, all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and certificates
                necessary or required to operate as a provider of telecommunications
                services to the public or to build-out, equip and/or occupy Collocation
                Space in a BellSouth Premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.11

            	
              Environmental
                Compliance. The
                Parties agree to utilize and adhere to the Environmental Hazard Guidelines
                identified in Exhibit A attached
                hereto.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8

            	
              Rates
                and Charges

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1

            	
              Rates.
                WinSonic
                agrees to pay the rates and charges identified in Exhibit B attached
                hereto.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.1

            	
              In
                Tennessee, if WinSonic elects the TRA rates as set forth in Exhibit
                C, the
                additional language also set forth in Exhibit C for Application Fee,
                Space
                Preparation, Floor Space and Caged Collocation Power Usage metering,
                will
                be effective in conjunction with the remaining terms and conditions
                of
                this Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1.2

            	
              Should
                WinSonic elect to transition to the TRA Option after the execution
                of this
                Agreement, WinSonic shall notify BellSouth in writing sixty (60)
                days
                prior to the implementation of this
                election.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2

            	
              Application
                Fees. BellSouth
                shall assess any nonrecurring application fees within thirty (30)
                days of
                the date that BellSouth provides an Application Response to WinSonic
                or on
                WinSonic’s next scheduled monthly billing
                statement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.3

            	
              Recurring
                Charges

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.3.1

            	
              If
                WinSonic has met the applicable fifteen (15) day acceptance walk
                through
                interval specified in Section 4.2 above, billing for recurring charges
                will begin upon the Space Acceptance Date. In the event WinSonic
                fails to
                complete an acceptance walk through within the applicable fifteen
                (15) day
                interval, billing for recurring charges will commence on the Space
                Ready
                Date. If WinSonic occupies the space prior to the Space Ready Date,
                the
                date WinSonic occupies the space is deemed the Space Acceptance Date
                and
                billing for recurring charges will begin on that date. The billing
                for all
                applicable monthly recurring charges will begin in WinSonic’s next billing
                cycle and will include any prorated charges
                for

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      203 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      33

     

    
      	 	
              the
                period from WinSonic’s Space Acceptance Date or Space Ready Date,
                whichever is appropriate pursuant to Section 4.2 above, to the date
                the
                bill is issued by BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.3.2

            	
              Unless
                otherwise stated in Section 8.6 below, monthly recurring charges
                for -48V
                DC power will be assessed per fused ampere (amp), per month, based
                upon
                the total number of fused amps of power capacity requested by WinSonic
                on
                WinSonic’s Initial Collocation Application and all Subsequent Collocation
                Applications, which may either increase or decrease the originally
                requested, and any subsequently augmented, number of fused amps of
                power
                capacity requested, consistent with Commission
                orders.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.3.3

            	
              BellSouth
                shall have the right to inspect and inventory any DC power fuse
                installations at a BellSouth BDFB or DC power circuit installations
                at
                BellSouth’s main power board for any WinSonic collocation arrangement, to
                verify that the total number of fused amps of power capacity installed
                by
                WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier matches the number of fused amps
                of DC power capacity requested by WinSonic on WinSonic’s Initial
                Application and all Subsequent Applications. If BellSouth determines
                that
                WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier has installed more DC capacity
                than WinSonic requested on its Initial Application and all Subsequent
                Applications, BellSouth shall notify WinSonic in writing of such
                discrepancy and shall assess WinSonic for the additional DC power
                fuse/circuit capacity from the Space Acceptance Date or Space Ready
                Date,
                whichever is applicable pursuant to Section 8.3.1 above, for the
                most
                recent Initial Application or Subsequent Application, submitted for
                such
                collocation arrangement. BellSouth shall also revise WinSonic’s recurring
                DC power charges, on a going-forward basis, to reflect the higher
                number
                of fused amps of power capacity available for the collocation
                arrangement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.4

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Charges. Unless
                specified otherwise herein, BellSouth shall assess nonrecurring charges,
                including all application fees, within thirty (30) days of the date
                that
                BellSouth provides an Application Response to WinSonic or on WinSonic’s
                next scheduled monthly billing statement, if WinSonic’s current month’s
                billing cycle has already closed. Nonrecurring charges associated
                with the
                processing of the Firm Order for collocation space preparation (Firm
                Order
                Processing Fee) shall be billed by BellSouth within thirty (30) days
                of
                BellSouth’s confirmation of WinSonic’s BFFO or on WinSonic’s next
                scheduled monthly billing
                statement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.5

            	
              Central
                Office Space Preparation. Space
                preparation fees consist of a nonrecurring charge for Firm Order
                Processing and monthly recurring charges for Central Office Modifications
                and Common Systems Modifications. For all states except Florida,
                WinSonic
                shall remit the payment of the nonrecurring Firm Order Processing
                Fee
                coincident with the submission of WinSonic’s BFFO. In Florida, the
                nonrecurring Firm Order Processing Fee will be billed by BellSouth,
                pursuant to Section 8.4 above. The monthly recurring charge for Central
                Office Modifications will be assessed per arrangement, per square
                foot,
                for both caged and cageless physical Collocation Space. The monthly
                recurring charge for

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      204 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      34

     

    
      	 	
              Common
                Systems Modifications will be assessed per arrangement, per square
                foot
                for cageless physical Collocation Space and on a per cage basis for
                caged
                physical Collocation Space. These charges recover the costs associated
                with preparing the Collocation Space, which includes, but is not
                limited
                to, the following items: a survey, engineering of the Collocation
                Space,
                and design and modification costs for network, building and support
                systems.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.6

            	
              Central
                Office Floor Space. The
                Floor Space Charge includes reasonable charges for lighting, HVAC,
                and
                other allocated expenses associated with maintenance of the BellSouth
                Premises; however, this charge does not include any expenses associated
                with AC or DC power supplied to WinSonic’s Collocation Space for the
                operation of WinSonic’s equipment. For caged physical Collocation Space,
                WinSonic shall pay floor space charges based upon the number of square
                feet enclosed. The minimum size for caged Collocation Space is fifty
                (50)
                square feet. Additional caged Collocation Space may be requested
                in
                increments of fifty (50) square feet. For cageless Collocation Space,
                WinSonic shall pay floor space charges based upon the following floor
                space calculation: [(depth of the equipment lineup in which the rack
                is
                placed) + (0.5 x maintenance aisle depth) + (0.5 x wiring aisle depth)] x
                (width of rack and spacers). For purposes of this calculation, the
                depth
                of the equipment lineup shall consider the footprint of equipment
                racks
                plus any equipment overhang. BellSouth will assign cageless Collocation
                Space in conventional equipment rack lineups where feasible. In the
                event
                WinSonic’s collocated equipment requires special cable racking, an
                isolated ground plane, or any other considerations and treatment
                which
                prevents placement within conventional equipment rack lineups, WinSonic
                shall be required to request an amount of floor space sufficient
                to
                accommodate the total equipment
                arrangement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.7

            	
              Remote
                Site Bay Space. In
                a Remote Site, the bay space charge recovers the costs associated
                with air
                conditioning, ventilation and other allocated expenses for the maintenance
                of the Remote Site Location, and includes the amperage necessary
                to power
                WinSonic’s equipment. WinSonic shall remit bay space charges based upon
                the number of bays requested. BellSouth will assign Remote Site
                Collocation Space in conventional Remote Site bay lineups where
                feasible.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8

            	
              Power

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.1

            	
              In
                a Central Office BellSouth shall make available -48V DC power for
                WinSonic’s Collocation Space at a BellSouth BDFB. When obtaining DC power
                from a BellSouth BDFB, WinSonic’s fuses and power cables (for the A &
                B feeds) must be engineered (sized), and installed by WinSonic’s BellSouth
                Certified Supplier, in accordance with the number of fused amps of
                DC
                power requested by WinSonic on WinSonic’s Initial Application and any
                Subsequent Applications. WinSonic is also responsible for contracting
                with
                a BellSouth Certified Supplier to run the power distribution feeder
                cable
                from the BellSouth BDFB to the equipment in WinSonic’s Collocation Space.
                The BellSouth Certified Supplier contracted by WinSonic must provide
                BellSouth with a copy of the engineering power specifications prior
                to the
                day on which WinSonic’s

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      205 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      35

     

    
      	 	
              equipment
                becomes operational (hereinafter “Commencement Date”). BellSouth will
                provide the common power feeder cable support structure between the
                BellSouth BDFB and WinSonic’s Collocation Space. WinSonic shall contract
                with a BellSouth Certified Supplier who shall be responsible for
                performing those power provisioning activities required to enable
                WinSonic’s equipment to become operational, which may include, but are not
                limited to, the installation, removal or replacement of the following:
                dedicated power cable support structure within WinSonic’s Collocation
                Space, power cable feeds and terminations of the power cabling. WinSonic
                and WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier shall comply with all
                applicable NEC, BellSouth TR 73503, Telcordia and ANSI Standards
                that
                address power cabling, installation and
                maintenance.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.1.1

            	
              At
                a Remote Site, BellSouth shall make available -48V DC power for WinSonic’s
                Remote Collocation Space at a BDFB within the Remote Site Location.
                The
                charge for power shall be assessed as part of the recurring charge
                for bay
                space, as referenced in Section 8.7 above. If the power requirements
                for
                WinSonic’s equipment exceed the capacity available, then such additional
                power requirements shall be assessed on an individual case
                basis.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.2

            	
              In
                Florida Central Offices only, subject to technical feasibility, commercial
                availability and safety limitations, BellSouth will permit WinSonic
                to
                request DC power in five (5) amp increments from five (5) amps up
                to one
                hundred (100) amps from the BellSouth BDFB. However, in accordance
                with
                industry standard fuse sizing, WinSonic may request that BellSouth
                provision DC power of seventy (70) amps or greater directly from
                BellSouth’s main power board. The industry standard fuse size (which is a
                circuit breaker on the main power board) available at a BellSouth
                main
                power board in all BellSouth Premises is a two hundred twenty-five
                (225)
                amp circuit breaker.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.3

            	
              BellSouth
                will revise WinSonic’s Central Office recurring power charges, in
                accordance with Section 8.3 above, to reflect a power upgrade when
                WinSonic submits a Subsequent Application requesting an increase
                in the
                number of fused amps it is currently receiving from BellSouth for
                its
                Collocation Space. If WinSonic’s existing fuses and power cables (for the
                A&B power feed) are not sufficient to support the additional number
                of
                fused amps requested, WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier shall
                perform whatever activities are necessary, which may include the
                installation of new/additional fuses or power cables, to comply with
                the
                appropriate NEC, BellSouth TR 73503, Telcordia and ANSI Standards,
                as well
                as the requirements noted in Sections 8.7 and 8.7.1 above. WinSonic’s
                BellSouth Certified Supplier shall provide notification to BellSouth
                when
                these activities have been
                completed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.4

            	
              BellSouth
                will revise WinSonic’s Central Office recurring power charges, in
                accordance with Section 8.3 above, to reflect a power reduction upon
                BellSouth’s receipt of the Power Reduction Form from WinSonic, certifying
                the completion of the power reduction work, including the removal
                of any
                associated power cabling by WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier.
                Notwithstanding the foregoing, if WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier
                has not removed or, at BellSouth’s

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      206 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      36

     

    
      	 	
              discretion,
                cut the power cabling within thirty (30) days, the power reduction
                will
                not become effective until the cabling is removed or, at BellSouth’s
                discretion, cut by WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified Supplier and WinSonic
                shall pay for the amount of power that had been requested prior to
                the
                power reduction request for the period up to the date the power cabling
                is
                actually removed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.5

            	
              If
                WinSonic requests an increase or a reduction in the amount of power
                that
                BellSouth is currently providing in a Central Office, WinSonic must
                submit
                a Subsequent Application. In all states other than Florida and Tennessee
                if no modification to the Collocation Space is requested other than
                the
                increase or reduction in power, the Simple Augment fee will apply.
                In
                Florida and Tennessee the Power Reconfiguration Only Application
                Fee as
                set forth in Exhibit B will apply. If modifications are requested
                in
                addition to the increase or reduction of power, the Subsequent Application
                Fee will apply. BellSouth will bill this nonrecurring fee on the
                date that
                BellSouth provides an Application Response to WinSonic’s Subsequent
                Application.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.5.1

            	
              In
                Central Offices in Alabama and Louisiana, if WinSonic has existing
                power
                configurations currently served from the BellSouth main power board
                and
                requests that its power be reconfigured to connect to a BellSouth
                BDFB, in
                a specific BellSouth Premises, WinSonic must submit a Subsequent
                Application to BellSouth. BellSouth will provide a response to such
                application within seven (7) days and no Simple Augment Application
                Fee
                will be assessed by BellSouth for this one time only power reconfiguration
                to a BellSouth BDFB. For any power reconfigurations thereafter, WinSonic
                will submit a Subsequent Application and the appropriate Simple Augment
                Application Fee will apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.6

            	
              If
                WinSonic elects to install its own DC Power Plant, BellSouth shall
                provide
                AC power to feed WinSonic’s DC Power Plant. Charges for AC power will be
                assessed on a per breaker ampere, per month basis, pursuant to the
                rates
                specified in Exhibit B. The AC power rates include recovery for the
                provision of commercial and standby AC power. When obtaining power
                from a
                BellSouth service panel, protection devices and power cables must
                be
                engineered (sized) and installed by WinSonic’s BellSouth Certified
                Supplier, with the exception that BellSouth shall engineer and install
                protection devices and power cables for Adjacent Collocation. WinSonic’s
                BellSouth Certified Supplier must provide a copy of the engineering
                power
                specifications prior to the Commencement Date. AC power voltage and
                phase
                ratings shall be determined on a per location basis. At WinSonic’s option,
                WinSonic may arrange for AC power in an adjacent collocation arrangement
                from a retail provider of electrical
                power.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.7

            	
              WinSonic
                shall contract with a BellSouth Certified Supplier to perform the
                installation and removal of dedicated power cable support structure
                within
                WinSonic’s arrangement and terminations of cable within the Collocation
                Space.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.8

            	
              Fused
                Amp Billing. In
                all states, except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, BellSouth
                shall make available -48V DC power on a per fused amp, per month
                basis,
                pursuant to the following:

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      207 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      37

     

    
      	 	
              For
                power provisioned from a BDFB. The
                number of fused amps requested by WinSonic on its collocation application
                for power that is being provisioned from a BellSouth BDFB will be
                multiplied by the DC power fused amp rate set forth in Exhibit B.
                A
                minimum of ten (10) fused amps is required. For
                existing power configurations that are provisioned from
                BellSouth’s main
                power board. The
                number of fused amps made available at the main power board, in increments
                of two hundred and twenty-five (225) amps/main power board circuit,
                will
                be multiplied by the DC power fused amp rate set forth in Exhibit
                B.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.9

            	
              Florida
                Power Usage Option

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.9.1

            	
              In
                Central Offices in Florida only, WinSonic may request that -48 DC
                power
                provisioned by BellSouth to WinSonic’s Collocation Space be assessed per
                amp, per month based upon amps used, pursuant to the rates set forth
                in
                Exhibit B. Monthly recurring power charges will be assessed on the
                Space
                Acceptance Date or Space Ready Date, whichever is appropriate, pursuant
                to
                Section 8.3 above. If WinSonic desires to convert existing physical
                collocation arrangements to the Florida Power Usage Option (hereinafter
                “FL Option”), then the monthly recurring power charges that are applicable
                to the FL Option, contained in Exhibit B, will be assessed on the
                Space
                Ready Date associated with the Subsequent Application submitted by
                WinSonic to convert an existing collocation arrangement to the FL
                Option.
                The monthly recurring charges for DC power, under the FL Option,
                shall be
                calculated and applied based on the amount of power WinSonic requests
                that
                it be allowed to draw at a given time to a specific physical collocation
                arrangement in a particular BellSouth Premises on WinSonic’s Initial
                Application or Subsequent Application. BellSouth shall allow WinSonic
                at
                WinSonic’s option, to order a power feed that is capable of delivering a
                higher DC power level but to fuse this power feed so as to allow
                a power
                level less than the feed’s maximum to be drawn by WinSonic. BellSouth is
                not required to build its central office power infrastructure to
                meet
                WinSonic’s forecasted DC power demand. WinSonic must specify on its
                Initial or Subsequent Application the power level it wishes to be
                able to
                draw from BellSouth’s power plant for each existing collocation
                arrangement WinSonic converts to the FL Option or for any new collocation
                arrangements WinSonic establishes under the FL
                Option.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.9.2

            	
              BellSouth,
                at any time and at its own expense, shall have the right to verify
                the
                accuracy of WinSonic’s power usage under the FL Option for a specific
                collocation arrangement in a particular BellSouth Premises, based
                on a
                meter reading(s) taken by BellSouth of the amount of power being
                consumed
                by WinSonic’s collocation arrangement. BellSouth may perform its own meter
                reading(s) via any method it chooses, such as, but not limited to,
                a
                clamp-on ammeter. If the meter reading(s) varies by more than ten
                percent
                (10%) or five (5) amps from the power usage that has been requested
                by
                WinSonic for the collocation arrangement, under the FL Option, the
                Parties
                agree to work

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      208 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      38

     

    
      	 	
              cooperatively
                to reconcile such discrepancy and establish the appropriate usage
                figure
                in a reasonable and expeditious manner. If the Parties substantiate
                BellSouth’s reading, then BellSouth shall adjust WinSonic’s billing to
                reflect BellSouth’s power reading beginning with the first day of the
                month immediately following the date of the last metered reading
                taken by
                BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.9.3

            	
              BellSouth
                shall assess WinSonic a monthly recurring charge for DC power under
                the FL
                Option, as set forth in Exhibit B. WinSonic shall notify BellSouth
                of any
                change in its DC power usage by submitting a Subsequent Application,
                which
                reflects the new DC power level desired by WinSonic. The requested
                change
                in DC power usage will be reflected in WinSonic’s next scheduled monthly
                billing cycle.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.10

            	
              Tennessee
                Caged Collocation Power Usage Metering Option. In
                Central Offices in Tennessee only, WinSonic may request that DC power
                provisioned by BellSouth to WinSonic’s caged Collocation Space be assessed
                pursuant to the orders entered by the Tennessee Regulatory Authority
                in
                Dockets 97-01262, 99- 00430, and 00-00544 for Collocation for Tennessee.
                By electing the TRA Option, <customer short name> accepts the TRA
                rates, terms and conditions of Exhibit C in their entirety in conjunction
                with the other terms and conditions of Attachment
                4.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.11

            	
              In
                Alabama and Louisiana, WinSonic has the option to purchase power
                directly
                from an electric utility company. Under such option, WinSonic is
                responsible for contracting with the electric utility company for
                its own
                power feed and meter and is financially responsible for purchasing
                all
                equipment necessary to accomplish the arrangement, including inverters,
                batteries, power boards, bus bars, BDFBs, backup power supplies and
                cabling. The actual work to install this arrangement must be performed
                by
                a BellSouth Certified Supplier hired by WinSonic. WinSonic’s BellSouth
                Certified Supplier must comply with all applicable safety codes,
                including
                the NEC and National Electric Safety Code (NESC) standards, in the
                installation of this power arrangement. If WinSonic currently has
                power
                supplied by BellSouth, WinSonic may request to change its Collocation
                Space to obtain power from an electric utility company by submitting
                a
                Subsequent Application. BellSouth will waive the application fee
                for this
                Subsequent Application if no other changes are requested therein.
                Any
                floor space, cable racking, etc., utilized by WinSonic in provisioning
                said power will be billed by BellSouth on an ICB
                basis.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.8.12

            	
              In
                South Carolina, WinSonic has the option to purchase power directly
                from an
                electric utility company where technically feasible and where space
                is
                available in a requested BellSouth Premises. Under such option, WinSonic
                is responsible for contracting with the electric utility company
                for its
                own power feed and meter, and is financially responsible for purchasing
                all equipment necessary to accomplish the conversion of the commercial
                AC
                power to DC power, including inverters, batteries, power boards,
                bus bars,
                BDFBs, backup power supplies and power cabling. The actual work to
                install
                this arrangement must be performed by a BellSouth Certified Supplier
                hired
                by WinSonic. WinSonic’s BellSouth

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      209 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      39

     

    
      	 	
              Certified
                Supplier must comply with all applicable national, regional, state
                and
                local safety, electrical, fire and building codes, including the
                NESC
                standards, in the installing of this power arrangement, just as BellSouth
                is required to comply with these codes. WinSonic must submit an
                application to BellSouth for the appropriate amount of Collocation
                Space
                that WinSonic requires in order to install this type of power arrangement.
                BellSouth will evaluate the request and determine if the appropriate
                amount of space is available within the BellSouth Premises for the
                installation of WinSonic’s power equipment and facilities. This type of
                power arrangement must be located in an appropriate area in the BellSouth
                Premises that has been properly conditioned for the installation
                of power
                equipment and conforms to the applicable national, regional, state
                and
                local safety, electrical, fire and building codes. BellSouth shall
                waive
                the application fee or any other nonrecurring charge that would otherwise
                be due from a CLEC that decides to reconfigure an existing collocation
                power arrangement so as to purchase power directly from an electric
                utility company as provided herein. WinSonic shall be responsible
                for the
                recurring charges associated with the additional space needed in
                the
                BellSouth Premises for this type of power arrangement, including
                space
                required to place associated power-related equipment and facilities
                (i.e.,
                batteries, generator, fuse panel, power meter, etc.). If there is
                no space
                available for this type of power arrangement in the requested BellSouth
                Premises, BellSouth may seek a waiver of these requirements from
                the
                Commission for the BellSouth Premises requested. WinSonic would have
                the
                option to order its power needs directly from
                BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.9

            	
              Central
                Office Cable Installation. Cable
                Installation fees will be assessed on a per entrance cable basis.
                This
                nonrecurring charge will be billed by BellSouth upon receipt of WinSonic’s
                BFFO. Charges for cable racking, cable support structure and entrance
                fiber structure are recurring fees and will also be assessed according
                to
                the rates set forth in Exhibit B.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.10

            	
              Central
                Office Cable Records. Cable
                Records charges apply for work activities required to build or remove
                existing cable records assigned to WinSonic in BellSouth’s database
                systems. The VG/DS0 per cable record charge is for a maximum of thirty-six
                hundred (3,600) records per request. The fiber cable record charge
                is for
                a maximum of ninety-nine (99) records per request. Cable Record fees
                will
                be assessed as a nonrecurring charge, upon receipt of WinSonic’s BFFO, in
                all BellSouth states, except Louisiana. In Louisiana, Cable Record
                fees
                will be assessed on a monthly recurring charge basis, upon receipt
                of
                WinSonic’s BFFO. All charges will be assessed the rates set forth in
                Exhibit B.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.11

            	
              Security
                Escort. After
                WinSonic has used its one (1) accompanied site visit, pursuant to
                Section
                5.12.1 above, and prior to WinSonic’s completion of the BellSouth Security
                Training requirements, contained in Section 12 below, a security
                escort
                will be required when WinSonic’s employees, approved agent, supplier, or
                Guest(s) desire access to the entrance manhole or a BellSouth Premises.
                The rates for security escort service are assessed pursuant to the
                fee

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      210 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      40

     

    
      	 	
              schedule
                contained in Exhibit B, beginning with the scheduled escort time
                agreed to
                by the Parties. BellSouth will wait for one-half (1/2) hour after
                the
                scheduled escort time to provide such requested escort service and
                WinSonic shall pay for such half-hour charges in the event WinSonic’s
                employees, approved agent, supplier or Guest(s) fails to show up
                for the
                scheduled escort appointment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.12

            	
              Other.
                If
                no collocation rate element and associated rate is identified in
                Exhibit
                B, the Parties, upon request by either Party, will negotiate the
                rate for
                the specific collocation service or function identified in this
                Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9

            	
              Insurance

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.1

            	
              WinSonic
                shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure, maintain, and keep
                in force
                insurance as specified in this Section and underwritten by insurance
                companies licensed to do business in the states applicable under
                this
                Agreement and having a Best’s Insurance Rating of
                A-.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.2

            	
              WinSonic
                shall maintain the following specific
                coverage:

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.2.1

            	
              Commercial
                General Liability coverage in the amount of ten million dollars
                ($10,000,000) or a combination of Commercial General Liability and
                Excess/Umbrella coverage totaling not less than ten million dollars
                ($10,000,000). BellSouth shall be named as an Additional Insured
                on the
                Commercial General Liability policy as specified
                herein.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.2.2

            	
              Statutory
                Workers Compensation coverage and Employers Liability coverage in
                the
                amount of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) each accident,
                one
                hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) each employee by disease, and
                five
                hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) policy limit by
                disease.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.2.3

            	
              All
                Risk Property coverage on a full replacement cost basis insuring
                all of
                WinSonic’s real and personal property situated on or within a BellSouth
                Premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.2.4

            	
              WinSonic
                may elect to purchase business interruption and contingent business
                interruption insurance, having been advised that BellSouth assumes
                no
                liability for loss of profit or revenues should an interruption of
                service
                occur.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.3

            	
              The
                limits set forth in Section 9.2 above may be increased by BellSouth
                from
                time to time during the term of this Agreement, upon thirty (30)
                days
                notice to WinSonic, to at least such minimum limits as shall then
                be
                customary with respect to comparable occupancy of BellSouth
                structures.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.4

            	
              All
                policies purchased by WinSonic shall be deemed to be primary and
                not
                contributing to or in excess of any similar coverage purchased by
                BellSouth. All insurance must be in effect on or before the date
                equipment
                is delivered to BellSouth’s Premises and shall remain in effect for the
                term of this Agreement or until all of WinSonic’s property has been
                removed from BellSouth’s Premises, whichever period is longer. If WinSonic
                fails to maintain required coverage, BellSouth may pay the premiums
                thereon and seek reimbursement of same from
                WinSonic.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      211 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      41

     

    
      	
              9.5

            	
              WinSonic
                shall submit certificates of insurance reflecting the coverage required
                pursuant to this Section within a minimum of ten (10) business days
                prior
                to the commencement of any work in the Collocation Space. Failure
                to meet
                this interval may result in construction and equipment installation
                delays. WinSonic shall arrange for BellSouth to receive thirty (30)
                business days’ advance notice of cancellation or non-renewal from
                WinSonic’s insurance company. WinSonic shall forward a certificate of
                insurance and notice of cancellation/non-renewal to BellSouth at
                the
                following address: BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc. Attn: Rick
                Management Office - Finance 17F54 BellSouth Center 675 W. Peachtree
                Street
                Atlanta, GA 30375

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.6

            	
              WinSonic
                must conform to recommendations made by BellSouth’s fire insurance company
                to the extent BellSouth has agreed to, or shall hereafter agree to,
                such
                recommendations.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.7

            	
              Self
                Insurance. If
                WinSonic’s net worth exceeds five hundred million dollars ($500,000,000),
                WinSonic may elect to request self-insurance status in lieu of obtaining
                any of the insurance required in Section 9.2 above. WinSonic shall
                provide
                audited financial statements to BellSouth thirty (30) days prior
                to the
                commencement of any work in the Collocation Space. BellSouth shall
                then
                review such audited financial statements and respond in writing to
                WinSonic in the event that self-insurance status is not granted to
                WinSonic. If BellSouth approves WinSonic for self-insurance, WinSonic
                shall annually furnish to BellSouth, and keep current, evidence of
                such
                net worth that is attested to by one of WinSonic’s corporate officers. The
                ability to self-insure shall continue so long as WinSonic meets all
                of the
                requirements of this Section. If WinSonic subsequently no longer
                satisfies
                the requirements of this Section, WinSonic is required to purchase
                insurance as indicated by Section 9.2
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.8

            	
              The
                net worth requirements set forth in Section 9.7 above may be increased
                by
                BellSouth from time to time during the term of this Agreement upon
                thirty
                (30) days’ notice to WinSonic to at least such minimum limits as shall
                then be customary with respect to comparable occupancy of a BellSouth
                Premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.9

            	
              Failure
                to comply with the provisions of this Section will be deemed a material
                breach of this Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10

            	
              Mechanics
                Lien

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.1

            	
              If
                any mechanics lien or other liens are filed against property of either
                Party (BellSouth or WinSonic), or any improvement thereon by reason
                of or
                arising out of any labor or materials furnished or alleged to have
                been
                furnished or to be furnished to or for the other Party or by reason
                of any
                changes, or additions to said property made at the request or under
                the
                direction of the other Party, the other Party directing or requesting
                those changes shall, within thirty (30) business days after receipt
                of
                written notice from the Party against whose property said
                lien

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      212 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      42

     

    
      	 	
              has
                been filed, either pay such lien or cause the same to be bonded off
                the
                affected property in the manner provided by law. The Party causing
                said
                lien to be placed against the property of the other shall also defend
                at
                its sole cost and expense, on behalf of the other, any action, suit
                or
                proceeding which may be brought for the enforcement of such liens
                and
                shall pay any damage and discharge any judgment entered
                thereon.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11

            	
              Inspections

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.1

            	
              BellSouth
                may conduct an inspection of WinSonic’s equipment and facilities in
                WinSonic’s Collocation Space(s) prior to the activation of facilities
                and/or services between WinSonic’s equipment and equipment of BellSouth.
                BellSouth may conduct an inspection if WinSonic adds equipment and
                may
                otherwise conduct routine inspections at reasonable intervals mutually
                agreed upon by the Parties. BellSouth shall provide WinSonic with
                a
                minimum of forty-eight (48) hours or two (2) business days, whichever
                is
                greater, advance notice of all such inspections. All costs of such
                inspections shall be borne by
                BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12

            	
              Security
                and Safety Requirements

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.1

            	
              Unless
                otherwise specified, WinSonic will be required, at its own expense,
                to
                conduct a statewide investigation of criminal history records for
                each
                WinSonic employee hired in the past five (5) years being considered
                for
                work on a BellSouth Premises, for the states/counties where the WinSonic
                employee has worked and lived for the past five (5) years. Where
                state law
                does not permit statewide collection or reporting, an investigation
                of the
                applicable counties is acceptable. WinSonic shall not be required
                to
                perform this investigation if an affiliated company of WinSonic has
                performed an investigation of the WinSonic employee seeking access,
                if
                such investigation meets the criteria set forth above. This requirement
                will not apply if WinSonic has performed a pre-employment statewide
                investigation of criminal history records of the WinSonic employee
                for the
                states/counties where the WinSonic employee has worked and lived
                for the
                past five (5) years or, where state law does not permit a statewide
                investigation, an investigation of the applicable
                counties.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.2

            	
              WinSonic
                will be required to administer to its personnel assigned to the BellSouth
                Premises security training either provided by BellSouth, or meeting
                criteria defined by BellSouth at BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site,
                www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.3

            	
              WinSonic
                shall provide its employees and agents with picture identification,
                which
                must be worn and visible at all times while in WinSonic’s Collocation
                Space or other areas in or around the BellSouth Premises. The photo
                identification card shall bear, at a minimum, the employee’s name and
                photo and WinSonic’s name. BellSouth reserves the right to remove from a
                BellSouth Premises any employee of WinSonic not possessing identification
                issued by WinSonic or who has violated any of BellSouth’s policies as
                outlined in the CLEC Security Training documents. WinSonic shall
                hold
                BellSouth harmless for any damages resulting from such removal of
                WinSonic’s personnel from a

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      213 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      43

     

    
      	 	
              BellSouth
                Premises. WinSonic shall be solely responsible for ensuring that
                any
                Guest(s) of WinSonic is in compliance with all subsections of this
                Section.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.4

            	
              WinSonic
                shall not assign to the BellSouth Premises any personnel with records
                of
                felony criminal convictions. WinSonic shall not assign to the BellSouth
                Premises any personnel with records of misdemeanor convictions, except
                for
                misdemeanor traffic violations, without advising BellSouth of the
                nature
                and gravity of the offense(s). BellSouth reserves the right to refuse
                building access to any of WinSonic’s personnel who have been identified to
                have misdemeanor criminal convictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                in
                the event WinSonic chooses not to advise BellSouth of the nature
                and
                gravity of any misdemeanor conviction, WinSonic may, in the alternative,
                certify to BellSouth that it shall not assign to the BellSouth Premises
                any personnel with records of misdemeanor convictions (other than
                misdemeanor traffic violations).

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.4.1

            	
              WinSonic
                shall not knowingly assign to the BellSouth Premises any individual
                who
                was a former employee of BellSouth and whose employment with BellSouth
                was
                terminated for a criminal offense, whether or not BellSouth sought
                prosecution of the individual for the criminal
                offense.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.4.2

            	
              WinSonic
                shall not knowingly assign to the BellSouth Premises any individual
                who
                was a former supplier of BellSouth and whose access to a BellSouth
                Premises was revoked due to the commission of a criminal offense,
                whether
                or not BellSouth sought prosecution of the individual for the criminal
                offense.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.5

            	
              For
                each WinSonic employee or agent hired by WinSonic within the last
                five (5)
                years, who requires access to a BellSouth Premises to perform work
                in
                WinSonic Collocation Space(s), WinSonic shall furnish BellSouth
                certification that the aforementioned background check and security
                training were completed. This certification must be provided to and
                approved by BellSouth before an employee or agent will be granted
                such
                access to a BellSouth Premises. The certification will contain a
                statement
                that no felony convictions were found and certify that the employee
                completed the security training. If the employee’s criminal history
                includes misdemeanor convictions, WinSonic will disclose the nature
                of the
                convictions to BellSouth at that time. In the alternative, WinSonic
                may
                certify to BellSouth that it shall not assign to the BellSouth Premises
                any personnel with records of misdemeanor convictions, other than
                misdemeanor traffic violations.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.5.1

            	
              For
                all other WinSonic employees requiring access to a BellSouth Premises
                pursuant to this Attachment, WinSonic shall furnish BellSouth, prior
                to an
                employee gaining such access, a certification that the employee is
                not
                subject to the requirements of Section 12.5 above and that security
                training was completed by the
                employee.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.6

            	
              At
                BellSouth’s request, WinSonic shall promptly remove from the BellSouth
                Premises any employee of WinSonic that BellSouth does not wish to
                grant
                access to a BellSouth Premises: 1) pursuant to any investigation
                conducted
                by BellSouth, or 2) prior to the initiation of an investigation if
                an
                employee of WinSonic is found interfering with the property or personnel
                of BellSouth or another

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      214 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      44

     

    
      	 	
              collocated
                telecommunications carrier, provided that an investigation shall
                be
                promptly commenced by BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.7

            	
              Security
                Violations. BellSouth
                reserves the right to interview WinSonic’s employees, agents, suppliers,
                or Guests in the event of wrongdoing in or around a BellSouth Premises
                or
                involving BellSouth’s or another collocated telecommunications carrier’s
                property or personnel, provided that BellSouth shall provide reasonable
                notice to WinSonic’s Security representative of such interview. WinSonic
                and its employees, agents, suppliers, or Guests shall reasonably
                cooperate
                with BellSouth’s investigation into allegations of wrongdoing or criminal
                conduct committed by, witnessed by, or involving WinSonic’s employees,
                agents, suppliers, or Guests. Additionally, BellSouth reserves the
                right
                to bill WinSonic for all reasonable costs associated with investigations
                involving its employees, agents, suppliers, or Guests if it is established
                and mutually agreed in good faith that WinSonic’s employees, agents,
                suppliers, or Guests are responsible for the alleged act(s). BellSouth
                shall bill WinSonic for BellSouth property, which is stolen or damaged,
                where an investigation determines the culpability of WinSonic’s employees,
                agents, suppliers, or Guests and where WinSonic agrees, in good faith,
                with the results of such investigation. WinSonic shall notify BellSouth
                in
                writing immediately in the event that WinSonic discovers one of its
                employees, agents, suppliers, or Guests already working on the BellSouth
                Premises is a possible security risk. Upon request of the other Party,
                the
                Party who is the employer shall discipline consistent with its employment
                practices, up to and including removal from BellSouth’s Premises, any
                employee found to have violated the security and safety requirements
                of
                this Section. WinSonic shall hold BellSouth harmless for any damages
                resulting from such removal of WinSonic’s personnel from a BellSouth
                Premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.8

            	
              Use
                of Supplies. Unauthorized
                use of equipment, supplies or other property by either Party, whether
                or
                not used routinely to provide telephone service will be strictly
                prohibited and handled appropriately. Costs associated with such
                unauthorized use may be charged to the offending Party, as may be
                all
                associated investigative costs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.9

            	
              Use
                of Official Lines. Except
                for non-toll calls necessary in the performance of their work, neither
                Party shall use the telephone(s) of the other Party on BellSouth’s
                Premises. Charges for unauthorized telephone calls may be charged
                to the
                offending Party, as may be all associated investigative
                costs.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.10

            	
              Accountability.
                Full
                compliance with the Security requirements of this Section shall in
                no way
                limit the accountability of either Party to the other for the improper
                actions of its employees, agents, suppliers, or
                Guests.

            

    

     

    
      	
              13

            	
              Destruction
                of Collocation Space

            

    

     

    
      	
              13.1

            	
              In
                the event a Collocation Space is wholly or partially damaged by fire,
                windstorm, hurricane, tornado, flood or by similar force majeure
                circumstances to such an extent as to be rendered wholly unsuitable
                for
                WinSonic’s permitted use

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      215 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      45

     

    
      	 	
              hereunder,
                then either Party may elect within ten (10) days after such damage,
                to
                terminate occupancy of the damaged Collocation Space, and if either
                Party
                shall so elect, by giving the other written notice of termination,
                both
                Parties shall stand released of and from further liability under
                the terms
                hereof. If the Collocation Space shall suffer only minor damage and
                shall
                not be rendered wholly unsuitable for WinSonic’s permitted use, or is
                damaged and the option to terminate is not exercised by either Party,
                BellSouth covenants and agrees to proceed promptly without expense
                to
                WinSonic, except for improvements not to the property of BellSouth,
                to
                repair the damage. BellSouth shall have a reasonable time within
                which to
                rebuild or make any repairs, and such rebuilding and repairing shall
                be
                subject to delays caused by storms, shortages of labor and materials,
                government regulations, strikes, walkouts, and causes beyond the
                control
                of BellSouth, which causes shall not be construed as limiting factors,
                but
                as exemplary only. WinSonic may, at its own expense, accelerate the
                rebuild of its Collocation Space and equipment provided, however,
                that a
                BellSouth Certified Supplier is used and the necessary space preparation
                has been completed. If WinSonic’s acceleration of the project increases
                the cost of the project, then those additional charges will be incurred
                at
                WinSonic’s expense. Where allowed and where practical, WinSonic may erect
                a temporary facility while BellSouth rebuilds or makes repairs. In
                all
                cases where the Collocation Space shall be rebuilt or repaired, WinSonic
                shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of rent and other charges,
                depending upon the unsuitability of the Collocation Space for WinSonic’s
                permitted use, until such Collocation Space is fully repaired and
                restored
                and WinSonic’s equipment installed therein (but in no event later than
                thirty (30) days after the Collocation Space is fully repaired and
                restored). Where WinSonic has placed an Adjacent Arrangement pursuant
                to
                Section 3.4 above, WinSonic shall have the sole responsibility to
                repair
                or replace said Adjacent Arrangement provided herein. Pursuant to
                this
                Section, BellSouth will restore the associated services to the Adjacent
                Arrangement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              14

            	
              Eminent
                Domain

            

    

     

    
      	
              14.1

            	
              If
                the whole of a Collocation Space or Adjacent Arrangement shall be
                taken by
                any public authority under the power of eminent domain, then this
                Attachment shall terminate with respect to such Collocation Space
                or
                Adjacent Arrangement as of the date possession shall be taken by
                such
                public authority and rent and other charges for the Collocation Space
                or
                Adjacent Arrangement shall be paid up to that day with a proportionate
                refund by BellSouth of such rent and charges as may have been paid
                in
                advance for a period subsequent to the date of the taking. If any
                part of
                the Collocation Space or Adjacent Arrangement shall be taken under
                eminent
                domain, BellSouth and WinSonic shall each have the right to terminate
                this
                Attachment with respect to such Collocation Space or Adjacent Arrangement
                and declare the same null and void, by written notice of such intention
                to
                the other Party within ten (10) days after such
                taking.

            

    

     

    
      	
              15

            	
              Nonexclusivity

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      216 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Collocation

    Page
      46

     

    
      	
              15.1

            	
              WinSonic
                understands that this Attachment is not exclusive and that BellSouth
                may
                enter into similar agreements with other Parties. Assignment of
                Collocation Space pursuant to all such agreements shall be determined
                by
                space availability and made on a first come, first serve
                basis.

            

    

     

    
      	
              Version:

            	
              2Q06
                Standard ICA

            

    

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      217 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Central Office

    Exhibit
      A

    Page
      47

     

    ENVIRONMENTAL
      AND SAFETY PRINCIPLES

     

    The
      following principles provide basic guidance on environmental and safety issues
      when applying for and establishing physical collocation
      arrangements.

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              General
                Principles

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              Compliance
                with Applicable Law. BellSouth
                and WinSonic agree to comply with applicable federal, state, and
                local
                environmental and safety laws and regulations including U.S. Environmental
                Protection Agency (USEPA) regulations issued under the Clean Air
                Act
                (CAA), Clean Water Act (CWA), Resource Conservation and Recovery
                Act
                (RCRA), Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
                Act (CERCLA), Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA),
                the
                Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), and Occupational Safety and
                Healthy
                Act (OSHA) regulations issued under the OSHA of 1970, as amended
                and
                National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), NEC and NESC (Applicable
                Laws) requirements. Each Party shall notify the other if compliance
                inspections are conducted by regulatory agencies and/or citations
                are
                issued that relate to any aspect of this
                Attachment.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              Notice.
                BellSouth
                and WinSonic shall provide notice to the other, including any Material
                Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs), of known and recognized physical hazards
                or
                Hazardous Chemicals existing on site or brought on site. A Hazardous
                Chemical inventory list is posted on an OSHA Poster and updated annually
                at each Central Office. This Poster is normally located near the
                front
                entrance of the building or in the lounge area. Each Party is required
                to
                provide specific notice for known potential Imminent Danger conditions.
                WinSonic should contact 1- 800-743-6737 for any BellSouth MSDS
                required.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.3

            	
              Practices/Procedures.
                BellSouth
                may make available additional environmental control procedures for
                WinSonic to follow when working at a BellSouth Premises (See Section
                2,
                below). These practices/procedures will represent the regular work
                practices required to be followed by the employees and suppliers
                of
                BellSouth for environmental protection. WinSonic will require its
                suppliers, agents, Guests, and others accessing the BellSouth Premises
                to
                comply with these practices. Section 2 below lists the Environmental
                categories where BellSouth practices should be followed by WinSonic
                when
                operating in the BellSouth
                Premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4

            	
              Environmental
                and Safety Inspections. BellSouth
                reserves the right to inspect the WinSonic space with proper notification.
                BellSouth reserves the right to stop any WinSonic work operation
                that
                imposes Imminent Danger to the environment, employees or other persons
                in
                or around a BellSouth Premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.5

            	
              Hazardous
                Materials Brought On Site. Any
                hazardous materials brought into, used, stored or abandoned at a
                BellSouth
                Premises by WinSonic are owned by and considered the property of
                WinSonic.
                WinSonic will indemnify BellSouth

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      218 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      4 - Central Office

    Exhibit
      A

    Page
      48

     

    
      	 	
              for
                claims, lawsuits or damages to persons or property caused by these
                materials. Without prior written BellSouth approval, no substantial
                new
                safety or environmental hazards can be created by WinSonic or different
                hazardous materials used by WinSonic at a BellSouth Premises. WinSonic
                must demonstrate adequate emergency response capabilities for the
                materials used by WinSonic or remaining at a BellSouth
                Premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.6

            	
              Spills
                and Releases. When
                contamination is discovered at a BellSouth Premises, either Party
                discovering the condition must notify the other Party. All Spills
                or
                Releases of regulated materials will immediately be reported by WinSonic
                to BellSouth.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.7

            	
              Coordinated
                Environmental Plans and Permits. BellSouth
                and WinSonic will coordinate plans, permits or information required
                to be
                submitted to government agencies, such as emergency response plans,
                spill
                prevention control and countermeasures (SPCC) plans and community
                reporting. If fees are associated with filing, BellSouth and WinSonic
                will
                develop a cost sharing procedure. If BellSouth’s permit or EPA
                identification number must be used, WinSonic must comply with all
                of
                BellSouth’s permit conditions and environmental processes, including
                environmental “best management practices (BMP)” (see Section 2, below) and
                the selection of BST disposition vendors and disposal
                sites.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.8

            	
              Environmental
                and Safety Indemnification. BellSouth
                and WinSonic shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other
                Party
                from and against any claims (including, without limitation, third-party
                claims for personal injury or death or real or personal property
                damage),
                judgments, damages (including direct and indirect damages and punitive
                damages), penalties, fines, forfeitures, costs, liabilities, interest
                and
                losses arising in connection with the violation or alleged violation
                of
                any Applicable Law or contractual obligation or the presence or alleged
                presence of contamination arising out of the acts or omissions of
                the
                indemnifying Party, its employees, agents, suppliers, or Guests concerning
                its operations at a BellSouth
                Premises.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Categories
                for Consideration of Environmental
                Issues

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              When
                performing functions that fall under the following Environmental
                categories on BellSouth’s Premises, WinSonic agrees to comply with the
                applicable sections of the current issue of BellSouth’s Environmental and
                Safety Methods and Procedures (M&Ps), incorporated herein by this
                reference. WinSonic further agrees to cooperate with BellSouth to
                ensure
                that WinSonic’s employees, agents, suppliers and/or Guests are
                knowledgeable of and satisfy those provisions of BellSouth’s Environmental
                M&Ps, which apply to the specific Environmental function being
                performed by WinSonic, its employees, agents, suppliers, and/or
                Guests.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              The
                most current version of the reference documentation must be requested
                from
                WinSonic’s BellSouth Regional Contract Manager
                (RCM).

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      219 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              Attachment
                4 - Central Office

            
	
              Exhibit
                A

            
	
              Page
                49

            

    

    

    

    
      	
              Environmental
                Categories

            	
              Environmental
                Issues

            	
              Addressed
                By The Following

            
	 	 	
              Documentation

            
	
              Disposal
                of hazardous

            	
              Compliance
                with all

            	
              Std
                T&C 450

            
	
              material
                or other regulated

            	
              applicable
                local, state &

            	
              Fact
                Sheet Series 17000

            
	
              material
                (e.g., batteries,

            	
              federal
                laws and regulations

            	 
	
              fluorescent
                tubes, solvents &

            	 	 
	
              cleaning
                materials)

            	
              Pollution
                liability insurance

            	
              Std
                T&C 660-3

            
	 	
              EVET
                approval of supplier

            	
              Approved
                Environmental

            
	 	 	
              Vendor
                List (Contact RCM

            
	 	 	
              Representative)

            
	
              Emergency
                response

            	
              Hazmat/waste
                release/spill fire

            	
              Fact
                Sheet Series 17000

            
	 	
              safety
                emergency

            	
              Building
                Emergency

            
	 	 	
              Operations
                Plan (EOP)

            
	 	 	
              (specific
                to and located on

            
	 	 	
              BellSouth’s
                Premises)

            
	
              Contract
                labor/outsourcing for

            	
              Compliance
                with all

            	
              Std
                T&C 450

            
	
              services
                with environmental

            	
              applicable
                local, state and

            	 
	
              implications
                to be performed

            	
              federal
                laws and regulations

            	 
	
              on
                BellSouth Premises (e.g.,

            	 	
              Std
                T&C 450-B

            
	
              disposition
                of hazardous

            	
              Performance
                of services in

            	
              (Contact
                RCM Representative

            
	
              material/waste;
                maintenance

            	
              accordance
                with BST’s

            	
              for
                copy of appropriate E/S

            
	
              of
                storage tanks)

            	
              environmental
                M&Ps

            	
              M&Ps.)

            
	 	
              Insurance

            	
              Std
                T&C 660

            
	
              Transportation
                of hazardous

            	
              Compliance
                with all

            	
              Std
                T&C 450

            
	
              material

            	
              applicable
                local, state &

            	
              Fact
                Sheet Series 17000

            
	 	
              federal
                laws and regulations

            	 
	 	
              Pollution
                liability insurance

            	
              Std
                T&C 660-3

            
	 	
              EVET
                approval of supplier

            	 
	 	 	
              Approved
                Environmental

            
	 	 	
              Vendor
                List (Contact RCM

            
	 	 	
              Representative)

            
	
              Maintenance/operations
                work

            	
              Compliance
                with all

            	
              Std
                T&C 450

            
	
              which
                may produce a waste

            	
              applicable
                local, state &

            	 
	 	
              federal
                laws and regulations

            	 
	
              Other
                maintenance work

            	
              Protection
                of BST employees

            	
              29
                C.F.R. § 1910.147 (OSHA

            
	 	
              and
                equipment

            	
              Standard)

            
	 	 	
              29
                C.F.R. § 1910 Subpart O

            
	 	 	
              (OSHA
                Standard)

            

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA 

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      220 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              Attachment
                4 - Central Office

            
	
              Exhibit
                A

            
	
              Page
                50

            

    

    

    
      	3.	
              Definitions
                

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Generator.
                Under
                RCRA, the person whose act produces a Hazardous Waste, as defined
                in 40
                C.F.R. § 261, or whose act first causes a Hazardous Waste to become
                subject to regulation. The Generator is legally responsible for the
                proper
                management and disposal of Hazardous Wastes in accordance with
                regulations. 

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Hazardous
                Chemical.
                As
                defined in the U.S. OSHA hazard communications standard (29 C.F.R.
§
                1910.1200), any chemical which is a health hazard or physical hazard.
                

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Hazardous
                Waste.
                As defined in Section 1004 of RCRA.

            

    

     

    
      

    
      	
              Janitorial
                service

            	
              All
                waste removal and

            	
              Procurement
                Manager (CRES

            
	 	
              disposal
                must conform to all

            	
              Related
                Matters)-BST Supply

            
	 	
              applicable
                federal, state and

            	
              Chain
                Services

            
	 	
              local
                regulations

            	 
	 	
              All
                Hazardous Material and

            	
              Fact
                Sheet Series 17000

            
	 	
              Waste

            	 
	 	
              Asbestos
                notification and

            	
              GU-BTEN-001BT,
                Chapter 3

            
	 	
              protection
                of employees and

            	
              BSP
                010-170-001BS

            
	 	
              equipment

            	
              (Hazcom)

            
	
              Manhole
                cleaning

            	
              Compliance
                with all

            	
              Std
                T&C 450

            
	 	
              applicable
                local, state &

            	
              Fact
                Sheet 14050

            
	 	
              federal
                laws and regulations

            	
              BSP
                620-145-011PR

            
	 	 	
              Issue
                A, August 1996

            
	 	
              Pollution
                liability insurance

            	
              Std
                T&C 660-3

            
	 	
              EVET
                approval of supplier

            	
              Approved
                Environmental

            
	 	 	
              Vendor
                List (Contact RCM

            
	 	 	
              Representative)

            
	
              Removing
                or disturbing

            	
              Asbestos
                work practices

            	
              GU-BTEN-001BT,
                Chapter 3

            
	
              building
                materials that may

            	 	
              for
                questions regarding

            
	
              contain
                asbestos

            	 	
              removing
                or disturbing

            
	 	 	
              materials
                that contain

            
	 	 	
              asbestos,
                call the BellSouth

            
	 	 	
              Building
                Service Center: AL,

            
	 	 	
              MS,
                TN, KY & LA (local area

            
	 	 	
              code)
                557-6194

            
	 	 	
              FL,
                GA, NC & SC (local area

            
	 	 	
              code)
                780-2740

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      221 of 277

    
      
         

      

      
         

        
          

        

      

      
         

      

    

    Attachment
      4 - Central Office

    Exhibit
      A

    Page
      51

    Imminent
      Danger. Any
      conditions or practices at a BellSouth Premises which are 

    such
      that a danger exists which could reasonably be expected to cause immediate
      

    death
      or serious harm to people or immediate significant damage to the 

    environment
      or natural resources. 

     

    Spill
      or Release. As
      defined in Section 101 of CERCLA. 

     

    
      	4.	
              Acronyms
                

            

    

     

    RCM
      - Regional Collocation Manager (f/k/a Account Team Collocation 

    Coordinator)
      

     

    BST
      -
      BellSouth Telecommunications 

     

    CRES
      -
      Corporate Real Estate and Services (formerly PS&M) 

     

    DEC/LDEC
      -
      Department Environmental Coordinator/Local Department 

    Environmental
      Coordinator 

     

    E/S
      -
      Environmental/Safety 

     

    EVET
      -
      Environmental Vendor Evaluation Team 

     

    GU-BTEN-001BT
      - BellSouth Environmental Methods and Procedures 

     

    NESC
      -
      National Electrical Safety Codes 

     

    P&SM
      -
      Property & Services Management 

     

    Std
      T&C -
      Standard Terms & Conditions 

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      222 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              COLLOCATION
                - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment
                4 Exh: B 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              PHYSICAL
                COLLOCATION 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Application
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - Initial Application Fee 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1BA
                

            	 	
              1,284.72
                

            	 	
              0.59
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - Subsequent Application Fee 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1CA
                

            	 	
              1,084.41
                

            	 	
              0.59
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - Co-Carrier Cross Connects/Direct 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Connect,
                Application Fee, per application 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1DT
                

            	 	
              583.18
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                Administrative Only - Application Fee 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1BL
                

            	 	
              740.83
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - Application Cost, Simple Augment 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1KS
                

            	 	
              594.05
                

            	 	
              1.21
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - Application Cost, Minor Augment 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1KM
                

            	 	
              832.95
                

            	 	
              1.21
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - Application Cost, Intermediate Augment 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1K1
                

            	 	
              1,057.00
                

            	 	
              1.21
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - Application Cost - Major Augment 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1KJ
                

            	 	
              2,408.00
                

            	 	
              1.21
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Space
                Preparation 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - Floor Space, per sq feet 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1PJ
                

            	
              4.71
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Space Enclosure, welded wire, first 50 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              square
                feet 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1BX
                

            	
              144.71
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Space enclosure, welded wire, first 100 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              square
                feet 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1BW
                

            	
              167.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Space enclosure, welded wire, each 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              additional
                50 square feet 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1CW
                

            	
              16.38
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Space Preparation - C.O. Modification per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              square
                ft. 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1SK
                

            	
              2.10
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Space Preparation, Common Systems 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Modifications-Cageless,
                per square foot 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1SL
                

            	
              2.27
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Space Preparation - Common Systems 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Modifications-Caged,
                per cage 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1SM
                

            	
              77.24
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Space Preparation - Firm Order 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Processing
                

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1SJ
                

            	 	
              140.96
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Space Availability Report, per Central 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Office
                Requested 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1SR
                

            	 	
              248.50
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Power
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Power, -48V DC Power - per Fused Amp 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Requested
                

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1PL
                

            	
              4.84
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Power, 120V AC Power, Single Phase, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                Breaker Amp 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1FB
                

            	
              5.16
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Power, 240V AC Power, Single Phase, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                Breaker Amp 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1FD
                

            	
              10.34
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Power, 120V AC Power, Three Phase, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Breaker
                Amp 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1FE
                

            	
              15.50
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Power, 277V AC Power, Three Phase, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Breaker
                Amp 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1FG
                

            	
              35.79
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Cross
                Connects (Cross Connects, Co-Carrier Cross Connects, and Ports)
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEANL,UEQ,
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNCNX,
                UEA, UCL, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UAL,
                UHL, UDN, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - 2-wire cross-connect,

            	
              loop,
                provisioning 

            	 	 	
              UNCVX
                

            	
              PE1P2
                

            	
              0.0202
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEA,
                UHL, UNCVX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - 4-wire cross-connect,

            	
              loop,
                provisioning 

            	 	 	
              UNCDX,
                UCL, UDL 

            	
              PE1P4
                

            	
              0.0403
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              WDS1L,
                WDS1S, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UXTD1,
                ULDD1, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              USLEL,
                UNLD1, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TD1,
                UNC1X, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEPSR,
                UEPSB, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEPSE,
                UEPSP, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                -DS1 Cross-Connect for Physical 

            	 	 	
              USL,
                UEPEX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Collocation,
                provisioning 

            	 	 	
              UEPDX
                

            	
              PE1P1
                

            	
              0.3807
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version:
                2Q06 Standard ICA 06/13/06

            	 	
              Page
                1 of 6

            
	 	
              CCCS
                223 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              COLLOCATION
                - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment
                4 Exh: B 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UE3,
                U1TD3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UXTD3,
                UXTS1, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNC3X,
                UNCSX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULDD3,
                U1TS1, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULDS1,
                UNLD3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEPEX,
                UEPDX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEPSR,
                UEPSB, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - DS3 Cross-Connect, provisioning 

            	 	 	
              UEPSE,
                UEPSP 

            	
              PE1P3
                

            	
              4.15
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              CLO,
                ULDO3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULD12,
                ULD48, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TO3,
                U1T12, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1T48,
                UDLO3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - 2-Fiber Cross-Connect 

            	 	 	
              UDL12,
                UDF 

            	
              PE1F2
                

            	
              1.76
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULDO3,
                ULD12, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULD48,
                U1TO3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1T12,
                U1T48, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UDLO3,
                UDL12, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - 4-Fiber Cross-Connect 

            	 	 	
              UDF,
                UDFCX 

            	
              PE1F4
                

            	
              3.38
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - Co-Carrier Cross Connects/Direct 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Connect
                - Fiber Cable Support Structure, per linear foot, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              cable.
                

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1ES
                

            	
              0.001
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Co-Carrier Cross Connect/Direct Connect - 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Copper/Coax
                Cable Support Structure, per linear foot, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              cable.
                

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1DS
                

            	
              0.0015
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEPSR,
                UEPSP, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEPSE,
                UEPSB, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                2-Wire Cross Connect, Port 

            	 	 	
              UEPSX,
                UEP2C 

            	
              PE1R2
                

            	
              0.0202
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                4-Wire Cross Connect, Port 

            	 	 	
              UEPEX,
                UEPDD 

            	
              PE1R4
                

            	
              0.0403
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Security
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Security Escort for Basic Time - normally 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              scheduled
                work, per half hour 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1BT
                

            	 	
              16.51
                

            	
              10.82
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Security Escort for Overtime - outside of 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              normally
                scheduled working hours on a scheduled work day, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                half hour 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1OT
                

            	 	
              21.90
                

            	
              14.17
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Security Escort for Premium Time - 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              outside
                of scheduled work day, per half hour 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1PT
                

            	 	
              27.29
                

            	
              17.53
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Security Access System - Security System 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                Central Office, per Sq. Ft. 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1AY
                

            	
              0.011
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation -Security Access System - New Card 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Activation,
                per Card Activation (First), per State 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1A1
                

            	 	
              21.98
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Security Access System - New Access 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Card
                Deactivation, per Card 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1A4
                

            	 	
              8.72
                

            	
              8.72
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation-Security Access System-Administrative 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Change,
                existing Access Card, per Request, per State, per Card 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1AA
                

            	 	
              5.37
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Security Access System - Replace Lost or 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Stolen
                Card, per Card 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1AR
                

            	 	
              16.99
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - Security Access - Initial

            	
              Key,
                per Key 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1AK
                

            	 	
              13.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Security Access - Key, Replace Lost or 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Stolen
                Key, per Key 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1AL
                

            	 	
              13.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              CFA
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - CFA Information Resend Request, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              premises,
                per arrangement, per request 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1C9
                

            	 	
              77.42
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Cable
                Records - Note: The rates in the First & Additional columns will
                actually be billed as "Initial I" and "Subsequent S" respectively
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - Cable Records, per request 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1CR
                

            	 	
              I

            	
              742.92
                

            	
              S

            	
              477.59
                

            	
              125.63
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation, Cable Records, VG/DS0 Cable, per cable 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              record
                (maximum 3600 records) 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1CD
                

            	 	 	
              317.29
                

            	 	 	
              177.60
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation,
                Cable Records, VG/DS0 Cable, per each 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              100
                pair 

            	 	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1CO
                

            	 	 	
              4.47
                

            	 	 	
              5.29
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version:
                2Q06 Standard ICA 06/13/06

            	 	
              Page
                2 of 6

            
	 	
              CCCS
                224 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              COLLOCATION
                - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment
                4 Exh: B 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation,
                Cable Records, DS1, per T1 TIE 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1C1
                

            	 	
              2.22
                

            	 	
              2.62
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation,
                Cable Records, DS3, per T3 TIE 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1C3
                

            	 	
              7.76
                

            	 	
              9.18
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Cable Records, Fiber Cable, per cable 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              record
                (maximum 99 records) 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1CB
                

            	 	
              83.37
                

            	 	
              73.49
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation,
                Cable Records,CAT5/RJ45 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1C5
                

            	 	
              2.22
                

            	 	
              2.62
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Virtual
                to Physical 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Virtual

            	
              to
                Physical

            	
              Collocation
                Relocation, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                Voice Grade Circuit 

            	 	 	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1BV
                

            	 	
              33.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Virtual

            	
              to
                Physical

            	
              Collocation
                Relocation, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                DSO Circuit 

            	 	 	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1BO
                

            	 	
              33.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Virtual

            	
              to
                Physical

            	
              Collocation
                Relocation, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                DS1 Circuit 

            	 	 	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1B1
                

            	 	
              52.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Virtual

            	
              to
                Physical

            	
              Collocation
                Relocation, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                DS3 Circuit 

            	 	 	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1B3
                

            	 	
              52.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Virtual

            	
              to
                Physical

            	
              Collocation
                In-Place, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Per
                Voice Grade Circuit 

            	 	 	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1BR
                

            	 	
              22.59
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation Virtual

            	
              to
                Physical

            	
              Collocation
                In-Place, Per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DSO
                Circuit 

            	 	 	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1BP
                

            	 	
              22.59
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Virtual

            	
              to
                Physical

            	
              Collocation
                In-Place, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Per
                DS1 Circuit 

            	 	 	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1BS
                

            	 	
              32.85
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Virtual

            	
              to
                Physical

            	
              Collocation
                In-Place, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                DS3 Circuit 

            	 	 	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1BE
                

            	 	
              32.85
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Entrance
                Cable 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Fiber Cable Installation, Pricing, non-

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              recurring
                charge, per Entrance Cable 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1BD
                

            	 	
              736.20
                

            	 	
              21.49
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Fiber Cable Support Structure, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Entrance
                Cable 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1PM
                

            	
              7.37
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation, Entrance Cable Support Structure, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Copper,
                per each 100 pairs or fraction thereof (CO Manhole to 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Collocation
                Space) 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1EE
                

            	
              0.2686
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation, Entrance Cable Installation, Copper, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Cable
                (CO Manhole to Collocation Space) 

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1EF
                

            	 	
              754.41
                

            	 	
              21.49
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation, Entrance Cable Installation, Copper, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              each
                100 pairs or fraction thereof (CO Manhole to Collocation 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Space)
                

            	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1EG
                

            	 	
              9.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                - Fiber Entrance Cable Installation, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Fiber
                

            	 	 	 	
              CLO
                

            	
              PE1ED
                

            	 	
              3.90
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              VIRTUAL
                COLLOCATION 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Application
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                - Application Fee 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              EAF
                

            	 	
              608.92
                

            	 	
              0.59
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation - Co-Carrier Cross Connects/Direct Connect, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Application
                Fee, per application 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1CA
                

            	 	
              583.18
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                Administrative Only - Application Fee 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1AF
                

            	 	
              609.52
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Space
                Preparation 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                - Floor Space, per sq. ft. 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              ESPVX
                

            	
              4.71
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Power
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                - Power, per fused amp 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              ESPAX
                

            	
              4.84
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Cross
                Connects (Cross Connects, Co-Carrier Cross Connects, and Ports)
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEANL,
                UEA, UDN, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UAL,
                UHL, UCL, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEQ,
                UNCVX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation -

            	
              2-wire
                cross-connect, loop, provisioning 

            	 	 	
              UNCDX,
                UNCNX 

            	
              UEAC2
                

            	
              0.0192
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEA,
                UHL, UCL, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UDL,
                UNCVX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation - 4-wire cross-connect, loop, provisioning 

            	 	 	
              UNCDX
                

            	
              UEAC4
                

            	
              0.0385
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    
      	
              Version:
                2Q06 Standard ICA 06/13/06

            	 	
              Page
                3 of 6

            
	 	
              CCCS
                225 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              COLLOCATION
                - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment
                4 Exh: B 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULR,
                UXTD1, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNC1X,
                ULDD1, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TD1,
                USLEL, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              collocation
                - Special

            	
              Access
                & UNE, cross-connect per 

            	 	 	
              UNLD1,
                USL, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS1
                

            	 	 	 	 	
              UEPEX,
                UEPDX 

            	
              CNC1X
                

            	
              0.3807
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              USL,
                UE3, U1TD3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UXTS1,
                UXTD3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UNC3X,
                UNCSX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              ULDD3,
                U1TS1, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              collocation
                - Special

            	
              Access
                & UNE, cross-connect per 

            	 	 	
              ULDS1,
                UDLSX, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DS3
                

            	 	 	 	 	
              UNLD3
                

            	
              CND3X
                

            	
              4.15
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UDL12,
                UDLO3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1T48,
                U1T12, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TO3,
                ULDO3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation - 2-Fiber Cross Connects 

            	 	 	
              ULD12,
                ULD48, UDF 

            	
              CNC2F
                

            	
              1.76
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UDL12,
                UDLO3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1T48,
                U1T12, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              U1TO3,
                ULDO3, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation - 4-Fiber Cross Connects 

            	 	 	
              ULD12,
                ULD48, UDF 

            	
              CNC4F
                

            	
              3.53
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation - Co-Carrier Cross Connects/Direct Connect - 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Fiber
                Cable Support Structure, per linear foot, per cable 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1CB
                

            	
              0.001
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation - Co-Carrier Cross Connects/Direct Connect - 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Copper/Coax
                Cable Support Structure, per linear foot, per cable 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1CD
                

            	
              0.0015
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEPSX,
                UEPSB, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEPSE,
                UEPSP, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                2-Wire Cross Connect, Port 

            	 	 	
              UEPSR,
                UEP2C 

            	
              VE1R2
                

            	
              0.0192
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                4-Wire Cross Connect, Port 

            	 	 	
              UEPDD,
                UEPEX 

            	
              VE1R4
                

            	
              0.0385
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              CFA
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation - CFA Information Resend Request, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Premises,
                per Arrangement, per request 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1QR
                

            	 	
              77.42
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Cable
                Records - Note: The rates in the First & Additional columns will
                actually be billed as "Initial I" & "Subsequent S" respectively
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                Cable Records - per request 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1BA
                

            	 	
              I

            	
              742.92
                

            	
              S

            	
              477.59
                

            	
              125.63
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation Cable Records - VG/DS0 Cable, per cable 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              record
                

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1BB
                

            	 	 	
              317.29
                

            	 	 	
              177.60
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation Cable Records - VG/DS0 Cable, per each 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              100
                pair 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1BC
                

            	 	 	
              4.47
                

            	 	 	
              5.29
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                Cable Records - DS1, per T1TIE 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1BD
                

            	 	 	
              2.22
                

            	 	 	
              2.62
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                Cable Records - DS3, per T3TIE 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1BE
                

            	 	 	
              7.76
                

            	 	 	
              9.18
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation Cable Records - Fiber Cable, per 99 fiber 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              records
                

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1BF
                

            	 	 	
              83.37
                

            	 	 	
              73.49
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                Cable Records - CAT 5/RJ45 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1B5
                

            	 	 	
              2.22
                

            	 	 	
              2.62
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Security
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                collocation - Security escort, basic time, normally 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              scheduled
                work hours 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              SPTBX
                

            	 	 	
              16.51
                

            	 	
              10.82
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                collocation - Security escort, overtime, outside of 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              normally
                scheduled work hours on a normal working day 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              SPTOX
                

            	 	 	
              21.90
                

            	 	
              14.17
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                collocation - Security escort, premium time, outside of a 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              scheduled
                work day 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              SPTPX
                

            	 	 	
              27.29
                

            	 	
              17.53
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Maintenance
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              collocation
                - Maintenance in CO - Basic, per half hour 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              CTRLX
                

            	 	 	
              26.52
                

            	 	
              10.82
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              collocation
                - Maintenance in CO - Overtime, per half hour 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              SPTOM
                

            	 	 	
              35.41
                

            	 	
              14.17
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              collocation
                - Maintenance in CO - Premium per half hour 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              SPTPM
                

            	 	 	
              44.30
                

            	 	
              17.53
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Entrance
                Cable 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    
      	
              Version:
                2Q06 Standard ICA 06/13/06

            	 	
              Page
                4 of 6

            
	 	
              CCCS
                226 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              COLLOCATION
                - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment
                4 Exh: B 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                - Cable Installation Charge, per cable 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              ESPCX
                

            	 	
              736.20
                

            	 	
              21.49
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation - Cable Support Structure, per cable 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              ESPSX
                

            	
              7.74
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation, Entrance Cable Support Structure, Copper, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                each 100 pairs or fraction thereof (CO Manhole to Frame) 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1EE
                

            	
              0.235
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation, Entrance Cable Installation, Copper, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Cable
                (CO Manhole to Frame) 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1EF
                

            	 	
              754.41
                

            	 	
              21.49
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation, Entrance Cable Installation, Copper, per 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              each
                100 pairs or fraction thereof (CO Manhole to Frame) 

            	 	 	
              AMTFS
                

            	
              VE1EG
                

            	 	
              9.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              COLLOCATION
                IN THE REMOTE SITE 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Physical
                Remote Site Collocation 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation
                in the Remote Site - Application Fee 

            	 	 	
              CLORS
                

            	
              PE1RA
                

            	 	
              300.31
                

            	 	
              132.49
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Cabinet
                Space in the Remote Site per Bay/

            	
              Rack
                

            	 	 	
              CLORS
                

            	
              PE1RB
                

            	
              148.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical

            	
              Collocation

            	
              in
                the Remote Site - Security Access - Key 

            	 	 	
              CLORS
                

            	
              PE1RD
                

            	 	
              13.19
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation in the Remote Site - Space Availability 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Report
                per Premises Requested 

            	 	 	
              CLORS
                

            	
              PE1SR
                

            	 	
              109.83
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation in the Remote Site - Remote Site CLLI 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Code
                Request, per CLLI Code Requested 

            	 	 	
              CLORS
                

            	
              PE1RE
                

            	 	
              36.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Remote
                Site DLEC Data (BRSDD), per Compact Disk, per CO 

            	 	 	
              CLORS
                

            	
              PE1RR
                

            	 	
              116.71
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Security Escort for Basic Time - normally 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              scheduled
                work, per half hour 

            	 	 	
              CLORS
                

            	
              PE1BT
                

            	 	
              16.51
                

            	
              10.82
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Security Escort for Overtime - outside of 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              normally
                scheduled working hours on a scheduled work day, 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                half hour 

            	 	 	
              CLORS
                

            	
              PE1OT
                

            	 	
              21.90
                

            	
              14.17
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Physical
                Collocation - Security Escort for Premium Time - 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              outside
                of scheduled work day, per half hour 

            	 	 	
              CLORS
                

            	
              PE1PT
                

            	 	
              27.29
                

            	
              17.53
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Adjacent
                Remote Site Collocation 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Remote
                Site-Adjacent Collocation-Application Fee 

            	 	 	
              CLORS
                

            	
              PE1RU
                

            	 	
              755.62
                

            	
              755.62
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Remote
                Site-Adjacent Collocation - Real

            	
              Estate,
                per square foot 

            	 	 	
              CLORS
                

            	
              PE1RT
                

            	
              0.134
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Remote
                Site-Adjacent Collocation - AC Power, per breaker amp 

            	 	 	
              CLORS
                

            	
              PE1RS
                

            	
              6.27
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              NOTE:
                If Security Escort and/or Add'l Engineering Fees become necessary
                for
                adjacent remote site collocation, the Parties will negotiate appropriate
                rates. 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Virtual
                Remote Site Collocation 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                in the Remote Site - Application Fee 

            	 	 	
              VE1RS
                

            	
              VE1RB
                

            	 	
              300.31
                

            	 	
              132.49
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual

            	
              Collocation
                in the Remote Site - Per Bay/Rack of Space 

            	 	 	
              VE1RS
                

            	
              VE1RC
                

            	
              148.11
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation in the Remote Site - Space Availability Report

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                Premises requested 

            	 	 	
              VE1RS
                

            	
              VE1RR
                

            	 	
              109.83
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Virtual
                Collocation in the Remote Site - Remote Site CLLI Code 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Request,
                per CLLI Code Requested 

            	 	 	
              VE1RS
                

            	
              VE1RL
                

            	 	
              36.00
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              ADJACENT
                COLLOCATION 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - Space Charge per Sq. Ft. 

            	 	 	
              CLOAC
                

            	
              PE1JA
                

            	
              0.1725
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - Electrical Facility Charge per Linear Ft. 

            	 	 	
              CLOAC
                

            	
              PE1JC
                

            	
              4.12
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	
              UEANL,UEQ,UEA,U
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - 2-Wire Cross-Connects 

            	 	 	
              CL,
                UAL, UHL, UDN 

            	
              PE1JE
                

            	
              0.0176
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - 4-Wire Cross-Connects 

            	 	 	
              UEA,UHL,UDL,UCL
                

            	
              PE1JF
                

            	
              0.0353
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - DS1 Cross-Connects 

            	 	 	
              USL
                

            	
              PE1JG
                

            	
              0.3686
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - DS3 Cross-Connects 

            	 	 	
              UE3
                

            	
              PE1JH
                

            	
              4.83
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - 2-Fiber Cross-Connect 

            	 	 	
              CLOAC
                

            	
              PE1JJ
                

            	
              1.69
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - 4-Fiber Cross-Connect 

            	 	 	
              CLOAC
                

            	
              PE1JK
                

            	
              3.31
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - Application Fee 

            	 	 	
              CLOAC
                

            	
              PE1JB
                

            	 	
              1,380.83
                

            	 	
              0.50
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - 120V, Single Phase Standby Power Rate 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                AC Breaker Amp 

            	 	 	
              CLOAC
                

            	
              PE1JL
                

            	
              5.16
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - 240V, Single Phase Standby Power Rate 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                AC Breaker Amp 

            	 	 	
              CLOAC
                

            	
              PE1JM
                

            	
              10.34
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    
      	
              Version:
                2Q06 Standard ICA 06/13/06

            	 	
              Page
                5 of 6

            
	 	
              CCCS
                227 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              COLLOCATION
                - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment
                4 Exh: B 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - 120V, Three Phase Standby Power Rate 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                AC Breaker Amp 

            	 	 	
              CLOAC
                

            	
              PE1JN
                

            	
              15.50
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - 277V, Three Phase Standby Power Rate 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                AC Breaker Amp 

            	 	 	
              CLOAC
                

            	
              PE1JO
                

            	
              35.79
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Adjacent
                Collocation - 240V, Three Phase Standby Power Rate 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              per
                AC Breaker Amp 

            	 	 	
              CLOAC
                

            	
              PE1JD
                

            	
              35.79
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Note:
                Rates displaying an "I" in Interim column are interim as a result
                of a
                Commission order. 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version:
                2Q06 Standard ICA 06/13/06

            	 	
              Page
                6 of 6

            
	 	
              CCCS
                228 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
 

    Attachment
      5

    Page
      1

    Attachment
      5 

     

    Access
      to Numbers and Number Portability

     

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      229 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
 

    Attachment
      5

    Page
      2

    TABLE
      OF CONTENTS

    

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Non-Discriminatory
                Access to Telephone Numbers

            	
              3

            
	
              2.

            	
              Local
                Number Portability

            	
              4

            
	
              3.

            	
              Service
                Order Charges

            	
              5

            
	
              4.

            	
              LNP
                In Conjunction with Local Switching

            	
              5

            

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      230 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      5

    Page
      3

     

    
      	 	
              ACCESS
                TO NUMBERS AND NUMBER PORTABILITY

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Non-Discriminatory
                Access to Telephone Numbers

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              During
                the term of this Agreement, where WinSonic is utilizing its own switch,
                WinSonic shall contact the North American Numbering Plan Administrator
                (NANPA), or, where applicable, the relevant Number Pool Administrator
                for
                the assignment of numbering
                resources.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              Where
                BellSouth provides local switching or resold services to WinSonic,
                BellSouth will provide WinSonic with online access to available telephone
                numbers as defined by applicable FCC rules and regulations on a first
                come
                first served basis. WinSonic acknowledges that such access to numbers
                shall be in accordance with the appropriate FCC rules and regulations.
                WinSonic may designate up to a forecasted six (6) months supply of
                available numbers as intermediate (an available number provided to
                WinSonic) telephone numbers per rate center if the following conditions
                are met:

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2.1

            	
              WinSonic
                must:
                (1)
                indicate that all of the intermediate numbers currently held by WinSonic
                in each rate center where WinSonic will be requesting intermediate
                telephone numbers have six (6) or less months to exhaust; (2) supply
                projected monthly telephone number demand on a rate center basis
                for the
                coming twelve (12) months for each rate center where WinSonic will
                be
                requesting intermediate telephone numbers; and, (3) demonstrate that
                the
                utilization level on current intermediate numbers held by WinSonic
                in the
                rate center where WinSonic is requesting telephone numbers has reached
                at
                least seventy-five percent (75%).

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2.2

            	
              The
                above information will be provided by WinSonic by submitting to BellSouth
                a fully completed “CO Code Assignments Months To Exhaust Certification
                Worksheet - TN Level” (MTE Worksheet), Appendix B to the Central Office
                Code (NXX) Assignments Guidelines, INC 95-0407-008 for each rate
                center
                where WinSonic will be requesting intermediate telephone numbers.
                The
                utilization level is calculated by dividing all intermediate numbers
                currently assigned by WinSonic to customers by the total number of
                intermediate numbers held by WinSonic in the rate center and multiplying
                the result by one hundred (100).

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2.3

            	
              If
                fulfilling WinSonic’s request for intermediate numbers results in
                BellSouth having to submit a request for additional telephone numbers
                to a
                national numbering administrator (either NANPA CO Code Administration
                or
                NeuStar Pooling Administration or their successors), BellSouth will
                submit
                the required numbering request to the national numbering administrator
                to
                satisfy WinSonic’s request for intermediate numbers. BellSouth will also
                pursue all appropriate steps

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

     

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      231 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      5

    Page
      4

     

    
      	 	
              (including
                submitting a safety valve request (petition) to the appropriate Commission
                if the numbering request is denied by the national administrator)
                to
                satisfy WinSonic’s request for intermediate numbers. In these cases,
                BellSouth is not obligated to fulfill the request by WinSonic for
                intermediate numbers unless, and until, BellSouth’s request for additional
                numbering resources is granted.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.2.4

            	
              WinSonic
                agrees to supply supporting information for any numbering request
                and/or
                safety valve request that BellSouth files pursuant to Section 1.2.3
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.3

            	
              WinSonic
                acknowledges that there may be instances where there is an industry
                shortage of available telephone numbers in a number plan area (NPA).
                These
                instances occur where a jeopardy status has been declared by NANPA
                and the
                industry has determined that limiting the assignment of new numbers
                is the
                appropriate method to employ until the jeopardy can be alleviated.
                In such
                NPA jeopardy situations where assignment of new numbers is restricted
                per
                the jeopardy guidelines developed by the industry, BellSouth may
                request
                that WinSonic cancel all or a portion of its unassigned intermediate
                numbers. WinSonic’s consent to BellSouth’s request shall not be
                unreasonably withheld.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Local
                Number Portability

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              The
                Parties will offer LNP in accordance with rules, regulations and
                guidelines adopted by the Commission, the FCC and industry
                fora.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              Service
                Management System (SMS) Administration. The
                Parties will work cooperatively with other local service providers
                to
                establish and maintain contracts for the LNP
                SMS.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.3

            	
              Network
                Architecture. The
                Parties agree to adhere to applicable FCC rules and orders governing
                LNP
                network architecture.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.4

            	
              Signaling.
                In
                connection with LNP, each Party agrees to use SS7 signaling in accordance
                with applicable FCC rules and
                orders.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.5

            	
              N-1
                Query. The
                Parties agree to adhere to applicable FCC rules and orders governing
                LNP
                N-1 queries.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.6

            	
              Porting
                of Reserved Numbers and Suspended Lines. Customers
                of each Party may port numbers, via LNP, that are in a denied state
                or
                that are on suspend status. In addition, customers of each Party
                may port
                reserved numbers that the customer has paid to reserve. Portable
                reserved
                numbers are identified on the Customer Service Record (CSR). In
                anticipation of porting from one Party to the other Party, a Party’s
                customer may reserve additional telephone numbers and include them
                with
                the numbers that are subsequently ported to the other Party. It is
                not
                necessary to restore a denied number before it is
                ported.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.7

            	
              Splitting
                of Number Groups. The
                Parties shall permit blocks of subscriber numbers (including, but
                not
                limited to, Direct Inward Dial (DID) numbers
                and

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      232 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      5

    Page
      5

     

    
      	 	
              MultiServ
                groups) to be split in connection with an LNP request. BellSouth
                and
                WinSonic shall permit customers who port a portion of DID numbers
                to
                retain DID service on the remaining portion of numbers. If a Party
                requests porting a range of DID numbers smaller than a whole block,
                that
                Party shall pay the applicable charges for doing so as set forth
                in
                Attachment 2. In the event no rate is set forth in Attachment 2,
                then the
                Parties shall negotiate a rate for such
                services.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.8

            	
              The
                Parties will set Location Routing Number (LRN) unconditional or ten
                (10)
                digit triggers where applicable. Where triggers are set, the porting
                Party
                will remove the ported number at the same time the trigger is
                removed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.9

            	
              A
                trigger order is a service order issued in advance of the porting
                of a
                number. A trigger order 1) initiates call queries to the AIN SS7
                network
                in advance of the number being ported; and 2) provides for the new
                service
                provider to be in control of when a number
                ports.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.10

            	
              Where
                triggers are not set, the Parties shall coordinate the porting of
                the
                number between service providers so as to minimize service interruptions
                to the customer.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.11

            	
              BellSouth
                and WinSonic will work cooperatively to implement changes to LNP
                process
                flows ordered by the FCC or as recommended by standard industry foras
                addressing LNP.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.12

            	
              Where
                WinSonic utilizes BellSouth’s LNP Query Service, BellSouth shall bill and
                WinSonic shall pay the query charge associated with LNP Query Service
                as
                set forth in Attachment 2. To receive the LNP Query Service charge
                set
                forth in Attachment 2, WinSonic shall fill out and submit the
                Interconnection data sheet for BellSouth LNP Query Service. The form
                can
                be obtained on BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site under BellSouth LNP
                Query Service and click on forms.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              Once
                the form has been filled out and submitted the LNP Query charge will
                take
                effect on the approved date. This charge is not subject to the resale
                discount set forth in Attachment 1.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              Service
                Order Charges

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1

            	
              The
                terms, conditions and rates for OSS utilized in connection with LNP
                are as
                set forth in Attachment 6 and Exhibit A of Attachment
                2.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              LNP
                In Conjunction with Local
                Switching

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1

            	
              Where
                WinSonic purchases local switching from BellSouth, the Parties shall
                adhere to the following processes:

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1.1

            	
              When
                WinSonic submits an LSR for services, if the telephone number associated
                with the services requested resides in a switch other than BellSouth’s,
                then BellSouth will submit an LNP LSR to the appropriate switch owner.
                WinSonic shall be responsible for reimbursing BellSouth for any costs
                or
                charges imposed on BellSouth by the switch owner resulting from the
                submission of the LNP LSR. In

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      233 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      5

    Page
      6

     

    
      	 	
              addition,
                WinSonic shall pay to BellSouth the manual service order charges
                or
                electronic service order charges as specified in Exhibit A of Attachment
                2
                for BellSouth’s creation and submission of the LNP LSR to the appropriate
                switch owner.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1.2

            	
              Working
                telephone numbers, telephone numbers for which payment has been made
                to
                reserve and telephone numbers that are in a denied state (but not
                disconnected) or suspended status may be subject to
                porting.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      234 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      6

    Page
      1

     

    Attachment
      6

    Pre-Ordering,
      Ordering, Provisioning, 

    Maintenance
      and Repair

     

     

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      235 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      6

    Page
      2

    TABLE
      OF CONTENTS

    

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Quality
                of Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and
                Repair

            	
              3

            
	
              2.

            	
              Access
                to Operations Support Systems

            	
              3

            
	
              3.

            	
              Miscellaneous

            	
              8

            

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      236 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      6

    Page
      3

     

    PRE-ORDERING,
      ORDERING, PROVISIONING, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Quality
                of Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and
                Repair

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall provide to WinSonic nondiscriminatory access to its OSS and
                the
                necessary information contained therein in order that WinSonic can
                perform
                the functions of pre-ordering, ordering, provisioning, maintenance
                and
                repair, and billing. BellSouth shall provide WinSonic with all relevant
                documentation (manuals, user guides, specifications, etc.) regarding
                business rules and other formatting information as well as practices
                and
                procedures necessary to ensure requests are efficiently processed.
                All
                documentation will be readily accessible at BellSouth’s Interconnection
                Web site. BellSouth shall ensure that its OSS are designed to accommodate
                requests for both current and projected demands of WinSonic and other
                CLECs in the aggregate.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Access
                to Operations Support Systems

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              BellSouth
                shall provide to WinSonic nondiscriminatory access to its OSS and
                the
                necessary information contained therein in order that WinSonic can
                perform
                the functions of pre-ordering, ordering, provisioning, maintenance
                and
                repair, and billing. BellSouth shall provide nondiscriminatory access
                to
                the OSS through manual and/or electronic interfaces as described
                in this
                Attachment. It is the sole responsibility of WinSonic to obtain the
                technical capability to access and utilize BellSouth’s OSS interfaces.
                Specifications for WinSonic’s access and use of BellSouth’s electronic
                interfaces are set forth at BellSouth’s Interconnection Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1.1

            	
              WinSonic
                agrees to comply with the provisions of the OSS Interconnection Volume
                Guidelines as set forth at BellSouth’s Interconnection Web
                site.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              Pre-Ordering

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2.1

            	
              BellSouth
                will provide electronic access to its OSS and the information contained
                therein in order that WinSonic can perform the following pre-ordering
                functions: service address validation, telephone number selection,
                service
                and feature availability, due date information, customer record
                information and loop makeup information. Mechanized access is provided
                by
                electronic interfaces whose specifications for access and use are
                set
                forth at BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site. The process by which the
                Parties will manage these electronic interfaces to include the development
                and introduction of new interfaces will be governed by the change
                management process as described in Section 2.7
                below.

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      237 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      6

    Page
      4

     

    BellSouth
      shall provide to WinSonic electronic access to customer service record
      information in accordance with the applicable performance intervals referenced
      in Attachment 9. If electronic access is not available, BellSouth shall provide
      to WinSonic such information within twenty-four (24) hours. WinSonic shall
      provide to BellSouth access to customer record information, including circuit
      numbers associated with each telephone number where applicable. WinSonic shall
      provide such information within four (4) hours after request via electronic
      access where available. If electronic access is not available, WinSonic shall
      provide to BellSouth paper copies of customer record information, including
      circuit numbers associated with each telephone number where applicable. WinSonic
      shall provide to BellSouth such customer service records within twenty-four
      (24)
      hours of a valid request, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and
      holidays.

     

    The
      Parties agree not to view, copy, or otherwise obtain access to the customer
      record information of any customer without that customer's permission. WinSonic
      will obtain access to customer record information only in strict compliance
      with
      applicable laws, rules, or regulations of the state in which the service is
      provided.

    BellSouth
      reserves the right to audit WinSonic’s access to customer record information. If
      BellSouth has reason to believe, through its audit or by any other means, that
      WinSonic is accessing customer record information without having obtained the
      proper customer authorization, BellSouth upon reasonable notice to WinSonic
      may
      take corrective action, including but not limited to suspending or terminating
      WinSonic’s access to BellSouth’s pre-ordering and ordering OSS, and the
      provisioning of pending and existing services.

     

    Ordering

     

    BellSouth
      will make available to WinSonic electronic interfaces for the purpose of
      exchanging order information, including order status and completion
      notification, for non-complex and certain complex resale requests and certain
      network elements. Specifications for access and use of BellSouth’s electronic
      interfaces are set forth at BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site. The process by
      which the Parties will manage these electronic interfaces to include the
      development and introduction of new interfaces will be governed by the change
      management process as described in Section 2.7 below.

     

    WinSonic
      shall place orders for services by submitting a LSR to BellSouth. BellSouth
      shall bill WinSonic an electronic service order charge at the rate set forth
      in
      the applicable Attachment to this Agreement for each LSR submitted by means
      of
      an electronic interface. BellSouth shall bill WinSonic a manual service order
      charge at the rate set forth in the applicable Attachment to this Agreement
      for
      each LSR submitted by means other than the electronic Interfaces (e.g., mail,
      fax, courier, etc.). An individual LSR will be identified for billing purposes
      by its PON.

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      238 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      6

    Page
      5

     

    WinSonic
      may submit an LSR to request that a customer’s service be temporarily suspended,
      denied, or restored. Alternatively, WinSonic may submit a list of such customers
      if WinSonic provides a separate PON for each location on the list.

    BellSouth
      will bill an electronic or manual service order charge for each
      location.

     

    BellSouth
      will bill the electronic or manual service order charge, as applicable, for
      an
      LSR, regardless of whether that LSR is later supplemented, clarified or
      cancelled.

     

    Notwithstanding
      the foregoing, BellSouth will not bill an additional electronic or manual
      service order charge for supplements to any LSR submitted to clarify, correct,
      change or cancel a previously submitted LSR.

     

    BellSouth
      shall return a Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) or LSR clarification in accordance
      with the applicable performance intervals referenced in Attachment
      9.

    WinSonic
      shall provide to BellSouth a FOC within twenty-four (24) hours of the receipt
      from BellSouth of a complete and accurate LSR, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays
      and holidays. WinSonic shall provide to BellSouth an LSR clarification within
      twenty-four (24) hours of the receipt from BellSouth of an incomplete and
      inaccurate LSR, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays.

     

    Provisioning

     

    BellSouth
      shall provision services during its regular working hours. To the extent
      WinSonic requests provisioning of service to be performed outside BellSouth’s
      regular working hours, or the work so requested requires BellSouth’s technicians
      or project managers to work outside of regular working hours, overtime charges
      set forth in BellSouth’s intrastate Access Services Tariff, Section E13.2, shall
      apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such work is performed outside of
      regular working hours by a BellSouth technician or project manager during his
      or
      her scheduled shift and BellSouth does not incur any overtime charges in
      performing the work on behalf of WinSonic, BellSouth will not assess WinSonic
      additional charges beyond the rates and charges specified in this
      Agreement.

     

    In
      the event BellSouth must dispatch to the customer’s location more than once due
      to incorrect or incomplete information provided by WinSonic (e.g., incomplete
      address, incorrect contact name/number, etc.), BellSouth will bill WinSonic
      for
      each additional dispatch required to provision the circuit due to the
      incorrect/incomplete information provided. BellSouth will assess the applicable
      Maintenance of Service rates from BellSouth’s FCC No. 1 Tariff, Section
      13.3.1.

     

    Cancellation
      Charges. If
      WinSonic cancels an LSR for network elements or resold services subsequent
      to
      BellSouth's generation of a service order, any costs incurred by BellSouth
      in
      conjunction with provisioning of Services as requested on the cancelled LSR
      will
      be recovered in accordance with the cancellation methodology set forth in the
      Cancellation Charge Percentage Chart found on BellSouth’s

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      239 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      6

    Page
      6

     

    Interconnection
      Web site. In addition, BellSouth reserves the right to assess cancellation
      charges if WinSonic fails to respond within nine (9) business days to a Missed
      Appointment order notification.

    Notwithstanding
      the foregoing, if WinSonic places an LSR based upon BellSouth's loop makeup
      information, and such information is inaccurate resulting in the inability
      of
      BellSouth to provision the network elements requested and another spare
      compatible facility cannot be found with the transmission characteristics of
      the
      network elements originally requested, cancellation charges described in this
      Section shall not apply. Where WinSonic places a single LSR for multiple network
      elements or services based upon loop makeup information, and information as
      to
      some, but not all, of the network elements or services is inaccurate, if
      BellSouth cannot provision the network elements or services that were the
      subject of the inaccurate loop makeup information, WinSonic may cancel its
      request for those network elements or services without incurring cancellation
      charges as described in this Section. In such instance, should WinSonic elect
      to
      cancel the entire LSR, cancellation charges as described in this Section shall
      apply to those elements and services that were not the subject of inaccurate
      loop makeup.

     

    Service
      Date Advancement Charges (Expedites). For
      Service Date Advancement requests by WinSonic, Service Date Advancement charges
      will apply for intervals less than the standard interval as outlined in the
      BellSouth Product and Services Interval Guide. The charges are as set forth
      in
      Exhibit A of Attachment 2.

     

    Order
      Modification Charges. If
      WinSonic modifies an order after being sent a FOC from BellSouth, the Order
      Modification Charge (OMC) or Order Modification Charge Additional Dispatch
      (OMCAD) will be paid by WinSonic in accordance with Exhibit A of Attachment
      2.

     

    Maintenance
      and Repair

     

    BellSouth
      will make available to WinSonic electronic interfaces for the purpose of
      reporting and monitoring service troubles. Specifications for access and use
      of
      BellSouth’s maintenance and repair electronic interfaces are set forth at
      BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site. The process by which the Parties will
      manage these electronic interfaces to include the development and introduction
      of new interfaces will be governed by the change management process as described
      in Section 2.7 below. Requests for trouble repair are billed in accordance
      with
      the provisions of this Agreement. BellSouth and WinSonic agree to adhere to
      BellSouth’s Operational Understanding. The Operational Understanding may be
      accessed via BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site.

     

    If
      WinSonic reports a trouble on a BellSouth Network Element and no trouble is
      found in BellSouth’s network, BellSouth will charge WinSonic a Maintenance of
      Service Charge for any dispatching and testing (both inside and outside the
      CO)
      required by BellSouth in order to confirm the working status. BellSouth
      will

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      240 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      6

    Page
      7

     

    assess
      the Maintenance of Service rates as set forth in BellSouth’s FCC No. 1 Tariff,
      Section 13.3.1. 

    In
      the event BellSouth must dispatch to the customer’s location more than once due
      to incorrect or incomplete information provided by WinSonic (e.g., incomplete
      address, incorrect contact name/number, etc.), BellSouth will bill WinSonic
      for
      each additional dispatch required to repair the circuit due to the
      incorrect/incomplete information provided. BellSouth will assess the Maintenance
      of Service rates as set forth in BellSouth’s FCC No. 1 Tariff, Section
      13.3.1.

     

    If
      WinSonic reports a trouble on a or a resold service and no trouble is found
      in
      BellSouth’s network, BellSouth will charge WinSonic a Trouble Determination
      Charge or a Trouble Location Charge for any dispatching and testing (both inside
      and outside the CO) required by BellSouth in order to confirm the working
      status.

    BellSouth
      will assess the Trouble Determination Charge or Trouble Location Charge from
      the
      applicable BellSouth tariff.

     

    In
      the event BellSouth must dispatch to the customer’s location more than once due
      to incorrect or incomplete information provided by WinSonic (e.g., incomplete
      address, incorrect contact name/number, etc.), BellSouth will bill WinSonic
      for
      each additional dispatch required to repair the circuit due to the
      incorrect/incomplete information provided. BellSouth will assess the Trouble
      Determination Charge or Trouble Location Charge from the applicable BellSouth
      tariff.

     

    Billing.
      BellSouth
      will provide WinSonic nondiscriminatory access to billing information as
      specified in Attachment 7.

     

    Change
      Management. The
      Parties agree that the collaborative change management process known as the
      Change Control Process (CCP) will be used to manage changes to existing
      interfaces, introduction of new interfaces and retirement of interfaces. The
      Parties agree to comply with the provisions of the documented CCP as may be
      amended from time to time and incorporated herein by reference. The change
      management process will cover changes to BellSouth’s electronic interfaces,
      BellSouth’s testing environment, associated manual process improvements, and
      relevant documentation. The process will define a procedure for resolution
      of
      change management disputes. Documentation of the CCP as well as related
      information and processes will be clearly organized and readily accessible
      to
      WinSonic at BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site.

     

    Rates.
      Unless
      otherwise specified herein, charges for the use of BellSouth’s OSS, and other
      charges applicable to pre-ordering, ordering, provisioning and maintenance
      and
      repair, shall be at the rates set forth in the applicable Attachment of this
      Agreement.

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      241 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      6

    Page
      8

     

    The
      Commissions in some states have ordered per element manual additive nonrecurring
      charges for Network Elements and Other Services ordered by means other than
      one
      of the interactive interfaces. These ordered Network Elements and Other Services
      manual additive nonrecurring charges will apply in these states, rather than
      the
      charge per LSR. The per element charges are listed in Exhibit A of Attachment
      2.

    3. Miscellaneous

    Pending
      Orders. To
      the extent that WinSonic submits an LSR with incomplete, incorrect or
      conflicting information, BellSouth will return the LSR to WinSonic for
      clarification. WinSonic shall respond to the request for clarification within
      thirty (30) days by submitting a supplemental LSR. If WinSonic does not submit
      a
      supplement LSR within thirty (30) days, BellSouth will cancel the original
      LSR
      and WinSonic shall be required to submit a new LSR, with a new PON.

     

    Single
      Point of Contact. WinSonic
      will be the single point of contact with BellSouth for ordering activity for
      network elements and other services used by WinSonic to provide services to
      its
      customers, except that BellSouth may accept a request directly from another
      CLEC, or BellSouth, acting with authorization of the affected customer. WinSonic
      and BellSouth shall each execute a blanket LOA with respect to customer requests
      so that prior proof of customer authorization will not be necessary with every
      request (except in the case of a local service freeze). The Parties shall each
      be entitled to adopt their own internal processes for verification of customer
      authorization for requests, provided, however, that such processes shall comply
      with applicable state and federal law and industry and regulatory guidelines.
      Pursuant to a request from another carrier, BellSouth may disconnect any network
      element being used by WinSonic to provide service to that customer and may
      reuse
      such network elements or facilities to enable such other carrier to provide
      service to the customer. BellSouth will notify WinSonic that such a request
      has
      been processed but will not be required to notify WinSonic in advance of such
      processing.

     

    Neither
      Party shall prevent or delay a customer from migrating to another carrier
      because of unpaid bills, denied service, or contract terms.

     

    Use
      of
      Facilities. When
      a customer of WinSonic elects to discontinue service and to transfer service
      to
      another local exchange carrier, including BellSouth, BellSouth shall have the
      right to reuse the facilities provided to WinSonic by BellSouth. In addition,
      where BellSouth provides local switching, BellSouth may disconnect and reuse
      facilities when the facility is in a denied state and BellSouth has received
      a
      request to establish new service or transfer service from a customer or from
      a
      CLEC. BellSouth will notify WinSonic that such a request has been processed
      after the disconnect order has been completed.

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      242 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      6

    Page
      9

     

    Contact
      Numbers. The
      Parties agree to provide one another with toll-free nation-wide (50 states)
      contact numbers for the purpose of ordering, provisioning and maintenance of
      services. Contact numbers for maintenance/repair of services shall be staffed
      twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week.

    BellSouth
      will close trouble tickets after making a reasonable effort to contact WinSonic
      for authorization to close a ticket. BellSouth will place trouble tickets in
      delayed maintenance status after making a reasonable effort to contact WinSonic
      to request additional information or to request authorization for additional
      work deemed necessary by BellSouth.

     

    Subscription
      Functions. In
      cases where BellSouth performs subscription functions for an IXC (i.e., PIC
      and
      LPIC changes via Customer Account Record Exchange (CARE)), BellSouth will in
      all
      possible instances provide the affected IXCs with the OCN of the local provider
      for the purpose of obtaining customer billing account and other customer
      information required under subscription requirements.

     

    When
      WinSonic’s customer, served by resale or loop and port combinations, changes its
      PIC or LPIC, and per BellSouth’s FCC or state tariff the interexchange carrier
      elects to charge the customer the PIC or LPIC change charge, BellSouth will
      bill
      the PIC or LPIC change charge to WinSonic, which has the billing relationship
      with that customer, and WinSonic may pass such charge to the
      customer.

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      243 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      1

    Attachment
      7

     

    Billing
      

     

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      244 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      2

     

    TABLE
      OF CONTENTS

    

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Payment
                and Billing Arrangements

            	
              3

            
	
              2.

            	
              Billing
                Disputes

            	
              9

            
	
              3.

            	
              RAO
                Hosting

            	
              10

            

    

    

    Rates
      Exhibit A

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      245 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      3

     

    BILLING

    
      	
              1. 

            	
              Payment
                and Billing Arrangements

            

    

     

    The
      terms and conditions set forth in this Attachment shall apply to all services
      ordered and provisioned pursuant to this Agreement. 

    BellSouth
      will bill through the Carrier Access Billing System (CABS), Integrated Billing
      System (IBS) and/or the Customer Records Information Systems (CRIS) depending
      on
      the particular service(s) provided to WinSonic under this Agreement. BellSouth
      will format all bills in CABS Billing Output Specification (CBOS) Standard
      or
      CLUB/EDI format, depending on the type of service provided. For those services
      where standards have not yet been developed, BellSouth’s billing format may
      change in accordance with applicable industry standards.

     

    For
      any service(s) BellSouth receives from WinSonic, WinSonic shall bill BellSouth
      in CBOS format.

     

    Any
      switched access charges associated with interexchange carrier access to the
      resold local exchange lines will be billed by, and due to
      BellSouth.

     

    BellSouth
      will render bills each month on established bill days for each of WinSonic's
      accounts. If either Party requests multiple billing media or additional copies
      of the bills, the billing Party will provide these at the rates set forth in
      BellSouth’s FCC No. 1 Tariff, Section 13.3.6.3, except for resold services which
      shall be at the rates set forth in BellSouth’s Non-Regulated Services Pricing
      List N6.

     

    BellSouth
      will bill WinSonic in advance for all services to be provided during the ensuing
      billing period except charges associated with service usage and nonrecurring
      charges, which will be billed in arrears.

     

    For
      resold services, charges for services will be calculated on an individual
      customer account level, including, if applicable, any charge for usage or usage
      allowances. BellSouth will also bill WinSonic, and WinSonic will be responsible
      for and remit to BellSouth, all charges applicable to said services including
      but not limited to 911 and E911 charges, EUCL charges, federal subscriber line
      charges, telecommunications relay charges, and franchise fees, unless otherwise
      ordered by a Commission.

     

    BellSouth
      will not perform billing and collection services for WinSonic as a result of
      the
      execution of this Agreement.

     

    Establishing
      Accounts and Subsequent State Certifications. After
      submitting a credit profile and deposit, if required, and after receiving
      certification as a local exchange carrier from the appropriate Commission,
      WinSonic will provide the

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      246 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      4

     

    appropriate
      BellSouth Local Contract Manager responsible for new CLEC activation, the
      necessary documentation to enable BellSouth to establish accounts for Local
      Interconnection, Network Elements and Other Services and/or resold services.
      Such documentation shall include the Application for Master Account, if
      applicable, proof of authority to provide Telecommunications Services, the
      appropriate OCN for each state as assigned by the NECA, CIC, if applicable,
      ACNA, if applicable, BellSouth’s blanket form LOA, Misdirected Number form, and
      a tax exemption certificate, if applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the
      contrary in this Agreement, WinSonic may not order services under a new account
      and/or subsequent state certification, established in accordance with this
      Section until thirty (30) days after all information specified in this Section
      is received from WinSonic. 

    ACNAs.
      WinSonic
      shall provide BellSouth with documentation from Telcordia identifying the ACNA
      assigned to it by Telcordia (as applicable) in the same legal name as reflected
      in the preamble to this Agreement. Such ACNA will be used by WinSonic to order
      services pursuant to this Agreement and will not be shared by WinSonic with
      another entity.

     

    Company
      Identifiers. If
      WinSonic needs to change, add to, eliminate or convert its OCN(s), ACNAs and
      other identifying codes (collectively “Company Identifiers”) under which it
      operates when WinSonic has already been conducting business utilizing those
      Company Identifiers, WinSonic shall follow the Mergers and Acquisitions Process
      as described on BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site, AND

    SHALL
      PAY ALL CHARGES AS A RESULT OF SUCH CHANGES.

     

    Tax
      Exemption. It
      is the responsibility of WinSonic to provide BellSouth with a properly completed
      tax exemption certificate at intervals required by the appropriate taxing
      authorities. A tax exemption certificate must be supplied for each individual
      WinSonic entity purchasing Services under this Agreement. Upon BellSouth’s
      receipt of a properly completed tax exemption certificate, subsequent billings
      to WinSonic will not include those taxes or fees from which WinSonic is exempt.
      Prior to receipt of a properly completed exemption certificate, BellSouth shall
      bill, and WinSonic shall pay all applicable taxes and fees. In the event that
      WinSonic believes that it is entitled to an exemption from and refund of taxes
      with respect to the amount billed prior to BellSouth’s receipt of a properly
      completed exemption certificate, BellSouth shall assign to WinSonic its rights
      to claim a refund of such taxes. If applicable law prohibits the assignment
      of
      tax refund rights or requires the claim for refund of such taxes to be filed
      by
      BellSouth, BellSouth shall, after receiving a written request from WinSonic
      and
      at WinSonic’s sole expense, pursue such refund claim on behalf of WinSonic,
      provided that WinSonic promptly reimburses BellSouth for any costs and expenses
      incurred by BellSouth in pursuing such refund claim, and provided further that
      BellSouth shall have the right to deduct any such outstanding costs and expenses
      from the amount of any refund obtained prior to remitting such refund to
      WinSonic. WinSonic shall

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      247 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      5

     

    be
      solely responsible for the computation, tracking, reporting and payment of
      all
      taxes and fees associated with the services provided by WinSonic to its
      customers.

    Deposit
      Policy. Prior
      to the inauguration of service or, thereafter, upon BellSouth’s request,
      WinSonic shall complete the BellSouth Credit Profile (BellSouth form) and
      provide information to BellSouth regarding WinSonic’s credit and financial
      condition. Based on BellSouth’s analysis of the BellSouth Credit Profile and
      other relevant information regarding WinSonic’s credit and financial condition,
      BellSouth reserves the right to require WinSonic to provide BellSouth with
      a
      suitable form of security deposit for WinSonic’s account(s). If, in BellSouth’s
      sole discretion, circumstances so warrant and/or WinSonic’s gross monthly
      billing has increased, BellSouth reserves the right to request additional
      security (or to require a security deposit if none was previously requested)
      and/or file a Uniform Commercial Code (UCC-1) security interest in WinSonic’s
“accounts receivables and proceeds”.

     

    Security
      deposit shall take the form of cash, an Irrevocable Letter of Credit (BellSouth
      form), Surety Bond (BellSouth form) or, in BellSouth’s sole discretion, some
      other form of security proposed by WinSonic. Any such security deposit shall
      in
      no way release WinSonic from its obligation to make complete and timely payments
      of its bill(s). If BellSouth requires WinSonic to provide a security deposit,
      WinSonic shall provide such security deposit prior to the inauguration of
      service or within fifteen (15) days of BellSouth’s request, as applicable.
      Deposit request notices will be sent to WinSonic via certified mail or overnight
      delivery.

    Such
      notice period will start the day after the deposit request notice is rendered
      by
      certified mail or overnight delivery. Interest on a cash security deposit shall
      accrue and be applied or refunded in accordance with the terms in BellSouth’s
      GSST.

     

    Security
      deposits collected under this Section shall not exceed two (2) months' estimated
      billing. Estimated billings are calculated based upon the monthly average of
      the
      previous six (6) months current billings, if WinSonic has received service
      from
      BellSouth during such period at a level comparable to that anticipated to occur
      over the next six (6) months. If either WinSonic or BellSouth has reason to
      believe that the level of service to be received during the next six (6) months
      will be materially higher or lower than received in the previous six (6) months,
      WinSonic and BellSouth shall agree on a level of estimated billings based on
      all
      relevant information.

     

    In
      the event WinSonic fails to provide BellSouth with a suitable form of security
      deposit or additional security deposit as required herein, defaults on its
      account(s), or otherwise fails to make any payment or payments required under
      this Agreement in the manner and within the time required, service to WinSonic
      may be Suspended, Discontinued or Terminated in accordance with the terms of
      Section 1.5 below. Upon Termination of services, BellSouth shall apply any
      security deposit to WinSonic’s final bill for its account(s).

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      248 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      6

     

    
      	
              1.3.3.1

            	
              At
                least seven (7) days prior to the expiration of any letter of credit
                provided by WinSonic as security under this Agreement, WinSonic shall
                renew such letter of credit or provide BellSouth with evidence that
                WinSonic has obtained a suitable replacement for the letter of credit.
                If
                WinSonic fails to comply with the foregoing, BellSouth shall thereafter
                be
                authorized to draw down the full amount of such letter of credit
                and
                utilize the cash proceeds as security for WinSonic accounts(s). If
                WinSonic provides a security deposit or additional security deposit
                in the
                form of a surety bond as required herein, WinSonic shall renew the
                surety
                bond or provide BellSouth with evidence that WinSonic has obtained
                a
                suitable replacement for the surety bond at least seven (7) days
                prior to
                the cancellation date of the surety bond. If WinSonic fails to comply
                with
                the foregoing, BellSouth shall thereafter be authorized to take action
                on
                the surety bond and utilize the cash proceeds as security for WinSonic’s
                account(s). If the credit rating of any bonding company that has
                provided
                WinSonic with a surety bond provided as security hereunder has fallen
                below B, BellSouth will provide written notice to WinSonic that WinSonic
                must provide a replacement bond or other suitable security within
                fifteen
                (15) days of BellSouth’s written notice. If WinSonic fails to comply with
                the foregoing, BellSouth shall thereafter be authorized to take action
                on
                the surety bond and utilize the cash proceeds as security for WinSonic’s
                account(s). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement
                to the
                contrary, BellSouth shall be authorized to draw down the full amount
                of
                any letter of credit or take action on any surety bond provided by
                WinSonic as security hereunder if WinSonic defaults on its account(s)
                or
                otherwise fails to make any payment or payments required under this
                Agreement in the manner and within the time, as required
                herein.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4

            	
              Payment
                Responsibility. Payment
                of all charges will be the responsibility of WinSonic. WinSonic shall
                pay
                invoices by utilizing wire transfer services or automatic clearing
                house
                services. WinSonic shall make payment to BellSouth for all services
                billed
                including disputed amounts. BellSouth will not become involved in
                billing
                disputes that may arise between WinSonic and WinSonic’s
                customer.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4.1

            	
              Payment
                Due. Payment
                for services provided by BellSouth, including disputed charges, is
                due on
                or before the next bill date. Information required to apply payments
                must
                accompany the payment. The information must notify BellSouth of Billing
                Account Numbers (BAN) paid; invoices paid and the amount to be applied
                to
                each BAN and invoice (Remittance Information). Payment is considered
                to
                have been made when the payment and Remittance Information are received
                by
                BellSouth. If the Remittance Information is not received with payment,
                BellSouth will be unable to apply amounts paid to WinSonic’s accounts. In
                such event, BellSouth shall hold such funds until the Remittance
                Information is received. If BellSouth does not receive the Remittance
                Information by the payment due date for any account(s), late payment
                charges shall apply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.4.1.1

            	
              Due
                Dates. If
                the payment due date falls on a Sunday or on a holiday that is observed
                on
                a Monday, the payment due date shall be the first non-holiday
                day

            

    

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      249 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      7

     

    following
      such Sunday or holiday. If the payment due date falls on a Saturday or on a
      holiday which is observed on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, or Friday, the
      payment due date shall be the last non-holiday day preceding such Saturday
      or
      holiday. If payment is not received by the payment due date, a late payment
      charge, as set forth in Section 1.4.1.2, below, shall apply. 

    Late
      Payment. If
      any portion of the payment is not received by BellSouth on or before the payment
      due date as set forth above, or if any portion of the payment is received by
      BellSouth in funds that are not immediately available to BellSouth, then a
      late
      payment and/or interest charge shall be due to BellSouth. The late payment
      and/or interest charge shall apply to the portion of the payment not received
      and shall be assessed as set forth in Section A2 of BellSouth’s GSST, Section B2
      of the Private Line Service Tariff or Section E2 of the BellSouth intrastate
      Access Services Tariff, or pursuant to the applicable state law as determined
      by
      BellSouth. In addition to any applicable late payment and/or interest charges,
      WinSonic may be charged a fee for all returned checks at the rate set forth
      in
      Section A2 of BellSouth’s GSST or pursuant to the applicable state
      law.

    Discontinuing
      Service to WinSonic. The
      procedures for discontinuing service to WinSonic are as follows:

     

    In
      order of severity, Suspend/Suspension, Discontinue/Discontinuance and
      Terminate/Termination are defined as follows for the purposes of this
      Attachment:

     

    Suspend/Suspension
      is the temporary restriction of the billed Party’s access to the ordering
      systems and/or access to the billed Party’s ability to initiate PIC-related
      changes. In addition, during Suspension, pending orders may not be completed
      and
      orders for new service or changes to existing services may not be
      accepted.

     

    Discontinue/Discontinuance
      is the denial of service by the billing Party to the billed Party that will
      result in the disruption and discontinuation of service to the billed Party’s
      customers. Additionally, at the time of Discontinuance, BellSouth will remove
      any Local Service Freezes in place on the billed Party’s customers.

     

    Terminate/Termination
      is the disconnection of service by the billing Party to the billed
      Party.

     

    BellSouth
      reserves the right to Suspend, Discontinue or Terminate service in the event
      of
      prohibited, unlawful or improper use of BellSouth facilities or service, abuse
      of BellSouth facilities, or any other violation or noncompliance by WinSonic
      of
      the rules and regulations of BellSouth’s tariffs.

     

    Suspension.
      If
      payment of amounts due as described herein is not received by the bill date
      in
      the month after the original bill date, or fifteen (15) days from the date
      of a
      deposit request in the case of security deposits, BellSouth will provide written
      notice to WinSonic that services will be Suspended if payment of such
      amounts,

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      250 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      8

     

    and
      all other amounts that become past due before Suspension, is not received by
      wire transfer, automatic clearing house or cashier’s check in the manner set
      forth in Section 1.4.1 above, or in the case of a security deposit request,
      in
      the manner set forth in Section 1.3.1 above: (1) within seven (7) days following
      such notice for CABS billed services; (2) within fifteen (15) days following
      such notice for CRIS and IBS billed services; and (3) within seven (7) days
      following such notice for security deposit requests.

    The
      Suspension notice shall also provide that all past due charges for CRIS and
      IBS
      billed services, and all other amounts that become past due for such services
      before Discontinuance, must be paid within thirty (30) days from the date of
      the
      Suspension notice to avoid Discontinuance of CRIS and IBS billed
      services.

     

    For
      CABS billed services, BellSouth will provide a Discontinuance notice that is
      separate from the Suspension notice, that all past due charges for CABS billed
      Services, and all other amounts that become past due for such services before
      Discontinuance, must be paid within thirty (30) days from the date of the
      Suspension notice to avoid Discontinuance of CABS billed services. This
      Discontinuance notice may be provided at the same time that BellSouth provides
      the Suspension notice.

     

    Discontinuance.
      If
      payment of amounts due as described herein is not received by the bill date
      in
      the month after the original bill date, BellSouth will provide written notice
      that BellSouth may Discontinue the provision of existing services to WinSonic
      if
      payment of such amounts, and all other amounts that become past due before
      Discontinuance, including requested security deposits, is not received by wire
      transfer, automatic clearing house or cashier’s check in the manner set forth in
      Section 1.4.1 above or in the case of a deposit in accordance with Section
      1.3.1
      above, within thirty (30) days following such written notice; provided, however,
      that BellSouth may provide written notice that such existing services may be
      Discontinued within fifteen (15) days following such notice, subject to the
      criteria described in Section 1.5.4.1 below.

     

    BellSouth
      may take the action to Discontinue the provision of existing service upon
      fifteen (15) days from the day after BellSouth provides written notice of such
      Discontinuance if (a) such notice is sent by certified mail or overnight
      delivery; (b) WinSonic has not paid all amounts due pursuant to a subject
      bill(s), or has not provided adequate security pursuant to a deposit request;
      and (c) either: (1) BellSouth has sent the subject bill(s) to WinSonic within
      seven (7) business days of the bill date(s), verifiable by records maintained
      by
      BellSouth: 

     

    
      	i.  	
              in
                paper or CDROM form via the United States Postal Service (USPS),
                or
                

            

    

    
      	ii.  	
              ii.
                in magnetic tape form via overnight delivery, or
                

            

    

     

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      251 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      9

    iii.
       via
      electronic transmission; or

     

    BellSouth
      has sent the subject bill(s) to WinSonic, using one of the media described
      in
      (1) above, more than thirty (30) days before notice to Discontinue service
      has
      been rendered.

    In
      the case of Discontinuance of services, all billed charges, as well as
      applicable disconnect charges, shall become due.

     

    WinSonic
      is solely responsible for notifying the customer of the Discontinuance of
      service. If, within seven (7) days after WinSonic’s services have been
      Discontinued, WinSonic pays, by wire transfer, automatic clearing house or
      cashier’s check, all past due charges, including late payment charges,
      outstanding security deposit request amounts if applicable and any applicable
      restoral charges as set forth in Section A4 of BellSouth’s GSST, then BellSouth
      will reestablish service for WinSonic.

     

    Termination.
      If
      within seven (7) days after WinSonic’s service has been Discontinued and
      WinSonic has failed to pay all past due charges as described above, then
      WinSonic’s service will be Terminated.

    2. Billing
      Disputes

     

    WinSonic
      shall electronically submit all billing disputes to BellSouth using the form
      specified by BellSouth. In the event of a billing dispute, the Parties will
      endeavor to resolve the dispute within sixty (60) days of the notification
      date.
      Within five

    business
      days of BellSouth’s denial, or partial denial, of the billing dispute,
      if

    WinSonic
      is not satisfied with BellSouth’s resolution of the billing dispute or if no
      response to the billing dispute has been received by WinSonic by such sixtieth
      (60th
      )
      day, WinSonic must pursue the escalation process as outlined in the Billing
      Dispute Escalation Matrix, set forth on BellSouth’s Interconnection Services Web
      site, or the billing dispute shall be considered denied and closed. If, after
      escalation, the Parties are unable to reach resolution, then the aggrieved
      Party, if it elects to pursue the dispute shall pursue dispute resolution in
      accordance with General Terms and Conditions.

     

    For
      purposes of this Section 2, a billing dispute means a reported dispute submitted
      pursuant to Section 2.1 above of a specific amount of money actually billed
      by
      BellSouth within twelve (12) months of the submission of such
      dispute.

    WinSonic
      agrees to not submit billing disputes for amounts billed more than
      twelve

    months
      prior to submission of a billing dispute filed for amounts billed. The billing
      dispute must be clearly explained by WinSonic and supported by written
      documentation, which clearly shows the basis for disputing charges. The
      determination as to whether the billing dispute is clearly explained or clearly
      shows the basis for disputing charges shall be within BellSouth’s sole
      reasonable

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      252 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      10

     

    discretion.
      Disputes that are not clearly explained or those that do not provide complete
      information may be rejected by BellSouth. Claims by WinSonic for damages of
      any
      kind will not be considered a billing dispute for purposes of this Section.
      If
      BellSouth resolves the billing dispute, in whole or in part, in favor of
      WinSonic, any credits and interest due to WinSonic as a result therof shall
      be
      applied to WinSonic’s account by BellSouth upon resolution of the billing
      dispute.

    3.  RAO
      Hosting

    Centralized
      Message Distribution System (CMDS) is a national message exchange system
      administered by Telcordia Technologies (Telcordia) used to transmit alternately
      billed calls (e.g., credit card, third number and collect) from the Earning
      Company, as defined herein, to the Billing Company, as defined herein, to permit
      the Earning Company and the Billing Company to receive appropriate compensation.
      It is also used to transmit access records from one company to
      another.

     

    Direct
      Participants are Telecommunications carriers that exchange data directly with
      other Direct Participants via the CMDS Data Center and may act as host companies
      (Host) for those Telecommunications carriers that do not exchange data directly
      via the CMDS Data Center (Indirect Participants).

     

    RAO
      Hosting is a hosting relationship where an Indirect Participant sends and
      receives CMDS eligible messages to and from its Host, who then interfaces,
      on
      behalf of the Indirect Participant, with other Direct Participants for
      distribution and collection of these messages. RAO Hosting also includes the
      Direct Participant’s provision of revenue settlements functions (compensation)
      for alternately billed calls based upon reports generated by Credit Card and
      Third Number Settlement (CATS) and Non-InterCompany Settlement (NICS) as
      described herein. CATS and NICS are collectively referred to as Intercompany
      Settlements.

     

    The
      CATS System is a national system administered by Telcordia, used to settle
      revenues for calls that are sent from one CMDS Direct Participant to another
      for
      billing. CATS applies to calls that originate within one Regional Bell Operating
      Company’s (RBOC) territory, as defined at Divestiture, and bill in another
      RBOC’s territory. CATS calculates the amounts due to Earning Companies (i.e.,
      billed revenue less the billing and collection fee). For alternately billed
      calls, the originating company, whose facilities are used to place the call,
      is
      the Earning Company and the company that puts the charges on the customer’s bill
      is the Billing Company

     

    The
      NICS is the national system administered by Telcordia that is used in the
      settlement of revenues for calls that are originated and billed by two (2)
      different local exchange carriers (LEC) within a single Direct Participant’s
      territory to another for billing. NICS applies to calls involving another LEC
      where the

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      253 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      11

     

    Earning
      Company and the Billing Company are located within BellSouth’s
      territory.

     

    RAO
      Hosting, CATS and NICS services provided to WinSonic by BellSouth will be in
      accordance with the methods and practices regularly applied by BellSouth to
      its
      own operations during the term of this Agreement, including such revisions
      as
      may be made from time to time by BellSouth.

     

    WinSonic
      shall furnish all relevant information required by BellSouth for the provision
      of RAO Hosting, CATS and NICS.

     

    Charges
      or credits, as applicable, will be applied by BellSouth to WinSonic on a monthly
      basis in arrears. Amounts due (excluding adjustments) are due on or before
      the
      next bill date.

     

    WinSonic
      must have its own unique hosted RAO code. Where BellSouth is the selected CMDS
      interfacing host, WinSonic must request that BellSouth establish a unique hosted
      RAO code for WinSonic. Such request shall be in writing to the BellSouth RAO
      Hosting coordinator and must be submitted at least eight (8) weeks prior to
      provision of services pursuant to this Section. Services shall commence on
      a
      date mutually agreed by the Parties.

     

    BellSouth
      will receive messages from WinSonic that are to be processed by BellSouth,
      another Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) in the BellSouth region or a LEC outside
      the BellSouth region. WinSonic shall send all messages to BellSouth no later
      than sixty (60) days after the message date.

     

    BellSouth
      will perform invoice sequence checking, standard EMI format editing, and
      balancing of message data with the EMI trailer record counts on all data
      received from WinSonic.

     

    All
      data received from WinSonic that is to be processed or billed by another LEC
      within the BellSouth region will be distributed to that LEC in accordance with
      the Agreement(s) in effect between BellSouth and the involved LEC.

     

    All
      data received from WinSonic that is to be placed on the CMDS network for
      distribution outside the BellSouth region will be handled in accordance with
      the
      agreement(s) in effect between BellSouth and its connecting
      contractor.

     

    BellSouth
      will receive messages from the CMDS network that are destined to be processed
      by
      WinSonic and will forward them to WinSonic on a daily basis for
      processing.

     

    Transmission
      of message data between BellSouth and WinSonic will be distributed via FTP
      mailbox. It will be created on a daily basis Monday through Friday, except
      holidays. Details such as dataset name and delivery schedule will be addressed
      during negotiations of the distribution medium. If BellSouth
      determines

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      254 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      12

     

    the
      Secure FTP Mailbox is nearing capacity levels, BellSouth may move WinSonic
      to
      CONNECT:Direct file delivery. 

     

    If
      WinSonic is moved to CONNECT:Direct, data circuits (private line or dial-up)
      may
      be required between BellSouth and WinSonic for the purpose of data transmission.
      Where a dedicated line is required, WinSonic will be responsible for ordering
      the circuit, overseeing its installation and coordinating the installation
      with
      BellSouth. 

     

    WinSonic
      will also be responsible for any charges associated with this line. Equipment
      required on the BellSouth end to attach the line to the mainframe computer
      and
      to transmit successfully ongoing will be negotiated on an individual case basis.
      Where a dial-up facility is required, dial circuits will be installed in the
      BellSouth data center by BellSouth and the associated charges assessed to
      WinSonic. Additionally, all message toll charges associated with the use of
      the
      dial circuit by WinSonic will be the responsibility of WinSonic.

     

    Associated
      equipment on the BellSouth end, including a modem, will be negotiated on an
      individual case basis between the Parties. All equipment, including modems
      and
      software, that is required on the WinSonic end for the purpose of data
      transmission will be the responsibility of WinSonic.

     

    If
      WinSonic utilizes FTP for data file transmission, purchase of the FTP software
      will be the responsibility of WinSonic.

     

    All
      messages and related data exchanged between BellSouth and WinSonic will be
      EMI
      formatted records and packed between appropriate EMI header and trailer records
      in accordance with accepted industry standards.

     

    WinSonic
      will maintain recorded message detail necessary to recreate files provided
      to
      BellSouth for a period of three (3) calendar months beyond the related message
      dates.

     

    Should
      it become necessary for WinSonic to send data to BellSouth more than sixty
      (60)
      days past the message date(s), WinSonic will notify BellSouth in advance of
      the
      transmission of the data. BellSouth will work with its connecting contractor
      and/or WinSonic, where necessary, to notify all affected LECs.

     

    In
      the event that data to be exchanged between the two (2) Parties should become
      lost or destroyed, the Party responsible for creating the data will make every
      effort to restore and retransmit such data.

     

    Should
      an error be detected by the EMI format edits performed by BellSouth on data
      received from WinSonic, the entire pack containing the affected data will not
      be
      processed by BellSouth. BellSouth will notify WinSonic of the
      error.

    WinSonic
      will correct the error(s) and will resend the entire pack to BellSouth for
      processing. In the event that an out-of-sequence condition occurs on subsequent
      packs, WinSonic will resend these packs to BellSouth after the pack containing
      the error has been successfully reprocessed by BellSouth.

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      255 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      7

    Page
      13

     

    In
      association with message distribution service, BellSouth will provide WinSonic
      with associated intercompany settlements reports (CATS and NICS) as
      appropriate.

     

    Notwithstanding
      anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no case shall either Party be
      liable to the other for any direct or consequential damages incurred as a result
      of the obligations set out in this Section 3.

     

    Intercompany
      Settlements Messages

     

    Intercompany
      Settlements Messages facilitate the settlement of revenues associated with
      traffic originated from or billed by WinSonic as a facilities based provider
      of
      local exchange Telecommunications Services.

     

    BellSouth
      will receive the monthly NICS and CATS reports from Telcordia on behalf of
      WinSonic and will distribute copies of these reports to WinSonic on a monthly
      basis.

     

    Through
      CATS, BellSouth will collect the revenue earned by WinSonic from the RBOC in
      whose territory the messages are billed, less a per message billing and
      collection fee of five cents ($0.05), or such other amount as may be approved
      by
      the Direct Participants and Telcordia, on behalf of WinSonic. BellSouth will
      remit the revenue billed by WinSonic to the RBOC in whose territory the messages
      originated, less a per message billing and collection fee of five cents ($0.05),
      or such other amount as may be approved by the Direct Participants and
      Telcordia, on behalf of WinSonic. These two (2) amounts will be netted together
      by BellSouth and the resulting charge or credit issued to WinSonic via a CABS
      miscellaneous bill on a monthly basis in arrears.

     

    Through
      NICS, BellSouth will collect the revenue earned by WinSonic within the BellSouth
      territory from another LEC also within the BellSouth territory where the
      messages are billed, less a per message billing and collection fee of five
      cents
      ($0.05), on behalf of WinSonic. BellSouth will remit the revenue billed by
      WinSonic within the BellSouth region to the LEC also within the BellSouth
      region, where the messages originated, less a per message billing and collection
      fee of five cents ($0.05). These two (2) amounts will be netted together by
      BellSouth and the resulting charge or credit issued to WinSonic via a CABS
      miscellaneous bill on a monthly basis in arrears.

     

    BellSouth
      and WinSonic agree that monthly netted amounts of less than fifty dollars
      ($50.00) will not be settled.

     

    4. Rates.
      Rates
      for CMDS are as set forth in Exhibit A. If no rate is identified in this
      Attachment, the rate for the specific service or function will be as set forth
      in the applicable BellSouth tariff or as negotiated by the Parties upon request
      by either Party. 

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA 06/13/06 

    CCCS
      256 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              CMDS
                - Georgia 

            	
              Attachment:
                7 Exh A 

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Svc
                Order 

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            	
              Incremental
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Submitted
                

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            	
              Charge
                -

            
	
              CATEGORY
                

            	
              RATE
                ELEMENTS 

            	
              Interi
                m 

            	
              Zone
                

            	
              BCS
                

            	
              USOC
                

            	 	
              RATES($)
                

            	
              Elec
                per LSR 

            	
              Manually
                per LSR 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            	
              Manual
                Svc Order vs. 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            	
              Electronic-

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              1st
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              Disc
                1st 

            	
              Disc
                Add'l 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              Rec
                

            	
              Nonrecurring

            	
              Nonrecurring
                Disconnect 

            	
              OSS
                Rates($) 

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              First
                

            	
              Add'l
                

            	
              SOMEC
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            	
              SOMAN
                

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              ODUF
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              CENTRALIZED
                MESSAGE DISTRIBUTION SERVICE (CMDS) 

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CMDS:
                Message Processing, per message 

            	 	 	 	 	
              0.004
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              CMDS:
                Data Transmission (CONNECT:DIRECT), per message 

            	 	 	 	 	
              0.001
                

            	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      	
              Version:
                2Q06 Standard ICA 06/13/06

            	 	
              Page
                1 of 1

            
	 	
              CCCS
                257 of 277

            	 

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      8

    Page
      1

    Attachment
      8 

     

    Rights-of-Way,
      Conduits and Pole Attachments

     

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      258 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      8

    Page
      2

    Rights-of-Way,
      Conduits and

     

    Pole
      Attachments 

     

    BellSouth
      will provide nondiscriminatory access to any pole, duct, conduit, or
      right-of-way owned or controlled by BellSouth pursuant to 47 U.S.C. § 224, as
      amended by the Act, pursuant to terms and conditions of a separate license
      agreement negotiated with BellSouth.

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      259 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      9

    Page
      1

    Attachment
      9 

     

    Performance
      Measurements

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      260 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      9

    Page
      2

     

    PERFORMANCE
      MEASUREMENTS

     

    Upon
      a particular Commission’s issuance of an Order pertaining to Performance
      Measurements in a proceeding expressly applicable to all CLECs generally,
      BellSouth shall implement in that state such Performance Measurements as of
      the
      date specified by the Commission. Performance Measurements that have been
      Ordered in a particular state can currently be accessed via the internet at
      http://pmap.bellsouth.com.
      

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      261 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      10 

    Page
      1 

     

    Attachment
      10

     

    BellSouth
      Disaster Recovery Plan

    

    
      	 	
              CONTENTS

            	
              PAGE

            
	
              1.0

            	
              Purpose

            	
              2

            
	
              2.0

            	
              Single
                Point of Contact

            	
              2

            
	
              3.0

            	
              Identifying
                the Problem

            	
              2

            
	 	
              3.1

            	
              Site
                Control

            	
              3

            
	 	
              3.2

            	
              Environmental
                Concerns

            	
              4

            
	
              4.0

            	
              The
                Emergency Control Center (ECC)

            	
              4

            
	
              5.0

            	
              Recovery
                Procedures

            	
              5

            
	 	
              5.1

            	
              CLEC
                Outage

            	
              5

            
	 	
              5.2

            	
              BellSouth
                Outage

            	
              5

            
	 	 	
              5.2.1

            	
              Loss
                of Central Office

            	
              6

            
	 	 	
              5.2.2

            	
              Loss
                of a Central Office with Serving Wire Center Functions

            	
              6

            
	 	 	
              5.2.3

            	
              Loss
                of a Central Office with Tandem Functions

            	
              6

            
	 	 	
              5.2.4

            	
              Loss
                of a Facility Hub

            	
              7

            
	 	
              5.3

            	
              Combined
                Outage (CLEC and BellSouth Equipment)

            	
              7

            
	
              6.0

            	
              T1
                Identification Procedures

            	
              7

            
	
              7.0

            	
              Acronyms

            	
              8

            

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      262 of 277

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      10

    Page
      2

    1.0 PURPOSE

     

    In
      the unlikely event of a disaster occurring that affects BellSouth's long-term
      ability to deliver traffic to a CLEC, general procedures have been developed
      by
      BellSouth to hasten the recovery process in accordance with the
      Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) Program established by the FCC to
      identify and prioritize telecommunication services that support national
      security or emergency preparedness (NS/EP) missions. A description of the TSP
      Program as it may be amended from time to time is available on BellSouth’s
      Interconnection Services Web site. Since each location is different and could
      be
      affected by an assortment of potential problems, a detailed recovery plan is
      impractical. However, in the process of reviewing recovery activities for
      specific locations, some basic procedures emerge that appear to be common in
      most cases. 

     

    These
      general procedures should apply to any disaster that affects the delivery of
      traffic for an extended time period. Each CLEC will be given the same
      consideration during an outage, and service will be restored as quickly as
      possible.

     

    This
      document will cover the basic recovery procedures that would apply to every
      CLEC. 

     

    2.0
      SINGLE POINT OF CONTACT

     

    When
      a problem is experienced, regardless of the severity, the BellSouth Network
      Management Center (NMC) will observe traffic anomalies and begin monitoring
      the
      situation. Controls will be appropriately applied to insure the sanity of
      BellSouth's network; and, in the event that a switch or facility node is lost,
      the NMC will attempt to circumvent the failure using available reroutes.

     

    BellSouth's
      NMC will remain in control
      of the restoration efforts until the problem has been identified as being a
      long-term outage. At that time, the NMC will contact BellSouth's ECC and
      relinquish control of the recovery efforts. Even though the ECC may take charge
      of the situation, the NMC will continue to monitor the circumstances and restore
      traffic as soon as damaged network elements are revitalized.

     

    The
      telephone number for the BellSouth Network Management Center in Atlanta, as
      published in Telcordia’s National Network Management Directory, is
      404-321-2516. 

     

    3.0
      IDENTIFYING THE PROBLEM

     

    During
      the early stages of problem detection, the NMC will be able to tell which CLECs
      are affected by the catastrophe. Further analysis and/or first hand observation
      will determine if the disaster has affected CLEC equipment only, BellSouth
      equipment only or a combination. The initial restoration activity will be
      largely determined by the equipment that is affected. 

     

    Once
      the nature of the disaster is determined and after verifying the cause of the
      problem, the NMC will initiate reroutes and/or transfers that are jointly agreed
      upon by the affected CLECs' Network Management Center and the BellSouth NMC.
      The
      type and percentage of controls used will depend upon available network
      capacity. Controls necessary to stabilize the situation will be invoked and
      the
      NMC will attempt to re-establish as much traffic as possible. 

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      263 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      10

    Page
      3

     

    For
      long-term outages, recovery efforts will be coordinated by the ECC. Traffic
      controls will continue to be applied by the NMC until facilities are
      re-established. As equipment is made available for service, the ECC will
      instruct the NMC to begin removing the controls and allow traffic to resume.
      

     

    3.1
      SITE CONTROL

     

    In
      the total loss of building use scenario, what likely exists will be a smoking
      pile of rubble. This rubble will contain many components that could be
      dangerous. It could also contain any personnel on the premises at the time
      of
      the disaster. For these reasons, the local fire marshal with the assistance
      of
      the police will control the site until the building is no longer a threat to
      surrounding properties and the companies have secured the site from the general
      public. 

     

    During
      this time, the majority owner of the building should be arranging for a
      demolition contractor to mobilize to the site with the primary objective of
      reaching the cable entrance facility for a damage assessment. The results of
      this assessment would then dictate immediate plans for restoration, both short
      term and permanent. 

     

    In
      a less catastrophic event, i.e., the building is still standing and the cable
      entrance facility is usable, the situation is more complex. The site will
      initially be controlled by local authorities until the threat to adjacent
      property has diminished. Once the site is returned to the control of the
      companies, the following events should occur. 

     

    An
      initial assessment of the main building infrastructure systems (mechanical,
      electrical, fire and life safety, elevators, and others) will establish building
      needs. Once these needs are determined, the majority owner should lead the
      building restoration efforts. There may be situations where the site will not
      be
      totally restored within the confines of the building. The companies must
      individually determine their needs and jointly assess the cost of permanent
      restoration to determine the overall plan of action. 

     

    Multiple
      restoration trailers from each company will result in the need for designated
      space and installation order. This layout and control is required to maximize
      the amount of restoration equipment that can be placed at the site, and the
      priority of placements. 

     

    Care
      must be taken in this planning to ensure other restoration efforts have
      logistical access to the building. Major components of telephone and building
      equipment will need to be removed and replaced. A priority for this equipment
      must also be jointly established to facilitate overall site restoration.
      (Example: If the AC switchgear has sustained damage, this would be of the
      highest priority in order to regain power, lighting, and HVAC throughout the
      building.) 

     

    If
      the site will not accommodate the required restoration equipment, the companies
      would then need to quickly arrange with local authorities for street closures,
      rights of way or other possible options available. 

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      264 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      10

    Page
      4

     

    3.2
      ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS 

     

    In
      the worse case scenario, many environmental concerns must be addressed. Along
      with the police and fire marshal, the state environmental protection department
      will be on site to monitor the situation. 

     

    Items
      to be concerned with in a large central office building could include:

     

    1.
      Emergency engine fuel supply. Damage to the standby equipment and the fuel
      handling equipment could have created "spill" conditions that have to be handled
      within state and federal regulations. 

     

    2.
      Asbestos-containing materials that may be spread throughout the wreckage.
      Asbestos could be in many components of building, electrical, mechanical,
      outside plant distribution, and telephone systems. 

     

    3.
      Lead and acid. These materials could be present in potentially large quantities
      depending upon the extent of damage to the power room. 

    Mercury
      and other regulated compounds resident in telephone equipment.

     

    Other
      compounds produced by the fire or heat.

     

    Once
      a total loss event occurs at a large site, local authorities will control
      immediate clean up (water placed on the wreckage by the fire department) and
      site access. 

    At
      some point, the companies will become involved with local authorities in the
      overall planning associated with site clean up and restoration. Depending on
      the
      clean up approach taken, delays in the restoration of several hours to several
      days may occur. 

     

    In
      a less severe disaster, items listed above are more defined and can be addressed
      individually depending on the damage. 

     

    In
      each case, the majority owner should coordinate building and environmental
      restoration as well as maintain proper planning and site control. 

     

    4.0
      THE ECC

     

    The
      ECC is located in the Midtown 1 Building in Atlanta, Georgia. During an
      emergency, the ECC staff will convene a group of pre-selected experts to
      inventory the damage and initiate corrective actions. These experts have
      regional access to BellSouth's personnel and equipment and will assume control
      of the restoration activity anywhere in the nine-state area. 

     

    In
      the past, the ECC has been involved with restoration activities resulting from
      hurricanes, ice storms and floods. They have demonstrated their capabilities
      during these calamities as well as

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      265 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      10

    Page
      5

     

    during
      outages caused by human error or equipment failures. This group has an excellent
      record of restoring service as quickly as possible. 

     

    During
      a major disaster, the ECC may move emergency equipment to the affected location,
      direct recovery efforts of local personnel and coordinate service restoration
      activities with the CLECs. The ECC will attempt to restore service as quickly
      as
      possible using whatever means is available, leaving permanent solutions, such
      as
      the replacement of damaged buildings or equipment, for local personnel to
      administer.

     

    Part
      of the ECC's responsibility, after temporary equipment is in place, is to
      support the NMC efforts to return service to the CLECs. Once service has been
      restored, the ECC will return control of the network to normal operational
      organizations. Any long-term changes required after service is restored will
      be
      made in an orderly fashion and will be conducted as normal activity.
      

     

    5.0
      RECOVERY PROCEDURES

     

    The
      nature and severity of any disaster will influence the recovery procedures.
      One
      crucial factor in determining how BellSouth will proceed with restoration is
      whether or not BellSouth's equipment is incapacitated. Regardless of whose
      equipment is out of service, BellSouth will move as quickly as possible to
      aid
      with service recovery; however, the approach that will be taken may differ
      depending upon the location of the problem. 

     

    5.1
      CLEC OUTAGE

     

    For
      a problem limited to one CLEC (or a building with multiple CLECs), BellSouth
      has
      several options available for restoring service quickly. For those CLECs that
      have agreements with other CLECs, BellSouth can immediately start directing
      traffic to a provisional CLEC for completion. This alternative is dependent
      upon
      BellSouth having concurrence from the affected CLECs. 

     

    Whether
      or not the affected CLECs have requested a traffic transfer to another CLEC
      will
      not impact BellSouth's resolve to re-establish traffic to the original
      destination as quickly as possible.

     

    5.2
      BELLSOUTH OUTAGE

     

    Because
      BellSouth's equipment has varying degrees of impact on the service provided
      to
      the CLECs, restoring service from damaged BellSouth equipment is different.
      The
      outage will probably impact a number of Carriers simultaneously. However, the
      ECC will be able to initiate immediate actions to correct the problem.

     

    A
      disaster involving any of BellSouth's equipment locations could impact the
      CLECs, some more than others. A disaster at a Central Office (CO) would only
      impact the delivery of traffic to and from that one location, but the incident
      could affect many Carriers. If the CO is a Serving Wire Center (SWC), then
      traffic from the entire area to those Carriers served from that switch would
      also be impacted. If the switch functions as an Access Tandem, or there is
      a
      tandem in the building, traffic from every CO to every CLEC could be
      interrupted. A disaster that destroys a facility hub could disrupt various
      traffic flows, even though the switching equipment may be unaffected.

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      266 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      10

    Page
      6

     

    The
      NMC would be the first group to observe a problem involving BellSouth's
      equipment. Shortly after a disaster, the NMC will begin applying controls and
      finding re-routes for the completion of as much traffic as possible. These
      reroutes may involve delivering traffic to alternate Carriers upon receiving
      approval from the CLECs involved. In some cases, changes in translations will
      be
      required. If the outage is caused by the destruction of equipment, then the
      ECC
      will assume control of the restoration. 

     

    5.2.1
      Loss of a CO 

     

    When
      BellSouth loses a CO, the ECC will

    Place
      specialists and emergency equipment on notice;

    Inventory
      the damage to determine what equipment and/or functions are lost;

    Move
      containerized emergency equipment and facility equipment to the stricken
      area,

    if
      necessary;

     

    d)
      Begin reconnecting service on a parity basis for Hospitals, Police and other
      emergency agencies or customers served by BellSouth or CLEC in accordance with
      the TSP priority restoration coding scheme entered in the BellSouth Maintenance
      database immediately prior to the emergency. 

     

    5.2.2
      Loss of a CO with SWC Functions

     

    The
      loss of a CO that also serves as a SWC will be restored as described in Section
      5.2.1. 

     

    5.2.3
      Loss of a CO with Tandem Functions 

     

    When
      BellSouth loses a CO building that serves as an Access Tandem and as a SWC,
      the
      ECC will 
Place
      specialists and emergency equipment on notice;

    Inventory
      the damage to determine what equipment and/or functions are lost;

    Move
      containerized emergency equipment and facility equipment to the stricken area,
      if
      necessary;

    d)
      Begin reconnecting service on a parity basis for Hospitals, Police and other
      emergency agencies or customers served by BellSouth or CLEC in accordance with
      the TSP priority restoration coding scheme entered in the BellSouth Maintenance
      database immediately prior to the emergency; 

    e)
      Re-direct as much traffic as possible to the alternate access tandem (if
      available) for delivery to those CLECs utilizing a different location as a
      SWC;

    f)
      Begin aggregating traffic to a location near the damaged building. From this
      location, begin re-establishing trunk groups to the CLECs for the delivery
      of
      traffic normally 

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      267 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      10

    Page
      7

    found
      on the direct trunk groups. (This aggregation point may be the alternate access
      tandem location or another CO on a primary facility route.) 

     

    5.2.4
      Loss of a Facility Hub

     

    In
      the event that BellSouth loses a facility hub, the recovery process is much
      the
      same as above. Once the NMC has observed the problem and administered the
      appropriate controls, the ECC will assume authority for the repairs. The
      recovery effort will include 

    Placing
      specialists and emergency equipment on notice;

    Inventorying
      the damage to determine what equipment and/or functions are lost;

    Moving
      containerized emergency equipment to the stricken area, if
      necessary;

    Reconnecting
      service on a parity basis for Hospitals, Police and other emergency

    agencies
      or customers served by BellSouth or CLEC in accordance with the TSP priority
      restoration coding scheme entered in the BellSouth Maintenance database
      immediately prior to the emergency; and 

    e)
      If necessary, BellSouth will aggregate the traffic at another location and
      build
      temporary facilities. This alternative would be viable for a location that
      is
      destroyed and building repairs are required. 

     

    5.3
      COMBINED OUTAGE (CLEC AND BELLSOUTH EQUIPMENT) 

     

    In
      some instances, a disaster may impact BellSouth's equipment as well as the
      CLECs'. This situation will be handled in much the same way as described in
      Section 5.2.3. Since BellSouth and the CLECs will be utilizing temporary
      equipment, close coordination will be required. 

     

    6.0
      T1 IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURES 

     

    During
      the restoration of service after a disaster, BellSouth may be forced to
      aggregate traffic for delivery to a CLEC. During this process, T1 traffic may
      be
      consolidated onto DS3s and may become unidentifiable to the Carrier. Because
      resources will be limited, BellSouth may be forced to "package" this traffic
      entirely differently than normally received by the CLECs. Therefore, a method
      for identifying the T1 traffic on the DS3s and providing the information to
      the
      Carriers is required. 

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      268 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      10

    Page
      8

    7.0
      ACRONYMS

    

    
      	
              CLEC

            	
              -

            	
              Competitive
                Local Exchange Carrier

            
	
              CO

            	
              -

            	
              Central
                Office (BellSouth)

            
	
              DS3

            	
              -

            	
              Facility
                that carries 28 T1s (672 circuits)

            
	
              ECC

            	
              -

            	
              Emergency
                Control Center (BellSouth)

            
	
              NMC

            	
              -

            	
              Network
                Management Center

            
	
              SWC

            	
              -

            	
              Serving
                Wire Center (BellSouth switch)

            
	
              T1

            	
              -

            	
              Facility
                that carries 24 circuits

            
	
              TSP

            	
              -

            	
              Telecommunications
                Service Priority

            

    

    

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      269 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      10

    Page
      9

     

    Hurricane Information

     

    During
      a hurricane, BellSouth will make every effort to keep CLECs updated on the
      status of our network. Information centers will be set up throughout BellSouth
      Telecommunications. These centers are not intended to be used for escalations,
      but rather to keep the CLEC informed of network related issues, area damages
      and
      dispatch conditions, etc. 

    Hurricane-related
      information can also be found on BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site by
      clicking on the link “Relief Information” in the special alert box located on
      the Web page. Additionally, information concerning Mechanized Disaster Reports
      can also be found by clicking on the link “Click here for information concerning
      Disaster Recovery Reports” on the Hurricane Relief page.

     

    BST
      Disaster Management Plan

     

    BellSouth
      maintenance centers have geographical and redundant communication capabilities.
      In the event of a disaster removing any maintenance center from service another
      geographical center would assume maintenance responsibilities. The contact
      numbers will not change and the transfer will be transparent to the CLEC.

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      270 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      11

    Page
      1

    Attachment
      11 

     

    Bona
      Fide Request and New Business Request Process

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      271 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      11 

    Page
      2 

    BONA
      FIDE REQUEST AND NEW BUSINESS REQUEST PROCESS 

     

    Bona
      Fide Request

     

    The
      Parties agree that WinSonic is entitled to order any Network Element,
      interconnection option or service option required to be made available by FCC
      or
      Commission requirements pursuant to the Act. A Bona Fide Request (BFR) is to
      be
      used when WinSonic makes a request of BellSouth to provide a new or modified
      Network Element, interconnection option or other service option pursuant to
      the
      Act that was not previously provided for in this Agreement.

     

    A
      BFR shall be submitted in writing by WinSonic and shall specifically identify
      the requested service date, technical requirements, space requirements and/or
      such other specifications that clearly define the request such that BellSouth
      has sufficient information to analyze and prepare a response. Such a request
      shall also include WinSonic’s designation of the request as being pursuant to
      the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (i.e., a BFR). The request shall be sent
      to
      WinSonic’s designated BellSouth Sales contact or Local Contract Manager
      (LCM).

     

    Within
      two (2) business days of receipt of a BFR, BellSouth shall acknowledge in
      writing its receipt and identify a single point of contact responsible for
      responding to the BFR and shall request any additional information needed to
      process the request to the extent known at that time.

    Notwithstanding
      the foregoing, BellSouth may reasonably request additional information from
      WinSonic at any time during the processing of the BFR.

     

    Within
      thirty (30) business days of BellSouth’s receipt of the BFR,
      if
      the preliminary analysis of the requested BFR is not of such complexity that
      it
      will cause BellSouth to expend extraordinary resources to evaluate the BFR,
      BellSouth shall respond to WinSonic by providing a preliminary analysis of
      the
      new or modified Network Element or interconnection option not ordered by the
      FCC
      or Commission that is the subject of the BFR. The preliminary analysis shall
      either confirm that BellSouth will offer access to the new or modified Network
      Element, interconnection option or service option or confirm that BellSouth
      will
      not offer the new or modified Network Element, interconnection option or service
      option.

     

    For
      any new or modified Network Element, interconnection option or service option
      not ordered by the FCC or Commission, if the preliminary analysis states that
      BellSouth will offer the new or modified Network Element, interconnection option
      or service option, the preliminary analysis will include an estimate of the
      costs of utilizing existing resources, both personnel and systems, in the
      development including, but not limited to,

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      272 of 277

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      11

    Page
      3

    request
      parameters analysis, determination of impacted BellSouth departments,
      determination of required resources, project management resources, etc.
      (Development Rate) including a general breakdown of such costs associated with
      the Network Element, interconnection option or service option and the date
      the
      request can be met. If the preliminary analysis states that BellSouth will
      not
      offer the new or modified Network Element, interconnection option or service
      option, BellSouth will provide an explanation of why the request is not
      technically feasible, does not qualify as a BFR for the new or modified Network
      Element, interconnection option or service option, should actually be submitted
      as a New Business Request (NBR) or is otherwise not required to be provided
      under the Act. If BellSouth cannot provide the Network Element, interconnection
      option or service option by the requested date, BellSouth shall provide an
      alternative proposed date together with a detailed explanation as to why
      BellSouth is not able to meet WinSonic’s requested date.

     

    For
      any new or modified Network Element, interconnection option or service option
      not ordered by the FCC or Commission, if BellSouth determines that the
      preliminary analysis of the requested BFR is of such complexity that it will
      cause BellSouth to expend extraordinary resources to evaluate the BFR, BellSouth
      shall notify WinSonic within ten (10) business days of BellSouth’s receipt of
      BFR that a fee will be required prior to the preliminary evaluation of the
      BFR.
      Such fee shall be limited to BellSouth’s extraordinary expenses directly related
      to the complex request that require the allocation and engagement of additional
      resources above the existing allocated resources used on BFR cost development
      which include, but are not limited to, expenditure of funds to develop
      feasibility studies, specific resources that are required to determine request
      requirements (such as operation support system analysts, technical managers,
      software developers), software impact analysis by specific software developers;
      software architecture development, hardware impact analysis by specific system
      analysts, etc. and the request for such fee shall be accompanied with a general
      breakdown of such costs. If WinSonic accepts the complex request evaluation
      fee
      proposed by BellSouth, WinSonic shall submit such fee within thirty (30)
      business days of BellSouth’s notice that a complex request evaluation fee is
      required.

    Within
      thirty (30) business days of BellSouth’s receipt of the complex request
      evaluation fee,
      BellSouth
      shall respond to WinSonic by providing a preliminary analysis, consistent with
      Section 1.4 above.

     

    WinSonic
      may cancel a BFR at any time up until thirty (30) business days after receiving
      BellSouth’s preliminary analysis. If WinSonic cancels the BFR within thirty (30)
      business days after receipt of BellSouth’s preliminary analysis, BellSouth shall
      be entitled to keep any complex request evaluation fee submitted in accordance
      with Section 1.6 above,

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      273 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      11

    Page
      4

    minus
      those costs included in the fee that have not been incurred as of the date
      of
      cancellation.

    WinSonic
      will have thirty (30) business days from receipt of preliminary analysis to
      accept the preliminary analysis or cancel the BFR. If WinSonic fails to respond
      within this thirty (30) business day period, the BFR will be deemed cancelled.
      Acceptance of the preliminary analysis must be in writing and accompanied by
      the
      estimated Development Rate for the new or modified Network Element,
      interconnection option or service option quoted in the preliminary
      analysis.

     

    Notwithstanding
      any other provision of this Agreement, BellSouth shall propose a firm price
      quote, including the firm Development Rate, the firm nonrecurring rate and
      the
      firm recurring rate, and a detailed implementation plan within ten (10) business
      days of receipt of WinSonic’s accurate BFR application for a Network Element,
      interconnection option or service option that is operational at the time of
      the
      request; thirty (30) business days of receipt of WinSonic’s accurate BFR
      application for a new or modified Network Element, interconnection option or
      service option ordered by the FCC or Commission; and within sixty (60) business
      days of receipt of WinSonic’s accurate BFR application for a new or modified
      Network Element, interconnection option or service option not ordered by the
      FCC
      or Commission or not operational at the time of the request. The firm
      nonrecurring rate will not include any of the Development Rate or the complex
      request evaluation fee, if required, in the calculation of this rate. Such
      firm
      price quote shall not exceed the estimate provided with the preliminary analysis
      by more than twenty-five percent (25%).

     

    WinSonic
      shall have thirty (30) business days from receipt of firm price quote to accept
      or deny the firm price quote and submit any additional Development or
      nonrecurring rates quoted in the firm price quote.

     

    Unless
      WinSonic agrees otherwise, all prices shall be consistent with the applicable
      pricing principles and provisions of the Act.

     

    If
      WinSonic believes that BellSouth’s firm price quote is not consistent with the
      requirements of the Act, either Party may seek dispute resolution in accordance
      with the dispute resolution provisions set forth in General Terms and
      Conditions.

     

    Upon
      agreement to the rates, terms and conditions of a BFR, the Parties shall
      negotiate in good faith an amendment to this Agreement.

     

    2 New
      Business Request

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      274 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      11

    Page
      5

    WinSonic
      also shall be permitted to request the development of new or modified facilities
      or service options which may not be required by the Act. Procedures applicable
      to requesting the addition of such elements, services and options are specified
      in this Attachment. A NBR is to be used by WinSonic to make a request of
      BellSouth for a new or modified feature or capability of an existing product
      or
      service, a new product or service that is not deployed within the BellSouth
      network or operations and business support systems, or a new or modified service
      option that was not previously included in this Agreement (Requested NBR
      Services) and is not required by the Act.

     

    An
      NBR shall be submitted in writing by WinSonic and shall specifically identify
      the requested service date, technical requirements, space requirements and/or
      such specifications that clearly define the request such that BellSouth has
      sufficient information to analyze and prepare a response. The request shall
      be
      sent to WinSonic’s designated BellSouth Sales contact or LCM.

     

    Within
      two (2) business days of receipt of an NBR, BellSouth shall acknowledge in
      writing its receipt and identify a single point of contact responsible for
      responding to the NBR and shall request any additional information needed to
      process the request to the extent known at that time.

    Notwithstanding
      the foregoing, BellSouth may reasonably request additional information from
      WinSonic at any time during the processing of the NBR.

     

    If
      the preliminary analysis of the requested NBR is not of such complexity that
      it
      will cause BellSouth to expend extraordinary resources to evaluate the NBR,
      within thirty (30) business days of its receipt of the NBR, BellSouth shall
      respond to WinSonic by providing a preliminary analysis of such Requested NBR
      Services that are the subject of the NBR. The preliminary analysis shall either
      confirm that BellSouth will offer access to the Requested NBR Services or
      confirm that BellSouth will not offer the Requested NBR Services.

     

    If
      the preliminary analysis states that BellSouth will offer the Requested NBR
      Services, the preliminary analysis will include an estimate of the Development
      Rate including a general breakdown of costs and the date the request can be
      met.
      If BellSouth cannot provide the Requested NBR

    Service
      by the requested date, it shall provide an alternative proposed date together
      with a detailed explanation as to why BellSouth is not able to meet WinSonic’s
      requested date.

     

    If
      BellSouth determines that the preliminary analysis of the requested NBR is
      of
      such complexity that it will cause BellSouth to expend extraordinary resources
      to evaluate the NBR, BellSouth shall notify

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      275 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      11

    Page
      6

     

    WinSonic
      within ten (10) business days of BellSouth’s notice that a complex request
      evaluation fee
      is required prior to the evaluation of the NBR. Such fee shall be limited to
      BellSouth’s extraordinary expenses directly related to the complex request. If
      WinSonic accepts the complex request evaluation fee amount proposed by
      BellSouth, WinSonic shall submit such complex request evaluation fee within
      thirty (30) business days of BellSouth’s notice that a complex request
      evaluation fee is required.

    Within
      thirty (30) business days of BellSouth’s receipt of the complex request
      evaluation fee, BellSouth shall respond to WinSonic by providing a preliminary
      analysis of such Requested NBR Services.

     

    WinSonic
      may cancel an NBR at any time. If WinSonic cancels the request more than ten
      (10) business days after submitting it, WinSonic shall pay BellSouth’s
      reasonable and demonstrable costs of processing and/or implementing the NBR
      up
      to the date of cancellation in addition to any fee submitted in accordance
      with
      Section 1.6 above.

     

    WinSonic
      will have thirty (30) business days from receipt of the preliminary analysis
      to
      accept the preliminary analysis or cancel the NBR.

    If
      WinSonic fails to respond within this thirty (30) business day period, the
      NBR
      will be deemed cancelled.

     

    Acceptance
      of the preliminary analysis must be in writing and accompanied by the estimated
      Development Rate for the Requested NBR

    Services
      quoted in the preliminary analysis.

     

    BellSouth
      shall propose a firm price quote including the firm

    Development
      Rate, the firm nonrecurring rate, and the firm recurring rate, and a detailed
      implementation plan within ten (10) business days of receipt of WinSonic’s
      accurate NBR application for a Requested NBR

    Service
      that is operational at the time of the request and within sixty (60) business
      days of receipt of WinSonic’s accurate NBR application for the Requested NBR
      Services not operational at the time of the request. The firm nonrecurring
      rate
      will not include any of the Development Rate or the complex request evaluation
      fee, if required, in the calculation of this rate.

    Such
      firm price quote shall not exceed the estimate provided with the preliminary
      analysis by more than twenty-five percent (25%).

     

    WinSonic
      shall have thirty (30) business days from receipt of the firm price quote to
      accept or deny the firm price quote and submit any additional nonrecurring,
      non-refundable fees quoted in the firm price quote. If the firm price quote
      is
      less than the preliminary analysis’ estimate of the Development Rate, BellSouth
      will credit WinSonic’s account for the difference.

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      276 of 277 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Attachment
      11

    Page
      7

     

    Upon
      agreement to the rates, terms and conditions of a NBR, an amendment to this
      Agreement, or a separate agreement, may be required and the Parties shall
      negotiate such agreement or amendment in good faith.

     

    Version:
      2Q06 Standard ICA

    06/13/06
      

    CCCS
      277 of 277

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00110-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00110-of-00352.parquet"}]]